Panasonic DMCFS45EG Upute za uporabu

Upute Instructions
za uporabu
Operating
naprednih features
funkcija
for advanced
Digitalni
fotoaparat
Digital
Camera
DMC-FT20
DMC-SZ1
DMC-FS45
Model
Model
br.
No.No.
DMC-SZ1
DMC-FS45
Before
use, please
readpročitajte
these instructions
completely.
Prije
uporabe
u cijelosti
ove upute.
VQT3Z63
VQT4B11
F1211WT0
F0112HY0
until
until
Sadržaj
• Postavljanje stavki izbornika.............37
• Korištenje brzog izbornika................38
Izbornik Postavljanje (Setup)....................39
Prije uporabe
Briga o uređaju........................................... 4
Pribor.......................................................... 5
Nazivi i funkcije osnovnih dijelova.............. 6
Priprema
Punjenje baterije . ......................................9
• Umetanje baterij3..............................10
• Punjenje............................................ 11
• Približno vrijeme rada i broj
fotografija koje je moguće snimiti......13
Umetanje i vađenje memorijske kartice
(neobavezna)...........................................15
Ugrađena memorija/kartica......................16
• Približan broj fotografija koje je
moguće snimiti i raspoloživo
vrijeme snimanja...............................18
Postavljanje datuma/vremena
(Postavke sata)........................................19
• Promjena postavki sata....................20
Savjeti za snimanje dobrih fotografija.......21
• Namještanje vrpce i pažljivo
držanje fotoaparata . ........................21
• Sprečavanje vibracija
(podrhtavanje fotoaparata)...............21
Osnovne funkcije
Odabir načina snimanja............................ 22
Snimanje fotografija pomoću automatske
funkcije (inteligentni automatski način)..... 23
• Promjena postavki............................ 25
Snimanje fotografija s omiljenim
postavkama (uobičajena fotografija)........ 26
Izoštravanje.............................................. 27
Snimanje videozapisa ............................. 29
• Snimanje fotografija za vrijeme
snimanja videozapisa....................... 31
Reprodukcija videozapisa ([Normal Play])
(Uobičajena reprodukcija)........................ 32
• Odabir fotografije.............................. 32
• Prikaz više zaslona
(višestruka reprodukcija)................... 33
• Korištenje zumiranja reprodukcije..... 33
Reprodukcija videozapisa........................34
Brisanje fotografija....................................35
• Brisanje jedne fotografije..................35
• Brisanje više fotografija
(do 50) ili svih fotografija...................36
Podešavanje izbornika.............................37
Snimanje
LCD zaslon...............................................46
Korištenje zuma . .....................................47
• Korištenje optičkog zuma/ ekstra
optičkog zuma (EZ)/inteligentnog
zuma/digitalnog zuma.......................47
Snimanje fotografija pomoću
ugrađene bljeskalice.................................49
• Prebacivanje na odgovarajuću
postavku bljeskalice..........................49
Snimanje fotografija u krupnom planu
([AF MACRO]/[Macro Zoom])...................52
Snimanje fotografija pomoću
automatskog okidača...............................53
Kompenzacija ekspozicije........................54
Snimanje fotografija koje izgledaju
kao diorama (Efekt minijatura).................55
Snimanje fotografija koje odgovaraju
prizoru koji se snima (Scenski način rada)......56
• [Portrait] (Portret)..............................57
• [Soft Skin] (Blagi oblik)......................57
• [Scenery] (Krajolik)...........................57
• [Panorama Shot] (Panoramski snimak).....58
• [Sports] (Sport).................................60
• [Night Portrait] (Noćni portret)...........60
• [Night Scenery] (Noćni krajolik)........60
• [Food] (Hrana)..................................60
• [Baby1]/[Baby2] (Dijete 1/dijete2).....61
• [Pet] (Kućni ljubimac)........................62
• [Sunset] (Zalazak sunca)..................62
• [High Sens.] (Visoka osjetlj.).............62
• [Glass Through] (Kroz staklo)...........62
• [Photo Frame] (Fotografija s okvirom)....62
Unos teksta..............................................63
Korištenje izbornika [Rec] (Snimanje)......64
• [Picture Size] (Veličina slike) . ..........64
• [Sensitivity] (Osjetljivost)...................65
• [White Balance] (Balans bijele boje)......66
• [AF Mode] (Automatski fokus)..........68
• [i.Exposure] (Inteligentno
podešavanje ekspozicije)..................70
• [i.Resolution] (i.Razlučivost) ............70
• [Digital Zoom] (Digitalni zum)............70
• [Burst] (Snimanje u nizu)..................71
• [Color Mode] (Boja)...........................73
• [AF Assist Lamp] (Pomoćno svjetlo
automatskog fokusa)........................74
• [Red-Eye Removal] (Uklanjanje
efekta crvenih očiju)..........................74
• [Stabilizer] (Stabilizator)....................75
• [Date Stamp] (Otisak datuma)..........75
-2-
............................75
re] Menu .............76
Others
[ClockSet]
Set]........................................75
•• [Clock
(Postavljanje sata).......... 75
............................76
Using theizbornika
[Motion Picture]
.............76
Korištenje
[MotionMenu
Picture]
............................76
Others
Ostalo
• [Rec Quality]
.....................................76
Screen
Display ......................................110
(Videozapis).
.............................................76
•
[Continuous
AF]
................................76
Cautions
for Use....................................112
(Kvaliteta
snimanja)..... 76
k/Editing • [Rec Quality]
Screen
Display
......................................110
Prikaz
zaslona
........................................110
Message
Display ...................................117
• [Continuous
AF] (Uzastopni
Cautions
for Use....................................112
Mjere
opreza...........................................112
Troubleshooting.....................................119
automatski
fokus).
.
............................
76
Playback/Editing
[Clock Set]........................................75
Set]........................................75
•• [Clock
Message
Display ...................................117
yback ..................77
Prikaz
poruka..........................................117
Using the
the [Motion
[Motion
Picture]
Menu
.............76
Using
Picture]
Menu
• Please
note
that .............76
the actual controls and
Troubleshooting.....................................119
Others
............................78
U
slučaju
problema.
.................................119
•
[Rec
Quality]
.....................................76
• [RecReprodukcija/uređivanje
Quality]
.....................................76
components,
menu
items, and other
Various
methods
of playback
..................77
............................80
•• [Continuous
AF]
................................76
•
Please
note
that
the actual controls and
[Continuous
AF]
................................76
information
for your digital camera may differ
•
[Slide
Show]
.....................................78
............................81
Screen
Display
components,
menu items, and other
from ..................................80
those in the illustrations and screens
Screen
Display ......................................110
......................................110
• [Filtering
Play]
ded Pictures........82
• Uzmite
u obzir
sedigital
upravljačke
Metode
reprodukcije.................................77
information
for da
your
camera tipke
may differ
Cautions
for
Use....................................112
provided
in this manual. When operation
or for
Cautions
Use....................................112
•
[Calendar]
........................................81
............................82
• [Slide Playback/Editing
Show]
(Prikaz
slika u is
nizu).
.....78
i dijelovi,
stavke
izbornika
i ostale
from those
in the
illustrations
and screens
other
information
more
or
less
the
same
Message
Display
...................................117
Message
Display
...................................117
Having
Fun with
Recorded Pictures........82
(DMC-FS45)..........83
• [Filtering
Play]
provided inna
thisdigitalnom
manual. When
operation or
informacije
fotoaparatu
between models, (DMC-SZ1) are used
as
Troubleshooting.....................................119
Troubleshooting.....................................119
• (Filtrirana
[Auto Retouch]
.................................82
enu .....................85
other
israzlikovati
more or less
the
reprodukcija).
...................80
examples
for ...................77
the
instructions provideduin
thisinformation
Various
methods
of
playback
..................77
stvarnosti
mogu
od
onihsame
Various
methods
of
playback
• [Beauty Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)..........83
between
are used
• Please
Please
notemodels,
that the
the(DMC-SZ1)
actual controls
controls
and as
............................85
manual.
•
[Calendar]
(Kalendar).......................81
•
note
that
actual
and
•
[Slide
Show]
.....................................78
na
ilustracijama
i
zaslonima
u
ovom
• [Slide
.....................................78
Using
theShow]
[Playback]
Menu .....................85
examples
for
the instructions
provided in this
components,
menu
items, and
and other
other
............................87
•snimljenim
The..................................80
operations,
procedures, or functions
that
components,
menu
items,
Zabavljanje
sa
fotografijama..82
•• •[Filtering
Play]
[Filtering
..................................80
priručniku.
Kada
određena
radnja
[UploadPlay]
Set]
.....................................85
manual. for
information
for
yourjedigital
digital
camera
may differ
differ
differ
among models are indicated separately,
............................89
information
your
camera
may
[Auto
(Automatsko
[Calendar]
........................................81
•• ••[Calendar]
........................................81
ili
neka
druga
više-manje
[TextRetouch]
Stamp].....................................87
• The
operations,
procedures,
or functions
from
those
in the
theinformacija
illustrations
and
screens that
together
with
the
relevant
model
number.
............................90
from
those
in
illustrations
and
screens
Having
Fun
with
Recorded
Pictures........82
retuširanje).
.
......................................82
Having
Fun
with
Recorded
Pictures........82
differ
among
models
are
indicated
separately,
• [Video Divide] ...................................89
provided
in
this
manual.
When
operation
or
jednaka in
zathis
svemanual.
modele,
kao operation
primjeri or
provided
When
............................91
e.g.:.................................82
(DMC-SZ1)
[Auto
Retouch]
.................................82
[Beauty
Retouch]
•• ••[Auto
Retouch]
together
with the
other
information
is relevant
more
or model
less
thenumber.
same
[Resize]
............................................90
other
information
is
more
or
less
the
same
za
upute
navedene
u ovom
priručniku
............................92
• •[Beauty
[Beauty
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)..........83
(DMC-FS45)
Retuširanje
portreta..........................83
•
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)..........83
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1) are
are used
used as
as
[Cropping] ........................................91
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
............................93
e.g.: se
(DMC-SZ1)
koriste
.
Using
the
Menu
.....................85
•• Korištenje
izbornika
examples for
for the
the instructions
instructions provided
provided in
in this
this
Using
the [Playback]
[Playback]
Menu[Playback]
.....................85
[Favorite]
..........................................92
examples
............................95
(DMC-FS45)
•
Radnje,
postupci
ili
funkcije
koji
se
•• •[Upload
Set]
.....................................85
manual.
(Reprodukcija)..................................85
[Upload
Set].........................................93
.....................................85
manual.
[Print Set]
............................96
razlikuju
među
modelima
navedeni
su
[Text
Stamp].....................................87
The operations,
operations, procedures,
procedures, or
or functions
functions that
that
[Upload
Set] (Postavke učitavanja)...85
•• ••[Text
Stamp].....................................87
•• The
[Protect]............................................95
differ
among
models
are indicated
indicated
separately,
[Video
Divide] ...................................89
...................................89
zasebno,
uzmodels
odgovarajući
broj modela.
differ
among
are
separately,
•• ••[Video
Divide]
[Text
Stamp]
(Otisak teksta)..............87
[Copy]...............................................96
together with
with the
the relevant
relevant model
model number.
number.
[Resize]
............................................90
ther equipment
together
npr.:
•• •[Resize]
............................................90
[Video Divide]
(Podjela videozapisa).....89
[Cropping]
........................................91
•• •[Cropping]
........................................91
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
[Resize]
(Promjena
veličine).............90
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
to other equipment
[Favorite]
..........................................92
•• •Connecting
[Favorite]
..........................................92
(DMC-FS45)
[Cropping]
(Obrezivanje)...................91
on a
(DMC-FS45)
•• [Print
Set]
[Print
Set] .........................................93
.........................................93
•
[Favorite]
(Omiljene
snimke).............92
............................97
•
[Protect]............................................95
• •[Protect]............................................95
Playing
onispisa).
a
[PrintBack
Set] Pictures
(Postavke
.............93
till Pictures and
•• [Copy]...............................................96
TV
Screen ...............................................97
•[Copy]...............................................96
[Protect]
(Zaštita)..............................95
............................98
Saving
the(Kopiranje).
Recorded Still
Pictures and
• [Copy]
............................96
he SD card into
Motion Pictures .......................................98
Connecting
to other equipment
............................98
• Copy by inserting the SD card into
image using Povezivanje
s......................................98
drugom opremom
theBack
recorder
............................99
Playing
Pictures
on
a
Playing
Back
Pictures
onimage
a
•
Copy
the
playback
using
ing
TV
Screen
...............................................97
TV
Screen
...............................................97
an
AV
cable
......................................99
Reprodukcija fotografija na TV prijamniku .....97
O ” .....................100
Saving
the Recorded
Recorded
Still
Pictures and
and
Saving
the
Pictures
• Copying
to a PCStill
using
Spremanje
snimljenih
fotografija
i
..........................101
Motion“PHOTOfunSTUDIO
Pictures .......................................98
.......................................98
Motion
Pictures
” .....................100
videozapisa..............................................98
s or
•• Copy
by
the
card
Copy
by inserting
inserting
the SD
SD
card into
into
Connecting
toumetanjem
a PC ...............................101
..........................102
•the
Kopiranje
SD
recorder
......................................98
the
recorder
......................................98
•
Loading
still
pictures
or
es to sharing • Copy
kartice
u
snimač.
.
..............................98
the
playback
image
using
• Copy
the pictures
playback...............................102
image using
motion
..........................104
•an
Kopiranje
slike
an
AV cable
cablereproducirane
......................................99
AV
......................................99
• Uploading
the
images to sharing
..........................105
pomoću
kabela............................99
• Copying
Copying
toAV
a PC
PC
using
•
to
a
using
sites
................................................104
icture and
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO
.....................100
•“PHOTOfunSTUDIO
Kopiranje
na računalo
pomoću
”” .....................100
Printing
the Pictures
..............................105
..........................106
Connecting
to „PHOTOfunSTUDIO”........100
aaPC
PC
...............................101
to
a
...............................101
•• softvera
Selecting
single
picture and
ictures andConnecting
•• Loading
pictures
Loading
still
pictures or
or
Povezivanje
sitračunalom.......................101
printingstill
.........................................106
..........................106
motion
pictures
...............................102
motion
pictures
...............................102
•
Selecting
multiple
pictures
and
•
Učitavanje
fotografija
ili videozapisa....
102
..........................107
•• Uploading
the
images
to
Uploading
thena
images
to sharing
sharing
printingslika
them
...................................106
• Slanje
sites
................................................104
sites
................................................104
• web-mjesta
Print
Settings...................................107
za ..............................105
dijeljenje..................104
Printing
the Pictures
Pictures
Printing
the
..............................105
Ispis
fotografija.......................................105
Selecting a
a single
single picture
picture and
and
•• Selecting
•printing
Odabirit
ispis jedne fotografije........106
printing
iti .........................................106
.........................................106
• Odabir i multiple
ispis višepictures
fotografija.
•• Selecting
and
Selecting
multiple
pictures
and..........106
them
...................................106
•printing
Postavke
ispisa.
..............................107
printing
them
...................................106
-3•• Print
Print Settings...................................107
Settings...................................107
- -33- -
Please be sure to read “(Important) About the Waterproof/Dustproof and Anti-shock
Performance of the Camera” (P6) before using this unit underwater to prevent the unit
from being mishandled, which may cause water to seep in.
Before
Use
Prije uporabe
Care
camera
Brigaof
o the
uređaju
Before
Before Use
Use
Do
not nemojte
subject
to
strong
vibration,
shock,
orleakage
pressure.
∫
Handling
of the
camera
(tovibracijama,
prevent
water
malfunction)
Uređaj
izlagati
jakim
udarcima
ili and
pritisku.
Foreign
may adhere
to the
inner
side
of
side
door
•• The
lens,objects
LCD
or vanjsko
external
case
may
be damaged
if used
Objektiv,
LCDmonitor,
zaslon
ili
kućište
mogli
bi the
se oštetiti
u in
(around
the
rubber
seal
or connecting terminals) when the side door
the
following
conditions.
sljedećim
uvjetima
korištenja.
ismay
opened
closed inorplaces
or dust
etc. This may result
It
also or
malfunction
imagewith
maysand
not record
if you:
UDrop
sljedećim
bi situacijama
moglo doći
i do nepravilnosti
u radu
in
the
impairment
of the waterproof
performance
if the side
door is
–
or hit the
camera.
iliSit
dodown
nemogućnosti
snimanja.
closed
with
foreign
objects
Be extremely
careful since it
–
with
the camera
in adhered.
your trousers
pocket or forcefully
may
result
inamalfunction
etc.
itudarite
into
full
or tight
bag,
etc.ispadne.
--insert
Ako
uređaj
ili ako
vam
•–
If--Attach
any
foreign
object
is as
adhered
touthe
side
of the
door,
any sjesti
items
accessories
toinner
the strap
attached
to the
Nemojte
ssuch
fotoaparatom
stražnjem
džepu
ili side
remove
with the
camera.
fotoaparat
na supplied
silu guratibrush.
u punu ili preusku torbu i sl.
•–
If Press
any liquid
water
droplets
is adhered to the camera or inner
hard such
on theas
lens
or the
LCD monitor.
-- Naofvrpcu
za nošenje
uređaja
nemojte
predmete
side
the side
door, wipe
off with
a soft vješati
dry cloth.
Do notpoput
open or
dodatnog
pribora.
close
the side
door
near the water, when
underwater, using wet
This
camera
is
not dust/splash/water
proof.
hands,
or when
camera
is ili
wet.
It
may
water water,
leakage.
-- Ako
jako
pritisnete
objektiv
LCD
zaslon.
Avoid
using
the the
camera
in places
with
a cause
lot of dust,
sand, etc.
Ovaj
fotoaparat
nije otporan
na
prašinu/kapljice/vodu.
not
apply
strong
vibration
or knocking
•Do
Liquid,
sand and
othershock
foreignor
material
may by
getdropping
into the space
Izbjegavajte
korištenje
fotoaparata
na mjestima
gdje
ima
the
camera.
Also,
do not
apply
strong
pressure
to
the
camera.
around
the lens,
buttons,
etc.
Be particularly
careful since
it may
not
mnogo
prašine,
vode, pijeska
i sl.
e.g.:
just cause
malfunctions,
but it may
also become irreparable.
Sit down
with
theof
indust.
yourtvari
trousers
pocket
or forcefully
Places
with
a lot
sand or
• –Tekućine,
pijesak
icamera
druge
strane
mogu
dospjeti
u prostorinsert
oko it
into a full
or tight
etc.
–objektiva,
Places
where
water
come
into contact
with thismjestima
unit, suchjer,
as
gumba
ibag,
sl.can
Budite
oprezni
na sljedećim
–osim
Attachusing
any items
asday
accessories
strap attached to the
when
it on asuch
or atdoći
the beach.
nepravilnosti
urainy
radu,
može
i to
dothe
nepopravljive
štete.
camera.
Mjesta
na kojima
imais mnogo
ili camera
prašine.at a depth exceeding
–--When
strong
pressure
applied pijeska
using the
--5Mjesta
na kojima uređaj može doći u kontakt s vodom, kao
m (16 feet).
• Waterproof
performance
may be
npr. pri korištenju
uređaja
zaimpaired.
kišnog dana ili na plaži.
• Lens or LCD monitor may be damaged.
• It may cause malfunction in the performance or the function.
∫ About Condensation (When the lens is fogged up)
■Kondenzacija
(kada
se the
objektiv
zamagli)
•■Condensation
occurs
when
ambient
temperature or humidity
• changes.
Do kondenzacije
kod promjena
u ittemperaturi
relativnoj
Be carefuldolazi
of condensation
since
causes lensi stains,
fungus
andzraka
camera
malfunction.
vlažnosti
u okolini.
Obratite pozornost na kondenzaciju
• Ifjer
condensation
occurs,
turn the
camera
off and
leave it forteabout
ona uzrokuje
nastanak
mrlja
i gljivica
na objektivu
kvar
2 hours. The fog will disappear naturally when the temperature of
uređaja.
the camera becomes close to the ambient temperature.
• Ako dođe do kondenzacije, isključite fotoaparat i ostavite ga dva
sata. Kada se temperatura uređaja izjednači s temperaturom
okoline, zamagljenost će nestati sama od sebe.
-4-
-- 44 -
Before
Use
Prije uporabe
Pribor
Standard
Accessories
Check
that all fotoaparata
the accessories
are supplied
before sav
using
the camera.
Prije
uporabe
provjerite
je li isporučen
pribor.
accessories
and their
shape will
differ
depending
on ili
thepodručju
country or
area where
the camera
•• The
Pribor
i oblik pribora
razlikovat
će se
ovisno
o državi
u kojem
je fotoaparat
was purchased.
kupljen.
For details on the accessories, refer to Basic Operating Instructions.
DetaljePack
o priboru
potražite
u osnovnim
• Battery
is indicated
as battery
packuputama
or batteryza
in uporabu.
the text.
• SD
Baterijsko
u daljnjem
se tekstu
označava
kaoCard
baterijsko
pakovanje
ili in the
Memorypakovanje
Card, SDHC
Memory Card
and SDXC
Memory
are indicated
as card
text.
baterija.
card is optional.
•• The
SD memorijska
kartica, SDHC memorijska kartica i SDXC memorijska kartica u daljnjem
You can record or play back pictures on the built-in memory when you are not using a
se tekstu označavaju kao kartica.
card.
•• Consult
Karticathe
nije
obavezna.
dealer
or your nearest Service Centre if you lose the supplied accessories. (You
Kada
ne koristite
karticu, fotografije
can
purchase
the accessories
separately.) možete snimati na ugrađenu memoriju ili
reproducirati s nje.
• Ako izgubite isporučeni pribor, obratite se dobavljaču ili najbližem servisu (pribor možete
kupiti odvojeno).
-- 55 -
Before
Use
Prije uporabe
Nazivi i and
funkcije
osnovnih
dijelova
Names
Functions
of Before
Main
Use Parts
1
2
3
(DMC-SZ1)
Flash
(P53)
Bljeskalica
(P49)(str. 49.)
Lens
(P4,(str.
130)
113)4., 113.)
Objektiv
Self-timer
(P57)
(P53)okidača (str. 53.)
Pokazateljindicator
automatskog
AF
Lamp
(P84)
(P74)(str. 74.)
AF Assist
pomoćno
svjetlo
1 Flash (P57)
2 Motion picture button (P35)
3 Shutter button (P29, 32)
4 Camera [ON/OFF] button (P24)
1
5 Microphone
6 Self-timer indicator (P62)/
Assist(P50,
Lamp127,
(P91)
4 LCDAF
monitor
130)
Lens (P5,button
134, 143)
(DMC-FS45)
5 7[MENU/SET]
(P38)
6 [DISP.] button (P50)
7 [Q.MENU] (P39)/[
] (Delete/
Cancel) button (P36)
8 8[MODE]
LCD button
monitor(P21,
(P53,88)
128, 133)
9 9REC/PLAY
[MODE]switch
button(P21,
(P27,32)
95)
10 10
Charging
lamp
(P10)
Zoom button (P54)
1
Names and Functions of Main Parts
1
2
2
3
3
2 3 4 56
4
8
3 1
2
8
11 Strap eyelet (P14)
• Be sure to attach the strap when using the
7
9
9
10
10 1111
5 6 7
camera to ensure that you will not drop it.
12
Release
lever (P19)
Cursor
buttons
LCD
zaslonswitch
(str.
46.,
110.,
113.)(P58)
13
[LOCK]
(P8,
19)
LCD
monitor
(P46,
110,
113)
A:
3/Exposure
compensation
(DMC-SZ1)
Gumb
(str. 37.)
14
Side[MENU/SET]
doorMode
(P8, 19)
[MENU/SET]
button
(P37)
B:
4/Macro
(P56)
4
8 9
Gumb
[DISP.]
(str. (P80)
46.)
15
[(]
(Playback)
button (P37)
[DISP.]
button
(P46)
AF
Tracking
16
[Q.MENU]
] (Delete/Cancel)
[Q.MENU]
(P38)/[
[Q.MENU]
(str.(P44)/[
38.)/[
Gumb
C:
2/Self-timer
(P57) ] (Delete/
19 18 1716 15
button
(P40)
Cancel)
button
(P35)
D:
1/Flash
setting
(P53)
(Delete/Cancel)
(izbriši/poništi)
(str. 35.)
[DISPLAY]
(P53)
8
[MODE]
button button
(P22,
8 17
Gumb
[MODE]
(Način77)
rada) (str. 22., 77.)
10
[MENU/SET]
(P42)
9
REC/PLAY
switchbutton
(P22,
32)
9 18
Prekidač
REC/PLAY
(snimanje/
10 Charging
lamp(str.
(P11)
11
reprodukcija)
22., 32.)
these operating
instructions,
10 In
Pokazivač
punjenja
(str. 11.) the cursor buttons are described as shown in the
figure below or described with 3/4/2/1.
e.g.: When you press the 4 (down) button
11
4
5
6
7
5 6 7
(DMC-FS45)
or
Press 4
4
8
9
10
11
5 6 7
-- 66 -
12
13
14
Cancel) button (P36)
8 [MODE] button (P21, 88)
9 REC/PLAY switch (P21, 32)
10 Charging lamp (P10)
10
11
Before
Use
Prije uporabe
Before
Use
Before Use
11 Cursor
buttons
(DMC-SZ1)
Kursorski
gumbi
11
buttons
(DMC-SZ1)
11 Cursor
Cursor
buttons compensation (P54)
(DMC-SZ1)
A:
3/Exposure
ekspozicije(P54)
(str. 54.)
A: ▲/Kompenzacija
3/Exposure
compensation
A:
3/Exposure
compensation
(P54)
B:
4/Macro
Mode
(P52)
B: ▼/Način
4/Macro
Mode
(P52)
11 Cursor
buttons
makro
(str.
52.)
B:
4/Macro
Mode (P69)
(P52)
AF
AF
Tracking
(P69)
A: 3/Exposure
compensation
AF Tracking
praćenje
(str. 69.) (P58)
AF
Tracking
(P69)
C:
2/Self-timer
(P53)
C: ◄/Automatski
2/Self-timer
(P53)
B:
4/Macro
Mode
(P56) (str. 53.)
okidač
C:
2/Self-timer
(P53)
D:
1/Flash
setting
(P49) (str. 49.)
D: ►/Postavka
1/Flash
setting
(P49)
AF Tracking
(P80)
bljeskalice
D:
1/Flash
setting
(P49)
C: 2/Self-timer (P57)
D: 1/Flash setting (P53)
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
5 6 7
(DMC-FS45)
In these
operating
instructions,
the
cursor
buttons
are
described
as
shown
in
these
operating
instructions,
the
cursor
buttons
are
described
as
shown
In
these
operating
instructions,
thecursor
cursorbuttons
buttons
are
described
asshown
shown
inthe
InIn
these
operating
instructions,
the
are
described
inin
U
ovim
se
uputama
kursorski
gumbi
opisuju
na način
prikazan
naas
slici
u nastavku
the
figure
below or
or
described
with
3/4/2/1.
the
figure
below
described
with
3/4/2/1.
the
figure
below
or described
with 3/4/2/1.
figure
below
or
described
3/4/2/1.
ili
opisan
pomoću
znakova
▲/▼/◄/►.
e.g.:
When
you
press
thewith
4 (down)
(down)
button
e.g.:
When
you
press
the
4
button
e.g.:
When
youpress
press
the4
(down)button
button
e.g.:
When
you
the
npr.:
Kada
pritisnete
tipku
▼4(down)
(dolje)
or
or
or
or
12 Strap
eyelet
12
eyelet
12 Strap
Rupica
za vrpcu
Strap
eyelet
sure
to
attach the
strap when
using
•• Be
Be
sure
to
the
when
using
Kada
koristite
fotoaparat,
obavezno
sure
to attach
attach
the strap
strap
when
using
•• Be
the
camera
to
ensure
that
you
will
not
the
camera
to
ensure
that
you
will
the
camera
to ensure
that you
will not
not ne
pričvrstite
vrpcu
da
vam
fotoaparat
drop
it.
drop
it.
drop
it.
bi ispao.
13 Lens
Lens
barrel
13
barrel
13
barrel
14
[AV
OUT/DIGITAL]
(P11, 97, 102,
102,
13 Lens
Kućište
objektiva socket (P11,
14
[AV
14 105)
[AV OUT/DIGITAL]
OUT/DIGITAL] socket
socket (P11, 97,
97, 102,
14 105)
Priključnica [AV OUT/DIGITAL] (str. 11.,
105)
-6
97., 102., 105.)
Press 4
4
Press
Press
44 Pritisnete ▼
Press
ili
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
-- 7
-7
7 --
Before
Use
Prije uporabe
15
(P41)
(DMC-SZ1)
15 Speaker
Zvučnik (str.
41.)
• Be careful not to cover the speaker with
• your
Pazite
da
zvučnik
ne
dirate
rukama.
finger. Doing so may make sound
Moždatonećete
15
difficult
hear. čuti kako treba.
PrekidačON/OFF
za uključivanje/isključivanje
16 Camera
switch (P19)
fotoaparata
(str. 19.)
17 Zoom
lever (P47)
18
17 Microphone
Ručica zuma (str. 47.)
19
button (P23, 26)
18 Shutter
Mikrofon
20
button
19 Motion
Okidačpicture
(str. 23.,
26.) (P29)
21
20 Tripod
Gumb receptacle
videozapisa (str. 29.)
22
door (P10,
15)
21 Card/Battery
Utor za montiranje
tronošca
23
lever (P10,
15)
22 Release
Vrata pretinca
za bateriju/karticu
(str. 10.,
15.)
23 Ručica za otpuštanje (str. 10., 15.)
16 17
18
19 20
21
22
23
(DMC-FS45)
16 17
18
21
22
15
-8-
19 20
23
Preparation
Priprema
Punjenje baterije
Charging
the Battery
Preparation
Use the dedicated AC adaptor (supplied), USB connection cable (supplied) and
Upotrijebite namijenjeni prilagodnik za izmjenični napon (isporučen), USB kabel za
battery.
(isporučen)
i bateriju.
•povezivanje
The battery is
not charged
when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
• Charge
only when
it is inserted
in the
camera.
Baterijathe
sebattery
ne isporučuje
napunjena.
Prije
uporabe
napunite bateriju.
• Baterija se smije puniti samo kada je umetnuta u fotoaparat.
Camera conditions
Charge
Power off (or [Sleep Mode] (P45) is
Stanja fotoaparata
activated)
≤
Punjenje
Isključen
Power
on (ili je aktivirano stanje mirovanja
[Sleep Mode] (str. 42.))
—¢
○
¢ The camera can be supplied with power from a power outlet via the USB connection cable
Uključivanje
(supplied) only during playback mode. (The battery is not charged.) __*
•* When
there is no remaining battery power, charging may be performed regardless of whether
Fotoaparat
se može napajati strujom iz strujne utičnice preko USB kabela za
the power switch is [ON] or [OFF].
(isporučen)
samo tijekom
reprodukcije.
• If povezivanje
no battery is inserted,
no charging
or power
is supplied.(Baterija nije napunjena.)
• Ako se baterija ispraznila, može se puniti bez obzira na to je li prekidač u položaju [ON]
[OFF] (Isklj.).
∫(Uklj.)
Aboutilibatteries
that you can use with this unit
• Ako nema umetnute baterije, ne dolazi do punjenja ili napajanja.
It has been found that counterfeit battery packs which look very similar to the
■genuine
■Baterije product
koje se upotrebljavaju
s ovim
are made available
foruređajem
purchase in some markets. Some of
these battery packs are not adequately protected with internal protection to meet
Na
se tržištima
mogu nabaviti
krivotvorene
su izgledom
thenekim
requirements
of appropriate
safety
standards. baterije
There iskoje
a possibility
thatvrlo
slične
izvornima.
Neke
odlead
tih baterija
nemaju
primjerenu
zaštitu
i ne
these battery
packs
may
to fire or
explosion.
Pleaseunutarnju
be advised
that we
are
zadovoljavaju
odgovarajuće
standarde.
Postojiofopasnost
od požara
not liable for any
accident orsigurnosne
failure occurring
as a result
use of a counterfeit
ili
eksplozije.
Panasonic
odriče
se odgovornosti
slučaju ikakvih
battery
pack. Tvrtka
To ensure
that safe
products
are used. Weurecommend
thatnezgoda
a
ili
kvarova
nastalih uslijed
krivotvorenih baterija. Da biste bili sigurni da
genuine
Panasonic
batteryuporabe
pack is used.
koristite sigurne proizvode, preporučujemo upotrebu originalnih Panasonicovih
baterija.
-- 89 -
Preparation
Priprema
Preparation
Inserting
Battery
Umetanjethe
baterije
Inserting
the Battery
Umetnite
bateriju
u fotoaparat da biste je napunili.
Insert the battery into the camera to charge it.
Provjerite
je
uređaj
isključen.
•Insert
Check
that
thisli unit
is the
turned
off. to charge it.
the
battery
into
camera
• Check that this unit is turned off.
Ručicu
zarelease
otvaranje
gurnite
Slide the
lever
in theu smjeru
strelice
i
otvorite
vrata
pretinca
direction
of
the
arrow
and
openza
the
Slide the release lever in the
karticu/bateriju.
card/battery
door.
direction
of the
arrow and open the
• Always
Uvijek koristite
originalne
Panasonicove
door.
•card/battery
use genuine
Panasonic
batteries.
••
••
baterije.
If
you use
batteries,
we cannot
Always
useother
genuine
Panasonic
batteries.
Ako
proizvođača, ne
guarantee
the baterije
quality
ofdrugih
this
If
youkoristite
use other
batteries,
weproduct.
cannot
možemo
jamčiti
kvalitetu
ovog
proizvoda.
guarantee the quality of this product.
Being na
careful
the battery
Pazite
smjerabout
umetanja
baterije,
orientation,
insert
thebattery
way
untilzvuk
umetnite
je do
krajaalldok
ne
čujete
Being
careful
about
the
Before
Use
you
hear
a locking
sound
anduntil
then
orientation,
insert
the way
zaključavanja
i tadaall
provjerite
je
li
Before
Use sound
check
that
it
is locked
by
lever
A.
you
hear
a ručicom
locking
and
then
water by holding thezaključana
camera
upside-down
A and
the
right
way up B and
. Bateriju
izvadite
Pull
lever
inručicu
the by
direction
of right way up B and
check
that
it upside-down
isAlocked
lever
A.
g
it lightly
times.
rain
water abyfew
holding
thethe
camera
A
and
the
tako
da
povučete
u smjeru
the
arrow
remove
the
battery.
sing theitcamera
beach
or lever
in to
water,
washing
it, water
Pull
the
Aorinafter
the
direction
of may remain
haking
lightlyata the
few
times.
strelice.
dAfter
the speaker
microphone
for a to
while
may
cause
a drop init,volume
or sound
the
arrow
the
battery.
using theand
camera
at the
beach
or remove
in and
water,
or
after
washing
water may
remain
on.
around
the speaker and microphone for a while and may cause a drop in volume or sound
ndistortion.
the strap firmly to prevent the camera from dropping.
Fasten the strap firmly to prevent the camera from dropping.
1:Close
the card/battery
door.
Zatvorite
vrata pretinca
za karticu/
1:Close
the card/battery door.
bateriju.
2:Slide the release lever in the
direction
the arrow.
2:Slide
the of
release
in the
Povucite
ručicu
ulever
smjeru
strelice.
direction of the arrow.
Preparation
∫ Playback
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
Note
Napomena
The
operating
times
number
recordable
pictures
will differ
according
totada
the
the camera
off and
wait
for the
“LUMIX”
onnestane
the LCD
monitor
to clear before
• Turn
Isključite
fotoaparat
iand
pričekajte
daof
na
LCDdisplay
zaslonu
natpis
„LUMIX“
te
Note
ff water drops on
the camera
with
aoperating this
environment
and
conditions.
removing
the battery.
(Otherwise,
unit
may
no longer
operate
normally
and
the
card itself
izvadite
karticu
ili the
bateriju
(inače
se
može
dogoditi
dathe
fotoaparat
prestane
ispravno
•
Turn
the
camera
off
and
wait
for
the
“LUMIX”
display
on
LCD
monitor
to
clear
before
tipe
cloth
dry
theexample,
camera
inthe
aorfollowing
For
in
the operating
times
shorten and the number of
off and
water
drops
ondamaged
the
with
a cases,
may
be
the
recorded
pictures
may no
be longer
lost.) will
removing
the camera
battery.
(Otherwise,
this
unitilimay
operate
normally
the card itself
raditi, a sama
se kartica
može oštetiti
se snimljene
fotografije
mogu and
izbrisati).
recordable
pictures
is reduced:
is may
well
ventilated.
yarea
softwhich
cloth and
dry
the
camera
be
damaged
or in
thearecorded pictures may be lost.)
¢
–
At
low
temperature
or
in
cold
locations
such
as
ski
resorts
or
at
high
altitude
e camera
by standing
on a ventilated.
dry cloth.
haded
area
which
isitwell
¢ Residual
image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
nit incorporates
drain
design,it draining
Dry
the camera by
standing
on a dry
cloth. the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
will
decrease,
so keep
n gaps
the camera
[ON/OFF]
button
This
unitinincorporates
drain
design,
draining
warm
place
such
as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
om
button
etc.
water in gaps in the batteries
camera [ON/OFF]
anddryer
LCDbutton
monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
dry
the
camera
with
hot
air
from
and zoom button etc.
normal. will
lar.not
Waterproof
performance
Do
dry the camera
with hot air from dryer
– When
using [LCDwill
Mode].
orate
due to
deformation.
or similar.
Waterproof
performance
– deformation.
When
operations
such as
flash or
and
zoom are
used
use chemicals
such
as benzine,
thinner,
alcohol
cleanser,
soap
or repeatedly.
detergents.
deteriorate
due to
• Whensuch
the operating
time
of the alcohol
cameraor
becomes
short even after properly charging
Do not use chemicals
as benzine,
thinner,
cleanser,extremely
soap or detergents.
life of the
battery
expired.
Buy off
a new
m that there arethe
nobattery,
water the
droplets,
open
the may
sidehave
door,
and wipe
anybattery.
ropletsthat
or sand
using
a soft dry
cloth.
onfirm
thereleft
areinside
no water
droplets,
open
the (P133)
side door, and wipe off any
droplets
may adhere
to the
or battery
side
door (P133)
is opened without
ater
droplets
or sand
leftcard
inside
using when
a softthe
dry
cloth.
9card/battery
-- is opened
-- 10
ghly drying.
Also,
water
maytoaccumulate
the gap
around
the
slotwithout
or
Water
droplets
may
adhere
the card or in
battery
when
the side
door
minal
connector.
surewater
to wipe
water off with
a gap
soft dry
- cloth.
9 -the card/battery slot or
horoughly
drying.Be
Also,
mayany
accumulate
in the
around
ater
dropletsconnector.
may seep Be
intosure
the camera
when
the side
doora is
closed
while it is still
he terminal
to wipe any
water
off with
soft
dry cloth.
ausing
condensation
or failure.
The water
droplets may
seep into the camera when the side door is closed while it is still
Preparation
Priprema
Charging
Punjenje
Preporučuje
se punjenje
u prostorijama
s temperaturom
između
30
• Charge
the battery
in areas baterije
with an ambient
temperature,
between 10 oC
and 3010
oC°C
(50i oF
and
86 oF) (same
the battery temperature),
is recommended.
°C (jednaka
kaoas
temperatura
baterije).
Check
thatje
this
unit isisključen.
turned off.
Provjerite
li uređaj
To
outlet
U power
utičnicu
AC
adaptor (supplied)
Prilagodnik
za izmjenični napon (isporučen)
PC
(Turn the
power on)
Računalo
(uključite
ga)
USB
cable (supplied)
USBconnection
kabel za povezivanje
(isporučen)
• •Check
the directions
of the connectors,
andumetnite
plug themilistraight
unplug them straight
Provjerite
smjer priključaka
te ih ravno
izvaditein(uorsuprotnome,
priključci
out.
(Otherwise
the connectors
may bend
out of shape,
which may cause malfunction.)
bi se
mogli savinuti,
što bi moglo
prouzročiti
probleme).
E Align
the marks,
and insert.
Poravnajte
oznake
i umetnite.
F Charging
Lampicalamp
punjenja
A
B
C
D
(Charging
from the power outlet)
(Punjenje iz zidne utičnice)
Connect
theprilagodnik
AC adaptorza(supplied)
this USB
camera
with the
Isporučeni
izmjeničniand
napon
kabelom
za USB
povezivanje
connection
cable (supplied),
and insert
the ACisporučeni
adaptor (supplied)
intozathe
spojite s fotoaparatom
te u utičnicu
uključite
prilagodnik
power
outlet.
izmjenični
napon.
• Use
the AC adaptor
(supplied)
indoors.
Prilagodnik
za izmjenični
napon
(isporučen) koristite u zatvorenim prostorima.
(Punjenje na računalu)
(Charging from a computer)
Računalo i fotoaparat spojite isporučenim USB kabelom za povezivanje.
Connect
computer računala,
and thispunjenje
cameramožda
with the
connection cable
• Ovisno o the
specifikacijama
nećeUSB
biti moguće.
(supplied).
• Ako tijekom punjenja baterije računalo prijeđe u stanje mirovanja, punjenje će prestati.
• Charging
be possiblesdepending
onračunalom
computer specifications.
Spajanjemay
ovognot
fotoaparata
prijenosnim
koji nije spojen u zidnu utičnicu
• Ifuzrokovat
the computer
enters
a suspended
stateprijenosnog
while charging
the battery,
chargingne
willostavljajte
stop.
će brže
pražnjenje
baterije
računala.
Fotoaparat
• Connecting this camera to a notebook computer that is not connected to a power outlet will
spojen tijekom duljega vremenskog razdoblja.
cause the notebook computer battery to drain faster. Do not leave the camera connected for
• extended
Uvijek provjerite
jeste
li fotoaparat spojili s USB priključkom na računalu. Fotoaparat ne
periods of
time.
spajajte
USB priključcima
zaslona,totipkovnice
s USB
čvorištem.
• Be
sure tosalways
connect the camera
a computeriliUSB
terminal.
Do not connect the camera
to a monitor, keyboard or printer USB terminal, or a USB hub.
-- 10
11 -
Preparation
∫ About the charging lamp
■On:
■Pokazivač
punjenja
Charging.
Priprema
Uključen:
Punjenje
u tijeku.
Off:
Charging has
completed.
(When charging is complete, disconnect the camera
Isključen:
Punjenje
završeno.
(Nakon dovršetka punjenja, odspojite fotoaparat
from the power outlet or computer.)
iz zidne utičnice ili računala.)
∫
time
■■Charging
Vrijeme punjenja
When
using the
AC adaptor
Kada koristite
prilagodnik
za(supplied)
izmjenični napon (isporučen)
Charging
time
Vrijeme
punjenja
Approx. 180
Približno
180min
min
• The indicated charging time is for when the battery has been discharged completely.
• The
Prikazano
vrijeme
punjenja
odnosi se
slučaj
kada jehas
baterija
u potpunosti
charging
time may
vary depending
onna
how
the battery
been used.
The charging
ispražnjena.
Vrijeme
punjenjaenvironments
može se razlikovati
ovisno
načinu
korištenja
time
for the battery
in hot/cold
or a battery
that o
has
not been
used for a
long
time Vrijeme
may be longer
thanbaterije
normal.u toplim/hladnim uvjetima ili baterije koja nije
baterije.
punjenja
• The
charging
time
when connected
the od
computer
depends on the computer’s
korištena
dulje
vrijeme
može biti to
dulje
uobičajenog.
• performance.
Kada je uređaj povezan s računalom, vrijeme punjenja ovisit će o računalu.
∫
indication
■■Battery
Pokazivač
kapaciteta baterije
The
batterykapaciteta
indication baterije
is displayed
on the
monitor.
Pokazivač
prikazuje
seLCD
na LCD
zaslonu.
Preparation
∫ Playback
indication
turnsisprazni,
red and pokazivač
blinks if thepostaje
remaining
battery
powertreperiti.
is low. Recharge
batteryili
•• The
Kada
se baterija
crven
i počinje
Napunitethe
bateriju
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
or replace
it with
a fully charged battery.
je zamijenite
napunjenom
baterijom.
Note
Note
Napomena
not
leave any
metal
items
(such
clips) near
the contact
areas of the power
plug.
•• Do
The
operating
times
and
number
of as
recordable
pictures
will differ
to the
• Otherwise,
Nemojte
ostavljati
metalne
predmete
(poput
spojnica)
bliziniaccording
kontaktnih
a fire
and/or
electric
shocks may
be caused
by u
short-circuiting
or the
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
površinaheat
utikača.
Može doći do požara i/ili strujnog udara zbog kratkog spoja ili
resulting
For example,
ingenerated.
the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
stvorene
• Do
not use topline.
any otherisUSB
connection cables except the supplied one.
recordable
pictures
reduced:
¢
• Use
isključivo
isporučeni
kabel USB
zasuch
spajanje
of cables
other than
supplied
connection
cableor
may
cause
malfunction.
–Koristite
At low
temperature
or inthe
cold
locations
as skiUSB-a.
resorts
at high
altitude
• Do
use drugih
a USB
extension
cable.
Upotreba
kabela,
osim
isporučenog
USB kabela
zause.
povezivanje,
može
¢ not
Residual
image
may show
on
the LCD display
when in
The battery
performance
• The
AC decrease,
adaptor
connection
cable
(supplied)
are by
for placing
this camera
prouzročiti
kvar.(supplied)
will
so keepand
the USB
camera
and spare
batteries
warm
themonly.
in aDo
not
use
them
with
other
devices.
• Nemojte
upotrebljavati
produžni
kabel.
warm place
such as USB
inside
your cold
protection gear or clothing. Performance of
•• Remove
the battery after use. (The battery will be exhausted if left for a long period of time after
Isporučeni
prilagodnik
za izmjenični
napontoi isporučeni
USB
za povezivanje
batteries
and LCD monitor
will restore
normal when
thekabel
temperature
returns mogu
to
being
charged.)
se normal.
koristiti
s fotoaparatom.
Nemojte
ih koristiti
s drugim
uređajima.
• The
battery samo
becomes
warm after using
and during
and after
charging.
The camera also
–Bateriju
When using
Mode].
• becomes
izvadite
nakon
upotrebe.
(Baterija
će se isprazniti ako je ostavite da stoji dulje
warm[LCD
during
use.
This is not
a malfunction.
–vrijeme
When
operations
such as flash
and
zoom
arehas
used
repeatedly.
nakon
punjenja.)
• The
battery
can be
recharged
even
when
it still
some
power left, but it is not recommended
•• that
When
operating
time
the camera
becomes
extremely
after
properly
charging
Baterija
se
zagrijava
za
korištenja
tewhile
za
vrijeme
ishort
nakon
punjenja.
Fotoaparat
se
thethe
battery
charge
beofvrijeme
frequently
topped
up
the battery
iseven
fully
charged.
(Since
the
battery,
theswelling
life of
the
battery
may have
expired.
Buy a new battery.
characteristic
may
occur.)
također
zagrijava
tijekom
uporabe.
Nije riječ
o kvaru.
•• IfBaterija
a problem
in the power
outlet,
as do
a power
charging
not be
se occurs
može dopuniti
i prije
negosuch
što se
kraja outage,
istroši, ali
se ne may
preporučuje
completed
normally. If thisdok
happens,
disconnect
the USB
connection(Može
cable (supplied)
učestalo dopunjavanje
je baterija
u potpunosti
napunjena.
doći do and
connect it again.
karakterističnog slabljenja baterije.)
• If the charging lamp does not turn on or blinks when you connect the AC adaptor (supplied) or
• PC,
Punjenje
se možda
dovršiti has
kako
je uobičajeno
ako u zidnoj
this indicates
thatneće
the charging
been
stopped because
the unitutičnici
is not indođe
a temperature
do problema,
poput
nestanka
struje.not
Ako
do toga
dođe, odspojite USB kabel za
range
suitable for
charging,
and does
indicate
a fault.
povezivanje
i ponovno
ga spojite.in a location where the ambient temperature
Reconnect
the(isporučeni)
USB connection
cable (supplied)
• (and
Ako the
se pokazivač
ne ispali
ako
kada
spojite
izmjeničnog
temperaturepunjenja
of battery)
in aili10
oCtreperi
to 30 oC
(50 oF
to 86prilagodnik
oF) range, and
try charging
again.
napona (isporučen) ili računalo, to označuje da je punjenje zaustavljeno jer uređaj nije u
temperaturnom rasponu koji je prikladan za punjenje i to ne predstavlja kvar. USB kabel
za povezivanje (isporučen) ponovno spojite na lokaciji na kojoj je temperatura okoline (i
temperatura baterije) u rasponu od 10 °C do 30 °C te ponovno pokušajte puniti.
- 11 - 12 -
Cautions
for Use....................................112
information
for your digital camera may differ
from those
in the...................................117
illustrations and screens
Message
Display
provided in this manual. When operation or
Troubleshooting.....................................119
other information is more or less the same
• Please
that the
actual controls
andas
betweennote
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are used
Preparation
Priprema
components,
items, andprovided
other in this
examples
for menu
the instructions
information for your digital camera may differ
manual.
operating
time
and number
of recordable
pictures
Približno
vrijeme
rada
i that
broj fotografija
koje
je moguće snimiti
fromoperations,
those Approximate
in theprocedures,
illustrations
and
screens
• The
or
functions
provided
in this
manual.
operation
or
differ
among
models
are When
indicated
separately,
other information
is more
or
less
the same
together
with
the relevant
model
number.
∫
still
pictures
■■Recording
Snimanje
fotografija
between models, (DMC-SZ1) are used as
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
examples for
the instructions
provided in this
Number
of recordable
Approx. 220 pictures
manual. (DMC-FS45)
By CIPA standard in Normal
pictures koje
Broj fotografija
• The operations, procedures, or functionsPribližno
that
250 fotografija
Mode
Prema Picture
standardu
CIPA kod
je
moguće
snimiti
differ among models
are indicated
separately,
Recording
time
Approx. 110 min
uobičajenog načina snimanja
together with Vrijeme
the relevant
model
number.
snimanja
Približno 125 min
e.g.:
Recording
(DMC-SZ1) conditions by CIPA standard
• CIPA is an abbreviation of [Camera & Imaging Products Association].
•(DMC-FS45)
Temperature: 23 oC (73.4 oF)/Humidity: 50%RH when LCD monitor is on.
• Using a Panasonic SD Memory Card (32 MB).
Broj the
fotografija
koje
• Using
supplied battery. Približno 260 fotografija
Prema standardu CIPA kod
je moguće
snimiti
• Starting
recording
30 seconds after the camera is turned on. (When the Optical Image
uobičajenog načina snimanja
Stabiliser
function
is
set
to
[ON].)
Vrijeme snimanja
Približno 130 min
• Recording once every 30 seconds using full flash every second recording.
• Rotating the zoom lever from Tele to Wide or vice versa in every recording.
snimanja
prema
standardu
CIPA and leaving it until the temperature of the battery
•Uvjeti
Turning
the camera
off every
10 recordings
• decreases.
CIPA je kratica za [Camera & Imaging Products Association].
The
number of 23
recordable
variesvlažnosti
depending
the recording
interval time.
• Temperatura:
°C/Vlaga:pictures
50% relativne
kad on
je LCD
zaslon uključen.
As
the recording
intervalSD
time
becomeskartice
longer,
the
number of recordable pictures
• Uporaba
Panasonicove
memorijske
(32
MB).
decreases.
[For example,
if you were to take one picture every two minutes, then the
• Uporaba isporučene
baterije.
number of pictures would be reduced to approximately one-quarter of the number
• Početak snimanja 30 sekundi nakon uključivanja fotoaparata (Kad je funkcija optičkog
of pictures given above (based upon one picture taken every 30 seconds).]
stabilizatora slike postavljena na [ON]).
• Snimanje
jednom
30 sekundi s punom jačinom bljeskalice kod svake druge
∫
Recording
motionsvakih
pictures
snimke.
[AVCHD]
[MP4]
• Zakretanje ručice za zum od Tele do
Wide ili obrnuto kod svake snimke.
(Recording with picture quality set (Recording with picture quality set
• Isključivanje fotoaparata nakon svakih
10
snimaka
i
ostavljanje
sa
strane
dok se
to [FSH])
to [FHD])
temperatura baterije ne snizi.
Recordable time
Approx. 60 min
Approx. 60 min
Broj raspoloživih snimaka razlikuje se ovisno o intervalu između snimaka. Kod
Actualintervala
recordable
time
Approx.
30 min snimaka. [Na primjer,
Approx.
30 min
dužih
smanjuje
se broj
raspoloživih
kada
biste
snimili
po
jednu
fotografiju
svake
dvije
minute,
broj
fotografija
smanjio
bi
se
• These times are for an ambient temperature of 23 oC (73.4 oF) and a humidity of 50%RH.
za
otprilike
četvrtinu
navedenog
fotografija (odnosi se na snimanje jedne
Please
be aware
that these
times arebroja
approximate.
•fotografije
Actual recordable
is the time available for recording when repeating actions such as
svakihtime
30 sekundi).]
switching the power supply [ON]/[OFF], starting/stopping recording, zoom operation, etc.
3-
■Snimanje
videozapisa
•■Maximum
time
to record motion pictures continuously with [AVCHD] is 29 minutes 59 seconds.
• Maximum time to record motion pictures continuously with [MP4] is 29 minutes 59 seconds.
Also,
motion
pictures
recorded continuously in [MP4] is up to 4 GB. Given this constraint, the
Raspoloživo vrijeme
90 min
maximum
length of continuous recording in [FHD] isPribližno
approximately
24 minutes 43 seconds.
snimanja
The maximum available recording time continuously is displayed on the screen.
Stvarno vrijeme
snimanja
3-
Približno 45 min
• Navedena vremena vrijede pri temperaturi od 23 °C i vlazi od 50% relativne vlažnosti.
Imajte na umu da su navedena vremena približna.
• Stvarno raspoloživo vrijeme snimanja vrijeme je dostupno za snimanje pri ponavljanju radnji
kao što su uključivanje i isključivanje napajanja, početak/kraj snimanja, rad zuma itd.
• Maksimalno neprekidno snimanje videozapisa iznosi 29 minuta i 59 sekundi.
Maksimalno dostupno vrijeme neprekidnog snimanja prikazuje se na zaslonu.
-- 12
13 -
Priprema
■■Reprodukcija
Preparation
∫ Playback
Vrijeme reprodukcije
Približno 240 min
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
Note
Napomena
operating
and number ofsnimaka
recordable
pictures
differoaccording
• The
Vrijeme
rada itimes
broj raspoloživih
razlikuju
sewill
ovisno
okruženjutouthe
kojem
environment
and
the operating
conditions.
se fotoaparat
koristi
i uvjetima
njegova korištenja.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
Na primjer,pictures
vrijemeisrada
i broj fotografija koje je moguće snimiti smanjuju se u sljedećim
recordable
reduced:
–slučajevima:
At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
--¢U
okolinama
niskih
temperatura
kao
štodisplay
su skijališta.
Residual
image
may
show on the
LCD
when in use. The battery performance
will decrease,
keep
the [LCD
camera
and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
-- Kada
se koristiso
način
rada
Mode].
warm
place such korištenja
as inside your
cold protection
-- Kod
neprestanog
bljeskalice
i zuma. gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries
LCD
monitor will
restore
to normal
when
temperature
returns
to
• Kada
vrijemeand
rada
fotoaparata
postane
izrazito
kratko,
čakthe
i nakon
pravilnog
punjenja
normal.
baterije, moguće je da je uporabni vijek baterije istekao. Kupite novu bateriju.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 14 - 18 -
Preparation
Preparation
Priprema
Inserting the Battery
Preparation
Inserting
and Removing the Card (optional)
Inserting the Battery
Umetanje
iand
vađenje
memorijske
kartice
(neobavezna)
Insert
the battery into
the camera
to charge it.
Inserting
Removing
the Card
(optional)
• Check that this unit is turned off.
•Insert
Checkthe
that
this unit
is the
turned
off. to charge it.
battery
into
camera
•• We
recommend
using
a Panasonic
card.
that je
thisli unit
is turned
off.
• Check
Provjerite
uređaj
isključen.
•• We
recommend using a Panasonic card.
Preporučujemo
uporabu
Panasonicove
Slide the release lever in the memorijske kartice.
Slide the release
leverand
in the
direction
of the arrow
open the
Slide the release
lever in the
direction
ofotvaranje
the
arrow
and
open
the
Ručicu
gurnite
u smjeru
Slide
thezarelease
lever
in the
card/battery
door.
direction
of the
arrow
and
open
the
card/battery
door.
strelice
i
otvorite
vrata
pretinca
za
direction
of
the
arrow
and
open
the
door. Panasonic batteries.
•card/battery
Always use genuine
card/battery
door.
••karticu/bateriju.
If
you
use
other
batteries,
we
cannot
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries.
the quality
of this
• guarantee
If you use other
batteries,
weproduct.
cannot
guarantee the quality of this product.
Being careful about the battery
Push
it securely
allall
the
way
until
you
orientation,
insert
the
way
until
Being
careful
about
the
battery
Čvrsto
je
gurajte
dosound
kraja
dok
neyou
hear
ait“click”
while
being
careful
Push
securely
all
the
way
until
you
hear
a
locking
and
then
orientation, insert all the way until
začujete
škljocaj,
pritom
na
about
in
which
you
hear
a the
“click”
being
careful
check
that
it
iswhile
locked
by pazeći
lever
A.
you
hear
adirection
locking
sound
and
then
insert
it.
smjer
umetanja.
about
the
direction
in
which
you
Pull
the
lever
A
in
the
direction
of
check that it is locked by lever A.
To
card,
push
the card
Da remove
biste
izvadili
karticu,
gurajte
je dok
insert
it.lever
the
arrow
tothe
remove
the
battery.
Pull
the
A in
the
direction
of
until
it
clicks,
then
pull
the
card
out
To
remove
the
card,
push
the
card
ne
čujete
škljocaj
te
je
zatim
ravno
the arrow to remove the battery.
upright.
until
it clicks, then pull the card out
izvucite.
upright.
A: Do
not touch
the connection
terminals of
Nemojte
dodirivati
spojne priključke
the
card.
kartice.
A: Do
not
touch the connection terminals of
the card.
1:Close the card/battery door.
1:Close
the card/battery
door.
Zatvorite
pretinca za
2:Slide
the vrata
release
lever inkarticu/
the
1:Close
the
card/battery
door.
bateriju.
2:Slide
the of
release
lever in the
direction
the arrow.
2:Slide
the ručicu
release
lever in
the
direction
of
theuarrow.
Povucite
smjeru
strelice.
direction of the arrow.
Preparation
∫ Playback
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
Note
the camera off and wait for the “LUMIX” display on the LCD monitor to clear before
• Turn
Note
Note
Note
removing
the card.
may no
longeron
operate
normally
and
the card
itself may
Napomena
•• Turn
the
off
and
wait
for
the
“LUMIX”
display
the
monitor
to
before
the camera
camera
off(Otherwise,
and
wait
forthis
theunit
“LUMIX”
display
on
the LCD
LCD
monitor
to clear
clear
before
Note
The
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will differ
according
to the
• Turn
be
damaged
the (Otherwise,
recorded
pictures
may
beino
lost.)
the or
battery.
(Otherwise,
this
unit
may
no
longer
operate
normally
card
itself
Prije
vađenja
kartice
isključite
fotoaparat
pričekajte
da
natpis
„LUMIX“
nathe
LCD
zaslonu
removing
the
card.
unit
may
longer
operate
normally
and
the
card
itself
may
•• removing
Turn
the
camera
offthe
and
wait forthis
the
“LUMIX”
display
on
the
LCD
monitor
toand
clear
before
environment
and
operating
conditions.
may
be damaged
or the
recorded
pictures
may
befotoaparat
lost.) operate
be
damaged
pictures
may
be lost.)
nestane.
(U or
suprotnome,
može
sethe
dogoditi
da
prestane
a
removing
the
battery.
(Otherwise,
this
unit
may
no
longer
normally
theraditi,
card
For
example,
in the
the recorded
following
cases,
operating
times will
shorten
andispravno
theand
number
of itself
may
bese
damaged
or
recorded
may be
lost.)
sama
kartica
može
oštetiti ili pictures
se snimljene
fotografije
mogu izbrisati).
recordable
pictures
isthe
reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 14 9 ----14
15
-9-
Preparation
Preparation
Priprema
About the
the Built-in
Built-in Memory/the
Memory/the Card
Card
Ugrađena
memorija/memorijska
kartica
About
Ovim fotoaparatom mogu se vršiti sljedeće radnje:
Thefollowing
followingoperations
operationscan
canbe
beperformed
performedusing
usingthis
thisunit:
unit:
The
Slike
se
mogu
u ugrađenu
Picturescan
canbe
besnimiti
recorded
onthe
thebuilt-in
built-in
Pictures
recorded
on
Kada
kartica
umetnuta
Whenmemorijska
cardhas
hasnot
not
beennije
inserted
When
aacard
been
inserted
memoriju
i ponovo
memoryand
and
playedreproducirati.
back.
memory
played
back.
Slike
se can
mogu
naon
karticu
i and
Pictures
canbe
besnimiti
recorded
onthe
thecard
card
and
Pictures
recorded
Kada
umetne
memorijska
Whense
card
hasbeen
beeninserted
insertedkartica
When
aacard
has
reproducirati.
playedback.
back.
played
Whenusing
usingthe
theugrađenu
built-inmemory:
memory:
••When
Kada
koristite
memoriju:
built-in
¢¢))
>ð
ð(access
(access
indication
k>
indication
k
(pokazivač
pristupa*)
•••When
Kada
koristite
Whenusing
usingthe
thekarticu:
card:
card:
¢¢))
(access
indication
(pokazivač
pristupa*)
(access
indication
Theaccess
access
indication
displayed
inred
redwhen
when
picturesare
arebeing
beingna
recorded
The
indication
isisdisplayed
*¢¢Pokazivač
pristupa
crvene
je boje in
kada
se
fotografije
snimaju
pictures
recorded
onthe
thebuilt-in
built-in
memory
(orthe
thecard).
card).
recorded
on the
built-in
memory
(or the card).
on
memory
ugrađenu
memoriju
(ili (or
karticu).
Built-inMemory
Memory
Built-in
Ugrađena
memorija
•
You
can
copy
therecorded
recorded
pictures
card.
(P113)
•• You
can copy
the
pictures
totoaana
card.
(P108)
(P113)
Snimljene
fotografije
možete
kopirati
karticu.
(str. 96.)
Memorysize:
size:Approx.
Approx.70
70MB
MB
•••Memory
Veličina
memorije:
Približno
70 MB may be longer than the access time for a card.
•
The
access
time
for
the
built-in
memory
• The access time for the built-in memory may be longer than the access time for a card.
• Vrijeme pristupa ugrađenoj memoriji može
biti dulje od onog za memorijsku karticu.
Preparation
Card
Kartica
Preparation
The
following
cards, which
to the
SD video
can kartica
be usedusklađene
with this unit.
S ovim
fotoaparatom
moguconform
se koristiti
sljedeće
vrstestandard,
memorijskih
s
(These
cards are indicated
as
card in thekartice
text.) dalje u tekstu nazivaju karticom).
videostandardom
SD
(te
se
memorijske
Card
Remarks
Napomene
The following cards, which conform to the SD video standard,
can be used with this unit.
¢ with “Class 4” or
•
Use
a
card
with
SD
Speed
Class
SD
Memory
Card
(These
cards
are
indicated
as
card
in
the
text.)
• Kod snimanja videozapisa
preporučuje
se upotreba
SD Memory Card
SD
memorijska
kartica
higher
when
recording
motion
pictures.
(8
MB
to
2
GB)
(8 MB to 2 GB)
kartica
čiji je SD razred
brzine (SD Speed Class)
• SDHC
Memory Card can Remarks
be used with SDHC Memory Card
(8 MB do 2 GB)
kao „Klasa
4“ („Class
4“) ili viša.
SDHC Memory Card
oroznačen
SDXC Memory
Card compatible
¢equipment.
a card
withCard
SD kartica
Speed
Class
4”
or koja
•Use
SDHC
memorijska
može
se with
koristiti
s opremom
(4
to
32 GB)
SDGB
Memory
Card
SDHC
Memory
Card
•• SDXC
Memory
can only
be used
with“Class
SDXC
Memory
higher
when recording
je kompatibilna
sequipment.
SDHCmotion
ili SDXCpictures.
memorijskim karticama.
(8SDHC
MB
2 GB)
kartica Card
(4
GB tomemorijska
32
GB)
compatible
Memory
Card
can
be used
with SDHC
Memory Card
•• Check
the PC
and
other
equipment
are samo
compatible
when
•SDHC
SDXCthat
memorijska
kartica
može
se
koristiti
s opremom
(4 GB do 32 GB)
or SDXC
Memory
Card compatible
equipment.
SDXC Memory Card
using
the
SDXC
Memory
Cards.
koja
je
kompatibilna
s
SDXC
memorijskim
karticama.
SDHC
Memory
Card
•
SDXC
Memory
Card
can
only
be
used
with
SDXC
Memory
SDXC
Memory
Card
(48 GB, 64 GB)
http://panasonic.net/avc/sdcard/information/SDXC.html
•Card
Provjerite
jesu equipment.
li računalo i ostala oprema kompatibilni
(4
to64
32GB)
GB)
compatible
(48GB
GB,
•• Only
the
cards
with
capacity
listed
left
be used.
Only
the
cards
withand
capacity
listed
left can
can
used.
s SDXC
memorijskim
karticama.
• Check
that
the PC
other
equipment
arebe
compatible
when
SDXC memorijska kartica
http://panasonic.net/avc/sdcard/information/SDXC.html
using
the
SDXC
Memory
Cards.
¢
SD
Speed
Class
is
the
speed
standard
regarding
continuous
writing.
Check
¢
SD
Speed
Class
standard regarding continuous writing. Check via
via the
the label
label on
on
SDXC
Memory
Cardis the speedhttp://panasonic.net/avc/sdcard/information/SDXC.html
(48the
GB,
64
GB)
• Mogu se koristiti samo kartice s kapacitetom
etc.
the card,
card,
etc.
(48 GB,
64 GB)
navedenim
lijevoj
strani.
• Only
the cardsna
with
capacity
listed left can be used.
e.g.:
e.g.:
¢
SD
Speed
Class
is
the
speed
standard
regarding
continuous
writing.
Check via the label on
* Razred brzine SD kartice (SD speed class) standard je brzine
neprekinutog
the card, etc.
zapisivanja.
Provjerite
naljepnicu
na
kartici
i
sl.
•• Please
confirm the latest information on the following website.
Please
e.g.:confirm the latest information on the following website.
npr.
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
(This
(This site
site is
is English
English only.)
only.)
Najnovije
informacije
potražite
na sljedećem
web-mjestu:
•• Please
confirm
the latest
information
on the following
website.
Note
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
not
this unit
off or na
remove
its battery
or card during access (when pictures are
• Do
(Ovo
jeturn
web-mjesto
samo
engleskom
jeziku.)
(This
site
is English
only.)
being written, read or deleted, or the built-in memory or the card is being formatted).
Furthermore,
do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
Note
-15
21 -- and this unit may no longer operate
--damaged,
16
card
or this
the data
card may
21
Do not
turn
unit on
off the
or remove
its be
battery
or card during access (when pictures are
• The
normally.
being written, read or deleted, or the built-in memory or the card is being formatted).
If
operation
fails
due
to
vibration,
impact
or
static
electricity,
perform
the operation
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration,
impact or
static electricity.
again.
The card or the data on the card may be damaged, and this unit may no longer operate
• Write-Protect switch A provided (When this switch is set to the [LOCK] position,
Preparation
∫ Playback
Playback time
Priprema
Approx. 240 min
Napomena
Note
Preparation
operating
times and
number of recordable
picturesslika,
will differ
according
to the
• The
Tijekom
pristupanja
(zapisivanje,
čitanje i brisanje
formatiranje
itd.)
nemojte
Note
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
isključivati napajanje, uklanjati bateriju ili karticu ili odspajati prilagodnik za
access
writing,
reading
andfotoaparat
deleting,
etc.),
dovibracijama
not turnofoff the
• During
For
example,
in (image
the following
cases,
the operating
times formatting
will
shortenizlagati
and the
number
izmjenični
napon
(isporučen).
Nadalje,
nemojte
ili
power,
remove
the isbattery,
card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied). Furthermore,
recordable
pictures
reduced:
do
the camera
to locations
vibration,such
impact
or resorts
static electricity.
–udarcima.
Atnot
lowsubject
temperature
or in cold
as ski
or at high altitude¢
Može
doći
oštećenja
kartice
ili podataka
nawhen
kartici,
aunit
fotoaparat
prestati
The
card
or do
the
datamay
on the
card
be damaged,
and this
maybattery
no može
longer
operate
¢ Residual
image
show
onmay
the
LCD
display
in use.
The
performance
normally.
pravilno
funkcionirati.
will decrease,
so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
IfAko
operation
failssuch
due
to vibration,
impact
or staticudaraca
electricity,
performPerformance
the
operationof
warm
place
as
inside
your
cold
protection
gear oriliclothing.
ne možete
izvršiti
radnju
zbog
vibracija,
statičkog
elektriciteta,
Before
Use when the temperature returns to
again.
batteries
and LCD monitor will restore to
normal
ponovite
radnju.
• Write-Protect
switch A provided (When this switch is set to the [LOCK] position,
normal.
2further
Drain
water
bydeletion
holding
the za
camera
upside-down
A and
the
wayAup B and
• no
Kartice
sudata
opremljene
prekidačem
zaštitu
od kopiranja
je right
writing,
or formatting
is possible.
The ability(kada
to write,
delete
– When
using
[LCD
Mode].
shaking
it restored
lightly
awhen
few[LOCK],
times.
prekidač
postavljen
u
položaj
nije
moguće
daljnje
zapisivanje,
and
format
data
is
the
switch
is
returned
to
its
original
position.)
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
using
the
camera
at
or inbe
water,
or after
washing
it, water
maycharging
remain
• After
•• The
data
on
the
built-in
or the
the beach
card
may
damaged
lost
due
to
brisanje
ilioperating
formatiranje.
Mogućnost
zapisivanja,
brisanja
i or
formatiranja
When
the
timememory
of
the camera
becomes
extremely
short
even
after
properly
around
the
and
microphone
forse
a while
may
cause
a drop
in volume or sound
electromagnetic
waves,
electricity
orkada
breakdown
ofand
camera
or the
card.
podataka
ponovno
će
biti
omogućena
prekidač
vrati
u početni
the
battery,
the life
ofspeaker
thestatic
battery
may have
expired.
Buy
athe
new
battery.
distortion.
We
recommend
storing important data on a PC etc.
2
položaj).
Fasten
the
strap
to prevent
camera from
dropping.
• Do not •format
the
card
on firmly
your PC
or otherthe
equipment.
Format
it on the camera
• only
Uslijed
djelovanja
elektromagnetskog
to ensure
proper
operation. (P48) zračenja, statičkog elektriciteta
ili kvara
fotoaparatu
ili of
kartici
doći do
podataka na
• Keep
the na
Memory
Card out
reachmože
of children
to oštećenja
prevent swallowing.
ugrađenoj memoriji i kartici. Preporučujemo da važne podatke pohranite na
računalu i sl.
• Karticu nemojte formatirati na računalu ili drugim uređajima. Formatirajte je
isključivo na fotoaparatu da biste omogućili pravilan rad. (str. 44.)
• Memorijsku karticu čuvajte izvan dohvata djece da je ne bi progutala.
3
Wipe off water drops on the camera with a
dry soft cloth and dry the camera in a
shaded area which is well ventilated.
• Dry the camera by standing it on a dry cloth.
This unit incorporates drain design, draining
water in gaps in the camera [ON/OFF] button
and zoom button etc.
• Do not dry the camera with hot air from dryer
or similar. Waterproof performance will
deteriorate due to deformation.
• Do not use chemicals such as benzine, thinner, alcohol or cleanser, soap or detergents.
4
Confirm that there are no water droplets, open the side door, and wipe off any
water droplets or sand left inside using a soft dry cloth. (P133)
• Water droplets may adhere to the card or battery when the side door is opened without
thoroughly drying. Also, water may accumulate in the gap around the card/battery slot or
the terminal connector. Be sure to wipe any water off with a soft dry cloth.
• The water droplets may seep into the camera when the side door is closed while it is still
wet, causing condensation or failure.
- 18 -
- 17 - 16 -
Others
Preparation
Preparation
Priprema
Screen Display
......................................110
Approximate
number of
recordable
pictures
and available
recording
time
Approximate
of koje
recordable
pictures
available vrijeme
recording
time
broj number
fotografija
se mogu
snimitiand
i raspoloživo
snimanja
Cautions for Približan
Use....................................112
∫
About
the
display
of
the
number
of
recordable
pictures
and
available
recording
time
Message Display
...................................117
■■About
Prikaz the
broja
fotografija
možete
snimiti i preostalog
vremena
snimanja
∫
display
of the koje
number
of recordable
pictures and
available
recording time
Troubleshooting.....................................119
•• You
can confirm
theizmeđu
number of recordable
pictures and available
recordingvremena
time by pressing
Da biste
mijenjali
broja raspoloživih
slika i preostalog
• You
can confirm
the numberprikaza
of recordable
pictures and available
recording time by pressing
[DISPLAY]
several
times.
(P53)
snimanja,
nekoliko
putaand
pritisnite [DISP.] (str. 46.)
[DISPLAY]
several
times.
(P53)
• Please note
that the actual
controls
components,
items,
and other pictures
A menu
Number
of recordable
Others
of recordable
Broj
koje
jepictures
moguće
informationA
forNumber
yourfotografija
digital
camera
may
differ snimiti
B
Available
recording
time
B
Available
recording
time
Raspoloživo
snimanja
from those in the illustrationsvrijeme
and screens
Screen
Display
......................................110
provided
in this
manual. When operation or
A
B
other information
is more or less the same
A
B
Cautions
for• The
Use....................................112
number
of recordable
and the available recording time are an approximation.
betweenDisplay
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are
usedpictures
asi raspoloživo
• The
number
of recordable
pictures
and the available
recording približne
time are an
approximation.
Broj
raspoloživih
fotografija
vrijeme
snimanja
su
vrijednosti
Message
...................................117
(These
vary
depending
on
the
recording
conditions
and
the
type
of
card.)
examples for
the instructions
provided
in this
(These
varyse
depending
the
recording
conditions
and
the typetime
of card.)
(mijenjaju
o on
uvjetima
snimanja
i vrsti kartice).
Troubleshooting.....................................119
number
ofovisno
recordable
pictures
and the
available
recording
varies depending on the
manual. ••• The
The
of recordable
pictures
and the available
recording ovisi
time varies
depending
on the
Brojnumber
raspoloživih
fotografija
i raspoloživo
vrijeme snimanja
o objektima
snimanja.
subjects.
The operations,
or functions
••Please
notesubjects.
that procedures,
the actual controls
and that
■■Number
Broj
fotografija
je pictures
moguće snimiti
differ among
models
are
separately,
components,
menu
items,
and koje
other
∫
of indicated
recordable
∫
Number
of recordable
pictures
together with
the
model
Ako
jerelevant
preostalo
višenumber.
100
000
fotografija,
prikazat
će seremaining.
oznaka [+99999].
information
for
your
digital
camera
may
differ
•• [i99999]
is displayed
ifod
there
are
more
than 100,000
pictures
•
[i99999]
is
displayed
if
there
from
in the illustrations and screensare more than 100,000 pictures remaining.
e.g.: those(DMC-SZ1)
Built-in
Memory
provided in this
manual.
When Built-in
operation
or
[Picture
Size]
2 GB
32 GB
64 GB
Memory
(DMC-FS45)
(Approx.
70 MB)
[Picture
Size]or less
2 GB
32 GB
64 GB
other information
is more
the
same
Ugrađena
(Approx.
70 MB)
[Picture
Size]
between models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are used
as
16M
(4:3)
11
4910
9880
memorija
2300
GB
32
GB
64
GB
16M
(4:3)
11
300
4910
9880
slike) provided in this
examples for(Veličina
the
instructions
(približno
5M
(4:3)
26 70 MB)
650
10620
21490
5M (4:3)
26
650
10620
21490
manual.
0.3M
410
10050
162960
247150
16
M (4:3)
(4:3)
11
300
4910
9880
• The operations,
procedures,
or functions
0.3M
(4:3)
410 that
10050
162960
247150
differ among models
are indicated separately,
5 M (4:3)
25
650
10620
21490
∫ Available
recording
time (when recording motion pictures)
together with
the relevant
model number.
∫ Available
recording
time
recording
motion pictures)
M abbreviation
(4:3)
390 (when
10050
162960
247150
• “h”0,3
is an
for hour,
“m” for minute
and “s” for second.
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
• “h” is an abbreviation for hour, “m” for minute and “s” for second.
Built-in Memory
(DMC-FS45)
[Rec Quality]
[Rec Quality]
HD Size]
[Picture
HD
VGAslike)
(Veličina
VGA
Built-in Memory
(Approx. 70 MB)
(Approx.
70 MB)
Ugrađena
j
j
memorija
1m51s
1m51s
(približno
70 MB)
2 GB
2 GB
23m45s
23m45s
2 GB
52m17s
52m17s
32 GB
32 GB
6h28m15s
6h28m15s
32 GB
14h14m28s
14h14m28s
64 GB
64 GB
13h05m20s
13h05m20s
64 GB
28h48m24s
28h48m24s
16 M (4:3)
10
300
4910
9880
Note
Note
of recordable pictures/available
recording
for the card may decrease21490
when
• Number
5 M (4:3)
24
650 time
of recordable pictures/available
recording
time for the 10620
card may decrease when
• Number
[Upload Set] is performed.
[Upload
Set]
is
performed.
0,3
M
(4:3)
380
10050
162960
247150
• Maximum time to record motion pictures continuously is 29 minutes 59 seconds. The maximum
• Maximum
time to record motion pictures continuously is 29 minutes 59 seconds. The maximum
available recording time continuously is displayed on the screen.
recording
time continuously
is displayed
on the videozapisi)
screen.
■available
■Raspoloživo
vrijeme
snimanja (kada
se snimaju
• "h" je kratica za sat, "m" za minutu, a "s" za sekundu.
[Picture Size]
(Veličina slike)
Ugrađena
memorija
(približno 70 MB)
∫ Playback
HD
Playback time
VGA
1 m 42 s
2 GB
Preparation
32 GB
23 m 33 s
6 h 28 m 3 s
Approx. 240 min
51 m 50 s
14 h 14 m 1 s
64 GB
13 h 5 m 5 s
28 h 47 m 50 s
Note
Napomena
times
and number ofvrijeme
recordable
pictures
will differ according
to the
•• The
Brojoperating
raspoloživih
slika/raspoloživo
snimanja
za memorijsku
karticu može
se
environment
and the operating
conditions.
smanjiti ako koristite
funkciju [Upload
Set].
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
• Maksimalno neprekidno snimanje videozapisa iznosi 29 minuta i 59 sekundi.
recordable pictures is reduced:
dostupno
neprekidnog
snimanja
prikazuje
sealtitude
na zaslonu.
¢
–Maksimalno
At low temperature
or invrijeme
cold locations
such as
ski resorts
or at high
3-
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
- 23
-18used
23
– When operations such as flash and zoom-are
repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be saved as a still pictu
Picture size of the still picture to be created will differ depending on the recor
Preparation
Priprema
recorded motion picture.
Recording mode
Aspect ratio
Picture size after creatin
Postavljanje
datuma/vremena
Setting
Date/Time
(Clock
Set) (Postavke sata)
0.9
[1280k720/50p]
M
16:9
•• The
clock is not set
when the vrijeme
camera nije
is shipped.
[iFrame]
Na isporučenom
fotoaparatu
podešeno.
4:3
[640k480/50p]
1280k
0.5 M
960k5
0.3M
640k4
Povucite
REC/PLAY
Slide the prekidač
REC/PLAY
switch to [!]
Press
and then turn the camera
on.the[
(Snimanje/reprodukcija)
prema
]button at the location to be saved as a still p
the
playback.
i• potom
uključite
If the language
selectfotoaparat.
screen
is not
displayed,
to step
4. zaslon
≥ Itzaisizbor
convenient
• proceed
Ako se ne
prikazuje
jezika,to use Pause, Slow-motion Playback and Frame-by-frame
≥ Date the motion picture was recorded will be registered as date of the stil
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
prijeđite na 4. korak.
Repeat playback
Before Use
first scene starts after playback of the last scene finishes.
Names and Functions ofPlayback
Mainof the
Parts
Press [MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
: [VIDEO SETUP] # [REPEAT PLAY] # [ON]
Flash (P57)
3 4 56
2appears
Thelanguage,
on
the7full screen views.
Motion picture
button
(P35)
Press
3/4
to select
the
and
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
za odabir
jezikaindication
te pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
≥ All the scenes are played back repeatedly. (When playing back motion pic
Shutter button (P29, 32)
Camera [ON/OFF] button (P24)
the scenes on the selected date are played back repeatedly.)
1
Press
[MENU/SET].
MicrophonePritisnite [MENU/SET].
Self-timer indicator (P62)/
AF Assist Lamp (P91)
Lens (P5, 134, 143)
LCD monitor (P53, 128, 133)
Preparation
8
[MODE] button (P27, 95)
Pritiskom
odaberite
stavke
Zoom button
(P54) 2/1na
to◄/►
select
the items
items
(year,month,
Press
to
select
the
(year,
Strap eyeletday,
(P14)hour,
(godina,
mjesec,
sat, sequence
minuta, prikaz
month,
day,
hour,dan,
minute,
display
minute,
display
or time
• Be sure to display
attach theformat),
strap
using
the format),
sequence
oriliwhen
time
display
and
press
3/4
to and
set. i
redoslijeda
prikaz
formata
vremena)
9
10 11
12
13
camera to ensure that you will not drop it.
press
tohome
set.biste
pritisnite
▲/▼da
A:
Time3/4
at the
area postavili te opcije.
Release lever
(P19)
B:
Time
at
the
travel
A:
home
area
Lokalno
[LOCK] switch (P8,
19) vrijeme destination
•B:
You
can at
cancel
without
setting
the clock by pressing
destination
Time
the
travel
Vrijeme
na odredištu
putovanja
Side door (P8,
19)
].
• [You
can
cancel
without
setting
the sata
clockpritiskom
by pressing
[(] (Playback)
button
(P37)
Možete odustati od postavljanja
[na [ [MENU/SET]
]. ] ].(Delete/Cancel)
[Q.MENU] (P44)/[
Press
to set.
19
button (P40)
Press
[MENU/SET]
to set.
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
za
postavljanje.
[DISPLAY] button (P53)
Press
[MENU/SET]
button[MENU/SET].
(P42)
Press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
14
18 1716 15
- 49 -
Changing the Clock Setting
Select [Clock Set] in the [Rec] or [Setup] menu, and press [MENU/SET]. (P42)
• The clock can be reset as shown in steps 5 and 6.
• The clock setting is maintained for 3 months
the built-in clock battery even
-- 18
19using
without the battery. (Leave the charged battery in the unit for 24 hours to charge the
built-in battery.)
Note
Press [MENU/SET] to set.
Press [MENU/SET].
Priprema
Changing postavki
the Clocksata
Setting
Promjena
Select [Clock Set] in the [Rec] or [Setup] menu, and press [MENU/SET]. (P42)
Odaberite [Clock Set] u izborniku [Rec] ili [Setup] te pritisnite [MENU/SET]. (str. 37.)
• The clock can be reset as shown in steps 5 and 6.
Sat clock
se može
poništiti
na način prikazan
u 5. iusing
6. koraku.
•• The
setting
is maintained
for 3 months
the built-in clock battery even
Preparation
•∫without
Postavke
ostajuthe
pohranjene
3 mjeseca
ugrađenoj
bateriji
sata, čak
thevremena
battery. (Leave
charged battery
in theuunit
for 24 hours
to charge
thei
Playback
built-in
battery.)
bez baterije.
(Da biste napunili ugrađenu bateriju sata, napunjenu bateriju ostavite
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
24 sata
u uređaju.)
Note
• If the clock is not set, the correct date cannot be printed when you order a photo studio to print
Napomena
theNote
picture, or when you stamp the date on the pictures with [Date Stamp] or [Text Stamp].
Ako
niste
neće
biti can
moguće
ispisati
točan
prilikom
ispisaon
fotografija
times
and
number
ofbe
recordable
pictures
will is
differ
according
tothe
the
•• IfThe
theoperating
clock podesili
is set,
thesat,
correct
date
printed
even
if thedatum
date
not displayed
screen
environment
the operating
u fotografskom
studiju
ili otisnuticonditions.
datum na fotografijama pomoću funkcija [Date Stamp]
of
the camera.and
For
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
(Otisak datuma) ili [Text Stamp] (Otisak teksta).
recordable pictures is reduced:
• –Ako
je sat
podešen,orpravilan
datum ćesuch
se ispisati
čak i ako
nije
prikazan
na zaslonu
At low
temperature
in cold locations
as ski resorts
or at
high
altitude¢
fotoaparata.
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 25 -
- 20 -
Preparation
Priprema
Preparation
Savjeti
snimanje
fotografija
Tips
forza
taking
gooddobrih
pictures
Tips
for taking
good
pictures
Fit
the strap
and
hold
the camera
carefully
Namještanje
vrpce
i pažljivo
držanje
fotoaparataPreparation
Preparation
Fotoaparat
držitegently
nježnowith
s obje
ruke
dok keep
su vam
ruke
mirno
sa
Hold
the camera
both
hands,
your
arms
stillpoložene
at your side
Fit stand
theastrap
hold
camera
carefully
and
withand
your
feetthe
slightly
apart.
strane,
stopala
blago
razmaknuta.
• To
dropping,
sure
to attach
the
supplied
strap andpričvrstite
fit it to your
Daprevent
biste
spriječili
dabevam
fotoaparat
ispadne,
obavezno
Tips
taking
good
pictures
thefor
camera
gently
with
both
hands,
keep
your
arms
stillisporučenu
atwrist.
your(P7)
side
Tips
for
taking
good
pictures
•Hold
Be
careful
not to move
camera
when
you(str.
press
vrpcu
i namjestite
jethe
oko
zgloba
ruke.
7) the shutter button.
and
stand
with
your
feet
slightly
apart.
• Be careful not to put your fingers on the flash, AF assist lamp, microphone, speaker or lens etc.
Prilikom
pritiska
na okidač
nemojte
pomicati
fotoaparat.
•• To
prevent
dropping,
be sure
to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it to your wrist. (P7)
Fitcareful
the strap
the
camera
carefully
Fithold
the
strap
andpomoćno
hold
the
camera
carefully
Nemojte
stavljati
prste
nacamera
bljeskalicu,
svjetlo
automatskog
fokusa, mikrofon,
• Be
not to and
move
the
when
you
press
the
shutter
button.
• Be
carefulobjektiv
not to put
zvučnik,
itd.your fingers on the flash, AF assist lamp, microphone, speaker or lens etc.
Hold the cameraHold
gently
bothgently
hands,
keep
your
armskeep
still at
your
sidestill at your si
thewith
camera
with
both
hands,
your
arms
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-FS45)
and
stand with your feet slightly apart.
and stand with your feet slightly apart.
• To prevent dropping,
sure to
attach the
strap the
andsupplied
fit it to your
wrist.
• To be
prevent
dropping,
be supplied
sure to attach
strap
and (P14)
fit it to your wrist. (P1
• Be careful not to move
camera
when
you
the when
shutter
button.
• Be the
careful
not to
move
thepress
camera
you
press the shutter button.
• Be careful not to put
your
fingers
on
the
flash,
AF
assist
lamp,
microphone,
speaker
or
lens
etc. speaker or lens
• Be careful not to put your fingers on the flash, AF assist lamp, microphone,
A
B
C
D
E
Strap
Speaker
Flash
Microphone
AF assist lamp
A Strap
B Flash
C Microphone
A
B
C
D
E
Strap
Speaker
Flash
Microphone
AF assist lamp
D Speaker
E AF assist lamp
A Vrpca
Strap
D Zvučnik
Speaker
Flash Detection Function ([Rotate Disp.])
E Pomoćno
AF assist lamp
∫B
Direction
Bljeskalica
svjetlo
C Mikrofon
Microphone
Pictures
recorded with the camera held vertically are
played back
vertically (rotated). (Only
automatskog
fokusa
when [Rotate Disp.] (P48) is set)
the camera
is
vertically
and([Rotate
tilted Disp.])
up Disp.])
and down to record pictures, the Direction
•∫
Detection
Function
([Rotate
■When
■Direction
Funkcija
prepoznavanja
smjera
∫held
Direction
Detection
∫Detection
Direction
Detection
Function
([RotateFunction
Disp.]) ([Rotate Disp.])
function
may
not
work correctly.
Pictures
recorded
with
the
camera
held
vertically
are played
back vertically
(rotated).
(Only
Fotografije
snimljene
uz
okomito
držanje
fotoaparata
reproduciraju
se
okomito
Pictures
recorded
with
the
camera
are
played
back vertically
(rotated). (O
•when
Motion pictures
taken
with
the
camera
held
vertically
areheld
not vertically
displayed
vertically.
Pictures
recorded
with
the
camera
held
vertically
are
back vertically
(rotated).
(Only
[Rotate
Disp.]
(P51)
is
set)
(zakrenuto).
(Samo
ako
je
funkcija
[Rotate
Disp.]
(str.played
44.) uključena.)
when
[Rotate
Disp.]
(P51)
is
set)
when
[Rotate
Disp.]
(P44)
is
set)
camera
is
heldokomito
vertically
tilted
up
and down
totilted
record
pictures,
the
Direction
•• When
Kada the
držite
fotoaparat
i and
nagnete
prema
gore
ili
dolje
radidown
snimanja
• When
the camera
heldga
vertically
and
up and
to record
pictures, the Direction
the function
camera is
held
andistilted
up
and down
to record
pictures,
the
Direction
• When
Detection
may
notvertically
work
correctly.
Detection
function
may notmožda
work correctly.
fotografija,
funkcija
prepoznavanja
smjera
neće ispravno raditi.
Preventing
jitter
(camera
shake)
Detection
function
may
not
work
correctly.
• Motion pictures taken
with the
camera
heldwith
vertically
are not
displayed
vertically.
• Motion
pictures
taken
the camera
held
vertically
not displayed vertically.
Videozapisi
snimljeni
uz okomito
držanje
fotoaparata
ne
prikazuju
seare
okomito.
• Motion
pictures
taken
with
the
camera
held vertically
are not
displayed
vertically.
When the Jitter alert [
] appears, use [Stabilizer] (P85), a tripod or the Self-timer (P57).
• Shutter speed will be slower particularly in the following cases. Keep the camera still from the
Preventing
jitter
(camera
shake)
Sprečavanje
vibracija
fotoaparata)
Preventing
jitter
shake)
moment
the shutter
is (podrhtavanja
pressed
until(camera
the picture
appears on the screen. We recommend
Preventing
jitterbutton
(camera
shake)
using a tripod.
When
thepojavi
Jitter upozorenje
alert
[
] za
appears,
use
(P92),
a[Stabilizer]
tripod
or the
Self-timer
(P62).
When
the
Jitter
alert
]].,appears,
use
(P92),
a tripod
or the Self-timer (P
Kada
se
vibracije
[ [Stabilizer]
koristite
funkciju
[Stabilizer],
(str.
75.),
– Slow
sync./Red-Eye
Reduction
the
Jitterwill
alert
[ slower
] appears,
use
[Stabilizer]
(P75),
a Keep
tripod
or camera
the
Self-timer
(P53).
Shutter
speed
be
particularly
in
the following
cases.
the
still
from
thecamera still from
•When
Shutter
speed
will
be
slower
particularly
in
the
following
cases.
Keep
•
–
In
[Night
Portrait]
or
[Night
Scenery]
in
Scene
Mode
tronožac
ili
automatski
okidač
(self-timer)
(str.
53.).
Shutter speed
will bebutton
slower
particularly
in the
following
cases. on
Keep
the
camera
still
fromthe
the
• moment
the
shutter
is
pressed
until
the
picture
appears
the
screen.
We
recommend
moment
the
shutter
button
is Speed]
pressed
until the
picture
appears
on the screen. We recomm
When zatvarača
the
speed
isisslowed
inuntil
[Min.
Shtr
moment
theshutter
shutterbit
button
pressed
picture
appears
on the
screen.
We držite
recommend
• –using
Brzina
će sporija,
osobito
uthe
sljedećim
slučajevima.
Fotoaparat
mirno
a tripod.
a tripod.
using
async./Red-Eye
tripod.pritiskausing
trenutka
okidača
do
pojave
slike
na
zaslonu.
Preporučujemo
korištenje
–od
Slow
Reduction
–
Slow
sync./Red-Eye
Reduction
–tronošca.
Slow
sync./Red-Eye
Reduction
–
In
[Night
Portrait] or
[Night
Scenery]
Scene
– In
[Night
Portrait]in
[NightMode
Scenery] in Scene Mode
– In [Night Portrait] or
[Night
Scenery]
inorScene
Mode
-- Spora sinkronizacija/uklanjanje efekta crvenih očiju
-- U scenskim načinima [Night Portrait] (Noćni portret) ili [Night Scenery] (Noćni krajolik)
-- 20
21 - 21 -
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be saved as a still picture.
Picture size of the still picture to be created will differ depending on the recording m
recorded motion picture.
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
RecordingBasic
mode
[1280k720/50p]
Odabir načina
snimanja Mode
Selecting
the Recording
[iFrame] Mode
Selecting the Recording
Basic
Basic
[640k480/50p]
Aspect ratio
16:9
4:3
Picture size after creating stil
0.9 M
1280k720
0.5 M
960k540
0.3M
640k480
Prekidač
[REC/PLAY]
(Snimanje/
Slide
the REC/PLAY
switch
to [!].
Slide
the REC/PLAY
switch
Reprodukcija)
povucite
do
].button at the location to be saved as a still pictur
Press
the[to [!].
Press [MODE].
the playback.
Press
[MODE].
Pritisnite
[MODE] (Način
rada). to use Pause, Slow-motion Playback and Frame-by-frame Play
≥ It is convenient
≥ Date the motion picture was recorded will be registered as date of the still pictu
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
Basic
Repeat playback
Basic
∫ List of Recording Modes
∫ List of Recording Modes
Intelligent Auto Mode Playback
(P29)
Intelligent Auto Mode (P29) of the first scene starts after playback of the last scene finishes.
The
subjects
are
recorded
using the
settings
automatically selected by the camera.
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
Recording
The
subjects
are recorded
using
settings
automatically selected by the camera.
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
za
načina
:odabir
[VIDEO
SETUP] # [REPEAT PLAY] # [ON]
Press
3/4/2/1
select
the Recording
Mode.
Normal
Picture
Modeto(P32)
Normal
Picture
Mode
(P32)
snimanja.
Mode.
The
subjects are recorded
your ownappears
settings.
The using
on the full screen views.
The subjects are recorded
usingindication
your own settings.
Sports Mode (P65)
≥ All the scenes are played back repeatedly. (When playing back motion pictures
Sports Mode (P65)
the scenes
on the events,
selectedetc.
date are played back repeatedly.)
Use
this [MENU/SET].
mode to take pictures
of sporting
Press
Use
this mode
to take pictures of sporting events, etc.
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
[MENU/SET].
Snow
Mode
(P65)
Snow Mode (P65)
Basic the snow as white as possible at a ski
This allows you to take pictures that show
Basic
This
allows you to
take pictures that show
the snow as white as possible at a ski
∫
List
of
Recording
Modes
∫
List
of
Recording
Modes
resort
or a snow-covered
mountain.
■
■
Popis
načina
snimanja
∫
List
of
Recording
Modes
∫ Listresort
of Recording
Modes mountain.
or a snow-covered
¦Inteligentni
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
(P22)rada (str. 23.)
Beach
& Surf
Mode
(P66)
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
(P29)
automatski
način
Beach
& Surf
Mode
(P66)
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
(P29)
¦subjects
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
(P22)
The
are
recorded
using
settings
automatically
by the
camera.
This
mode
is
optimal
for
taking
pictures
toautomatically
3 m (10 selected
feet)selected
underwater
andcamera.
at the
The
subjects
are
using
settings
by
the
Snimanje
objekata
uzrecorded
postavke
koje
fotoaparat
This
mode
isrecorded
optimal
for
taking
pictures
toautomatically
3automatski
m (10 selected
feet)određuje.
underwater
andcamera.
at the
The
subjects
are
recorded
using
settings
selected
bycamera.
the
The
subjects
are
using
settings
automatically
by the
! beach.
Normal
Picture
Mode
(P26)
beach.
Normal
Picture
Mode
(P32)
Normal
Picture
Mode
(P32)
Normalni
način
rada
(str.
26)
!
Normal
Picture
Mode
(P26)
Underwater
Mode (P66)
The subjects
are recorded
usingusing
your your
own settings.
Underwater
Mode
(P66)
The
subjects
are
recorded
own
settings.
The
subjects
are
recorded
using
your
own
settings.
The
subjects
areisrecorded
using
your
own settings.
Objekti
se
snimaju
prema
vašim
postavkama.
This
mode
optimal
for
taking
pictures
at depths
of 3 m (10 feet) to 5 m (16 feet).
Miniature
Effect
Mode
(P60)
This
mode
is
optimal
for
taking
pictures
at
depths
of 3 m (10 feet) to 5 m (16 feet).
Sports
Mode
(P65)
Sports
Mode
(P65)
Miniature
Effect
Mode
(P60)
Miniature
Effect
Mode
(P67)
minijature
(str.
55.)
This Efekt
is
an
imaging
effect
which
defocuses
the
surroundings
to make it look like a
Miniature
Effect
Mode
(P67)
Use
this
mode
to
take
pictures
of
sporting
events,
etc.
Use
this
mode
to as
take
of
sporting
events,
etc. to make
This
an(also
imaging
effect
which
defocuses
the surroundings
it lookit like
alike a
diorama.
known
Tiltpictures
Shift
Focus)
This
is
anslike
imaging
effect
which
defocuses
the
surroundings
to make
look
Ovois
je
efekt
kojim
se
defokusira
okolni
dio
da
bi
izgledao
diorama
(može
This
is Mode
an known
imaging
effect
which
defocuses the surroundingskao
to make
it look
like se
a
Snow
(P65)
diorama.
(also
as
Tilt
Shift
Focus)
Snow
Mode
(P65)
diorama.
(also
known
as
Tilt
Shift
Focus)
Ûdiorama.
Scene
Mode
(P61)
pronaći
i pod (also
nazivom
Tilt Shift
Focus).
Preparation
known
as
Tilt
Shift
Focus)
This
allows
you
to
take
pictures
that
show
the
snow
as
white
as
possible
at
a
ski
Ûallows
Scene
Mode
This
allows
you
to(P61)
take pictures
that show
the snow
as recorded.
white as possible at a ski
Scene
Mode
(P68)
This
you
to
take
pictures
that match
the scene
being
∫
Playback
Scene
Mode
(P68)
resort
or
a
snow-covered
Scenski
način
rada
(str. mountain.
56.)
resort
or
a
snow-covered
mountain.
This allows
you
to
take
pictures
that
match
the
scene
being
recorded.
This
allows
you
to
take
pictures
that
match
the
scene
being
recorded.
3Dallows
Photo
Mode
(P68)
This
you
to
take
pictures that
matchprizora
the
scene
being
recorded.
Beach
&
Surf
Mode
(P66)
Playback
Approx.
240
Snimanje
fotografija
koje
odgovaraju
uvjetima
koji
semin
snima.
Beach
& time
Surf
Mode
(P66)
3D
Photo
Mode
(P68)
TakesThis
a 3D
picture.
mode
is
optimal
for
taking
pictures
to
3
m
(10
feet)
underwater
This
mode
is optimal for taking pictures to 3 m (10 feet) underwater and
and at
at the
the
Note
Takes
a 3D
picture.
beach.
Note
Napomena
beach.
• When the mode has been switched from Playback Mode to Recording Mode, the previously set
operating
and
number
of recordable
pictures
will differ
according
to the
• The
When
the prebacivanja
mode
has
been
switched
from
Mode
to Recording
the previously
Prilikom
sset.
načina
rada
zaPlayback
reprodukciju
na
način
radaMode,
za snimanje
otvaraset
Underwater
Mode
(P66)
Recording
Modetimes
will
be
Note
Underwater
Mode
(P66) conditions.
environment
and
the
Recording
Mode
will
beoperating
set.
- 49 seNote
prethodno
postavljeni
način snimanja.
the
mode
has
been
switched
from
Playback
Mode
to
Recording
Mode,
the
previously
• When
This
mode
is
optimal
for
taking
pictures
at
depths
of
3
m
(10
feet)
to
5
m
(16
For example,
in the
following
operating
times will
This mode
is optimal
forcases,
takingthe
pictures
at depths
of shorten
3 m (10and
feet)the
tonumber
5 m (16offeet).
feet).set
Mode
willisbeen
be
set.
When
the mode
has
switched
from Playback Mode to Recording Mode, the previously set
• Recording
recordable
pictures
reduced:
Miniature
Effect
Mode
(P67)
Recording
ModeEffect
will be
set.
– At Miniature
low temperature
orMode
in cold(P67)
locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
This
imaging
the
surroundings
to
it
like
¢ Residual
image
mayeffect
showwhich
on thedefocuses
LCD display
in use. The
battery
performance
This is
is an
an
imaging
effect
which
defocuses
the when
surroundings
to make
make
it look
look
like a
a
diorama.
(also
known
as
Tilt
Shift
Focus)
will
decrease,
so
keep
the
camera
and
spare
batteries
warm
by
placing
them
in a
diorama. (also known as Tilt Shift Focus)
warm
place such
as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
Scene
Scene Mode
Mode (P68)
(P68)
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
This
normal.
This allows
allows you
you to
to take
take pictures
pictures that
that match
match the
the scene
scene being
being recorded.
recorded.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When
operations
such
as
flash
and
zoom
are
used
repeatedly.
-- 21
22 Note
Note
•• When
the operating time of the camera becomes
short even after properly charging
-expired.
21 -extremely
the
has
switched
from
Playback
Mode
to Recording
Mode, the previously set
When
the mode
mode
hasofbeen
been
switched
from
Playback
Mode
Recording
• When
the
battery,
the life
the battery
may
have
Buy to
a new
battery.Mode, the previously set
Recording
Mode
will
be
set.
Recording Mode will be set.
Recording
Mode:
Recording Mode:
Recording
Mode:
Način snimanja:
Recording
Mode:
Recording Mode:
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
Basic
Basic
Creating
still
picture
from motion
picture
Taking
pictures
using
the
automatic
Taking
pictures
using
the function
automatic
function
Snimanje
fotografija
uporabom
automatske
Taking
pictures
using
the
automatic
function
Taking
pictures
using
the
automatic
function
Taking
pictures
using
the
automatic
function
(Intelligent
Mode)
(Intelligent
Auto Mode)
(Intelligent
Auto
Mode)
funkcijeAuto
(Inteligentni
način rada)
(Intelligent
Auto
Mode) automatski
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be saved as a still pictu
The
camera
will
setThe
thenajprikladnije
most appropriate
settings
toto
match
the
the
recording
camera
will
set
the
most
appropriate
settings
toand
match
the
subject
andonthe
The
camera
will
settings
match
the
subject
the
recording
Picture
size
ofkoje
the
still
picture
tosubject
be
created
will
differ
depending
therecord
record
Fotoaparat
postavke
odgovaraju
objektu
i and
uvjetima
The
camerapodešava
will set
set the
the most
most appropriate
appropriate
settings
to
match
the
subject
and
the
recording
conditions
so
we
recommend
this
mode
for
beginners
or
those
who
want
to
leave
the
conditions
so
we
recommend
this
mode
for
beginners
or
those
who
want
to
leave
the
The
camera
will
set
the
most
appropriate
settings
to
match
the
subject
and
the
recording
conditions
so
we
recommend
this
mode
for
beginners
or
those
who
want
to
leave
the
snimanja.
Ovaj
način
rada
preporučuje
se
početnicima
ili
onima
koji
žele
prepustiti
picture.
conditions so we recommend thisrecorded
mode formotion
beginners
or those who want to leave the
settings
totothe
camera
and
take
pictures
settings
to
the
camera
and
take
pictures
easily.
conditions
so
we
recommend
mode easily.
for
beginners
or those
who want to leave the
settings
the
camera
and
take
pictures
easily.
određivanje
postavki
uređaju
ithis
na
jednostavan
način
snimati
fotografije.
settings
to
the
camera
and
take
pictures
easily.
•settings
following
activated
automatically.
Theare
following
functions
are activated
to koje
thefunctions
camera
and
take
pictures
easily.
••The
The
following
functions
are
automatically.
Recording
mode automatically.
Aspect ratio
Picture size after creating
Funkcije
se •automatski
aktiviraju.
The
following
functions
are activated
activated
automatically.
Scene
Detection/Backlight
Compensation/Intelligent
ISO
sensitivity
control/Auto
White
– Scene
Detection/Backlight
Compensation/Intelligent
ISO sensitivity
control/Auto White
–
Detection/Backlight
Compensation/Intelligent
ISO
sensitivity
White
•–The
following
functions
are activated
automatically.
- Scene
Prepoznavanje
scene/Kompenzacija
pozadinskog
osvjetljenja/Inteligentno
upravljanje
–-Balance/Face
Scene
Detection/Backlight
Compensation/Intelligent
ISO
sensitivity control/Auto
control/Auto
White
Detection/[Quick
AF]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[i.ZOOM]/[AF
Assist
Lamp]/
Balance/Face
Detection/[Quick
AF]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[i.ZOOM]/[AF
Assist
Lamp
M
Balance/Face
Detection/[Quick
AF]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[i.ZOOM]/[AF
Assist
Lamp]/
0.9
[1280k720/50p]
1280k7
– Scene
Detection/Backlight
Compensation/Intelligent
ISO sensitivity control/Auto
White
ISO osjetljivošću/Automatski
balans bijele boje/Prepoznavanje
lica/[i.Ekspozicija]/
Balance/Face
Detection/[Quick
AF]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[i.ZOOM]/[AF
Assist
Lamp]/
[Red-Eye
Removal]/[Stabilizer]/[Continuous
AF]/[Wind
Cut]
[Red-Eye Removal]/[Stabilizer]/[Continuous
AF]/[Wind
Cut]
[Red-Eye
Removal]/[Stabilizer]/[Continuous
AF]/[Wind
Cut]
16:9 crvenih
Balance/Face
Detection/[Quick
AF]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[i.ZOOM]/[AF
Assist
Lamp]/
[i.Razlučivost]/[i.ZOOM]/[AF
pomoćno
svjetlo]/
[Uklanjanje
efekta
očiju]/
[Red-Eye
Removal]/[Stabilizer]/[Continuous
AF]/[Wind
Cut]
••Image
quality
isisfixed
to [A].
• Image
quality is fixed to[iFrame]
[A].
0.5 M
960k5
quality
[Red-Eye
Removal]/[Stabilizer]/[Continuous
AF]/[Wind Cut]
[Stabilizator]/[Uzastopni
• Image
Image
quality
is fixed
fixed to
to [A].
[A]. automatski fokus]
• Image quality is fixed to [A].
4:3
640k4
[640k480/50p]
0.3M
Slide
to
Slideswitch
the REC/PLAY
Slidethe
theREC/PLAY
REC/PLAY
switch
to[!],
[!], switch to [!],
Slide
the REC/PLAY
switch to [!],
Povucite
prekidač
Slide
thepress
REC/PLAY
switch
to [!],
and
then
[MODE].
andREC/PLAY
then
press
[MODE].
and
then
and
then press
press [MODE].
[MODE].
(Snimanje/reprodukcija)
prema
]button
i
Press
the [
at the location to be saved as a still pi
and
then press [MODE].
zatim pritisnite [MODE].
the playback.
≥ It is convenient to use Pause, Slow-motion Playback and Frame-by-frame
≥ Date the motion picture was recorded will be registered as date of the still
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
Repeat playback
Playback
of the
scene
starts after playback
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
[Intelligent
Auto],
Press
3/4/2/1
to first
select
[Intelligent
Auto], of the last scene finishes.
Press
3/4/2/1
to
[Intelligent
Auto],
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da
biste
odabrali
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
select
[Intelligent
Auto],
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
[Intelligent
Auto],
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
[Intelligent
Auto]
i zatim pritisnite
and
then press
[MENU/SET].
: [VIDEO [MENU/
SETUP] # [REPEAT PLAY] # [ON]
and then press [MENU/SET].
SET].
The
indication appears on the full screen views.
≥ All the scenes are played back repeatedly. (When playing back motion pict
the scenes on the selected date are played back repeatedly.)
1
1
1
Press
the
shutter
button
to
focus.
Press
thehalfway
shutter
button
halfway to focus.
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
1
Okidač
pritisnite
fokusiranje.
Press
the
shutterdopola
button za
halfway
to focus.
focus.
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus.
••The
focus
1
lights
when
the
subject
focus indication
1se
(green)
Pokazivač
fokusa• The
(zeleni)
uključuje
kad
jelights when the subject
The
focusindication
indication
1(green)
(green)
lights
when
the
subject
•isThe
focus indicationis1focused.
(green) lights when the subject
focused.
objekt
snimanja
u fokusu.
is
• The
focus
indication
1 (green) lights when the subject
is focused.
focused.
••The
AF
area
2
isisdisplayed
around
subject’s
face
•displayed
The AF
area
2 the
is
displayed
the subject’s face
Područje
automatskog
fokusa
prikazuje
searound
The
AF
area
2
around
the
subject’s
face
is
focused.
•by
The
AF
areaDetection
2 is displayed
around
thecases,
subject’s
face
the
Face
function.
InIn
other
ititisis
by
the Face
Detection
function.
In other cases, it is
oko
lica
osobe
snimate
pomoću
by
the
Face
Detection
function.
other
cases,
• The
AF
area
2 koju
is displayed
around
thefunkcije
subject’s
face
by
the
Face
Detection
function.
In
other
cases,
it
is
displayed
atatthe
point
on
the
subject
which
isisin
focus.
displayed
atse
the
point
on
the
subject
which is in focus.
prepoznavanja
lica.
Uon
ostalim
slučajevima
displayed
the
point
the
subject
which
in
by
the Face
function.
In
other
cases,
itfocus.
is
displayed
at Detection
the
point
on
the close
subject
which
is
in to
focus.
••The
minimal
distance
(how
you
can
be
the
• objekta
The
minimal
distance
(how
close
you can be to the
pojavljuje
nathe
točci
koji
jeis
ube
The
minimal
distance
(how
close
you
can
to
the
displayed
at
point
on
thesnimanja
subject
which
infokusu.
focus.
•subject)
The
minimal
distance
(how
close
you
can
be
to
the
will
change
depending
on
the
zoom
factor.
subject)
will
change
depending
2
Minimalna
(koliko
blizu
možete
biti
will
change
depending
on
the
zoom
factor.
• subject)
The
minimal
distance
(how
close
you
can
be
to theon the zoom factor.
2
subject)
willudaljenost
change
depending
on
thethe
zoom
factor.
Please
check
with
the
recordable
range
on
Please
check
with
recordable
range display2
predmetu
snimanja)
mijenja
se on
ovisno
odisplay
faktoru
Please
check
with
the
recordable
range
display
on
subject)
will
change
depending
the zoom
factor.
2on
Please
check
with
the
recordable
range
display
on
the
screen.
(P27)
the
screen.
(P27)
zuma.
Provjerite
prikaz
raspona
snimanja
na
the
screen.
(P27)
Please
check
with
the
recordable
range
display
on
the
screen.
(P27)
••You
can
set
the
AF
pressing
For
details,
•tracking
You canby
set
the AF 3.
tracking
by pressing 3. For details,
zaslonu.
(str.
27.)
You
can
set
AF
tracking
by
3.
For
the
(P27)
•refer
You screen.
can
set the
the
AF
tracking
by pressing
pressing
3.
Forisdetails,
details,
totoP80.
(AF
tracking
ispostaviti
cancelled
by
pressing
3
refer to
P80.
(AF
tracking
cancelled
by pressing 3
Pritiskom
▲AF
možete
praćenje
refer
P80.
(AF
tracking
is
cancelled
by
pressing
3
• You
can
setna
the
tracking
by
pressing
3.
For details,
refer
to
P80.
(AF
tracking
is
cancelled
by
pressing
3
again)
again)
automatskog fokusa.
Detalje potražite na str.
again)
refer
again)to P80. (AF tracking is cancelled by pressing 3
69. (praćenje automatskog fokusa poništava se
again)
ponovnim
pritiskom
na ▲)
Press
the
button
(push
ititin
Press
thefully
shutter
button
Press
theshutter
shutter
button
fully
(push
in fully (push it in
Press the shutter button fully (push it in
Press
the
shutter
button
fully
(push
itpicture.
injače)
further),
and
take
the
picture.
further),
and
take
thega
Pritisnite
okidač
(pritisnite
further),
and
take
the
picture.
further),
and
takedo
thekraja
picture.
further),
take the picture.
i snimiteand
fotografiju.
----22
22
23-- 22
22 --
- 22 -
- 49 -
1
2
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Scene Detection
Basic
Scene Detection
When
the
camera
identifies
the
optimum
scene,
the icon of the scene concerned is
Scene Detectionscene
Prepoznavanje
displayed
in When
blue for
2 seconds,
after which
colour changes
to icon
the usual
the
camera identifies
the its
optimum
scene, the
of thered.
scene concerned is
Scene Detection
When
the camera
identifies
the
scene,
iconits
of colour
thescene
scene
concerned
Kada fotoaparat
prepozna
optimalnu
scenu,
ikona
predmetne
pojavljuje
seis
u plavoj
displayed
in blue
foroptimum
2 seconds,
afterthe
which
changes
to the
usual
red.
When
taking
pictures
When
camera
identifies
the se
optimum
scene,
the icon
of theto
scene
concerned
displayed
in
blue
for
2 seconds,
after
which
its colour
changes
the usual
red. is
boji nathe
2 sekunde,
nakon
čega
vraća
na
uobičajenu
crvenu
boju.
When
taking
pictures
displayed
in
blue
for
2
seconds,
after
which
its
colour
changes
to
the
usual
red.
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¦ >
When
taking pictures
Pri snimanju
fotografija
When taking¦
pictures
>
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¢1
[i-Macro]
[i-Night Portrait]¢1
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¦ >
¢1
[i-Macro]
[i-Night
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¦ >
[i-Portrait]
(i-portret)
[i-Scenery]
(i-krajolik)Portrait]
[i-Night
[i-Sunset]
[i-Macro]Scenery]
[i-Night Portrait]¢1
¢1
[i-Night Scenery]
[i-Sunset]
[i-Night Portrait]
[i-Macro]¢
[i-Night-Portrait]
(i-noćni portret)
2(i-makro)
2
[i-Baby]
[i-Night ¢
Scenery]
[i-Sunset]
¢2
[i-Baby]
[i-Night
Scenery]
[i-Sunset]
[i-Night
Scenery]
(i-noćni
krajolik)
[i-Sunset]
(i-zalazak
sunca)
Basic
¢1 Only
when¢[2 ] is selected.
[i-Baby]
2
¢
¢2
When
[Face
Recog.]
is
set
to
[ON],
[
]
will
be
displayed
for
birthdays
of
¢1jeOnly
when [ [ ].
] is selected.
* Samo
kada
odabrano
[i-Baby]
Detection
¢1 registered
Only when
[ Scene
] already
is selected.
faces
only when
face of[ a person
years oldfor
or birthdays of
¢2
When
[Faceset
Recog.]
is setthe
to [ON],
] will be3displayed
registered faces already set only when
Basic the face of a person 3 years old or
Only
[ Recog.]
] is selected.
Whenwhen
[Face
set
to [ON],
[ set
] will
be
displayed
for birthdays
Basic
registered
faces
already
only
when
thescene,
face
ofthe
a person
years
old orconcerned
younger
is detected.
When
theiscamera
identifies
the
optimum
iconofof3 the
scene
When
[Face
Recog.]
is
set
to
[ON],
[ ]the
willface
be displayed
for3birthdays
registered faces
already
set only when
of a person
years oldofor
younger
is detected.
Scene Detection
displayed
in
blue
for when
2 seconds,
after
which
its3colour
changes
to
the
usual red.
Basic
registered
faces
already
set
only
the
face
of
a
person
years
old
or
Basic
Kod snimanja
videozapisa
younger
is detected.
Detection
When
recording
motion
pictures
younger
is detected.
Whenmotion
taking
pictures
When the When
camera
identifies
the
optimum
scene, the icon of the scene concerned is
recording
Scene
Detection
camera identifies
the>
optimum
scene,
icon ofafter
the scene
concerned
is
¦
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
Scene
Detection
When
recording
motion
pictures
[i-Portrait]
(i-portret)
displayed
in blue
for 2 the
seconds,
which
its colour [i-Scenery]
changes
to(i-krajolik)
the usual red.
Others
>
¦
in blue for 2 seconds,
after ¦
which
changes
to[i-Portrait]
the usual red.
When recording
motion
pictures
>its colour
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery] [i-Scenery]
When
the
camera
identifies
the
optimum
scene,
the
icon
of
concerned
When
the
camera
identifies
the
optimum
scene,
the icon ofis the scene c
Others
[i-Low
Light]
[i-Macro]
When
taking
pictures
[i-Low
Light]
(i-slabo
osvjetljenje)
[i-Macro]
(i-makro)
¦ >
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery] the scene
¢1
ing pictures ¦ > displayed
[i-Night
Portrait]to
in blue for
2 seconds,
after
which
colour changes
to the
red.
[i-Low
Light][i-Macro]
[i-Macro]
displayed
in blue
for its
2 seconds,
after
which
itsusual
colour
changes
the us
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¦
[i-Low
[i-Macro]
>odabire
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¦
Others the
• [[¦
] is] se
set
if none
of
theLight]
scenes
are applicable,
and
standard
settings
are
set.
ako
se
ne
može
koristiti
nijedna
od
navedenih
scena
te
su
podešene
When
taking
pictures
[i-Night
Scenery][i-Macro]
[i-Sunset]
[i-Portrait]
When
taking
pictures
[i-Low
¦
of[i-Scenery]
the
scenes
areautomatically
applicable,
and
the standard
• When
[ ], •[ [postavke.
] ]oris[setLight]
]ifisnone
selected,
the
camera
detects
a person’s
andset.
it
Others
standardne
1 face, are
¢settings
[i-Macro]
[i-Night
Portrait]
• [¦]adjust
is set the
if •none
of[and
the],scenes
applicable,
and
standard
settings
aredetects
set. a person’s face, and it
When
[[i-Portrait]
] orare
[ (Face
] is selected,
the
camera
automatically
focus
exposure.
Detection)
12the
¢
[i-Baby]
>
[i-Macro]•• will
[i-Night
Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
¦
Kada
se
odabere
[
],
[
]
ili
[
],
fotoaparat
automatski
prepoznaje
lice
i
>
[i-Portrait]
¦
[When
¦
is [setis
none
of
scenes
are
applicable,
and
theDetection)
standard
settings
are set.
],if [used,
[ the
]the
is selected,
the
camerahas
automatically
detects
ashake
person’s
face, and
it [i-Scenery]
will] or
adjust
focus
and
exposure.
• If
a ]tripod
for
instance,
and
the
camera
that
camera
is minimal
when
∫(Face
In judged
recording
[i-Night
Scenery]
[i-Sunset]
prilagođava
fokus
iand
ekspoziciju.
(Prepoznavanje
lica)
1
¢
•
When
[
],
[
]
or
[
]
is
selected,
the
camera
automatically
detects
a
person’s
face,
and
it minimal when
will
adjust
the
focus
exposure.
(Face
Detection)
•
If
a
tripod
is
used,
for
instance,
and
the
camera
has
judged
that
camera
shake
is
the
Scene
Mode
has
been
identified
as
[
],
the
shutter
speed
will
be
set
to
a
maximum
of
¢1 Only when [[i-Macro]
] is selected. [i-Night Portrait]
[i-Macro]
[i-Night Scenery]
[i-Sunset]
[i-Night Portrait
∫the
In care
recording
2move
¢
will
adjust
focus
and
exposure.
(Face
Detection)
se primjerice
tronožac,
acamera
fotoaparat
je
datosu
vibracije
minimalne
•8
IfAko
a
tripod
isthe
used,
forkoristi
instance,
andthe
the
camera
hasas
judged
that
camera
shake
is] will
minimal
Scene
has
been
identified
[procijenio
], the
speed
be
set displayed
towhen
a maximum
of
seconds.
Take
notMode
to
while
taking
pictures.
¢2
When
[Face
Recog.]
is shutter
set
[ON],
[ will
be
for birthdays
[i-Baby]
2
¢
2
4
5 63 years
7 8 old
9
1
3
If
a tripod
isMode
used,
for is
instance,
andScenery]
the
camera
has
judged
that
camera
shake
is
minimal
when
the
Scene
has
been
identified
asto
[registered
],[ the
shutter
speed
will
be
set
to
a
maximum
of
[i-Night
[i-Sunset]
[i-Baby] •• When
8 seconds.
Take
care
not
move
the
camera
while
taking
pictures.
Recog.]
set
to
[ON],
and
the
face
similar
toalready
the
registered
face
is
detected,
[R]
is
kad
je[Face
scenski
način
rada
prepoznat
kao
],faces
brzina
zatvarača
bit
će
postavljena
na
[i-Night
Scenery]
[i-Sunset]
set only when the face of a person
the
Scenein
Mode
has[Face
been
identified
as
[to [ON],
the
shutter
speed
a maximum
8maksimalno
seconds.
Take
care
notof
to
the
while
taking
pictures.
Only
when
[[move
selected.
2
42snimanja
5 will
6 be
7to8set
9to
1
3
•¢1
When
Recog.]
is
set
and
the face
similar
the
registered
faceofis detected, [R] is
displayed
the
top
right
],] is
[¢
] camera
and
[ ], fotoaparat
].
8
sekundi.
Nemojte
pomicati
kod
fotografija.
2
younger
is
detected.
¢
¢1 Only when •[ Due
] to
is [Face
selected.
[i-Baby]
8
seconds.
Take
care
the
while
taking
pictures.
When
Recog.]
isnot
set
tomove
[ON],
and
the
face
the
registered
face
is detected,
¢2
When
[Face
Recog.]
iscamera
[ON],
[and
]to
displayed
for birthdays
of [R] is
displayed
in
the
top
right
ofset
[ ato
],
[ similar
][i-Baby]
[will
].be
conditions
such
asto
the
ones
below,
different
scene
may
be identified
the same
Ovisno
oisin
uvjetima
snimanja,
kao
što
su
uofnastavku,
kao
istiisfor
objekt
¢2 When [Face
Recog.]
set
toregistered
[ON],
[ offaces
] [will
be
displayed
for
birthdays
26
•• subject.
When
[Face
Recog.]
is set
to
[ON],
the
face
similar
to
registered
face
detected,
is the same
displayed
top
right
],
[ and
] and
[ovi
].navedeni
11identified
•the
Due
to¢1
conditions
such
as
the
ones
below,
a the
different
may
be
already
set
only
when
the
face
of ascene
person
3 years
old or[R]for
When
recording
motion
pictures
Only
when
[
]
is
selected.
¢1
Only
when
[
]
is
selected.
snimanja
biti
identificirana
registered faces
already
set
only
when
the
face
of
abright
person
years
old
or
10colour
displayed
inmože
the
top
right
[theones
],face
[ drukčija
] and
[a scena.
]. 3dark,
•–
Due
to conditions
such
as
below,
different
scene
may
be subject,
identified
for
the same
25 the
subject.
26
Subject
conditions:
When
is
or
the
size
of] will
the
of the of
younger
isofthe
detected.
11
¢2
When
[Face
Recog.]
is
set
to
[ON],
[
be
displayed
for
birthdays
¢2
When
[Face
Recog.]
is
set
to
[ON],
[
]
will
displayed
younger is •detected.
Due
to conditions
such to
as¦
thesubject,
ones
below,
different
scene
may
bethe
identified
for
same
--subject,
Uvjeti
koji
se
odnose
na
objekt:
Ako
jea lice
ili or
tamno,
veličina
predmeta,
boja
subject.
Subject
conditions:
When
the
facesvijetlo
is
dark,
size
of
the
subject,
thebe
colour
of the for
11 the
the–distance
the
the
contrast
of bright
the
subject,
when
the24
subject
is [i-Scenery]
moving
25
> faces
[i-Portrait]
registered
already
set
only
when
the
face
ofset
a person
3 years
old orof a person 3
registered
faces
already
only
when
the
face
subject.
Subject
conditions:
When
the
face
is the
bright
or
dark,
the
size
of
the
subject,
the
colour
of
the
subject,
the
distance
to
subject,
the
contrast
of
the
subject,
when
the
subject
is
moving
–
Recording
conditions:
Sunset,
sunrise,
under
low
brightness
conditions,
underwater,
when
predmeta,
udaljenost
od
predmeta,
kontrast
predmeta,
ako
je
predmet
u
pokretu
23
When
recording
motion
pictures
24
12colour
is detected.
younger
is detected.
cording motion–-pictures
Subject
conditions:
When
the
face
isSunset,
bright
or
dark,
the
size
of the
subject,
the
of
the
subject,
the–is
distance
toyounger
the
subject,
the
contrast
of the
subject,
when
the
subject
is3s
moving
Light]
[i-Macro]
Recording
conditions:
sunrise,
under
low
brightness
conditions,
underwater,
when
camera
shaken,
when
zoom
used
22
-the
Uvjeti
snimanja:
Zalazak
sunca,
izlazak
sunca,
uvjeti
smanjenog
osvjetljenja,
kada
se
23[i-Low
13Recording
subject,
theresults,
distance
toSunset,
the
subject,
the
contrast
ofbrightness
the
subject,
when
theunderwater,
subject
is moving
Recording
conditions:
sunrise,
under
low
conditions,
when
¦
>
[i-Scenery]
the[i-Portrait]
camera
is shaken,
when
zoom
is
used
•–
For
the
best
it
is
recommended
that
you
take
pictures
in
the
appropriate
22
3s
21
fotoaparat
trese,
kod
korištenja
zuma
When
recording
motion
pictures
[i-Portrait]–
[i-Scenery]
recording
motion
pictures
Recording
Sunset,
under
lowscenes
brightness
conditions,
underwater,
whensettings
the camera•conditions:
is shaken,
when
used
14appropriate
• [results,
¦] zoom
is sunrise,
set
none
of the
are take
applicable,
standard
are set.
For
the best
itWhen
isifisrecommended
that you
picturesand
in the
Recording
Mode.
ISO
Za
najbolje
rezultate
snimanje
fotografija
uinthe
prikladnom
načinu
snimanja.
[i-Low
Light]
[i-Macro]
thethe
camera
is may
shaken,
when
zoom
is[ used
For
best results,
itbecome
ispreporučuje
that
pictures
the
appropriate
Recording
•recommended
When
[ ],se
] oryou
[nottake
]detect
is selected,
camera
automatically
detects a person’s fac
Mode.
•• Face
Detection
slower
or
it21
may
underwater.
¦
>
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
[i-Low Light]
[i-Macro]
ISO
¦
>
[i-Portrait]
[i-Scenery]
For
the
best•results,
it is recommended
you
take
indetect
the Detection)
appropriate
Recording
Kompenzacija
pozadinskog
osvjetljenja
Mode.
willmay
adjust
the that
focus
and
exposure.
(Face
Face
Detection
become
slower
or
itpictures
may not
underwater.
•• The
Backlight
Compensation
15
18 17 16 shake
20 19that
[¦
] is setrefers
none
the
scenes
are
applicable,
andkada
standard
set.
Mode.
•–
Face
Detection
may
become
slower
itna
may
detect
• If
aCompensation
tripod
isor
used,
fornot
instance,
and
camera
hasare
judged
• ifThe
Backlight
to of
when
light
comes
from
the
back
ofthe
aunderwater.
subject.
Insettings
this
case,
the
subjectcamera
will [i-Macro] is min
-•-Backlight
Pozadinsko
osvjetljenje
odnosi
se
situaciju
se the
svjetlo
nalazi
iza
objekta.
[i-Low
Light]
[i-Macro]
[i-Low
Light]
t if none of the scenes
are
applicable,
and
the
standard
settings
are
set.
19
16
15
18
17
20
•become
When
[ dark,
],–[Backlight
] this
orbecome
[ function
]the
is selected,
the
camera
automatically
detects
a the
person’s
face,
and
it subject
• Face
Detection
may
slower
or
it
may
not
detect
underwater.
The
Backlight
Compensation
Scene
Mode
has
been
identified
as
[
],
the
shutter
speed
will
be
set
to awill
maxim
refers
to
when
light
comes
from
the
back
of
a
subject.
In
this
case,
the
so
compensates
the
backlight
by
brightening
picture.
In
U tom
će
slučaju
objekt
snimanja
biti zatamnjen
pa
ovaand
funkcija
18 Number
o
1backRecording
Mode
], [ ] or [ ] •is–
selected,
the
camera
automatically
detects
a person’s
itIn thiskompenzira
will
adjust
the
focus
and
exposure.
(Face
Detection)
The
Backlight
Compensation
Backlight
refers
to when
comes
fromare
the
aface,
subject.
case,
the
subject
will
8light
seconds.
Take
care
not
toof
move
the
camera
while
pictures.
dark,
sothe
this
function
compensates
the
backlight
by[ settings
brightening
the
picture.
Insettings a
Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
backlight
compensation
works
automatically.
The
]taking
is
displayed
on
•(Face
[¦
] become
is
set
if none
of
scenes
applicable,
and
the
standard
are
set.
•
[
¦
]
is
set
if
none
of
the
scenes
are
applicable,
and
the
standard
t the focus and exposure.
Detection)
pozadinsko
osvjetljenje
tako
da
posvjetljuje
fotografiju.
U
inteligentnom
automatskom
the
depar
2
Recording
Quality
(P94)
18
Number
of
days
that
have
passed
since
1
Recording
Mode
If ascreen
tripod
iswhen
used,
forfunction
instance,
and
the
camera
hasto
judged
that
camera
shake
istosubject
minimal
when
–•the
Backlight
refers
to
when
light
comes
from
the
back
of
a
subject.
In
this
case,
the
will
become
dark,
so
this
compensates
the
backlight
by
brightening
the
picture.
In
•
When
[Face
Recog.]
is
set
[ON],
and
the
face
similar
the
registered
face
is
detec
Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
backlight
compensation
works
automatically.
The
[
]
is
displayed
on
backlighting
is
detected.
The
actual
backlighting
conditions
and
[
]
may
•the
When
[ ],has
[ judged
] or [ that
]• is
selected,
the
detects
a person’s
face, and
it a pe
When
[[ ],shake
[thecamera
]shutter
or
[ automatski.
]automatically
is
selected,
the
camera
automatically
detects
is used, for instance,
and
camera
camera
isradi
Size
(P81)
načinu
kompenzacija
pozadinskog
Kada
the
Scene
Mode
has function
been
identified
asosvjetljenja
],
willbacklighting
be
a
maximum
of
the
departure
date
(P46)
2match.
Recording
Quality
become
dark,
so
this
compensates
the
backlight
brightening
In
Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
backlight
compensation
works
automatically.
[thetoje
]picture.
ispozadinsko
displayed
on
displayed
in(P94)
the
topis(Face
right
ofPicture
[ minimal
], speed
[by
]when
and
[ The
].set
the
when
backlighting
detected.
The
actual
conditions
and [ Location
] may
not
always
will
theshutter
focus
and
exposure.
Detection)
will
adjust
the
focus
and
exposure.
(Face
Detection)
e Mode has been identified
as
[adjust
],screen
the
speed
will
beThe
set
to
a
maximum
of uvjeti
8osvjetljenje
seconds.
Take
care
not
to
move
the
camera
while
taking
pictures.
Name
(P7
:
Backlight
Compensation
(P30)
Location
(P46)
Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
backlight
compensation
works
automatically.
The
[
]
is
displayed
on
Picture
Size
(P81)
uočeno,
na
zaslonu
se
prikazuje
[
].
Stvarni
pozadinskog
the
screen
when
backlighting
is
detected.
actual
backlighting
conditions
and
[
]
may
•
Due
to
conditions
such
as
the
ones
below,
a
different
scene
may
be
identified
the
not
always
match.
• If acamera
tripod iswhile
used,
for instance,
andisthe
camera
has judged
shake
is minimal
whenfor sha
• If aand
tripod
used,
for instance,
andthat
thecamera
camera
has judged
s. Take care not to•the
move
the
taking
pictures.
When
[Face
Recog.]
is set
to
[ON],
the
face
similar
to(P33)
the registered
faceand
is detected,
[R]that
is camera
screen
backlighting
detected.
The
conditions
not
always
match.
Age
(P73
3actual
subject.
Name
(P73)
Backlight
Compensation
(P30)
osvjetljenja
i [face
]:Mode
možda
seis
neće
uvijek
podudarati.
thewhen
Scene
has
been
identified
as
[ isFocus
],backlighting
the
shutter
speed
will
be
set[ shutter
to ]amay
maximum
of
the
Scene
Mode
has
been
identified
as
[
],
the
speed
will
be
set
t
ace Recog.] is set to
[ON],
and
the
similar
to
the
registered
face
detected,
[R]
is
displayed
in
theFocus
top right
of
[ ], [conditions:
] and [ 4
]. Flash
not
always
– care
Subject
When
thewhile
face
ismove
bright
or camera
dark, thewhile
size taking
of the pictures.
subject,
the colo
Current
d
Mode
(P57)
Agepictures.
(P73)
3match.
(P33)
8] seconds.
not8toseconds.
move the
camera
care
not
totaking
the
d in the top right of• [Due], to
[ conditions
and
[ such
].Take
assubject,
the ones
below,
a Take
different
scene
may
be
identified
for
the
same
the
distance
to
the
subject,
the
contrast
of
the
subject,
when
the
subject
is
“:is Worl
5Recog.]
Image
Stabiliser
When
Recog.]
is set
to be
[ON],
and
theOptical
face
to
theand
registered
face
is detected,
[R]
Current
date
and
time
4 [Face
Mode
(P57)
•may
When
[Face
is similar
set
to [ON],
the (P92)
face
similar
to the registered
fac
onditions such as the
ones• below,
aFlash
different
scene
identified
for
the
same
subject.
–top
Recording
Sunset,
sunrise,
under
brightness
underwate
displayed
in theImage
right
of [conditions:
], (P92)
[ in ]the
and
[ right
].: Jitter
“:
World
(P45)conditions,
displayed
top
of [ alert
],the
[ (P26)
] low
andTime
[ the]. colour
5 Optical
Stabiliser
Zoom (P5
– Subject
conditions:
When
the
face
isis bright
or dark,
the
size
of
subject,
of the
the
camera
shaken,
when
zoom
is
used
• Due
to conditions
such
as
the
ones
below,
a
different
may
be aidentified
for
the same
• (P26)
Due
to
such
thescene
ones
below,
different
scene
may be identif
6 the
White
Balance
(P83)
conditions: When the
face
isthe
bright
or dark,
the
size
of
the
subject,
colour
of
the
: Jitter
alert
Zoom
(P54):
subject,
distance
the
subject,
theconditions
contrast
of
the as
subject,
when
the
subject
W is moving
19T AF Track
•to
For
the
best
results,
it is recommended
that
you
take
pictures
in the appropriate
Rec
subject.
subject.
, the distance to the–subject,
the
contrast
of Sunset,
the subject,
when
the
is moving
7 subject
Colour
Modeconditions,
(P91)
6 conditions:
White Balance
(P83)
Recording
sunrise,
under
low
brightness
underwater,
when
Mode.
: AF
19
AF
Tracking
(P87)
– Subject
conditions:
When
the face
is
bright
or
dark,
the
size
of
the
subject,
the
colour
of
the
–
Subject
conditions:
When
the
face
is
bright
or
dark,
the
size
of
the
subjec
ing conditions: Sunset,
sunrise,
under
low
brightness
conditions,
underwater,
when
8 AF slower
Macro or
Mode
(P61)
the camera
shaken,
whenDetection
zoom is used
7 isColour
(P91)
•Mode
Face
maythe
become
it subject,
may
detect
underwater.
20 Exposure
the distance
to the
subject,
the contrast
the
subject
is moving
: not
AF
assist
lamp
(P91)
subject,
to of
thethe
subject,
thewhen
contrast
of the
subject,
when the
mera is shaken, when
issubject,
• Forzoom
the best
results,
it •isThe
recommended
that youdistance
take: pictures
in
the appropriate
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)Recording
8used
AF Macro
Mode
(P61) Compensation
Backlight
– Recording
conditions:
Sunset,
sunrise,
under
low
brightness
conditions,
underwater,
21when
Elapsed u
r
20
Exposure
compensation
(P63)
–
Recording
conditions:
Sunset,
sunrise,
under
low
brightness
conditions,
est results, it is recommended
that
you
take
pictures
in
the
appropriate
Recording
Mode.
9
Battery
indication
(P16)
–
Backlight
refers
to
when
light
comes
from
the
back
of
a
subject.
In
this
case,
su
:
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)
¢
the camera is shaken, when
zoom is is
used
theorcamera
shaken,
when
zoom is used
22 8m30s
LCDthe
Mod
21 Elapsed
recording
time
(P35):
• Face Detection
may become
slower
itsomay
not
detectcompensates
underwater.
become
dark,
this
function
the
backlight
by
brightening
the
picture
10
Burst
(P89)
9
Battery
indication
(P16)
• For
best
it is• recommended
that you
in the
appropriate
Recording
For the best results,
it istake
recommended
that(P48)
you take pictures
in the approp
ection may become
slower
or itthe
may
notresults,
detect underwater.
22 pictures
LCD Mode
• The
Backlight
Compensation
Intelligent
Auto Mode, backlight
compensation
works
automatically. 23
The [Date
] isStam
dis
: Auto
Bracket (P64)
Mode.
10 Burst (P89)
Mode.
klight Compensation
30
24 Recordin
– Backlight
refers to whenthe
light
comes
from
the-back of is
a detected.
subject.
InThe
this
case,
the subject will
23
Date
Stamp
(P93)
screen
when
backlighting
actual
backlighting
conditions
and [
• Face
Detection
may
become
slower
or
it may
may
not
detect
underwater.
11
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
•
Face
Detection
become
slower
or
it
may
not
detect
underwater.
:
Auto
Bracket
(P64)
ht refers to when lightbecome
comes
from
the
back
of
a
subject.
In
this
case,
the
subject
will
30
dark, so this function
compensates
the backlight24
by brightening
picture.
25 Built-in m
Recordingthe
state
(P35)In
not always
match.
• The
Backlight
Compensation
• The
Backlight
Histogram
2412the
e dark, so this function
compensates
the backlight
by
brightening
picture.
In (P49) The [ ] is displayed on
- 30
- Compensation
11Auto
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
Intelligent
Mode,
backlight
compensation
works
automatically.
: Card
25
memory
(P21)of
– Backlight
refers
to(P49)
when– light
comes
from
the
back
of Built-in
acomes
subject.
In this
case,
the
subject
will
Backlight
refers
to
when
light
from
the
back
a
subject.
In this ca
30
ent Auto Mode, backlight
compensation
works
automatically.
The
[
]
is
displayed
on
13
AF
area
(P33)
12
Histogram
the screen when backlighting is detected. The actual backlighting: Card
conditions
[ ] mayonly during
recordingt
(P21)and
(displayed
become
dark,
so backlighting
this function
compensates
the
backlight
by
brightening
the
picture.
In
become
dark,
so
this
function
compensates
the
backlight
by
brightening
een when backlightingnot
is always
detected.
The
actual
conditions
and
[
]
may
: Spot AF area (P85)
13match.
AF area (P33)
Intelligent Auto Mode, backlight
compensation
automatically.
[ ] isautomatically.
displayed
on The o
recording) The works
Intelligent
AutoSelf-timer
Mode,works
backlight
[
26 Number
ays match.
14
Mode compensation
(P62) conditions and
: Spot
area (P85)is detected.
the screen
whenAF
backlighting
actual
[ ] may
the screen when The
backlighting
is detected.
The actualpictures
backlighting
conditio
Available
26 backlighting
Number
of recordable
(P23)
¢1
¢2
¢2
Screen Display
Screen Display
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Changing
the
settings
Changing
the
settings
Izmjena
postavki
Changing
the
settings
Changing
the
settings
Basic
Following
menus
can be
be
set. izbornike.
Following
can
set.
Moguće jemenus
podešavati
sljedeće
Following
menus
can be set.
Following
Following
menus
menus
cancan
be be
set.set.
Changing the settings
Menu
Menu
Menu
Changing
Menu
Izbornikthe settings
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Item
Item
Item
Item
Stavka
Following
menus can be set.
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢/[Face
[Rec]
[Picture
Size]
/[Burst]
/[Color
Mode]
Recog.]
¢
¢
¢
[Rec]
[Picture
Size]
/[Burst]
/[Color
Mode]
/[Face
Recog.]
¢/[Burst]
¢/[Burst]
¢/[Color
¢/[Color
¢/[Face
¢/[Face
[Rec]
[Picture
Size]
Mode]
Recog.]
[Rec]
[Picture
Size]
Mode]
Recog.]
[Rec]
[Picture Size]*/[Burst]*/[Color Mode]*
Following menus can be set.
MenuPicture]
Item
[Motion
[Rec
Quality]
[Motion
Picture]
[Rec
Quality]
[Motion
Picture]
[Rec
Quality] ¢ Item
[Motion Picture]
[Rec Mode]/[Rec
Quality]
[Motion
[Rec
Quality]
MenuPicture]
¢
[Rec] [Setup]
[Picture[Clock
Size]¢Set]/[World
/[Burst]¢/[Color
Mode] /[Face
Recog.]
¢/[Language]/[Stabilizer
Time]/[Beep]
/[Language]/[Stabilizer
[Setup]
[Clock
Set]/[World
Time]/[Beep]
¢ ¢
¢/[Language]/[Stabilizer
¢
¢/[Color
¢/[Face
[Setup]
[Clock
Set]/[World
Time]/[Beep]
[Clock
Set]/[World
Time]/[Beep]*/[Language]/[Stabilizer
/[Language]/[Stabilizer
[Setup]
[Clock
Set]/[World
Time]/[Beep]
[Rec]
[Picture
Size]
/[Burst]
Mode]
Recog.]
Demo.]
[Motion [Setup]
Picture]
[Rec Quality]
Demo.]
Demo.]
Demo.]
Demo.]
[Motion
Picture]
[Rec
Quality]
¢
For the
the setting
setting method
method[Clock
of the
the Set]/[World
menu, refer
refer to
to
P42.
/[Language]/[Stabilizer
[Setup]••• For
Time]/[Beep]
of
menu,
P42.
• For
the
setting
method
of
the
menu,
refer
to P42.
o metodi
podešavanja
svakog
izbornika
potražite
na str. ¢37.
• For
the
setting
method
of the
menu,
refer
to P42.
¢Detalje
Settings
may
be
different
from
other
Recording
Modes.
¢
Settings
be
different
from
other
Recording
Modes.
Demo.]
/[Language]/[Stabilizer
[Setup]may
[Clock
Set]/[World
Time]/[Beep]
Settings
may
different
from
other
Recording
Modes.
¢
Settings
may
bebe
different
from
other
Recording
Modes.
* Postavke
se¢mogu
razlikovati
od
ostalih
načina
rada
snimanja.
Demo.]
Izbornici
svojstveni
inteligentnom
automatskom
načinu
rada
Menus
specific
to
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
• For the••setting
method
of
the
menu,
refer
to
P42.
Menus specific
to Intelligent
Auto
Mode Auto
• Menus
specific
to
Intelligent
Auto
•setting
Menus
specific
to
Intelligent
Mode
–
setting
of
[Happy]
is
available
in
[Color
It is
automatically
take a
¢ Settings
may
different
from
other
Recording
Modes.
Postavke
boja
za
opciju
dostupne
su
uMode
[Color
Mode]. to
Moguće
je automatski
• Forbe
the
method
of[Happy]
the
toMode].
P42.
–--Colour
Colour
setting
ofColour
[Happy]
is
available
inisrefer
[Color
Mode].
is possible
possible
to
automatically
a
–higher
setting
of menu,
[Happy]
is
available
inIt [Color
Mode].
is possible
totake
automatically
take
–aColour
setting
of
[Happy]
available
inbrightness
[Color
Mode].
It
isIt
possible
to automatically
take
a a
picture
with
level
of
brilliance
for
the
colour
and
vividness.
¢
Settings
may
be
different
from
other
Recording
Modes.
picture
with
apicture
higher
ofhigher
brilliance
for
the
colour
brightness
and
vividness.
snimati
fotografije
slevel
višom
razinom
sjaja,
što
rezultira
svjetlijim
i življim and
fotografijama.
picture
with
a
higher
level
of
brilliance
for
the
colour
brightness
and
vividness.
with
a
level
of
brilliance
for
the
colour
brightness
vividness.
• Menus specific to Intelligent Auto Mode
– Colour setting
of [Happy]
is available
in [Color
• Menus
specific
to Intelligent
AutoMode].
Mode It is possible to automatically take a
About
the flash
flash
(P57)
(str.
picture Bljeskalica
with–aColour
higher
level49.)
ofofbrilliance
for
the colour
andItvividness.
About
the
(P57)
setting
[Happy]
is available
in brightness
[Color Mode].
is possible to automatically take a
About
the
flash
(P57)
About
the
flash
(P57)
picture
with
a higher
level
of brilliance
for
the] is
colour
brightnesson
and
vividness.
•• When
[
]
is
selected,
[
],
[
],
[
]
or
[
set
depending
the
type
of
subject
and
When
[
]
is
selected,
[
],
[
],
[
]
or
[
]
is
set
depending
on
the
type
ofon
subject
and
• When
] selected,
is selected,
] set
isovisno
set
depending
on
of subject
and
• When
[ [ ], [], [ ], [ ], [ ] or] or
[ili [[ ] is],
depending
thethe
type
of subject
and
• brightness.
Kada se odabere
[ [ ]],ispostavlja
se
o
vrsti
objekta
itype
brightness.
About the
flash (P57)
brightness.
brightness.
•• When
[
],
[
]
is
set,
Digital
Red-Eye
Correction
is
enabled.
osvjetljenju.
WhenAbout
[
],• the
[When
]
is
set,
Digital
Red-Eye
Correction
is
enabled.
flash
(P57)
•will
When
[[ ], [],
is[ set,
Red-Eye
Correction
is enabled.
[ slower
] is]] set,
Digital
Red-Eye
Correction
enabled.
]]Digital
or
• When [•• Shutter
] is selected,
[ be
], [[during
] is[[ set
depending
on theistype
of subject
and očiju.
Kada
jespeed
postavljeno
,oruključeno
je ].
digitalno
uklanjanje
efekta
crvenih
Shutter
speed
be],speed
slower
during
[ [slower
or
•will
Shutter
speed
will
during
• Shutter
will
bebe
slower
during
[]. [ ] or] or
[ [ ]. ].
brightness.
• When
[
] is selected,
[
], [
], [[
] or
]].is set depending on the type of subject and
• Brzina
zatvarača
bit će manja
tijekom
ili [
• When [
], brightness.
[
] is set, Digital Red-Eye Correction is enabled.
• Shutter speed
will be
[ Digital
] or [ Red-Eye
].
• When
[ slower
], [ during
] is set,
Correction is enabled.
• Shutter speed will be slower during [
] or [
].
-- 31
25 -31
- 31 -
- 31 -
- 31
- 31
- -
Creating still picture from motion picture
Basic
Priprema
Recording
Mode:fotografija:
Način snimanja
Recording
Mode:
Recording Mode:
Basic
Basic
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be saved as a still pictu
Picture size of the still picture to be created will differ depending on the recor
recorded motion picture.
Taking
pictures
with your
favourite
settings
Snimanje
fotografija
swith
omiljenim
postavkama
Taking
pictures
your favourite
settings
Taking
pictures
with
your
favourite
settings
(Normalni
način
rada)
(Normal
Picture
Mode)
(Normal Picture Mode)
(Normal Picture Mode)
Recording mode
Aspect ratio
Picture size after creatin
The camera
automatically
sets thebrzinu
shutter
speed
and
the blende,
aperture
value
according
to the
The
camera automatically
sets zatvarača
the
shutter
speed
and theovisno
aperture
value according
to the
Fotoaparat
automatski
podešava
i otvor
o
svjetlini
objekta
0.9 M
[1280k720/50p]
1280k7
brightness
ofautomatically
the subject.
brightness
of the sets
subject.
koji
snima.
These
camera
the shutter speed and the aperture
value according to the
16:9
You
can
take
pictures
with
greater
freedom
by
changing
various
settings
in
the
[Rec]
You
canpostavki
take pictures
with greater
freedom byomogućeno
changing various
settings
Odabirom
raznih
u izborniku
[Rec]
(Snimanje)
je snimanje
fotografija
M in the [Rec]
0.5
brightness
of the
subject.
[iFrame]
960k5
menu.
smenu.
većom
slobodom.
You
can take
pictures with greater freedom by changing various settings in the [Rec]
4:3
640k4
[640k480/50p]
0.3M
menu.
Povucite
prekidač REC/PLAY
Slide
the
REC/PLAY
switch to [!],
Press
[MODE].
Press
[MODE].
Press
the[
at the location to be saved as a still pi
(Snimanje/reprodukcija)
prema
]button
i
and
then
press
Press [MODE]. [MODE].
the playback.
zatim pritisnite [MODE].
≥ It is convenient to use Pause, Slow-motion Playback and Frame-by-frame
≥ Date the motion picture was recorded will be registered as date of the still
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
Repeat playback
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
za odabir
[Normal
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
Picture],Picture],
Press
3/4/2/1
to[Normal
select
[Normal
Playback
of the first
scene starts after playback of the last scene finishes.
and
then
Picture],
apress
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
and
then[MENU/SET].
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
[Normal
Picture],
and then
press [MENU/SET].
Press
3/4/2/1
to select [Normal Picture],
: [VIDEO SETUP] # [REPEAT PLAY] # [ON]
and then press [MENU/SET].
Aim
theAim
AFokvir
area
at the
point
you
want
to
Usmjerite
automatskog
fokusa
the područja
AF
area
at
the
point
you
want
The
indication
appears
onto
the full screen views.
focus
on.
focus
on.atželite
prema
točki
koju
fokusirati.
Aim
the
AF area
the≥point
want
to
All theyou
scenes
are played
back repeatedly. (When playing back motion pic
the scenes on the selected date are played back repeatedly.)
focus on.
Pritisnite
okidač
biste halfway
fokusirali
Press
the
shutter
button da
halfway
to focusto predmet
Press
thedopola
shutter
button
focus
and
then
press
fully
the
picture.
i zatim
ga
pritisnite
doto
kraja
snimili
and
thenitat
press
it take
fullyda
tobiste
take
the
picture.
Aim
the
AF
area
the
point
you
want
to focus
on.
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus
fotografiju.
A
ISO
sensitivity
and
then
it fully to take the picture.
Apress
ISO sensitivity
B Aperture
B value
Aperture value
A ISO
ISO sensitivity
osjetljivost
Press
the
shutter
button halfway to focus
C Shutter
Cspeed
Shutter speed
B Aperture
value
Vrijednost
otvora blende
and
then
press
fullyand
to
take
the
picture.
•CAperture
anditvalue
shutter
speed
is displayed
in red
Aperture
shutter
speed
is displayed
in red A B CA B C
Shutter
speed
Brzina• value
zatvarača
when correct exposure is not achieved. (Exclude when
when and
correct
exposure
achieved.
(Exclude when
A
ISO sensitivity
•• Aperture
value
shutter
speedisisnot
in red
AB
using
a flash)
Ako
odgovarajuća
ekspozicija
nijedisplayed
postignuta,
using
a flash)
B
Aperture
value
when
correct
exposure
is not achieved. (Exclude when
otvor
i brzina zatvarača prikazuju se u
Cusing
Shutter
speed
ablende
flash)
crvenoj boji.
kada speed
koristite
AB
• Aperture
value(Osim
and shutter
is bljeskalicu)
displayed in red
when correct exposure is not achieved. (Exclude when
using a flash)
C
C
- 49 -
-- 26
26 - - 32 32
- 32 -
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
Basic
Fokusiranje
Focusing
Focusing
Usmjerite
automatskog
Focusing
Aim
the AF
AFokvir
areapodručja
at the
the subject,
subject,
and then
then press
Aim
the
area
at
and
fokusa
prema
objektu
i pritisnite
okidač
the
shutter
button
halfway.
press
the
shutter
halfway.
Aim
the
AF
area atbutton
the subject,
and then
dopola.
Aim
the
AF
area atbutton
the subject,
and then
press
the
shutter
halfway.
press the shutter button halfway.
A A
B
A
A
B
B
B
Focus
Focus
Fokusiranje
Before Use
FocusA
Focus indication
indication
A
Focus
When
the
is not
When the
the subject
subject is
is focused
focused When
WhenKada
the subject
subject
not
objektisnije
focused
Kada je objekt fokusiran focused
When the subject is focused When thefokusiran
subject is not
On
On
Blinks
focused
When
the subject is focused Blinks
When
the subject is not
Focus
holding the camera
upside-down
right way up B and
Pokazivač
fokusa A and theUklj.
Treperi
focused
AF
areaindication
B
White>Green
White>Red
area
B
White>Green
White>Red
Focus
A
On
Blinks
y a few times.AF
Područje
automatskog
bijelo→zeleno
bijelo→crveno
Focus
indication
A
On
Blinks
Sound
Beeps
22 times
Beeps
4
Sound
times
Beeps
4 times
times
at the
beach
orup
in
water,
it, water
may remain
AF
area
B
White>Green
White>Red
Aamera
and the
right
way
B andor after washingBeeps
fokusa
ker and microphone
for aB
while and may cause aWhite>Green
drop in volume or sound
AF area
White>Red
•Sound
The AF area may be displayed Beeps
larger for
certain
zoom
magnifications
and
in dark places.
2 times
Beeps 4 times
• The
AF area may be displayed larger
forsignal
certain zoom magnifications
in dark places.
Zvuk
Zvučni
Zvučniand
Sound
Beeps
2 times 2 puta
Beeps
4 signal
times 4 puta
washing
water the
maycamera
remainfrom dropping.
firmly to it,
prevent
∫
About
focus
range
y cause a drop in
volume
or
sound
•• The
AF area
may
be displayed
certain
zoom većim
magnifications
and in dark
places.
Područje
automatskog
fokusalarger
možeforbiti
prikazano
zbog određenih
uvećanja
∫
About
focus
range
•The
Thefocus
AF area
may be
displayed larger
certain zoom
range
is mjestima.
displayed
whenforoperating
themagnifications and in dark places.
zuma
i
na
tamnim
The
focusfocus
rangerange
is displayed when operating the zoom.
ping.
∫ About
•zoom.
focusfocus
range
is displayed in red when it is not focused after pressing
∫
About
range
■The
■the
Raspon
fokusa
•The
The
focus
range
is
displayed
in red
when
it is not focused
focus
range
displayed
when
operating
the zoom.
shutter button is
halfway.
after
pressing
theisis
shutter
button
halfway.
zumiranja
prikazuje
se
raspon
The
range
displayed
when
operating
the zoom.
•Tijekom
Thefocus
focus
range
displayed
in red
when
it isfokusa
not focused
after pressing
the
shutter
buttonis
halfway.
•The
The
focusfokusa
range
displayed
when depending
itdepending
is not
after
pressing
Raspon
prikazuje
seingradually
ured
crvenoj
boji
akofocused
nijeon
do
The
focus
range
may
change
gradually
ondošlo
the
zoom
position.
focus
range
may
change
the
zoom
the
shutter izoštravanja
button halfway.
pravilnog
kada ste pritisnuli okidač dopola.
position.
The focus
range
may change
gradually
depending
on the zoom
e.g.:
Range
of focus
focus
during the
the
Normal
Picture
e.g.:
Range
of
during
Intelligent
Auto Mode
Mode
The
focus
rangepostepeno
may change
depending
on the
zoom
Raspon
fokusa
se gradually
mijenja ovisno
o položaju
zuma.
position.
position.
npr.: Range
Rasponoffokusa
u normalnom
načinu Auto
rada Mode
e.g.:
focus during
the Intelligent
1 mduring
(3.3 feet)
e.g.: Range of focus
the Intelligent Auto Mode
(DMC-SZ1) 5 cm (0.16 feet)
TW
LOCK
2 m (6.6 feet)
5 cm (0.16 feet)
9
WW
drops on the camera withT a50 cm (1.6 feet)2 m (6.6 feet)
nd dry the camera in a 9
ich is well ventilated. T
1.5 m (4.9 feet)
1.5 m (4.9 feet)
by standing it on a dry cloth.
orates drain design, draining
the camera [ON/OFF] button
n etc.
(DMC-FS45)
amera with hot air from dryer
proof performance will
to deformation.
1m
feet) soap or detergents.
micals such as benzine, thinner, alcohol
or (3.3
cleanser,
T
ere are no water droplets, open the side door, and wipe off any
or cleanser, soap or detergents.
or sand left inside using
W a soft dry cloth. (P133)
5 cm
(0.16the
feet)
may
adhere
the wipe
card oroff
battery
when
side door is opened without
side
door,toand
any
g. Also, water may accumulate in the gap around the card/battery slot or
cloth.
(P133)
nector. Be sure to wipe any water off with a soft dry cloth.
the may
side seep
door is
opened
without
ets
into
the camera
when the side door is closed while it is still
ap
around the
card/battery slot or
ndensation
or failure.
-- 27
27 33
th a soft dry cloth.
side door is closed while it is still
- 27 -
- 27 -
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
∫
the subject
not in(npr.
focuskada
(such
asuwhen
it iskompozicije
not in the centre
of the koju
■■When
Kada objekt
nije uis
fokusu
nije
središtu
fotografije
composition
želite snimiti)of the picture you want to take)
1 Aim
Usmjerite
automatskog
fokusa
1
the AFpodručje
area at the
subject, and
press
prema
objektu
i pritisnite
dopola
the
shutter
button
half wayokidač
to fix the
da biste popravili fokus i ekspoziciju.
focus and exposure.
2 Pritisnite i držite okidač dopola dok
2 Press and hold the shutter button half
pomičete fotoaparat da biste dobili
way while moving the camera as you
kompoziciju slike.
compose the picture.
Prijecan
nego
što do kraja
pritisnete
ponavljati
radnjefully.
iz 1.
repeatedly
retry the
actionsokidač,
in step možete
1 beforeuzastopno
pressing the
shutter button
• You
koraka.
∫ Subject and recording conditions which are difficult to focus in
■Objekti i uvjeti
snimanja
kodbright
kojihsubjects
je fokusiranje
otežano
•■Fast-moving
subjects,
extremely
or subjects
without contrast
• When
Predmeti
u brzom
pokretu,
iznimno
svijetli
predmeti
predmeti bez kontrasta
recording
subjects
through
windows
or near
shinyiliobjects
• When
dark or when
jitter kroz
occurs
Kada itseispredmeti
snimaju
prozor ili u blizini svjetlucavih predmeta
•• When
camera ili
is dođe
too close
to the subject or when taking a picture of both distant and near
Kada the
je mračno
do vibracija
• subjects
Kad je fotoaparat preblizu predmetu ili kad se istovremeno snimaju udaljeni i bliski
predmeti
28 --- 34
• Check that this unit is turned off.
• Confirm that there is no foreign object. (P8)
• We recommend using a Panasonic card.
Snimanje
videozapisa
Recording
Motion
Pictures
Recording
Motion
Pictures
2:Slide
the release
lever
B and
open
the
side door.
ロヰヤレ
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
1:Slide the [LOCK] switch A, and release
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
rada:
modes:
the Applicable
lock. načini
• Always use genuine Panasonic batteries.
Počnite
snimati
pritiskom
nathe
tipku
za
snimanje
recording
by
motion
picture
Start
recording
by pressing
thethe
motion
picture
• If you Start
use
other
batteries,
wepressing
cannot
guarantee
qualitybutton.
of this
product.
videozapisa.
picture
button.
button.
A Available
recording
time
A Available
recording
time
Raspoloživo
vrijeme
snimanja
B Elapsed
recording
time time
B Elapsed
recording
Proteklo
vrijeme
snimanja
•• You
motion
pictures
fitting
each
Recording
Mode.
• can
Yourecord
can
record
motion
pictures
fitting
each
Recording
Mode.
Battery:
Being
careful
about
the
battery
You
can
record
motion
pictures
fitting
each
Moguće
je
snimanje
videozapisa
koji
odgovaraju
• Release
theMode.
motion
picture
button
right right
after after
you press
it. it.
• Release
the motion
picture
button
you press
Recording
orientation,
insert
all
the
way
until
you
hear
svakom
načinu
snimanja.
•• The
state
indicator
(red) (red)
C willafter
whilewhile
recording
• recording
The the
recording
state
indicator
Cflash
willyou
flash
recording
Release
motion
picture
button
right
A C
a locking
sound
and
then
check
that
• motion
Otpustite
gumb
za videozapise
čim itgaispritisnete. A
C A C
motion
pictures.
press
it.pictures.
For
the
setting
of
the
[Rec
Mode]
and
[Rec
Quality],
refer
to
locked•• by
lever
C.
Pull
the
lever
C
in
the
•
For
the
setting
[Rec
of
[Rec
Quality],
Quality],
refer
refer
to
P76.
to
P76.
Pokazivač
snimanja
(crveno)
treperit
će
tijekom
The recording state indicator (red) C will flash
P86.
snimanja
videozapisa.
while
recording
motion
pictures. the battery.
direction
of the
arrow
to remove
• When
with [Rec
Quality]
setQuality]
to [HD],potražite na
Detaljerecording
o podešavanju
opcije
[Rec
Card: Push
it Mode”
securely
all the
youwill
“Active
(stabiliser
for way
motionuntil
pictures)
str. 76.
work automatically.
For careful
more details,
referthe
to
hear a “click”
while being
about
[Stabilizer] (P92).
direction
in
which
you
insert
it.
To
remove
• For the setting of [Rec Quality], refer to P94.
BB B
ロヰヤレ
the card, push the card until it clicks, then
B
pull the card out upright.
Stop
thetherecording
by
pressing
motion
picture
button
again.
D: Do not
touch
connection
terminals
of the
card.
Stop
the
recording
by pressing
theza
motion
picture
button
again.
Završite
snimanje
pritiskom
nathe
gumb
videozapise.
Stop
the recording
by pressing
the
motion
button
again.and then
Close the
sidepicture
door until
it clicks,
∫ About
the recording
format
for recording
motion
pictures
∫ About
the switch
recording
foritrecording
motion
pictures
lock
the
[LOCK]
byformat
sliding
toward
This This
unit can
motion
pictures
in either
AVCHD
or MP4 formats.
unit record
can record
motion
pictures
MP4
in MP4
format.
format.
[2].
■■About
Formatthe
za recording
snimanje videozapisa
∫
format for recording motion pictures
AVCHD:
MP4:
MP4:
• Confirm
that
the
red part
on the
[LOCK]in
switch
isformat.
not MP4.
This
unit
can
record
motion
pictures
MP4
Ovimis
se
uređajem
snimaju
videozapisi
u formatu
This
aa format
for
precise,
high-definition
video.
This
format
isediting
best
used
when
the
video
This
simpler
is a simpler
video
video
format
format
best best
usedused
when
when
extensive
extensive
editing
is needed,
is needed,
or when
or when
showing.
MP4:
MP4:
will
be
displayed
on
a high-definition
uploading
uploading
videos
videos
to the
tointernet.
the internet.TV, or saved to a disc and watched on a computer.
This
video format
best used koji
when
extensive
editingzaisopsežnu
needed, obradu
or whenili
Radiissea osimpler
jednostavnijem
videoformatu
je najbolje
koristiti
MP4:
uploading
videos
to
the internet.
∫
About
∫
About
the
compatibility
the
compatibility
of
the
of
recorded
the
recorded
motion
motion
pictures
pictures
prenošenje
videozapisa
na
internet.
This is a simpler video format best used when extensive editing is needed, or when
EvenEven
if a compatible
if a compatible
MP4
MP4
playback
playback
device
device
is used,
is used,
the video
the video
or sound
or sound
quality
quality
of theof the
uploading
videos
to snimljenih
the
internet.
∫
the
compatibility
ofmay
the
recorded
pictures
■■About
Kompatibilnost
videozapisa
recorded
recorded
motion
motion
pictures
pictures
may
be
poor,
be poor,
or they
ormotion
they
may may
not
be
notable
be able
to betoplayed.
be played.
There
There
may may
Čak also
i ifako
setimes
koristi
kompatibilan
MP4
uređaj
za reprodukciju,
slikeexperience
ili of
zvuka
Even
atimes
compatible
MP4
playback
device
isdisplayed
used,
theproperly.
video
orkvaliteta
sound
quality
the
also
be
be
whenwhen
the
recorded
the
recorded
data
data
is
notis
not
displayed
properly.
If
youIf experience
you
suchsuch
∫
About
the
compatibility
of
the
recorded
motion
pictures
recorded
motion
pictures
mayvideo
be
poor,
may
be able
to be played.
There may
snimljenog
videozapisa
može
biti video
loša
ilior
ihthey
neće
bitinot
moguće
reproducirati.
Ponekad
issues,
issues,
please
please
play
play
backback
the
the
onor
this
on
camera.
this
camera.
Motion
pictures
recorded
inda[AVCHD]
[MP4]
may
be
played back
with
poorvam
picture
or
the recorded
data
is
not
displayed
properly.
If you
experience
such
se
može
se
snimljeni
podaci
prikazuju
ispravno.
Ako
se
•also
•be
Fortakođer
details
Fortimes
details
onwhen
MP4
ondogoditi
MP4
compatible
compatible
devices,
devices,
refer
refer
to
thetone
support
the
support
sites sites
below.
below.
sound
quality
or
playback
may
not
be
possible
even
when
played
back
with
equipment
issues,
please
play backreproducirajte
the video on this
camera.na ovom fotoaparatu.
dogode
takvi problemi,
videozapis
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
compatible
with
these
formats.devices,
Also, therefer
recording
information
may not be displayed
••For
details
on
MP4
compatible
to the support
sites below.
Detalje
uređajima
kompatibilnima
s formatom
MP4 potražite
na stranici za podršku
(This
(This
Siteois
Site
English
is English
only.)
only.)
properly.
In this case, use this unit.
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
koja
je
navedena
u
nastavku.
• For
details
on
MP4
compatible
devices,
refer
to
the
support
sites
below.
(This Site is English only.)
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
(OvoSite
je web-mjesto
samo na engleskom.)
(This
is English only.)
- 19 -
-- 29
29- -29 35
5
6
6
5
6
65
6
6
6
7
8
0
7
1
8
2
07
28
1
3
20
5
21
52
3
72
5
9
53
05
7
1
95
2
07
3
19
5
20
61
3
52
63
nt
5
6
nt
7
nt
8
7
87
98
8
0
98
1
09
2
1
0
41
2
5
42
6
5
4
6
65
7
66
7
6
7
Preparation
∫ Playback
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
Osnovne funkcije
Note
Napomena
Others
operatingna
times
and number
of recordable
pictures
willjediffer
according
the
• The
Pri snimanju
ugrađenu
memoriju
postavka [MP4]
fiksno
postavljena
na to
[VGA].
environment
and the operating
conditions.
•
Preostalo
raspoloživo
vrijeme
snimanja
može
se
nepravilno
prikazati
na
zaslonu.
Others
Screen Display
......................................110
For example,
in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
• recordable
Ovisno
o vrsti
kartice, pokazivač pristupa kartici može ostati još neko vrijeme nakon
Cautions
for Use....................................112
pictures is reduced:
snimanja
videozapisa.
o kvaru.
Others
–
At
low
temperature
or inNije
coldriječ
locations
such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
Message
Display
...................................117
Screen Display ......................................110
• Zaslon
na trenutak
može
postati
taman iliwhen
uređaj
snimiti
šumove
uslijed
¢ Residual
image may
show
on potpuno
the LCD display
in može
use. The
battery
performance
Troubleshooting.....................................119
Cautions
for
Use....................................112
will decrease,
so keep
the camera andvalova,
spare batteries
warm
by placing
them
in a
statičkog
elektriciteta,
elektromagnetskih
itd., ovisno
o okolini
u kojoj
se snimaju
Message
Display
...................................117
Screen
Display
......................................110
• Please videozapisi.
note
that place
the actual
controls
andyour cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
warm
such
as inside
Troubleshooting.....................................119
Cautions
for Use....................................112
components,
menu items,
andmonitor
other will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
batteries
and LCD
• Kad
je postavka
omjera
jednaka
kod fotografija i videozapisa, kut gledanja mijenja se na
Message
Display
...................................117
for
your
normal.
• information
Please note
that
thedigital
actualcamera
controlsmay
anddiffer
početku
snimanja
videozapisa.
from
those
in
the
illustrations
and
screens
Troubleshooting.....................................119
components,
other
– Whenmenu
usingitems,
[LCD and
Mode].
provided
in this
manual.
When
operation
or zoom
je opcija
[Video
Rec
(str.
42.) podešena
na [ON], tijekom snimanja
for
your
digital
camera
may
differ
–Kad
When
operations
such
asArea]
flash
and
are used repeatedly.
• information
Please
note
that
the
actual
controls
and
other
information
is
more
or
less
the
same
videozapisa
prikazuje
se
kut
snimanja.
from
those
in
illustrations
and
screens
•
When
the
operating
time
of
the
camera
becomes
extremely
short even after properly charging
components,
menu
items, and
other
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are
used as
provided
inbattery,
this
manual.
operation
or have expired. Buy a new battery.
the
lifeWhen
ofcamera
the
battery
may
• the
Zumiranje
tijekom
snimanja
information
forthe
your
digital
mayinvideozapisa
differ
examples
for
instructions
provided
this
other
information
is
more
or less
same
-- Ako
prije
pritiska
gumba
za
snimanje videozapisa koristite ekstra optički zum,
from those
in the
illustrations
andthe
screens
manual.
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are
used as or
provided
in
this manual.
When
operation
postavke
će se
poništiti,
a raspon
• The
operations,
procedures,
or
functions
that snimanja značajno će se promijeniti.
examples
for the instructions
provided
in this
other among
information
is more
or less
the
same
differ
arezum
indicated
separately,
-- Akomodels
koristite
itd. tijekom
snimanja videozapisa, mogao bi se snimiti zvuk
manual.
between with
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are number.
used as
together
the relevant
model
rukovanja
zumom.
• The
operations,
functions
examples
for theprocedures,
instructionsor
provided
in that
this
differ
among
models
are
indicated
separately,
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
manual.
together
with
the
relevant
model
number.
Brzina
zumiranja
mogla
bi
se
usporiti kod snimanja videozapisa.
(DMC-FS45)
• The operations,
procedures, or functions that
differ among
models are indicated separately,
e.g.:
-- (DMC-SZ1)
together with
relevant
model
number.snimanja videozapisa, možda će biti potrebno određeno
Akothe
koristite
zum
za vrijeme
(DMC-FS45)
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
vrijeme
za fokusiranje slike.
-- (DMC-FS45)
Uvećanje optičkog zuma ne može se mijenjati nakon početka snimanja videozapisa.
Međutim, inteligentni zum može se koristiti samo u postavci [i.Resolution] (str. 70.) u
izborniku [Rec] za [i.ZOOM]. Nadalje, digitalni se zum može koristiti tako da se opcija
[DigitalZoom] (str. 70.) u izborniku [Rec] postavi na [ON]. Detalje o rasponu zuma
potražite na 47. str. Ako je snimanje videozapisa pokrenuto unutar područja optičkog
zuma, postavka zuma vraća se na izvorno uvećanje nakon dovršetka snimanja
videozapisa.
• Ako završite sa snimanjem videozapisa kratko nakon uključivanja efekta minijature,
fotoaparat bi mogao nastaviti snimati određeno vremensko razdoblje. Nastavite
pridržavati fotoaparat dok se snimanje ne završi.
• Za snimanje videozapisa preporučuje se korištenje posve napunjene baterije.
• Videozapise se ne može snimati u scenskom načinu rada [Panorama Shot].
• Videozapisi će se snimiti u sljedećim kategorijama za određene scenske načine.
Videozapis koji odgovara sceni izvršit će se za one koji nisu dolje navedeni.
Odabrani način snimanja
Način snimanja tijekom snimanja videozapisa
[BABY1][BABY2] (Dijete1/
Dijete2)
Portret
[Night Portrait] (Noćni portret) / /
[Night Scenery] (Noćni krajolik) /
Slabo svjetlo
[Sports], [Pet], [Photo Frame]
Normalni način rada
- 18 -3-3-3-
- 30 -
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Changing fotografija
the settings
Snimanje
za vrijeme snimanja videozapisa
Preparation
Recording
Following
can be
set. čak i tijekom
Fotografijemenus
je moguće
snimati
snimanja videozapisa (Simultano snimanje)
∫ Playback
Item
Description o
Menu
Item
Tijekom snimanja
videozapisa pritisnite okidač
do kraja da biste snimili
Playback time
Approx.
240 min ¢
[‡]
([Auto])
The
flash
is
automatically
activate
¢
¢
fotografiju.
[Rec]
[Picture Size] /[Burst] /[Color Mode] /[Face Recog.]
[
]
([iAuto])¢1
conditions make it necessary.
[Motion
Picture]
[Rec Quality]
Note
Napomena
The flash
is automatically activate
operating
times
and number
of recordable
pictures
will¢differ according
to the
•• The
Možete
snimiti
do
5
fotografija
tijekom
snimanjaTime]/[Beep]
jednog videozapisa.
conditions make it necessary.
/[Language]/[Stabilizer
[Setup]
[Clock
Set]/[World
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
• Veličina slike fiksno je postavljena
na 3,5[ M (16:9).
It is activated
once before the act
Demo.]
] times will shorten and the number
For example, in the following cases,
the operating
of
red-eye
phenomenon (eyes of the
• recordable
Simultano pictures
snimanje
nije moguće kada je opcija [Rec Quality]
postavljena
na [VGA].
¢2
is reduced:
•• For
the
setting
method okidač
of the menu,
refer
to([Auto/Red-Eye])
P42.
the
¢ picture) and then activated ag
dopola
pritisnite
biste
snimili
fotografiju
dok
snimate
videozapis,
–Ako
At low
temperature
or in coldda
locations
such as
ski resorts
or at
high altitude
¢ Settings may be different from other Recording Modes.
Use
this when you take pictur
¢ Residualćeimage
may show
on the
LCD display
whenizoštravanja
in use. Thebit
battery
performance
fotoaparat
se ponovno
izoštriti,
a pokret
ponovnog
će• snimljen
lighting conditions.
will
decrease,
so
keep
the
camera
and
spare
batteries
warm
by
placing
them
in a
na videozapisu.
davanje prioriteta
slici iz videozapisa preporučuje se snimanje
• Menus
specific toZaIntelligent
Auto Mode
The flash isof
activated every time
warm place
such
as inside
your cold
protection gear or clothing. Performance
fotografija
tako
da
potpuno
pritisnete
okidač.
– Colour setting of [Happy] is available in [Color
Mode]. It is possible to automatically
take a
[‰]
conditions.
batteries
and
LCD
monitor
will
restore
to
normal
when
the
temperature
returns
to
picture with
level of brilliance
for the colour
brightness
and
• Veličina
slikeai higher
broj fotografija
koje je moguće
snimiti
prikazuju
sevividness.
kada okidač
pritisnete
• Use this
when your subject is
([Forced Flash On])
normal.
fluorescent light.
–dopola.
When using [LCD Mode].
• –Snimanje
videozapisa
će se
nakon
fotografije.
When the
operations
such nastavit
as flash and
zoom
are snimanja
used repeatedly.
If you take a picture with a dark b
About
flash (P57)
U načinu
efekta minijature,
snimanje
započinjeextremely
kratko nakon
doafter
kraja
pritisnete
• When
the operating
time of the
camera becomes
short što
even
properly
charging
feature
will
slow the shutter speed
• the
When
[
] the
is selected,
], [ may
], [ have
] or
[ ] ] isBuy
set adepending
on the type
of subject
and
battery,
life of the[ battery
new battery.
[expired.
so that
the dark
background will b
okidač.
Simultaneously, it reduces the red
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
• brightness.
Zumiranje bi se moglo prekinuti ako tijekom
zumiranja
snimite ¢2
fotografiju.
• When [
], [
] is set, Digital Red-Eye Correction is enabled.
• Use this
when you take pictur
Kada se
fotografija
možda će se snimiti
i zvuk
•• Shutter
speed
will be snima
slower tijekom
during [ snimanja
] or [ videozapisa,
].
dark background.
rada okidača.
The flash is not activated in any r
• Postavka bljeskalice podešena je na [[Œ]].
• Use this when you take pictur
• Kada je dio objekta svijetao, na LCD zaslonu
mogle
bi Off])
se pojaviti crvene of
pruge.
to, permitted.
([Forced
Flash
flashUz
is not
dio LCD zaslona ili čitav LCD zaslon mogao bi poprimiti crvenkastu boju.
¢1 This can be set only when Intelligent Auto Mode is set.
¢2 The flash is activated twice. The subject should not move u
activated. Interval until the second flash depends on the br
[Red-Eye Removal] (P92) on the [Rec] menu is set to [ON],
icon.
- 31 - 18 -
- 58 -
Advanced (Playback)
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
Deleting scenes/still pictures
Basic
Playing
Back Pictures
Reprodukcija
fotografija
([Normal
Play])
([Normal
Play])
Basic
Deleted scenes/still pictures cannot be restored,
so perform
appropriate
confirmation of the contents before proceeding with deletion.
Povucite
prekidač [REC/PLAY]
(snimanje/
Slide
the
REC/PLAY
to [(].
Press
[(].
Playing
Back switch
Pictures
([Normal Play])
Playing Back Pictures
reprodukcija)
]..
¬ Change
the modedo
to[
• Normal Playback is displayed automatically([Normal
when the Play])
power is turned on by pressing and holding the [(]
Preparation
Slide
button.the REC/PLAY switch to [(].
Press
[(].
∫ Playback
To delete the scene or still picture
being
played
back
• Normal
Playback
is displayed automatically
when
the
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
power is turned on by pressing and holding
Pressthe
the[(] button while scenes or still
Note
button.
pictures to be deleted are being played back.
camera complies with the DCF standard “Design rule for Camera File system” established
• This
Note
Napomena
JEITA
“Japantimes
Electronics
and
Information
Technology
Industries
with Exif
The
operating
and number
of recordable
will
according
to
the
Note
• by
Ovaj
je fotoaparat
u skladu
sa standardom
DCFpictures
„Design
rulediffer
forAssociation”
Camera
fileand
system“
“Exchangeable
Image
File
Format”.
Files that“Design
do not comply
with
the DCF
standardestablished
cannot be
environment
and
thewith
operating
conditions.
camera
complies
the
DCF
standard
rule for Technology
Camera
File Industries
system”
• This
koji
je
utvrdila
JEITA
„Japan
Electronics
and
Information
played
back.
For
example,
in
following
cases,
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the number
Note
by
JEITA
“Japan
Electronics
Information
Technology
Industries
Association”
and of
with koje
Exif
∫ •To
delete
scenes
orother
stilland
pictures
from
the
thumbnail
display
Association“
te the
sa
standardom
Exifthe
– „Exchangeable
Image
File
Format“.
Datoteke
Pictures
recorded
with
camera
may
not “Design
be
able
to play
back
on
this
recordable
pictures
is reduced:
Image
File Format”.
Files
that
dose
not
comply
the
DCF
standard
cannot be
This
camera
complies
with
the
DCF
standard
rule
forwith
Camera
File unit.
system”
established
• “Exchangeable
nisu
u
skladu
sa
standardom
DCF
ne
mogu
reproducirati.
Note
¢
– AtJEITA
lowthe
temperature
or inwhile
cold
locations
suchTechnology
as skiview
resorts
or at high
altitude
played
back.
by
“Japanbutton
Electronics
and
Information
Industries
Association”
and with Exif
the
thumbnail
screen
is
displayed.
This
camera
complies
with
the
DCF
standard
“Design
rule
for
Camera
File
system”
established
••Press
Fotografije
snimljene
drugim
fotoaparatom
možda
neće
biti
moguće
reproducirati
na
¢ Residual
image
may
show
on the
LCD
when
in
use.
The
battery
performance
Pictures
recorded
with
other
camera
may
notdisplay
be
to
play
back
on
this
unit.
“Exchangeable
Image
File
Format”.
Files
that
do able
not comply
with
the
DCF
standard
cannot be
by
JEITA
“Japan
Electronics
and
Information
Technology
Industries
Association”
and
with
Selecting
a picture
ovom
uređaju.
will
decrease,
so keep
the
spare
batteries
by placing
them
in aExif
• The
lens
barrel
retracts
about
15camera
secondsand
after
switching
fromwarm
Recording
Mode to
Playback
played
back.
“Exchangeable
Image
Fileinside
Format”.
Files
do not
comply
with
the DCF
standard
cannot
[ALL
SCENES]
orcamera
[SELECT]
Kućište
objektiva
uvlači
se
otprilike
15 that
sekundi
nakon
prebacivanja
načina
snimanja
warm
place
such
as
your
cold
protection
or
clothing.
of be
Mode.
•Select
Pictures
recorded
with
other
may
not
be able
togear
play
back
on thiss Performance
unit.
played back.
A
batteries
and
LCD
monitor
will
restore
to
normal
when
the
temperature
returns
to
na način
rada
reprodukcije.
using
the
button,
then may not be able to play back on this unit.
2
orcursor
1.
•Press
Pictures
recorded
with
other camera
normal.
the
ENTER
button.
•press
The
lens
barrel
retracts
about
15
seconds
after
switching
from
Recording
Mode
to
Playback
a[LCD
picture
–Selecting
When
Mode]. picture
Odabir
slike
B
Playusing
back
the
previous
Mode.
≥ All2:
the
scenes
or still
pictures
– When
operations
such asdisplayed
flash andas
zoom are used repeatedly.
1:
Play
back
the
next
picture
thumbnails
will
be
deleted
by
selecting
A
• When the
operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
Press
2 or
1.
Pritisnite
[ALL
SCENES].
the
battery,◄
theili
life►.
of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
ASelecting
File numbera picture
B
◄:
Reprodukcija
prethodne
(InB
case
of
playing
back
scenes fotografije
or still pictures by date, all the scenes or still pictures
Bon
number
2: Picture
Play back
the
previous
picture
the
selected
date
will
be
deleted.)
A
Reprodukcija
sljedeće
fotografije
•►:
If you
press
hold
2/1,
you can play back the
Press
2back
orand
1.
1:
Play
the
next
picture
≥ Protected
pictures
cannot be deleted.
picturesscenes/still
in succession.
B
• Speed
ofdatoteke
picturethe
Forwarding/Rewinding
changes depending on the playback status.
Broj
A
File
number
2:
Play
back
(When
[SELECT]
isprevious
selectedpicture
in Step 2)
B Picture
number
Broj slike
1:
Play
back
the
next
picture
the
scene/still
picture
be
then press the ENTER
••Select
If
you
press
and
2/1,
you
can
play
back
IfAko
youpritisnete
press
and
hold
2/1,
you
can to
play
back
the
i hold
držite
◄/►,
fotografije
ćedeleted,
sethe
pictures
in
succession.
button.
pictures
in
succession.
reproducirati
u nizu.
A
File number
•• Speed
of
picture
Forwarding/Rewinding
changes depending
on the
playback status.
ofpretraživanja
picture
Forwarding/Rewinding
depending
status.
≥ The
scene/still
picture
is selected
and the changes
indication
onthe
theplayback
thumbnail.
Press
B
Picture
number
• Speed
Brzina
unaprijed/unatrag
mijenja
seappearson
• Ifovisno
you press
andagain
hold
2/1,
youthe
canoperation.
play back the
the
ENTER
to cancel
obutton
statusu
reprodukcije.
in succession.
≥ Up pictures
to 99 scenes
can be selected to be deleted.
• Speed of picture Forwarding/Rewinding changes depending on the playback status.
(When [SELECT] is selected in Step 2)
1
2
3
4
Select [Delete], and press the ENTER button, or the
≥ To continuously delete other scenes/still pictures, repeat Steps 3-4.
When you stop deleting halfway
button.
Press the MENU button while deleting.
≥ The scenes or still pictures that have already been deleted when the deletion is cancelled
cannot be restored.
- 53 -
--- 32
32 -37
- 32 -
1 screen>12 screens>30
screens>Calendar
setting
of [RESUME PLAY]screen
does not change.)
≥ The location of the zoom displays for about
display
Zooming in on a still picture during playback
A Displayed location of
(Playback zoom)
1 second when zooming in (zooming out) or
A Number of the selected picture and the total number of
recorded pictures moving the displayed location.
≥ The
more[Z]
picture
enlarged,
the more
its
Basic
• Rotate the zoom lever
towards
(T) tois return
to the
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
previous screen.
quality deteriorates.
Basic
• Pictures
displayed
using [
]Multiple
cannot be Screens
played back.
Displaying
(Multi Playback)
Displaying
Multiple
Screens
(Multi
Playback)
Indeksni
prikaz
slikaScreens
(višestruka
reprodukcija)
Displaying
Multiple
(Multi
Playback)
You can zoom
on still
pictures
during
playback.
Displaying
Multiple
Screens
(Multi
Playback)
Zooming
out in
from
the
zoomed
still
picture
Return
the zoom
∫ To return to normal playback
A
Move
zoomprema
lever tobutton.
to zoom out. (k4 # k2 # k1)
Zakrenite
ručicu
zuma
[
]side
(W).
Press
[W]
of
zoom
Press
[W]
of
the the
zoom
button.
PressRotate
3/4/2/1
to
select
athe
picture
and then
press
A
Move
the
zoom
lever
to s[MENU/SET].
side.
the
zoom
lever
towards
[L]
(W).
A
1 zaslonthe
→
12
zaslona
→
30
zaslona
→
zaslon
Rotate
zoom
lever
towards
[L]
(W).
1 screen>12
screens>30
efore Use
1
screen>12
screens>30
screens>Calendar
screen
≥ You can
zoom
to a screens>Calendar
maximum of 4a.
(k1 screen
# k2 # k4)
prikazom
kalendara
screen>12
screens>30
screens>Calendar
screen
display
11
screen>12
screens>30
screens>Calendar
screen
display
upside-down
A and
the
right way
up B and
display
Broj
odabrane
fotografije
i
ukupan
broj
snimljenih
Using
the
Playback
Zoom
display A Number of the selected picture and the total number of
A Number
Number
ofthe
theselected
selected
pictureand
andthe
thetotal
totalnumber
numberofof
fotografija.
A
of
picture
recorded
pictures
recorded
pictures
in water,Rotate
or after
washing
it,
water
may
remain
• Zakrenite
ručicu
zuma
prema
[[Z]] to
(T)return
za povratak
na
the
zoom
lever
towards
(T).
recorded
pictures
•
Press
[T]
of
the
zoom
button
to
the
Rotate
the
zoom
lever
towards
[Z]
(T)to
toreturn
return
theprevious
Press
[T]
the in
zoom
button
to[Z]
return
to
the
previous
or a while and may
cause
aof
drop
volume
or sound
• •Rotate
the
zoom
lever
towards
(T)
totothe
prethodni
zaslon.
screen.
1k>2k>4k>8k>16k
previous
screen.
screen.
• screen.
Pictures
displayed
using
]]be
cannot
beback.
played back.
•previous
Fotografije
prikazane
pomoću
[[ [L]
ne
mogu
se
you
rotate
the
zoom
lever
(W)
after
• When
Pictures
displayed
using
cannot
played
camera from
dropping.
• •Pictures
displayed
using
[ [ towards
] ]cannot
be
played
back.
Shift
the
position
the
zoomed
reproducirati.
enlarging
the picture, the magnification
becomes of
lower.
∫ To to
return
to normal
playback
portion
using
theposition
cursor button.
• When∫you
change
the
magnification,
the
zoom
To
return
normal
playback
∫■To
return
to
normal
playback
■Povratak
na3/4/2/1
uobičajenu
reprodukciju
indication
B3/4/2/1
appears
for
about
2 to
seconds,
thedisplays
position
of about
Press
select
azoom
picture
and
then
press [MENU/SET].
≥
The
location
of the and
for
Press
to
select
picture
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
aaby
picture
and
then
[MENU/SET].
the enlarged
section
can
be
moved
pressing
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da
biste
odabrali
slike
i press
zatimout)
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
1 second
when
zooming3/4/2/1.
in (zooming
or
Return
B
• The more a picture is enlarged, the more its quality
1
A
2
moving the displayed location.
- 50 Using
Using
the
Playback
Zoom
≥the
The Playback
more
pictureZoom
is enlarged, the more its
Usingthe
thePlayback
Playback
Zoom
Zumiranje
tijekom
reprodukcije
Using
Zoom
quality deteriorates.
Press
[T] of
the button.
zoom
button.
Rotate
theof
zoom
lever
towards
[Z]](T).
(T).
Press
[T]
the
zoom
Rotate
the
zoom
lever
Zakrenite
ručicu
zumatowards
prema [[Z]
(T).
1k>2k>4k>8k>16k
1k>2k>4k>8k>16k
Zooming
out
from
the
zoomed still picture
1x→2x→4x→8x→16x
1k>2k>4k>8k>16k
deteriorates.
A Displayed location of
the zoom
• When
you
press
[W]
of the
zoom
button
after
enlarging
the # k2 # k1)
When
you
rotate
the
zoom
lever
towards
[L]
(W)
Move
the
zoom
lever
to [ [L]
side
toafter
zoom
Kadayou
zakrenete
ručicu
zuma
prema
](W)
(W)
nakon
When
you
press
[W]
of
the
zoom
button
after
enlarging
theout. (k4
rotate
the
zoom
lever
towards
after
• ••When
picture,
the magnification
lower.lower.
enlarging
the
picture,
themagnification
magnification
becomes
picture,
the
magnification
becomesbecomes
lower.
enlarging
the
picture,
the
becomes
lower.
uvećavanja
fotografije,
uvećanje
se
smanjuje.
• When
you the
change
the magnification,
the
zoom position
When
you
change
magnification,
the
zoom
position
When
you
change
the
magnification,
thezoom
zoom
position
• •••When
change
the
magnification,
the
position
Kadayou
promijenite
uvećanje,
pokazivač
položaja
zuma
indication
B
appears
about
2 seconds,
and
the position
of
indication
B
appears
forabout
aboutfor
seconds,
andthe
theposition
position
of
indication
Bappears
appears
for
about
seconds,
and
the
position
of
indication
B
for
222seconds,
and
of
he right way upthe
B
and
the
enlarged
section
can
be
moved
by
pressing
3/4/2/1.
pojavljuje
se
na
približno
2
sekunde,
a
položaj
enlarged
section
can
be
moved
by
pressing
3/4/2/1.
theenlarged
enlargedsection
sectioncan
canbe
bemoved
movedby
bypressing
pressing3/4/2/1.
3/4/2/1.
the
B
• The
more ais
picture
is
more
its quality
B
The
more
picture
enlarged,
the
more
its
quality
uvećanog
područja
može
seenlarged,
pomaknuti
na
The
more
picture
enlarged,
themore
morethe
itspritiskom
quality
B
• ••The
more
aaapicture
isisenlarged,
the
its
quality
deteriorates.
deteriorates.
▲/▼/◄/►.
it, water
deteriorates.
ag with
a may remain
deteriorates.
a drop
sound fotografije smanjuje se što se fotografija više
Kvaliteta
n
a in volume• or
uveća.
d.
cloth.
aining
button
m dryer
l
- 50 -
e, thinner, alcohol or cleanser, soap or detergents.
oplets, open the side door, and wipe off any
sing a soft dry cloth. (P133)
or battery when the side door is opened without
cumulate in the gap around the card/battery slot or
e any water off with a soft dry cloth.
camera when the side door is closed while it is still
ser, soap or detergents.
oor, and wipe off any
P133)
- 33 -
33 -- - 38 - 33
38
--33
-
B
Basic
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
Playing Back Motion Pictures
Reprodukcija
videozapisa
Playing
Back
Pictures
Playing
Back
Motion
This unit
was designed
to playMotion
motion
pictures
using thePictures
AVCHD, MP4 and QuickTime
Motion JPEG formats.
This
unit
wasThis
designed
tozaplay
play
motion
pictures
using
the
MP4
and
QuickTime
Motion
JPEGMotion JPEG
unit was
designed
to pictures
play
motion
pictures
using
the
MP4
QuickTime
Ovaj unit
je uređaj
osmišljen
reprodukciju
videozapisa
pomoću
formata
MP4
i QuickTime
This
was
designed
to
motion
using
the
MP4
andand
QuickTime
AAVCHD,
B
formats.
Press
2/1
to formats.
select
a picture with a Motion
JPEG.
Motion
JPEG
formats.
Picture icon (such as [
]/[
]), and then
A
A BB
A B
Press
/1
toback.
select
picture
with
aoznačene
Motion
Pritisnite
◄/►
za2odabir
fotografije
Press
/1a to
select
a picture
with a Motion
press
3 to2play
Picture icon (such as [[
]),
then
]/[ and]),
andpress
then 3 to
icon(kao
(such
as [
]),
then press 3 to
ikonom zaPicture
videozapis
npr.
]) iand
zatim
A Motion picture icon
play
back.
press
3 to
play
back.
play
back.
pritisnite
▲
za reprodukciju.
B Motion
picture
recording
time
• After
starts,
the
time is displayed
Ikona
Aplayback
Motionvideozapisa
picture
iconelapsed
A Motion
pictureplayback
icon
on the
screen.picture
B Vrijeme
Motion
recording
timerecording time
B Motion
picture
snimanja
videozapisa
For••example,
8 minutes
and
seconds
is displayed
asdisplayed
After
playback
starts,
the
elapsed
time
isis
After
playback
starts,
the30
elapsed
playback
timeplayback
• After
playback
starts,playback
the
time is displayed
• on
Nakon
što reprodukcija
započne,
naelapsed
zaslonu
sedisplayed
[8m30s].
on the
the screen.
screen.on the screen.
prikazuje
proteklo
vrijeme.
• Some
information
(recording
information,
etc.)
is
not
displayed
for motion
For
example,
8
minutes
and
30
seconds
is
displayed
as
For example,For
8 minutes
and8 30
seconds
displayed
example,
minutes
andis30
secondsas
is [8m30s].
displayed
aspictures
[8m30s].recorded in
Na primjer, 8 minuta i 30 sekundi prikazuje se kao [8m30s].
[AVCHD].
[8m30s].
•∫Some
information
(recordingduring
information,
etc.)
is not displayed
for motion pictures recorded in
performed
Motion
Picture
Playback
∫ Operations
performed
during
Motion
Picture
Playback
■[AVCHD].
■Operations
Radnje performed
koje
se vrše
tijekom
reprodukcije
videozapisa
∫ Operations
during
Motion
Picture Playback
The cursor prikazan
displayed
during
playback
is the
same
as
3/4/2/1.
The cursor
displayed
during
playback
is
the
same as 3/4/2/1.
tijekom
reprodukcije
jednak
kao
▲/▼/◄/►.
The Pokazivač
cursor displayed during
playback
is the same
asje3/4/2/1.
∫3
Operations
performed
during Motion Picture Playback
Play/Pause
Play/Pause
3
3The
Play/Pause
▲
Reprodukcija/Pauza
cursor
displayed during playback is the same as 3/4/2/1.
4 Stop
StopStop
4 4
▼
Zaustavljanje
3 Play/Pause ¢
Fast rewind
/Fast rewind¢/
¢
¢2
2
Fast Stop
rewind
/ reprodukcija
Ubrzana
unatrag*/
Frame-by-frame
rewind (while
pausing)
Frame-by-frame
rewind
(while pausing)
2 4
Frame-by-frame
rewind
(while pausing)
◄
Reprodukcija
po kadar
¢/ unatrag kadar
¢/
¢
Fast
forward
Fast
forward
rewind
/
¢ pauze)
1 Fast
¢
1
2
(tijekom
forward
/ Frame-by-frame
Frame-by-frame
forward(while
(whileforward
pausing)
(while pausing)
1 Fast Frame-by-frame
rewind
pausing)
Frame-by-frame
forward
(while
pausing)
Ubrzana reprodukcija
unaprijed*/
¢
Fast
forward
/ level
[W]
Reduce
volume
1
[W]
Reduce
volume
level
► Frame-by-frame
Reprodukcija
unaprijed
kadar
po kadar
[W] Reduce
volume level forward (while pausing)
(tijekom pauze)
[W]
Reduce
volume
level
[T]
Increase
volume
level volume level
[T]
Increase
Smanjenje
glasnoće
[T] [W]
Increase
volume
level
Preparation
level
¢[T]
TheIncrease
fast forward/rewind
speed
increases
you
press
¢ volume
Theglasnoće
fast
forward/rewind
increases
if youagain.
press 1/2 again.
¢ The
fast
forward/rewind
speed
increases
ifspeed
youif press
1/21/2
again.
[T]
Povećanje
∫ Playback
Notefast forward/rewind
Note
¢ The
speed increases if you press 1/2 again.
Playback
time
Approx.
240 min
using
high capacity
card,
it is possible
fast rewinding
may
be slower
than
usual.
•* When
Brzina
reprodukcije
prema
naprijed/natrag
povećava
sethat
akofast
ponovno
pritisnete
. than usual.
using
a high
capacity
card, that
it is possible
rewinding
may
be◄/►
slower
•aWhen
Note
•
To
play
back
the
motion
pictures
recorded
by
this
unit
on
a
PC,
usebe
the
•
To
play
back
the
motion
pictures
recorded
by
this
unit
on
a“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
PC, than
use the
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
slower
usual.
• When using a high capacity card, it is possible that fast rewinding may
software
on the
CD-ROM
(supplied).
software
on the
CD-ROMby(supplied).
Note
Napomena
Note
• To play
back the
motion
pictures
recorded
this unit on a PC, use the “PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
Motion
pictures
recorded
with
other of
camera
may not
be able
tonot
play
on
this unit.
•aMotion
pictures
recorded
with other
camera
may
beback
able
tobiti
play
back
on
this unit.
The
operating
times
and
number
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to the
software
on
the CD-ROM
(supplied).
using
high
capacity
card,
it is possible
that
fast rewinding
may
be
slower
than
usual.
••• When
Kada
koristite
kartice
visokog
kapaciteta,
brzo
pretraživanje
možda
će
sporije
nego
•
Be
careful
not
to
block
the
speaker
of
the
camera
during
playback.
•
Be
careful
not
to
block
the
speaker
ofunit
theon
camera
during
playback.
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
• Motion
pictures
recorded
with
other
camera
may
not
be
able
to
play
back
on
this
unit.
• To
play
back
the
motion
pictures
recorded
by
this
a
PC,
use
the
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
inače. pictures
• software
Motion
recorded
in Miniature
Effect
Mode
play
back
at approximately
8 timesofspeed.
Motion
pictures
recorded
inoperating
Miniature
Effect
Mode
play and
backthe
at approximately
8 times speed.
For example,
in CD-ROM
thethe
following
cases,
will
shorten
number
• Be careful
noton
to •the
block
speaker
of the the
camera
duringtimes
playback.
(supplied).
• recordable
Zapictures
reprodukciju
videozapisa
snimljenih
ovim
uređajem
na računalu koristite
softver
pictures
isinreduced:
• Motion
recorded
Miniature
Effect
Mode
playnot
back
at approximately
speed.
• Motion
pictures
recorded
with other
camera
may
be able
to play back 8ontimes
this
unit.
na
isporučenom
CD-ROM-u.
–„PHOTOfunSTUDIO"
Atcareful
low temperature
in cold
locations
as ski
resorts
or at high altitude¢
• Be
not to blockorthe
speaker
of thesuch
camera
during
playback.
¢ Residual
image
may fotoaparatom
show
on the
LCD
display
when
inatuse.
The battery
performance
Slike
snimljene
drugim
možda
neće
biti
moguće
reproducirati
na ovom
• Motion
pictures
recorded
in
Miniature
Effect
Mode
play
back
approximately
8 times
speed.
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
uređaju.
warm
such as inside
your
protection
gear reprodukcije.
or clothing. Performance of
• Pazite
daplace
ne zaklanjate
zvučnik
na cold
fotoaparatu
tijekom
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
• Videozapisi
snimljeni u efektu minijature reproduciraju se približno 8 puta brže.
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 34 -
-- 34
34 39
- 39 -
4
5
6
7
Camera [ON/OFF] button (P24)
Microphone
Basic
Self-timer indicator (P62)/
AF Assist Lamp (P91)
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
Lens (P5, 134, 143)
Basic
1
Deleting Pictures
Brisanje Pictures
fotografija
Deleting
Pictures
Deleting
Once deleted, pictures cannot be recovered.
on the
built-in (P53,
memory
or 133)
the card that are being played back will be deleted.
• Pictures
8 LCD
monitor
128,
8 be 9
10
•Once
Pictures
that are not
in the
DCF95)
standard or those that are protected cannot
deleted.
9 deleted,
[MODE]
button
(P27,
pictures
cannot
be recovered.
Jednom
kad ihpictures
se izbriše,
fotografije
više nije moguće vratiti.
Once
deleted,
cannot
be
recovered.
10 Zoom
on thebutton
built-in (P54)
memory or the card that are being played back will be deleted.
• Pictures
Brišu
fotografije
na
ugrađenoj
memoriji
ili are
kartici
koje
se reproduciraju.
on
the
built-in
memory
the
cardorthat
being
backcannot
will bebe
deleted.
•• Pictures
Pictures
that
are
not in
the
DCFor
standard
those
that
areplayed
protected
deleted.
11 se
Strap
eyelet
(P14)
[(].
•Press
Pictures
that
are
not
in
DCF standard
or zaštićene
those that are
protected cannot be deleted.
Fotografije
uthe
standardu
• Bekoje
surenisu
to attach
the strapDCF
wheniliusing
the fotografije ne mogu se izbrisati.
11
camera to ensure that you will not drop it.
Press
[(].
12
Release
lever picture
(P19)
To
delete
a single
Brisanje
jedne
fotografije
13 [LOCK] switch (P8, 19)
14 Side door (P8, 19)
To15
delete
a(Playback)
singletopicture
Odaberite
fotografiju
koju
želite
izbrisati
[(]picture
button
(P37) and
Select
the
be
deleted,
theni
16 [toga
[Q.MENU]
] (Delete/Cancel)
nakon
pritisnite
].
press
]. (P44)/[[
button
(P40) za potvrdu.
• Prikazuje
se
zaslon
•Select
screen
is
displayed.
the
picture
be deleted, and then
• Confirmation
Confirmation
screen button
isto
displayed.
17se
[DISPLAY]
(P53)
Slike
brišu
odabirom
opcije
[Yes] (Da).
Picture
is
deleted
[Yes].
Picture[ is deleted].by
by selecting
selecting
[Yes].
press
18 [MENU/SET] button (P42)
• Confirmation screen is displayed.
Picture is deleted by selecting [Yes].
- 12 -
- 40 -
35 -40
-- 36
12
13
14
19 18 1716 15
9 [MODE] button (P27, 95)
10 Zoom button (P54)
Basic
11 Strap eyelet (P14)
• Be sure to attach the strap when using the
12
13
14
15
16
Tocamera
delete
toit.50)
or all the pictures
to multiple
ensure thatpictures
you will not(up
drop
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Release lever (P19)
[LOCK]
switch
(P8,
19)
To
delete
multiple
pictures
orfotografija
all the pictures
Brisanje
više
fotografija
(do(up
50)toili50)
svih
Basic
[ 19)
].
SidePress
door (P8,
[(] (Playback) button (P37)
To
delete multiple pictures (up to 50)
or all the pictures
[Q.MENU]
(P44)/[
Pritisnite
Press
[ [
]. ]] (Delete/Cancel)Basic
19 18 1716 15
button (P40)
To
delete
multiple
pictures
(up
to
50)
or
all
the
pictures
17 [DISPLAY] button (P53)
Press [
].
18 [MENU/SET]
button
Press 3/4
to(P42)
select [Delete Multi] or
12
13
14
[Delete All] and then press [MENU/SET].
Press [
].
• [Delete All] > Confirmation screen is displayed.
Pictures are deleted by selecting [Yes].
Basic
Press
3/4
todelete
select
Multi]
orones set
▲/▼za
odabir
opcije
[Delete
•Pritisnite
It is possible
to
all [Delete
pictures
except
the
To
[Delete
All]when
and [All
then
press
[MENU/SET].
as favourite
Delete
Except
Favorite]
is multiple pictures (up to 50) or all the pic
Multi]
(Brisanje
više
fotografija)
ilidelete
[Delete
selected
with
the
[Delete [Delete
All]screen
set. Multi]
Press
3/4
to
select
or
•All]
[Delete
All]
>
Confirmation
is
displayed.
(Brisanje svih fotografija) i zatim
[Delete
and then
press [Yes].
[MENU/SET].
PicturesAll]
are
deleted
by selecting
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[
].
••(When
It[Delete
is possible
toConfirmation
delete
all is
pictures
except
thePress
set
[Delete
Multi]
selected)
Press
3/
All]
>
screen
isza
displayed.
Press
3/4
toPrikazuje
select
[Delete
Multi]
orones
[Delete
All] when
→
se zaslon
potvrđivanje.
as
favourite
[AllbyDelete
Except
Favorite]
is
Pictures
are
deleted
selecting
[Yes].
4/2/1
to
select
the
picture,
and(Da).
then press
Pictures
are
deleted
by selecting
[Yes].
Slike seAll]
brišu
odabirom
opcije
[Delete
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
selected
with
the
[Delete
All]
set. [Yes]
is possible
possible
to
delete
all pictures
pictures
except
the ones
ones set
set
••[DISPLAY]
ItIt
is
to
delete
all
except
the
to
set.
(Repeat
this
step.)
Ako
ste
za >
opciju
[Delete
All]
(Brisanje
svih
Press
3/4 to select [Delete Multi] or
Press
3/4
toConfirmation
select
[Delete
Multi]
or
•• [Delete
All]
screen
isFavorite]
displayed.
as favourite
when
[All Delete
Except
is
fotografija)
[Allselecting
Delete
Except
Favorite]
are
deleted
by
[Yes].If [DISPLAY]
• Pictures
[selected
] appears
on
selected
pictures.
[Delete
withodabrali
thethe
[Delete
All]
set.
[Delete
All]
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
selected
with
the
[Delete
All]
set.
(When
[Delete
Multi]
is
selected)
Press
3/isAll] and then press [MENU/SET].
• Itpressed
is possible
to fotografija
delete
all pictures
except themožete
ones set
again,
the setting
is cancelled.
(Brisanje
svih
osim
omiljenih)
• [Delete
All] > Confirmation screen is displayed.
•4/2/1
[Delete
All]
Confirmation
screen and
isFavorite]
displayed.
to >
select
the
picture,
then
as
favourite
when
[All
Delete
ispress
obrisati
sve
fotografije
osimExcept
onih
koje
ste označili
Pictures are deleted by selecting [Yes].
Pictures
are
deleted
by
selecting
[Yes].
[DISP.]
to
set.
this
selected[Delete
with
the(Repeat
[Delete is
All]
set.step.) Press
(When
Multi]
selected)
3/
omiljene.
It is possible
to delete all pictures except the ones set
•4/2/1
Itkao
is possible
to delete all pictures except the• ones
set
to select
the
picture,
and
thenasispress
•(When
[ favourite
] appears
on the
selected
pictures.
If [DISP.]
is
favourite when [All Delete Except Favorite] is
as
when
[All
Delete
Except Favorite]
[Delete
Multi]
is
selected)
Press
pressedje
again,
the
setting
is
cancelled.
selected
[DISP.]
to
set.
(Repeat
this
selected
with
the
[Delete
All]
set.step.)
(When
[Delete
Multi]
is
selected)
Press
3/ with the [Delete All] set.
(Kada
odabrana
funkcija
[Delete
Multi]
[MENU/SET].
•(Brisanje
appears
on the
the
selected
pictures.
If
[DISP.]
is
toviše
select
the
picture,
and
then
press
•4/2/1
[[ ]] appears
on
selected
pictures.
If
[DISP.]
is
fotografija))
Pritisnite
• pressed
Confirmation
screen
is displayed.
pressedto
again,
the
setting
is
cancelled.
again,
the
setting
cancelled.
[DISP.]
set.
(Repeat
this
step.)
(When
(When
Multi]
isis
selected)
Press
3/ [Delete Multi] is selected) Press 3/
▲/▼/◄/►
za
odabir
fotografije
Pictures[Delete
are
deleted
by selecting
[Yes]. i zatim
4/2/1
to select the picture, and then press
4/2/1
to[DISP.]
select
the
picture,
and
then
press
(When
[Delete
Multi]
is selected)
Press
•pritisnite
[ ] appears
on the
selected
pictures.
If [DISP.]
is
za potvrdu.
(Ponovite
ovaj
pressedto
again,
the
setting is
cancelled.
[DISPLAY]
to set. (Repeat this step.)
[DISP.]
set.
(Repeat
this
step.)
[MENU/SET].
korak.)
Note
(When
[Delete
Multi]
is selected)
Press
•
[
]
appears
on the
selected
pictures. If [DISPLAY] is
•
[
]
appears
on
the
selected
pictures.
If
[DISP.]
is
Confirmation
screen
is
displayed.
•
Na
odabranim
se
fotografijama
pojavljuje
[
].
with sufficient
battery
power.
• Do not turn the camera off while deleting.- Use
12 a- battery
again,
thetime
setting
is cancelled.
pressed
again,
the setting
is cancelled.
Pictures
arenumber
deleted
selecting
[Yes].
[MENU/SET].
Ako on
ponovno
pritisnete
[DISP.],
podešavanje
se take
• Depending
the
ofbypictures
to be
deleted, itpressed
may
some
to delete
them.
poništava.
[Delete
Multi]
is selected) Press
•(When
Confirmation
screen
is displayed.
Pictures are
are deleted
deleted by
by selecting
selecting [Yes].
[Yes].
Pictures
[MENU/SET].
(When
[Delete više
Multi]
is selected) Press
(When
[Delete
Multi]
is
selected)
Press
Note
(Kada
je
odabrana
opcija
[Delete
Multi]
(Brisanje
fotografija))
• Confirmation screen is displayed. Preparation
[MENU/SET].
turn the camera
off while
deleting.[Yes].
Use a battery
with sufficient battery power.
• Do not[MENU/SET].
Pictures
are[MENU/SET].
deleted
by selecting
Pritisnite
Playbackon the number of pictures to be deleted, it may take some time to delete them.
•∫Depending
• Confirmation
displayed.
Prikazuje se screen
zasloniszadisplayed.
potvrdu. Slike se brišu
odabiromscreen
opcijeis[Yes]
(Da).
Note
•• Confirmation
Note
Pictures
are min
deleted
by selecting
[Yes].
Playback
time
Approx.
240
not
turn
the
camera
off
while
deleting.
Use
a
battery
with
sufficient
battery
•• Do
Pictures
are
deleted
by
selecting
[Yes].
Do not turn the camera off while deleting. Use a battery with sufficient battery power.
power.
•• Depending
on
the
number
of
pictures
to
be
deleted,
it
may
take
some
time
to
delete
them.
Depending
on the number of pictures to be deleted, it may take some time to delete them.
Note
Napomena
not turn the camera off while deleting. Use a Note
battery with sufficient battery power.
• Do Note
The
operating
times
and of
number
oftorecordable
will
differ
according
to
the
•• Depending
on the
number
pictures
be deleted,
itturn
may
take
some
time
to delete
them.
the
camera
off
while
deleting.
Use a battery with suffi
• Do notpictures
Tijekom
brisanja
nemojte
isključivati
fotoaparat.
Koristite
dostatno
napunjene
baterije.
Note
environment and the operating conditions.
• da
Depending
on the number
of pictures
to obebroju
deleted, it may take s
•• Do
Možda
će
biti
potrebno
određeno
vrijeme
bi
se
fotografije
izbrisale,
što
ovisi
turn theincamera
off while
deleting.
Use a battery
battery
power. of
Fornot
example,
the following
cases,
the operating
timeswith
will sufficient
shorten and
the number
fotografija
koje
želite
izbrisati.
• Depending
the number
of pictures to be deleted, it may take some time to delete them.
recordable on
pictures
is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
- 37 -extremely short even after properly charging
• When the operating time of the camera becomes
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
-- 37
36 41
- 37 -
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
Basic
Settingthe
the
Setting
Menu
the Menu
Podešavanje
izbornika
Setting
Menu
Setting the Menu
Thecamera
camera
comes
Thes camera
withmenus
menus
comes
that
with
allow
menus
youto
that
to
choose
allow the
you
thepostavki
to
settings
choose
forthe
taking
settings
pictures
The
comes
with
that
allow
you
choose
settings
for
taking
pictures
Fotoaparat
dolazi
izbornicima
koji
omogućuju
određivanje
za
snimanje
i for taking pictures
andplaying
playingthem
them
and
back
playing
just
them
asyou
you
back
like
just
and
as
menus
you
like
that
and
enable
menus
you
that
enable
have
more
you
fun
to with
have
with more fun with
The
camera
comes
withjust
menus
that
allow
you
totechoose
the
settings
for
taking
pictures
and
back
as
like
and
menus
that
enable
you
totohave
more
fun
reproduciranje
fotografija
prema
vašim
željama
izbornicima
koji
vam
pružaju
više
thecamera
camera
and
the
use
camera
more
and
easily.
uselike
it more
easily. that enable you to have more fun with
and
playing
them
back
just
as
you
and menus
the
and
use
ititmore
easily.
zabave
i lakšu
uporabu.
Inparticular,
particular,
the
Inuse
particular,
[Setup]
menu
the
[Setup]
contains
menu
some
contains
important
some
settings
important
relating
relating
camera’s
to the camera’s
the
camera
and
it more
easily.
In
the
[Setup]
menu
contains
some
important
settings
relating
totothe
camera’s
Točnije,
izbornik
[Setup]
sadrži
neke
važne
postavke
koje
se odnose
nasettings
sat
ithe
napajanje
clock
andpower.
power.
Check
andthe
power.
the
settings
Check
ofthis
the
thismenu
settings
menu
before
of this
proceeding
menu
before
proceeding
use
thecamera’s
camera.
to use the camera.
In
particular,
theclock
[Setup]
menu
contains
some
important
settings
relating
to the
clock
and
Check
settings
of
before
proceeding
totouse
camera.
the
fotoaparata.
Prije
daljnjeg
korištenja
fotoaparata
provjerite
postavke
tog
izbornika.
clock and power. Check the settings of this menu before proceeding to use the camera.
Setting
items
Settingmenu
menu
Setting
itemsizbornika
menu items
Podešavanje
stavki
Setting
menu
items
Setting
menu
items
Example: In the [Rec]
menu, change [AF Mode] from [Ø] ([1-Area]) to [š] ([Face
Primjer:
UInIn
izborniku
[REC]
zamijenite
[AF
Mode]
iz[AF
[[Ø]
] ([1-Area])
([1-Area]
(1[š]
područje)
na
Example:
theExample:
[Rec]
menu,
In the
change
[Rec][AF
menu,
[AF
Mode]
change
from
Mode]
from to
[Ø]
to
[š]
([1-Area])
([FaceDetection])
Detection])
to [[š] ]([Face Detection])
Example:
the
[Rec]
menu,
change
Mode]
from
[Ø]
([1-Area])
([Face
Detection])
Example:
In the [Rec]
menu, changelica))
[AF Mode] from [Ø] ([1-Area]) to [š] ([Face Detection])
([Face Detection]
(Prepoznavanje
Press[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Press [MENU/SET].
Press
Press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
[MENU/SET].
Press2/1
2/1to
Press
toselect
select
2/1
menu
to select
andthen
then
menu
press
and then press
Press
menu
and
press
Press
2/1
to
select
menu
and then
pressi
Pritisnite
◄/►
da biste
odabrali
izbornik
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
Menu
Menu
Descriptionofofsettings
Description
settings
of settings
Menu
Description
Menu
of settings
[Rec](P81
(P81Izbornik
to93)
93)
[Rec] (P81 to 93)
Themenu
menulets
letsyou
you
TheDescription
set
menu
the
lets
Colouring,
you
set
Sensitivity
the
Colouring,
Number
Sensitivity
[Rec]
to
The
set
the
Colouring,
Sensitivity
ororNumber
ofof or Number of
Opis postavki
Menu
Description
of settings
(Recording
Mode
(Recording
only) Mode
pixels,
only)
etc.lets
pictures
pixels,
etc.
youColouring,
of
arepictures
recording.
you are recording.
(Recording
Mode
only)
pixels,
etc.
ofofpictures
are
recording.
[Rec]
(P81 to
93)
The
menu
you
set you
the
Sensitivity
or Number of
[Rec]
(P74 toMode
85) only)
The
menu
you
set you
the Colouring,
Sensitivity
or Number
of
Ovaj
izbornik
omogućuje
podešavanje
postavki
boje,
(Recording
pixels,
etc.lets
oflets
pictures
are
recording.
[Motion
Picture]
[Motion
(P94)
Picture]pixels,
This
(P94)
menu
This
youset
set
menu
theare
lets
setting
youfor
for
setmotion
motion
the setting
pictures
for such
motion
suchas
as
pictures such as
[Motion
Picture]
(P94)
This
menu
lets
you
the
setting
pictures
[Rec]
(64.
str.
do
75. str.)
(Recording
Mode
only)
etc. of
pictures
you
recording.
osjetljivosti
ili
broja
piksela
te
drugih
aspekata
za such as
(Recording
Mode
(Recording
only)
Mode
recording
only)
quality.
recording
quality.
(Recording
Mode
only)
recording
quality.
[Motion
Picture]
(P94)
This
menu
lets
you
set
the
setting
for
motion
pictures
(samo
u
načinu
snimanja)
[Motion
Picture]
(P86
to 87) This
menuquality.
lets
you
set the [Rec Mode], [Rec Quality], and
fotografije
koje
snimate.
(Recording
Mode
only)
recording
[Playback](P101
(P101
[Playback]
to113)
113) (P101
This
to menu
113)
menulets
lets
This
you
set
menu
the
lets
Protection,
you
setCropping
the
Cropping
Protection,
Print
Cropping or Print
[Playback]
to
This
you
set
the
Protection,
ororPrint
(Recording
Mode
only)
other
aspects
for
motion
picture
recording.
(Playback
Mode
(Playback
only)
ModeThis
Settings,
only)
etc.
Settings,
recorded
pictures.
of recorded
pictures.
(Playback
Mode
only)
Settings,
etc.
ofof
recorded
pictures.
[Playback]
(P101
to
113)
menu
lets
you
set
theetc.
Protection,
Cropping
or Print
Print za
[Motion
Picture]
(76.
str.)
Ovaj
vam
izbornik
omogućuje
podešavanje
postavki
[Playback] (P95 to 108)
This menu lets you set
the
Protection,
Cropping
or
(Playback
Mode only)
only)
Settings,
etc.
ofkao
recorded
pictures.
(samo u načinu
snimanja) Settings,
videozapise
je pictures.
kvaliteta
snimanja.
This
menu
lets
This
youšto
perform
menu
lets
theyou
clock
perform
settings,
thebeep
beep
clocktone
tone
settings, beep tone
This
menu
lets
you
perform
the
clock
settings,
(Playback
Mode
etc.
of
recorded
[Setup](P45
(P45toto[Setup]
52)
(P45 to This
52)
settings
and
other
settings
settings
and
which
other
make
settings
easier
which
for
make
youittoto
easier for you to
[Setup]
52)
settings
and
other
settings
which
make
ititeasier
for
you
This
menu
lets
you
perform
the
clock
settings,
beep
tone
menu
lets you perform
the
clock
settings,
beep
tone
[Playback]
(85.
str.
do
Ovim
se
izbornikom
omogućuje
podešavanje
postavki
operatethe
thecamera.
camera.
operate
thewhich
camera.
operate
[Setup] (P40
(P45 to
to 49)
52)
settings
and
other
settings
which
make itit easier
easier for
for you
you to
to
[Setup]
settings
and
other
settings
make
96. str.) (samo u načinu
za zaštitu,
izrezivanje ili ispis te drugih opcija za
operate
the camera.
camera.
operate
the
reprodukcije)
snimljene fotografije.
[Setup] (Postavljanje) (39.
str. do 45. str.)
U ovom izborniku možete podesiti sat, odabrati
postavke zvučnog signala tijekom rada i ostale postavke
koje vam olakšavaju rad s fotoaparatom.
42- ---38
37
42
- 42 -
- 42 -
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Flash (P57)
2 3 4 56 7
Motion picture button (P35)
Shutter button (P29, 32)
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Camera [ON/OFF] button (P24)
1
Microphone
A
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
stavku
Self-timer indicator
(P62)/
Press
3/4
to select
theodabrali
menu item
and
izbornika
zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
AF Assist Lamp
(P91)
then
pressi [MENU/SET].
Lens (P5, 134, 143)
A Menu
screen
pageizbornika
Stranica
zaslona
•• ItIt
will
to
the
next
when
reach
the
Prebacuje
stranicu
kada
dođete
will switch
switchse
to na
thesljedeću
next page
page
when you
you
reach
the
bottom.
will
rotating
zoom
lever)
bottom.
(It
will also
also switch
switch
by
pressingthe
the
zoom
do dna.(It
(Promijenit
će seby
i pritiskom
ručice
za
button)
zumiranje)
LCD monitor (P53, 128, 133)
8 9 10 11
[MODE] button (P27, 95)
Zoom buttonPress
(P54) 3/4
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
postavku
to select
theodabrali
setting and
then i
Strap eyelet Press
(P14)
zatim pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
3/4 to select
the setting and then
press
[MENU/SET].
• Be sure to attach
the strap
when
using
Postavke
se
možda
nećethe
prikazati na zaslonu ili
press
[MENU/SET].
12
•• Depending
onwill
thenot
menu
camera to ensure
that you
dropitem,
it. its setting may not
će
se
drukčije
prikazati,
ovisno
odifferent
stavci
izbornika.
13
appear
or
it
may
be
displayed
in
a
way.
•
Depending
on
the
menu
item,
its
setting
may
not
Release lever (P19)
or it may be displayed in a different way.
[LOCK] switchappear
(P8, 19)
14
Side door (P8, 19)
[(] (Playback)
button
(P37)
■■Zatvaranje
izbornika
Preparation
[Q.MENU]
(P44)/[
]] (Delete/Cancel)
Pritisnite
[ menu
nekoliko puta ili pritisnite okidač 19 18 17 16 15
∫
Close
the
Playback
button∫
(P40)
dopola.
Close
menu
Press
[ the(P53)
] several times or press the shutter
[DISPLAY]
button
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
button
halfway.
Press
[
] several times or press the shutter
[MENU/SET] button (P42)
button halfway.
Note
Napomena
operating
times
and number
ofilirecordable
pictures
• The
Neke
se funkcije
ne mogu
podesiti
koristiti ovisno
o will differ according to the
Note
environment
and the
načinima
ili postavkama
izbornika
se koriste
na on
• There
are functions
thatoperating
cannot
beconditions.
setkoje
or used
depending
For modes
example,
in the settings
followingbeing
cases,
the on
operating
timesdue
will shorten and the number of
the
or zbog
menu
used
the camera
fotoaparatu
karakteristika.
recordable
picturestehničkih
is reduced:
to
the specifications.
Basic
– At
low temperature or in cold locations such
as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
Note
Basic
¢ Residual
imagethat
maycannot
showbe
onset
theorLCD
when
use.
Theor
battery
performance
• There
are functions
useddisplay
depending
onin
the
modes
menu settings
being
Using
the Quick
Menu
Korištenje
brzog
izbornika
will
sodue
keep
thespecifications.
camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
used
ondecrease,
the camera
to the
Using
the
Quick
Menu
warmbrzog
place
such
as neke
inside
your
cold
protection
gear
or
Performance of
By
using
the
Quick
Menu,
some
ofpostavki
the
menu
settingsmogu
can be
easily
found.
Pomoću
izbornika
od
izbornika
seclothing.
jednostavno
By
using
the Quick
Menu,
some
of the
menu
settings
can
be
easily
found. pronaći.
batteries
and can
LCD
will
restore
normal
when
the
temperature
returns
to
features
that
bemonitor
adjusted
using
QuicktoMenu
are
determined
by the mode
or a display
•• The
Značajke
koje
se
mogu
podesiti
korištenjem
brzog
izbornika
određene
su načinom
ili
features
that is
can
• The
normal.
style
the camera
in.be adjusted using Quick Menu are determined by the mode or a display
stilom
prikaza
u
kojem
radi
fotoaparat.
style
theusing
camera
is in.
– When
[LCD
Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
Press
[Q.MENU]
when
recording.
snimanja
pritisnite
[Q.MENU].
• WhenTijekom
the operating
time ofwhen
the
camera
becomes
extremely short even after properly charging
Press
[Q.MENU]
recording.
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
Press
/2/1 to select the menu item and the
4
/2/1 to select
theodabrali
menu item
and the
Press 3
3//4
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
stavku
setting
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to
setting
thenand
press
[MENU/SET]
to close
close the
the
and
the and
setting
then
press
[MENU/SET]
izbornika
i
postavku,
a
zatim
pritisnite
menu.
menu.
to
close SET]
the menu.
[MENU/
da biste zatvorili izbornik.
- 12 -
-- 39
38 43
Basic
Basic
Basic
About the Setup Menu
About the Setup Menu
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
[Clock Set], [Auto Power Off] and [Auto Review] are important items. Check their settings
About
the
Setup
Menu
[Clock
Set],
Power
Off]
and
[Auto
Review]
are important items. Check their settings
before
using[Auto
them.
About the Setup Menu
Basic
before using them.
For details
on how
to select
the[Auto
[Setup]
menu
settings,
refer
to P42.
[Clock
Set],
Power
Off]
and
Review]
important
items.
Check
settings
[Clock
Set], [Auto
[Auto
Power
Off]
and
[Auto
Review]
are
important
items.
Check their
their
settings
Set],
[Auto
Power
Off]menu
and are
[Auto
Review]
aretoimportant
items.
Check their settings
For details
on[Clock
how
to
select
the
[Setup]
settings,
refer
P42.
before
before using
using them.
them.
before using them.
To
maintain
waterproof
performance,
display
thei [Auto
things
you
need
For
details
on
how
to
select
the
[Setup]
menu
settings,
refer
to
[Clock
Set],
[Auto
Power
Off]
and
[Auto
Review]
are
important
items.
Check
theirReview]
settings
[Clock
Set] (Postavke
[Auto
Power
Off]
(Automatsko
isključivanje)
For
details
on
how
tosata),
select
the
[Setup]
menu
settings,
refer
to P42.
P42.
[Precautions]
For
details
on
how
towaterproof
select
the
[Setup]
menu
settings,
refer
to
P42.
To
maintain
performance,
display
the things
you
need
to check
before
use. korištenja
before
using them.
(Automatska
provjera) važne
su stavke.
Prije
provjerite njihove postavke.
[Precautions]
to check before use.
Detalje
o odabiru
postavki
u the
izborniku
[Setup]
potražiterefer
na 37.
• Refer
to
P7on
forhow
details.
For
details
to select
[Setup]
menu
settings,
to str.
P42.
To
waterproof
performance,
the
you
To maintain
maintain
waterproof
performance,
display
the things
things
you need
need
To maintain
waterproofdisplay
performance,
display
the things you need
[Precautions]
[Precautions]
• Refer
to P7 for details.
[Precautions]
to
to check
check before
beforetouse.
use.
check before use.
U [Clock
Set]
Setting
Date/Time.
[Clock
Set]
Postavljanje
datuma/vremena.
maintain
waterproof
performance, display the things you need
•• Refer
to
details.
Refer
to P7
P7 for
for
details.toTo
P7 for details.
U [Precautions]
[Clock
Set]• Refer
check Date/Time.
before use.
(Postavke
sata) toSetting
• Refer
to P24 for details.
•Refer
Refer
P24
details.Setting Date/Time.
••U
totopotražite
P7
forfor
details.
[Clock
Set]
Detalje
na 19.Setting
str. Date/Time.
U
[Clock
Set]
U [Clock
Set]
Setting Date/Time.
Set
the time in your home area and travel destination.
•• Refer
to
P24
for
details.
Refer to P24 for
details.
• Refer
to P24
for
details.
Set
time
in your home
area at
and travel
destination.
You the
can
display
local itimes
travel
destinations
and
U [Clock Set]
Setting
Date/Time.
Postavite
lokalnothe
vrijeme
vrijeme the
na odredištu
putovanja.
You
canthem
display
thepictures
local times
the travel destinations and
record
on the
youattake.
Moguć
je
prikaz
lokalnog
vremena
na
odredištu
putovanja
te
• Refer to P24 for details. Set
the
your
home
and
travel
destination.
record
themin
thethe
pictures
take.
Set
the time
time
inon
your
home
area
and
travelarea
destination.
Set
timearea
inyou
your
home
and2/1
traveltodestination.
After
selecting
[Destination]
orthe
[Home],
press
select
bilježenje
vremena
na fotografijama
koje
snimate.
You
can
display
the
local
times
at
travel
destinations
and
You
can
display
the
local
times
at
the
travel
destinations
and
You
can
display the
local
times
at the
travel
destinations and
After
selecting
[Destination]
or
[Home],
press
2/1
to select
an area,
and
press
[MENU/SET]
to set.
record
them
on
the
you
take.
record
them
on
the pictures
pictures
youthe
take.
Nakon
što
odaberete
[Destination]
(Odredište)
ili
[Home]
record
them
on
pictures
you take.
Set
the
time
infirst
your
home
area
and
travel
destination.
area,
and
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
•an
Set
[Home]
thing
after
purchasing.
[Destination]
can
be set after
(Dom),
pritisnite
◄/►
za
odabir
područja
i zatim
gato
You
can
display
the
local
times
at [Home],
the
travel
destinations
After
selecting
[Destination]
or
press
2/1
select
• Set
[Home]
first
thing
after
purchasing.
[Destination]
can
beand
set after
setting
up [Home].
After
selecting
[Destination]
or
[Home],
press
2/1
to
select
After
selecting
[Destination]
or [Home],
press
2/1 to select
postavite
pritiskom
na [MENU/SET].
record
them
on
the
pictures
you
take.
an
area,
and
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
setting
up
[Home].
an
area,
and
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
an
area,
and
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
•
Podesite
postavku
[Home]
odmah
nakon
kupnje.
Stavku
[Destination]:
A
•• “
Set
[Home]
first
thing
after
purchasing.
[Destination]
can
be
set after
Set
[Home]
first•možete
thing[Home]
after
purchasing.
[Destination]
can
be
after can be set after
Set
firstor
thing
after
purchasing.
[Destination]
After
selecting
[Destination]
[Home],
press 2/1
toset
select
[Destination]
postaviti
nakon
postavljanja
stavke
“
[Destination]:
A
Travel
destination
areaup
setting
up
[Home].
setting
up
[Home].
setting
[Home]. to set.
[Home].
an
area,
and
press
[MENU/SET]
[World Time]
Travel
destination
area
A
Current
of the
destination
area [Destination] can be set after
•“
Set[Destination]:
[Home]time
first thing
after
purchasing.
[World Time]
A
[World
Time]
“
[Destination]:
[Destination]:
A
A
Current
time“
of [Destination]:
the
destination
B
Timeupdifference
from
home areaarea
A
setting
[Home].
Travel
destination
area
(Svjetsko
Travel
destination
area
B Time
difference
from
home areaarea
Odredište
putovanja
Travel
destination
B
[World
Time]
[World
Time]
[World
Time]
A
Current
time
of
destination
vrijeme)
vrijeme
na
odredištu
A
Current
time
of the
the
destination
area
“ Aktualno
[Destination]:
AB area
A
Current
time ofarea
the destination
Time
difference
from
area
B
Vremenska
razlika
odnosu
B
Time
difference
from
home
areana
Travel
destination
areauhome
B
Time
difference
from home area
–
[Home]:
C
B
vaše
lokalno vrijeme
[World Time]
B
B
–
[Home]:
A
Current
of the destination area
Your
hometime
area
C
Your
home
area from home area
B
difference
C Time
Current
time
–
[Home]:
[Home]:
B
–
C
C
Current
time– [Home]:
D [Home]:
Time
difference
from GMT
C
C
Your
home
area
Vaše
lokalno
vrijeme
D Time
difference
from
GMT
(Greenwich
Mean
Time)
Your
home
area
D
(Greenwich
Mean Time)
C
Current
time C
vrijeme
C
–Trenutačno
[Home]:
D
Current time
C
D
Time
difference
from
GMT
Odstupanje
od Time
GMT-a
D
Your
home
areaD
difference from GMT
• Press 3 if you are using Summer
TimeMean
[ (Greenwich
].Time)
(The time
will move
by 1 hour.) Press 3
(Greenwich
(Greenwich
Time)
D
Mean
Time)forward
D
CSummer
Current
time [Mean
D Press 3
• Press
3 if you
are using
]. (The time will move forward
by 1 hour.)
once more
to return
to the
normal Time
time.
D
Time
difference
from
GMT
once
to find
return
the normal
time. in the areas displayed on the screen, set by the time
• If
youmore
cannot
thetotravel
destination
(Greenwich
Mean
Time)
If
you3
cannot
find
the
travel
destination
in the
areastime
displayed
on the
by the
time3
difference
from
the
home
•• •Press
if
you
using
Time
].
forward
by
1
hour.)
Press
Dscreen,
Press
3
if ▲
you
are
using
Summer
Time
]. (The
(The
time
will move
move
forward
by
1set
hour.)
Press
•are
Press
3 Summer
if area.
you
areračunanje
using[[ Summer
Time
time
will
move
forward
Pritisnite
ako
koristite
ljetno
vremena
[[ will
]. (The
(vrijeme
će
se
pomaknuti
1by31 hour.) Press 3
difference
from
the to
home
area. time.
once
more
to
return
the
normal
once
more
to
return
to
the
normal
time.
once
morepritisnite
to return ▲
to the
normal time.
sat
unaprijed.)
Ponovno
za
povratak
na
početno
vrijeme.
If you
you cannot
cannot find
find
the
travel
destination
in the
thedestination
areas displayed
displayed
on the
thedisplayed
screen, set
set by
by
the
time
••• If
the
travel
destination
in
areas
on
screen,
the
time
Ifnaći
you
cannot
findputovanja
the travel
inwill
themove
areas
the
screen,
Press
3možete
if from
you •are
using
Summer
Time
[
(The timeprikazanima
forward
by 1on
hour.)
Press 3set by the time
Ako ne
odredište
u].zonama
na zaslonu,
podesite
difference
home
area.
difference
from the
the
home
area.
difference
from
thetime.
home area.
once
more
to
return
to
the
normal
vrijeme prema vremenskoj razlici u svojoj vremenskoj zoni.
• If you cannot find the travel destination in the areas displayed on the screen, set by the time
Izbornik
zaSetup
podešavanje
About
the
Menu
difference from the home area.
- 45 - 45 -- 45
45 --
39 - 45
- 45 -
Osnovne funkcije
Basic
Moguće
je date
postaviti
odlaska
i povratka,
naziv
Departure
and datum
return date
of the
travel askao
welli as
the name
odredišta.
of the travel destination can be set.
Tijekom
možeteofprikazati
broj
proteklih
dana
i
You can reprodukcije
display the number
days that
have
passed
when
funkcijom
[Text
(Otisak
teksta)
upisati
tekst na snimljene
playing back
theStamp]
pictures
and stamp
it on
the recorded
pictures
fotografije
(str. 87.).
with [Text Stamp]
(P103).
Setup]:(Postavke putovanja):
[Travel Setup]
[SET]:
[SET]:
Departure date
and return
date
are set. Elapsed
(howbroj
Postavljanje
datuma
odlaska
i povratka.
Snima sedays
protekli
manyna
days
after) of(broj
the travel
arepočetka).
recorded.
dana
putovanju
dana od
[Travel Date]
(Datum
putovanja)
— [Travel Date]
[OFF]:
[OFF]:
Elapsedse
days
recorded.
Protekli
daniare
nenot
snimaju.
travel
date is automatically
cancelled
if the
date is after
• The
Datum
putovanja
automatski se
otkazuje
akocurrent
trenutačni
the
return
date.nakon
If the [Travel
is setAko
to [OFF],
[Location]
datum
slijedi
datumaSetup]
povratka.
je opcija
[Travelwill
also be set to [OFF].
Setup] podešena na [OFF], onda je i opcija [Location]
[Location]:
postavljena na [OFF].
[SET]: (Lokacija):
[Location]
Travel destination is recorded at the time of recording.
[SET]:
[OFF]
Odredište
putovanja snima se u vrijeme snimanja.
[OFF]
• For
details on how to enter characters, refer to “Entering Text” on
P80.
• Detalje o unosu znakova potražite u poglavlju “Unos teksta”
na 63.
str. since the departure date can be printed out using the
• The number of days that have
passed
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO” bundled software on the CD-ROM (supplied).
••Broj
od danausing
odlaska
možein se
softverom
„PHOTOfunSTUDIO“
The proteklih
travel datedana
is calculated
the date
theispisati
clock setting
and the
departure date you set.
If you set [World
Time] to the zajedno
travel destination,
the travel date is calculated using the date in
isporučenim
na CD-ROM-u
s ovim fotoaparatom.
the clock
setting and
the travel se
destination
• Datum
putovanja
izračunava
pomoćusetting.
datuma određenog u postavkama sata i
• The travel date setting is memorised even if the camera is turned off.
datuma
odlaska
na
putovanje
koji
stesince
postavili.
Ako za odredište
odaberete
• The number of days that have passed
the departure
date is notputovanja
recorded before
the
postavku
departure [World
date. Time], datum putovanja izračunava se iz datuma koji ste odredili u
satabe
i podešenih
postavki
zamotion
odredište
putovanja.
•postavkama
[Location] cannot
recorded when
taking
pictures.
[Travel Date]
cannot
be set in ostaju
the Intelligent
Auto Mode.
Setting
of other Recording
••Postavke
datuma
putovanja
pohranjene
čak i kad
se fotoaparat
isključi. Mode will
be reflected.
• Broj
proteklih dana od datuma polaska neće se snimiti prije datuma povratka.
• Stavka [Location] ne može se zabilježiti kod videozapisa.
• [Travel Date] (Datum putovanja) ne može se podesiti u inteligentnom automatskom
načinu rada. Utjecat će se na postavke ostalih načina snimanja.
- 40 - 46 -
ep]
Osnovne funkcije
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Podešavanje
glasnoće
zvuka
This
This
allows
allowsyou
you
to
toset
set
the
the
beep
beepupozorenja
and
andshutter
shutteri okidača.
sound.
sound.
Basic
Basic
This
This
allows
allows
you
you
to
to
set
set
the
the
beep
beep
and
and
shutter
shutter
sound.
sound.
Basic
r
r [Beep
[Beep
Level]:
[Shutter
[Shutter
Vol.]:
Vol.]:(Glasnoća
Basic
[BeepLevel]:
Level] (Razina
Vol.]
This
Thisallows
allowsyou
youto
toset
setthe
thebeep
beepand
andshutter
shuttersound.
sound.
r
r
[Beep
[Beep
Level]:
Level]:
[Shutter
[Shutter
Vol.]:
Vol.]:
zvučnog
signala):
zatvarača):
This
allows
you
to
set
the
beep
and
shutter
sound.
[t]
[t]
([Low])
([Low])
[
[
]
]
([Low])
([Low])
This allows you to set r
the
beep
shutter sound.
r [Beep
[Beepand
Level]:
Level]:
[Shutter
[ShutterVol.]:
Vol.]:
Basic
[t]
[t]
([Low])
([Low])
[
[
]
]
([Low])
([Low])
r
r[Beep]
[Beep]
[Low]
(Tiho)
[Low]
(Tiho)
[u]
[u]
([High])
([High])
([High])
([High])
Basic
r
[Beep
Level]:
[Shutter
Vol.]:
[Beep]Level]:
(Zvučni
r [Beep
[Shutter
Vol.]:
[t]
[t]
([Low])
([Low])
([Low])
r
r[Beep]
[Beep]
[u]
[u]
([High])
([High])
[[[[ shutter
([High])
([High])
[High]
[High]
(Glasno)
[s]
[s]
([OFF])
([OFF])
]]]]] ([Low])
([OFF])
([OFF])
This
allows
you(Glasno)
to set the beep and
sound.
signal)
[t]
([Low])
[
([Low])
This
allows
you
the beep and[[shutter
sound.
r
r[t]
[Beep]
[Beep]
([Low])
[ to] set
([Low])
[u]
[u]
([High])
([High])
]]] ([High])
([High])
[
]
[s]
[s]
([OFF])
([OFF])
[
([OFF])
([OFF])
([OFF])
([OFF])
[Beep
[Beep
Tone]:
Tone]:
[Shutter
[Shutter
Tone]:
Tone]:
r [Beep]
r
Level]:
[Shutter
Vol.]:
[u]
([High])
([High])
[u] ([High])
[
] ([High])
r
[Beep
Level]:
Vol.]:
[s]
[s]
([OFF])
([OFF])
[[[ [Shutter
]]] ([OFF])
([OFF])
Tone]
Tone]
(Ton
1[Beep
1[Beep
22 Tone]:
33 ]] (Ton
[Beep
Tone]:
Tone]:
1[Shutter
1[Shutter
2 ]/[
33 ]]
[[[t]
]/[
]/[ ([Low])
]/[
]/[
[[[ [Shutter
]/[
]/[] 2([Low])
]/[Tone]:
[s]
([OFF])
([OFF])
[s] ([OFF])
[ signala):
] ([OFF])
[t]
([Low])
[[[ [Shutter
] ([Low])
[Beep
Tone]:
Tone]:
Tone]:
1[Beep
1zvučnog
22 Tone]:
33 ]]
1[Shutter
1zatvarača):
22 ]/[
33 ]]
[
[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[
r [Beep]
[u]
([High])
[ 1 ] 2([High])
Tone]:
r [Beep]
1 ]/[
22 ]/[
3[Shutter
3 ]]
[Beep Tone]:
Tone]:
2 ]/[
33 ]]
[[ 1[Shutter
] ([High])
[[u]
[ 1[Beep
]/[ ([High])
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[ Tone]:
1 ]/[ ([OFF])
2 ]/[ 3 ]
[s]
[
]
([OFF])
1 ]/[
2 ]/[ 3 ]
[
1
2
3
2 the
3speaker
u
u[ [Volume]
[Volume]
Adjust
Adjust
the
volume
volume
of
thespeaker
to
to
any] of
of
the
the77levels.
levels.
]/[ ]/[ ]
[ 1 ]/[ of
]/[
]
[s] the
([OFF])
[ any
([OFF])
[Beep
Tone]: of
[Shutter
u
u[Volume]
[Volume]
Adjust
Adjust
the
thevolume
volume
ofthe
thespeaker
speakerto
toany
any
of
ofthe
the7Tone]:
7levels.
levels.
[Beep
[Shutter
Tone]:
••When
Whenyou
youconnect
connectthe
thecamera
camera
to
toaaTone]:
TV,
TV,the
thevolume
volumeof
ofthe
theTV
TVspeakers
speakers
does
does
not
notchange.
change.Also,
Also,
u
u
[Volume]
[Volume]
Adjust
Adjust
the
the2volume
volume
of
ofcamera
the
thespeaker
speaker
to
to[any
any
of
ofthe
773levels.
levels.
1output
3 the
1 ]/[
2the
[
]/[
]/[
]
]/[
]notchange.
when
when
connected,
connected,
no
no
sound
sound
is
is
output
from
from
the
camera
speakers.
speakers.
1
2
3
••When
When
you
youconnect
connectthe
thecamera
camera
to
to
aaglasnoću
TV,
TV,
the
the
volume
volume
of
ofthe
the
TV
TV
speakers
speakers
does
does
change.Also,
Also,
1 ]/[
2 razina.
37]not
[Volume]
Podesite
zvučnika
na
jednu
od
7
[
]/[
]/[
]
[
]/[
u
[Volume]
Adjust
the
volume
of
the
speaker
to
any
of
the
levels.
ume]
Adjust
theconnect
volume
of
the
speaker
to
any
of
the
7of
levels.
when
connected,
connected,
no
no
sound
sound
isisoutput
output
from
from
the
the
camera
camera
speakers.
speakers.
••when
When
When
you
you
connect
the
the
camera
camera
to
toaaTV,
TV,
the
the
volume
volume
of
the
the
TV
TVspeakers
speakersdoes
doesnot
notchange.
change.Also,
Also,
(Glasnoća)
•
When
you
connect
the
camera
to
a
TV,
the
volume
of
the
TV
speakers
does
not
change.
Also,
when
whenconnected,
connected,
no
no
sound
soundof
isisoutput
output
fromthe
thecamera
camera
speakers.
speakers.
you connect the camera
to a TV, the
volume
the
TVfrom
speakers
does
not
change.
Brightness,
Brightness,
colour,
colour,
or
orcamera
red
redor
or
blue
blue
tint
tintof
ofAlso,
the
theLCD
LCDmonitor
monitorisis
when
connected,
no
sound
is
output
from
the
speakers.
u is
[Volume]
Adjust
the volume of the speaker to any of the 7 levels.
onnected, no sound
output
from
the
camera
speakers.
[Volume]
Adjust
theprijamnikom,
volume
to
any
of the
7 monitor
levels.
•u
Kada
fotoaparat povežete
s TV
naspeaker
njegovim
ne mijenja
Brightness,
Brightness,
colour,
colour,of
or
orthe
red
red
or
orblue
bluetint
tintse
of
ofzvučnicima
the
the
LCD
LCD
monitor
isis
adjusted.
adjusted.
Brightness,
Brightness,
colour,
colour,
or
or
red
redprijamnikom,
or
orblue
blueTV
tint
tint
of
ofzvuk
the
theLCD
LCD
monitor
isis Also,
•razina
When you
connectTakođer,
the camera
TV,
the volume
of
the
speakers
does
not
change.
glasnoće.
doktotojeaapovezan
s TV
se
nemonitor
reproducira
adjusted.
adjusted.
• When
you
connect
the
camera
TV,
the
volume
of
the
TV
speakers
does
not
change.
[Brightness]:
[Brightness]:
Brightness,
colour,
red monitor
or speakers.
blue tint
of the LCD monitor is Also,
when connected,
noor
sound
is blue
outputtint
from
theorLCD
camera
adjusted.
adjusted.
Brightness,
colour,
red
or
of
the
is
preko
zvučnika
fotoaparata.
when
connected,
no sound
is
output
from
the
camera
speakers.
Adjust
Adjust
the
thebrightness.
brightness.
[Brightness]:
[Brightness]:
adjusted.
adjusted.
[Brightness]:
[Brightness]:
Adjust
Adjustthe
the·brightness.
[Contrast
[Contrast
·brightness.
Saturation]:
Saturation]:
[Brightness]:
Brightness,
colour,
orclarity
redboja
orof
blue
tint of the
LCD nijansa
monitorLCD
is
Adjust
Adjust
the
the·contrast
brightness.
brightness.
[Brightness]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
the
or
clarity
of
colours.
colours.
Podešavaju
se svjetlina,
te
crvena
ili plava
[Contrast
[Contrast
·contrast
Saturation]:
Saturation]:
Brightness,
colour,
or
red
or blue
tint of the
LCD monitor
is
Adjust the··brightness.
adjusted.
Adjust the brightness. [Contrast
[Contrast
Saturation]:
Saturation]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
thecontrast
contrast
or
orclarity
clarityof
ofcolours.
colours.
zaslona.
[Red
[Red
Tint]:
Tint]:
adjusted.
[Contrast
·red
Saturation]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
the
contrast
orclarity
clarityof
ofcolours.
colours.
[Contrast
· Saturation]:
[Brightness]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
thecontrast
red
tint.
tint.or
[Red
[Red
Tint]:
Tint]:
[LCD
[LCDDisplay]
Display]
[Brightness]:
[Brightness]
(Svjetlina):
Adjust
the
contrast
or clarity of colours.
Adjust the contrast or clarity
of
colours.
brightness.
[Red
[Red
Tint]:
Tint]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
the
red
red
tint.
tint.
[Blue
[Blue
Tint]:
Adjust
the brightness.
[LCD
[LCDDisplay]
Display]
Podešavanje
svjetline.
[Red
Tint]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
thered
tint.
tint.
[Red
Tint]:
[Contrast
·red
Saturation]:
blue
blue
tint.
tint.
[Blue
[Blue
Tint]:
Tint]:
[LCD
[LCD
Display]
Display]
[Contrast
Saturation]
(Zasićenost kontrasta):
[Contrast
· •Saturation]:
Adjust
the
red
tint. or clarity
Adjust
the
red
tint.
[LCD
Display]
contrast
of colours.
[Blue
[Blue
Tint]:
Tint]:
Adjust
Adjust
the
the
blue
blue
tint.
tint.or clarity
D Display]
Podešavanje
kontrasta
ili
jasnoće
boja.
Adjust
the
contrast
of
colours.
1
1
Select
Select
the
the
settings
settings
by
by
pressing
pressing
[Blue
Tint]:
Adjust
AdjustTint]:
the
theblue
bluetint.
tint.
[Blue Tint]:
[Red
[Red
Tint]
(Crvena
nijansa):
[Red
Tint]:
1
1
Select
Select
the
the
settings
settings
by
by
pressing
pressing
3/4,
3/4,
and
and
adjust
adjust
with
with
2/1.
2/1.
Adjust
the
blue
tint.
Adjust
the
blue tint. Podešavanje
Adjust the redcrvene
tint. nijanse.
[LCD
Display]
[LCD
Display]
Adjust
the and
red
1
Select
Select
the
thetint.
settings
settings
by
by
pressing
pressing
3/4,
3/4,
and
adjust
adjust
with
with
2/1.
2/1.
21
2
Press
Press
[MENU/SET]
[MENU/SET]
to
toset.
set.
[LCD Display]
[Blue
Tint]:
1
Select
the
settings
by2/1.
pressing
(LCD
zaslon)
[Blue
Tint]
(Plava
nijansa):
3/4,
3/4,
and
and
adjust
adjust
with
with
2/1.
1 Select the settings
byPress
pressing
[Blue
Tint]:[MENU/SET]
2
2Adjust
Press
[MENU/SET]
to
to
set.
set.
the and
blue
tint.nijanse.
3/4,
adjust
with
2/1.
Podešavanje
plave
Adjust
the [MENU/SET]
blue
tint.
2
Press
Press
[MENU/SET]
to
toset.
set.
3/4, and adjust 2
with
2/1.
2
Press
[MENU/SET]
to set.
2 Press [MENU/SET]
set.
1 toSelect
Select
the settings
by
pressing
Odaberite
postavke
11
the settings
bypritiskom
pressing na
••Some
Somesubjects
subjectsmay
mayappear
appeardifferently
differently
from
from
actuality
actuality
on
on2/1.
the
the
LCD
LCDmonitor.
monitor.However,
However,this
thisdoes
does
3/4,
and
adjust
with
▲/▼
i
podesite
pomoću
▲/▼.
3/4,
and
adjust
with
2/1.
not
notaffect
affect
the
therecorded
recorded
pictures.
pictures.
••Some
Some
subjects
subjects
may
mayappear
appear
differently
differently
from
from
actuality
actualityto
on
onset.
the
theLCD
LCDmonitor.
monitor.However,
However,this
thisdoes
does
2
Press
[MENU/SET]
2
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
za
2toto[High
Press
[MENU/SET]
toon
set.
When
When
[LCD
[LCD
Mode]
Mode]
set
set
[High
Angle],
Angle],
[Brightness]
[Brightness]
and
and
[Contrast
··Saturation]
Saturation]
cannot
cannot
be
be
not
not
affect
affect
the
the
recorded
recorded
pictures.
pictures.
••••Some
Some
subjects
subjects
may
mayisis
appear
appear
differently
differently
from
from
actuality
actuality
on
the
the[Contrast
LCD
LCDmonitor.
monitor.
However,
However,
this
thisdoes
does
postavljanje.
adjusted.
adjusted.
Some
subjects
may
differently
actuality
on
the
LCDdoes
monitor.
However,
this does
••not
When
When
[LCD
[LCD
Mode]
Mode]
isactuality
isappear
set
set
to
to[High
[High
Angle],
Angle],
[Brightness]
[Brightness]
and
and
[Contrast
[Contrast
··Saturation]
Saturation]
cannot
cannot
be
be
not
affect
affect
the
the
recorded
recorded
pictures.
pictures.
subjects may appear
differently
from
on
the
LCDfrom
monitor.
However,
this
not affect
the
recorded
adjusted.
adjusted.
When
When
[LCD
[LCD
Mode]
Mode]
isisset
setpictures.
to
to[High
[HighAngle],
Angle],[Brightness]
[Brightness]and
and[Contrast
[Contrast··Saturation]
Saturation]cannot
cannotbe
be
ct the recorded••pictures.
•adjusted.
When
[LCD
Mode]
is set to [High
[Brightness]
and
[Contrast
adjusted.
LCD Mode] is set
to [High
Angle],
[Brightness]
and Angle],
[Contrast
· Saturation]
cannot
be · Saturation] cannot be
• Some
subjects may appear differently from actuality on the LCD monitor. However, this does
adjusted.
d.
• Some
subjects
may appear
differently from actuality on the LCD monitor. However, this does
not affect
the recorded
pictures.
• not
Neki
objekti
LCD zaslonu
affect
the na
recorded
pictures.mogu izgledati drukčije nego u stvarnosti. Međutim, to ne
• When [LCD
Mode] is set to [High Angle], [Brightness] and [Contrast · Saturation] cannot be
• When
[LCD
Mode] is set
to [High Angle], [Brightness] and [Contrast · Saturation] cannot be
utječe
na snimljene
fotografije.
adjusted.
• adjusted.
Kada je [LCD Mode] (Način rada LCD zaslona) postavljen na [High Angle] (Visoki kut),
[Brightness] (Svjetlina) i [Contrast • Saturation] (Zasićenost kontrasta) ne može se
podešavati.
- 47 -
41
--- 47
47 ---- 47
47 --- 47
47 -- 47 -
Basic
Basic
These menu settings
make it easier to see the LCD monitor when
Basic
Basic
Basic
Basic
Osnovne
funkcije
Basic
you are in bright
places
or when you are holding the camera high
Thesemenu
menusettings
settingsmake
makeititeasier
easiertotosee
seethe
theLCD
LCDmonitor
monitorwhen
when
These
above
your
head.
These
These
menu
settings
settings
make
make
it
it easier
see
to holding
see
the
LCD
LCD
monitor
monitor
when
when
These
menu
settings
make
it easier
easier
to
see
thethe
LCD
monitor
when
you
are
inmenu
bright
places
or
when
youto
are
the
camera
high
you
are
in
bright
places
or
when
you
are
holding
the
camera
high
Ove
postavke
izbornika
omogućuju
bolju
vidljivost
LCD
zaslona
you
you
are
are
in bright
bright
inhead.
bright
places
places
or¢:or
when
when
youyou
areare
holding
holding
thethe
camera
camera
high
high
Basic
you
are
in
places
or
when
you
are
holding
the
camera
high
[„]
([Auto
Power
LCD])
above
your
above
your
head.
kada
se
nalazite
na
svijetlim
mjestima
ili
kada
držite
fotoaparat
above
above
your
your
head.
head.
above
your
head.
The
brightness
is
adjusted
automatically
depending
on
how
bright
¢
visoko
iznadyou
glave.
[„] allows
([Auto
Power
LCD])
This
to LCD])
set
either
¢: : ¢to display or not display the
it is
around
thePower
camera.
[„]
([Auto
Power
¢: :
[„]
([Auto
LCD])
[„]
([Auto
Power
LCD])
¢: automatically depending on how bright
The
brightness
is adjusted
histogram.
[„]
([Auto
Power
LCD])¢
([Auto
Power
LCD])*:
[…]
([Power
LCD]):
The
brightness
is
adjusted
automatically
depending
on
how
bright
The
brightness
is adjusted
automatically
depending
on
how
bright
The
brightness
is
adjusted
automatically
depending
on
how
it
is
around
the
camera.
The
brightness
is
adjusted
on even
how bright
bright
LCD [LCD Mode]
Svjetlina
se
automatski
podešava
u skladu
s jačinom
The
LCD
monitor
becomesautomatically
brighter
and depending
easier
to see
when
it[ON]/[OFF]
isisitaround
the
camera.
is
around
the
camera.
it
around
the
camera.
[…]
([Power
LCD]):
itosvjetljenja
is
around
the
camera.
oko
fotoaparata.
taking
pictures
outdoors.
[…]
([Power
LCD]):
[LCD MODE]
Mode]
[…]
([Power
LCD]):
LCD [LCD
The
LCD
monitor
becomes
brighter and
easier to see even when
¢
[…]
([Power
LCD]):
A
Histogram
isLCD]):
a graph
displays
brightness
[LCD
Mode]
LCD LCD
[…]
([Power
[LCD
Mode]
[Å]
([High
Angle])
: thatbrighter
[LCD
Mode]
LCD
(Način
rada
The
LCD
monitor
becomes
brighter
and
easier
to see
even
when
The
LCD
monitor
becomes
and
easier
to
see
even
when
LCD
taking
pictures
outdoors.
LCD [LCD Mode]
The
LCD
monitor
becomes
brighter
and
easier
to
see
along
the monitor
horizontal
axis
(black
to
white)
and
the
LCD
zaslon
postaje
svjetliji
i
vidljiviji,
čak
i kada
na when
[Histogram]
The
LCD
monitor
is
easier
to
see
when
taking
pictures
with
the
The
LCD
becomes
brighter
and
easier
tosnimate
see even
even
when
¢
LCD zaslona)
taking
pictures
outdoors.
taking
pictures
outdoors.
[Å]
([High
Angle])
:
taking
pictures
outdoors.
number
of
pixels
at¢
each
¢ brightness
taking
pictures
outdoors.
otvorenom.
camera
held
high
above
head. level on the
[Å]
([High
Angle])
: your
[Å]
([High
Angle])
:easier
The
LCD
monitor
is¢
to see when taking pictures with the
vertical
axis.
¢
[Å]
([High
Angle])
Angle])*:
¢::is easier to see when taking pictures with the
[OFF]
The
LCD
monitor
[Å]
([High
Angle])
The
LCD
monitor
isis
easier
to
when
taking
pictures
with
camera
held
high
above
your
head.
ItThe
allows
you
to
easily
check
picture’s
exposure.
The
LCD
monitor
easier
to
see
when
taking
pictures
withthe
the
LCD
zaslon
postaje
svjetliji
i asee
vidljiviji
kada
snimate
držeći
LCD
monitor
is easier
to
see
when
taking
pictures
with
the
camera
held
high
above
your
head.
camera
held
high
above
your
head.
[OFF]
A
dark
camera
high
above
your
head.
fotoaparat
iznad
glave.
¢ [OFF]
Canheld
bevisoko
set
only
when
Recording
camera
held
high
above
your
head. Mode is set.
B
optimal
[OFF]
[OFF]
[OFF]
[OFF]
¢ bright
Can beifset
when
Recording
is
set. is activated.
• High Angle Mode is alsoC
youonly
turn
thekad
camera
off or Mode
[Sleep
Mode]
* cancelled
Može
se
postaviti
samo
je Recording
postavljen
način
rada
[REC]
(Snimanje).
¢
Can
be
set
only
when
Recording
isis
set.
¢
Can
be
set
when
Mode
isso
set.
• The brightness of the pictures
displayed
ononly
the
LCD
monitor isMode
increased
some subjects
¢
Can
be
set
only
when
Recording
Mode
set.
¢cancelled
Can
beflash
set
only
when
Recording
Mode
is
set.
When
you
take
pictures
with
the
or
in
dark
places,
the
histogram
is isdisplayed
in je
High
Angle
Mode
is
also
if
you
turn
the
camera
off
or
[Sleep
Mode]
activated.
••••High
Postavke
funkcije
„High
Angle”
(Visoki
kut)
otkazuju
se
ako
isključite
fotoaparat
ilithe
ako
mayAngle
appear
different
from
real life ifonyou
theturn
LCD
monitor.
However,
thisPower
does
not
affect
Mode
is
also
cancelled
the
camera
off
or
[Auto
Off]
is
activated.
• High
Angle
Mode
isrecorded
also
cancelled
if you
turn
the
camera
off
or
Mode]
orange
because
picture
and
the
histogram
do
not[Sleep
match
other.
The
brightness
ofthe
the
pictures
displayed
on
the
LCD
monitor
is increased
soeach
some
subjects
• aktivirana
High
Angle
Mode
is
also
cancelled
if
you
turn
the
camera
off
or
[Auto
Power
Off]
is
activated.
recorded
pictures.
opcija
[Sleep
Mode](Auto.
isključivanje).
High
Angle
Mode
is
also
cancelled
if
you
turn
the
camera
off
or
[Auto
Power
Off]
is
activated.
•••The
brightness
of
the
pictures
displayed
on
the
LCD
monitor
is
increased
so
some
subjects
• The
brightness
ofapproximation
the
pictures
displayed
on
the
LCD
monitor
is this
increased
so
some
subjects
The
histogram
isprikazanih
in Recording
Mode.
may
appear
different
from
real
life
on
thetoon
LCD
monitor.
However,
does
not
affect
the
The
brightness
of
the
pictures
displayed
the
LCD
monitor
is
increased
so
some
subjects
Theappear
LCD
monitor
automatically
returns
normal
brightness
after
30 does
seconds
when
recording
•••may
Svjetlina
snimki
na
LCD
zaslonu
povećana
jeHowever,
tako
da
se
neki
objekti
na
LCD
zaslonu
The
brightness
ofan
the
pictures
displayed
on
themonitor.
LCD
monitor
is
increased
so
some
subjects
different
from
real
life
on
the
LCD
this
not
affect
the
may
appear
different
from
real
life
on
the
monitor.
However,
this
does
not
affect
the
• mogu
The
Histogram
of
a picture
may
not
match
inLCD
the
Recording
Mode
and
the
Playback
Mode.
recorded
pictures.
may
appear
different
from
real
life
on
the
monitor.
However,
this
does
not
affect
the
in Power
LCD
Mode.
Press
any
button
toLCD
make
the
LCD
monitor
bright
again.
may
appear
different
from
real
life
on
the
LCD
monitor.
However,
this
does
not
affect
the
činiti
drukčijima
nego
u
stvarnosti.
Međutim,
to
ne
utječe
na
snimljene
fotografije.
recorded
pictures.
recorded
pictures.
••The
Histogram
displayed
this
camera
does
not match
Histograms
by picture
The
LCD
monitor
automatically
returns
to
normal
brightness
after 30displayed
seconds when
recording
recorded
pictures.
When
[LCD
Mode]
is set,inthe
usage
time
is
reduced.
recorded
pictures.
LCD
monitor
automatski
se
vraća
na
normalnu
postavku
svjetline
nakon
30
sekundi
ako
••••The
LCD
monitor
automatically
returns
to
normal
brightness
if
no
operations
are
preformed
for
The
LCD
monitor
automatically
returns
to normal
brightness
after
30 again.
seconds
when recording
editing
software
used
in PCsany
etc.returns
in• Power
LCD
Mode.
Press
button
make
the
LCD
monitor
bright
The
LCD
automatically
to
brightness
if
are
preformed
for
• snimate
The
LCD
monitor
automatically
returns
to normal
normal
brightness
if no
no
operations
areLCD
preformed
for
umonitor
načinu
rada
Power
LCD.
Pritisnite
bilo
koji
gumb
daoperations
bi
LCD
zaslon
ponovno
seconds
when
recording
ininin
Power
LCD
Mode.
Press
any
button
to
make
the
monitor
in
Power
LCD
Mode.
Press
any
to
make
the
LCD
monitor
bright
again.
••30
Histograms
are
not
displayed
thebutton
following
cases.
When
[LCD
Mode]
is
set,
the
usage
time
is
reduced.
30
seconds
when
recording
Power
LCD
Mode.
Press
any
button
to
make
the
LCD
monitor
30
seconds
when
recording
in
Power
LCD
Mode.
Press
any
button
to
make
the
LCD
monitor
postao
osvijetljen.
bright
again.
•Intelligent
When
[LCD
Mode]
is set, the usage time is reduced.
–bright
Auto
Mode
again.
Change
the
focus
icon.
bright [LCD
again.
Kada
je
[LCD
Mode]
postavljen,
vrijeme
se smanjuje.
••When
Mode]
is set,
the usage
time
is korištenja
reduced.
Multi
Playback
[Focus
Icon]
[LCD
Mode]
• –When
When
[LCD
Mode] is
is set,
set, the
the usage
usage time
time is
is reduced.
reduced.
– Recording motion pictures
[ ]/[ the
]/[ focus
]/[ icon.
]/[
]/[
]
Change
Change the
focus
icon.
Promjena
ikone
fokusa.
[Focus
Icon]
– Playback
[FocusZoom
Icon]
Set
the
pattern
of
the
guidelines
displayed
taking
pictures.
[Focus
Icon]
[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]/[
]
Set
the
of the
displayedwhen
when
taking
pictures.
– Calendar
Set[ can
the]/[pattern
pattern
the guidelines
guidelines
when
taking
pictures.
(Ikona fokusa) You
]/[setofwhether
]/[
]/[or not
]/[ todisplayed
]
also
have
the
recording
information
You
can
also
set
whether
or
not
to
have
the
recording
information
You
can
also
set
whether
or
not
to
have
the
recording
information
Angle
of
view
for
motion
picture
recording
can
be
checked.
displayed
when
the guidelines
are
displayed.
(P53)
[Guide
displayed
when
guidelines
are
displayed.
(P53)
[VideoLine]
Rec Area] Angle
[Guide
Line]
displayed
when the
the
guidelines
are
displayed.
(P53)
[Guide
Line]
of
motion
picture
recording
can
checked.
[ON]/[OFF]
Angle
of view
view for
for
motion
picture
recording
can be
be
checked.
[Rec.
Info.]:
[Pattern]:
[Video
Rec
Kut
prikaza
kod
snimanja
videozapisa
može
sebe
provjeriti.
[Video
Rec
Area]
[Rec.
Info.]:
Angle
of view for motion picture[Pattern]:
recording can
checked.
[Video Rec Area] [ON]/[OFF]
[Rec.
Info.]:
[Pattern]:
[ON]/[OFF]
[
]/[
]
Mode]
(Snimanje
Area][ON]/[OFF]
• Motion[Video
pictureRec
recording
area
display
is
only
an
approximation.
[ON]/[OFF]
[
]/[
]
[ON]/[OFF]
[
]/[
]
[ON]
/ [OFF] (uklj.)/(isklj.)
[ON]/[OFF]
videozapisa)
Recording
area
display
may
disappear
whenand
zooming
toguidelines
Tele depending
on
thepoint
picture
size
Motion
picture
recording
area
display
is
approximation.
••••When
you
align
the
subject
on
the
horizontal
vertical
or
the
cross
of
these
Motion
picture
recording
area
display
is only
only an
an
approximation.
When
you
align
the
subject
on
the
horizontal
and
vertical
guidelines
or
the
cross
point
of
these
setting.
When
you
align
the
subject
on
the
horizontal
and
guidelines
or the
theon
cross
point
ofsize
these
Recording
area
display
may
disappear
when
zooming
to
Tele
depending
the
picture
you
can
take
pictures
with
well-designed
composition
by
viewing
size,
the
slope
and
•••lines,
Prikaz
okvira
snimanja
videozapisa
samo
je
približna
vrijednost.
• Motion
picture
recording
area
display
is only
anvertical
approximation.
Recording
area
display
may
disappear
when
zooming
to
Tele
depending
on
the
picture
size
lines,
you
can
take
pictures
with
well-designed
composition
by
viewing
the
size,
the
slope
and
•
It will
be fixed
to [OFF]
during
thewell-designed
Intelligent Auto
Mode.
lines,
you
can
take
pictures
with
composition
by
viewing
the
size,
the
slope
setting.
the
balance
of
the
subject.
• Prikaz
područja
snimanja
kod disappear
zumiranjawhen
na položaj
Tele
možda
će nestati,
štopicture
ovisi oand
• Recording
area
display may
zooming
to Tele
depending
on the
size
setting.
the
balance
of
the
subject.
the
balance
of
the
subject.
•
It
will
be
fixed
to
[OFF]
during
the
Intelligent
Auto
Mode.
••The
[Pattern]
setting
isisfixed
to
[[ Intelligent
]] ininthe
Intelligent
Auto
Mode.
setting.
postavci
veličine
slike.
It will
be fixed
to [OFF]
during
the
Auto Mode.
The
[Pattern]
setting
fixed
to
the
Intelligent
Auto
Mode.
The
[Pattern]
setting
is
fixed
to
[
]
in
the
Intelligent
Auto
Mode.
••••In
[Panorama
Shot]
in
Scene
Mode,
the
guideline
is
not
displayed.
•inteligentnom
It will be fixed to
[OFF]
during
the Intelligent
Auto
Mode.
U
automatskom
načinu
bit
će
fiksno
postavljen
[OFF].has not been
The
camera
is rada
automatically
off if thena
camera
Mode,
guideline
is
displayed.
• In
In [Panorama
[Panorama Shot]
Shot] in
in Scene
Scene
Mode, the
the
guideline
is not
notturned
displayed.
used for the time selected on the setting.
The
camera isse
automatically
off ako
if these
camera
hasunot been
Fotoaparat
automatski turned
isključuje
ne koristi
Thefor
camera
is automatically
turned
off if the camera has not been
[2MIN.]
used
the koje
time
selected
on postavkama.
the
setting.
razdoblju
je
određeno
used for the time selected on the setting.
p [Sleep
[Sleep Mode]
Mode]
[5MIN.]
[2MIN.]
[2 MIN]
(Automatsko
[2MIN.]
p [Sleep
Mode]
[5 MIN]
[10MIN.]
[5MIN.]
isključivanje)
p
[Sleep Mode]
[5MIN.]
[10 MIN]
[OFF]
[10MIN.]
[OFF]
[10MIN.]
[OFF]
Press thezatvarač
shutter button
halfway
or turnfotoaparat
the camerai ponovno
off and onga
to uključite
cancel [Sleep
Mode].
• •Pritisnite
dopola
ili isključite
za poništenje
[OFF]
• [Sleep Mode]
is Mode]
set to [5MIN.]
in the Intelligent Auto Mode.
[Sleep
(Auto.
isključivanje).
••funkcije
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
or
turn
the
camera
off
and
on
to
cancel
[Sleep
Mode].
[Sleep Mode]
does
not work
in isključivanje)
the following cases.
••Funkcija
[Sleep
Mode]
(Auto.
u inteligentnom
• Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
turn thejecamera
off and on automatskom
to cancel [Sleepnačinu
Mode].rada
[Sleep
Mode]
set
to
[5MIN.]
in
theorIntelligent
Auto
Mode.
–•When
usingisthe
AC
adaptor
(supplied)
nadoes
[5MIN].
[Sleep
Mode]
is set
towork
[5MIN.]
in following
the Intelligent
Auto Mode.
•postavljena
[Sleep
Mode]
not
in
the
cases.
–•When
connecting to a PC or a printer
[Sleep [Sleep
Mode]
not(Auto.
work(supplied)
in
the followingnije
cases.
• Funkcija
Mode]
isključivanje)
–– When
thedoes
AC
adaptor
When using
recording
or playing
back
motion pictures dostupna u sljedećim slučajevima.
– When
using the
adaptor
(supplied) napon (isporučen)
-––- When
kada
koristite
prilagodnik
izmjenični
connecting
toAC
a PC
orza
a printer
During
a Slide Show
– When
connecting
to a PC
or
amotion
printer
-––- When
kada
spajate
fotoaparat
na
osobno
računalo
recording
or playing
back
pictures ili pisač
[Auto
Demo]
– When
or playing back
motion pictures
a recording
Slide Show
-–- During
kada
snimate
ili reproducirate
videozapise
– During
a Slide uShow
Demo]
-–- [Auto
tijekom
prikaza
nizu
- 42 – [AutoDemo]
Demo](Automatski prikaz funkcija)
-- [Auto
42----48
48
- 42
48
-- 42
--- - 49 -
– When recording or playing back motion pictures
– During a Slide Show
– [Auto Demo]
o [Auto
[AutoReview]
Review]
(Automatska
provjera)
Set the lengthOsnovne
of timefunkcije
that the picture is displayed after taking the
still picture.
Podešava trajanje prikazivanja fotografije nakon što je snimite.
[1SEC.]
[1
S]
[2SEC.]
[2 S]
[HOLD]:
[HOLD]:
The pictures are displayed until one of the buttons is pressed.
Fotografije ostaju prikazane sve dok ne pritisnete neki gumb.
[OFF]
[OFF]
• [Auto Review] is activated regardless of its setting in the following cases.
– When using
Bracket
• Funkcija
[AuroAuto
Review]
aktivira se bez obzira na postavke u sljedećim slučajevima.
using [Burst]
-–- When
pri korištenju
fukcije [Burst] (Snimanje u nizu)
• In Intelligent Auto Mode or [Panorama Shot] in Scene Mode, the Auto Review function is fixed
• Utointeligentnom
automatskom načinu rada ili scenskom načinu [Panorama Shot]
[2SEC.].
automatske
fiksno je podešena na [2 S].
•(Panoramski
[Auto Review]snimak),
does not funkcija
work when
recording provjere
motion pictures.
• Funkcija [Auto Review] ne radi tijekom snimanja videozapisa.
Basic
v [No.Reset]
Reset the file number of the next recording to 0001.
[Reset]
Vraćanje
postavki
izbornika
[Rec]
(Snimanje)
ili [Setup]
w
[Reset]
The [Rec]
or [Setup]
menu
settings
are reset to
the initial settings.
• The folder number is updated
and the
file number
starts
from 0001.
(Ponovno
(Postavljanje)
na početne
postavke.
•• A
folder
number
between
100
and
999
can
be
assigned.
When the [Rec] menu settings are reset during
recording, the operation that resets the lens is
Basic
Basic
When
the folderat
number
reaches
the hear
number
bethe
reset.
recommend
formatting
Basic
alsopostavljanje)
performed
the same
time. 999,
You will
the cannot
sound of
lensWe
operating
but this
is
Basic
the
card
(P52)
after
saving
the
data
on
a
PC
or
elsewhere.
normal
and not indicative
of [Rec]
malfunctioning.
The
or
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset
to
the
initial
settings.
w
[Reset]
The
[Rec]
or
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset
to
the
initial
settings.
w
[Reset]
• ••w
Kada
se
postavka
[RESET]
odabere
tijekom
snimanja,
istovremeno
se
vrši
i
radnja
To
reset
the
folder
number
to
100,
format
the
built-in
memory
or
the
card
first
and
then
use
this
The
[Rec]
or
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset
to
the
initial
settings.
[Reset]
When
the [Rec] menu settings
are reset,
data registered
with [Face
Recog.]
willinitial
be also
reset.
The [Rec]
or [Setup]
menu settings
are reset
to the
settings.
w
[Reset]
function
tou
reset
the položaj
file
number.
se
početni
vraća
i objektiv.
Čuje
sesettings
zvuk
rada
objektiva,
no to the
je
••kojom
When
the
[Rec]
menu
settings
are
reset
during
recording,
the
operation
that
resets
lens
is
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset,
the
following
are
also
reset.
When
the
[Rec]
menu
settings
are
reset
during
recording,
the
operation
that
resets
the
lens
When
the
[Rec]
menu
settings
areYou
reset
during
recording,
the
operation
thatthe
resets
the
lens is
is
A
reset
screen
for
the
folder
number
will
then
appear.
Select
[Yes]
tooperating
reset
folder
number.
••normalno
When
the
menu
settings
are
reset
during
recording,
the
operation
that
resets
the
lens
is
i[Rec]
ne ukazuje
nasettings
pogrešku
u
radu.
also
performed
at
the
same
time.
will
hear
the
sound
the
lens
but
this
isis
– The
birthday
and
name
for
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
andof
[Pet]
in Scene
Mode.
also
performed
at
the
same
time.
You
will
hear
the
sound
of
the
lens
operating
but
this
also performed
performed at
at the
the same
same time.
time. You
You will
will hear
hear the
the sound
sound of
of the
the lens
lens operating
operating but
but this
this is
is
also
– The
[Travel
Date]
setting.
(Departure
date, return
date,
destination)
normal
and
not
indicative
of
malfunctioning.
• Kad
se
postavke
izbornika
[Setup]
(Postavljanje)
ponište,
u
početno
stanje
se
vraćaju
normal
and
not
indicative
of
malfunctioning.
normal
and
not
indicative
of
normal
and
not
indicative
of malfunctioning.
malfunctioning.
••sljedeće
When
[Rec]
menu
settings
are
reset,
data
registered
with
[Face
Recog.]
will
be
– Thethe
[World
Time]
setting.
When
the
[Rec]
menu
settings
are
reset,
data
registered
with
[Face
Recog.]
will
bealso
alsoreset.
reset.
postavke.
When
the
[Rec]
menu
settings
are
reset,
data
registered
with
[Face
Recog.]
will
When
the
[Rec]
menu
settings
are
reset,
data
registered
withare
[Face
Recog.]
will be
be also
also reset.
reset.
••••When
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset,
the
following
settings
also
reset.
The folder
number
and
the clock
setting
are
not
changed.
When
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset,
the
following
settings
are
also
reset.
- The
Postavke
rođendana
i
imena
za
[Baby1]
(Dijete
1)/[Baby2]
(Dijete
2)
i
[Pet]
(Kućni
When
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset,
the
following
settings
are
also
reset.
••-–When
[Setup]
menu
settings
are
reset,
the
following
settings
are
also
reset.
birthday
and
name
settings
for
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
and
[Pet]
in
Scene
Mode.
–
The
birthday
and
name
settings
for
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
and
[Pet]
in
Scene
Mode.
The
birthday
and setting.
name settings
settings
for [Baby1]/[Baby2]
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
and
[Pet] in
in Scene
Scene Mode.
Mode.
ljubimac)
uDate]
scenskom
načinu
rada
–
The
birthday
and
name
for
and
[Pet]
––
[Travel
(Departure
date,
return
date,
destination)
–The
The
[Travel
Date]
setting.
(Departure
date,
return
date,
destination)
The
[Travel
Date]
setting.
(Departure
date,
return
date,
destination)
–
The
[Travel
Date]setting.
setting.
(Departure
date,
return
date,odlaska,
destination)
Set(Datum
to match
the
colour
television
system
in eachodredište)
country or the
-––
- The
Postavka
[Travel
Date]
putovanja)
(Datum
povratka,
[World
Time]
–
The
[World
Time]
setting.
–
The
[World
Time]
setting.
–
The
[World
Time]and
setting.
type
of TV.
••-The
folder
number
the
clock
setting
are
not
changed.
Postavka
[World
Time]
(Svjetsko
vrijeme)
The
folder
number
and
the
clock
setting
are
not
changed.
The folder
folder number
number and
and the
the clock
clock setting
setting are
are not
not changed.
changed.
•• The
• Broj mape i postavke sata
ne([Video
mijenjaju
se.
[|]
Out]):
Set
to
match
the
Set
to match
match the
thecolour
colour television
televisionsystem
system in
ineach
eachcountry
country or
or the
the
[NTSC]:
Set
to
Set
to
match the colour
colour television
television system
system in
in each
each country
country or
or the
the
type
of
type
ofTV.
TV.
Video
output
is
set
to
NTSC
system.
Podešava
trajanje
prikazivanja
fotografije
nakon
što
je
snimite.
type
of
TV.
type of TV.
[|]
([Video
Out]):
[PAL]:
[|]
([Video
Out]):
[Video
(Videoizlaz):
[|]
([VideoOut]
Out]):
| [Output]
[|]
([Video
Video
outputOut]):
is set to PAL system.
[NTSC]:
[NTSC]:
[NTSC]:
[NTSC]:
[NTSC]:
output
system.
[ Video
] ([TV
Aspect]):
Videoizlaz
je is
podešen
na NTSC
sustav.
Video
output
is
set
to
NTSC
system.
Video
output
is set
setto
toNTSC
NTSC
system.
Video
output
is
set
to
NTSC
system.
[PAL]:
[PAL]:
[PAL]:
[W]:
|
[Output]
[PAL]:
|
[Output]
[PAL]:
Video
set to
to aPAL
system.
|
[Output]
Videoizlaz
je is
podešen
na
PAL
sustav.
Video
output
is
system.
| [Output]
[Output] (Izlaz):
Whenoutput
connecting
16:9
screen
TV.
Video
output
is set
set to
to PAL
PAL
system.
Video
output
is
set
to
PAL
system.
[[ [X]:
]] ([TV
Aspect]):
Aspect]
(Format TV prijamnika):
([TV
Aspect]):
[[
]] [TV
([TV
Aspect]):
([TV
Aspect]):to a 4:3 screen TV.
When
connecting
[W]:
[W]:
[W]:
[W]:
- isto
50
When
aa -16:9
TV.
Spajanje
na TV prijamnik
sascreen
zaslonom
When
connecting
to
screen
TV.
• This will work when the AV
cableconnecting
(supplied)
When
connecting
toconnected.
a 16:9
16:9
screen
TV. formata 16:9.
When
connecting
to
a
16:9
screen
TV.
[X]:
[X]:
[X]:
[X]:
When
connecting
to
a 4:3
screen
TV.
Spajanje
na
TV prijamnik
sa
zaslonom
4:3.
When
connecting
to
screen
TV.
When
connecting
to a
ato4:3
4:3
screen
TV. formata
This
mode
allows you
display
pictures
vertically if they were
When
connecting
to
a
4:3
screen
TV.
recorded
holding
the
camera
vertically.
•
This
will
work
when
the
AV
cable
(supplied)
is
connected.
This su
willpostavke
work when
the AV
cable
(supplied)
is connected.
• ••Ove
dostupne
kad je
priključen
AV kabel (str. 97.).
• This
This will
will work
work when
when the
the AV
AV cable
cable (supplied)
(supplied) is
is connected.
connected.
[
] ([On]):
This
mode
allows
to
display
vertically
ififthey
This
mode
allows
you
to
display
pictures
vertically
they
were
Rotate
pictures
onyou
a TV
thepictures
LCD display
so that
theywere
are
This
mode
allows
you
to
display
pictures
vertically
if
were
This
mode
allows
you
to and
display
pictures
vertically
if they
they
were
recorded
holding
the
camera
vertically.
M [Rotate Disp.]
recorded
holding
the
camera
vertically.
displayed
vertically.
recorded
holding
the
camera
vertically.
recorded holding the camera vertically.
[[
]] ([On]):
] ([External
[[
]] ([On]):
([On]):
([On]): Only]):
Rotate
pictures
aaTV
and
LCD
display
so
that they
are
Rotate
pictures
on
and
the
LCD
display
so
are
only theon
picture
a the
TV
that
it is displayed
vertically.
Rotate
pictures
on
a TV
TVon
and
the so
LCD
display
so that
that they
they
are
M
[Rotate
Disp.]
Rotate
pictures
on
a
TV
and
the
LCD
display
so
that
they
are
M
[Rotate Disp.]
displayed
vertically.
displayed
vertically.
M
M [Rotate
[Rotate Disp.]
Disp.]
displayed
vertically.
displayed
vertically.
[OFF]
- 43 [[ ]] ([External
Only]):
([External
Only]):
([External
Only]):
• Refer to P37 for information
about
how toOnly]):
play back pictures.
[[
]] ([External
Rotate
only
the
picture
on
aa TV
so
thatinititthe
is displayed
vertically.
Rotate
only
the
picture
on
so
vertically.
• When you play back pictures
on
a
PC,
they
cannot
displayed
rotated direction
unless
Rotate only
only the
the picture
picture
onbe
a TV
TV
so that
that it
it is
is displayed
displayed
vertically.
Rotate
on
a
TV
so
that
is
displayed
vertically.
the OS or software is compatible
[OFF]
[OFF] with Exif. Exif is a file format for still pictures which allows
When connecting to a 16:9 screen TV.
When connecting to a 4:3 screen TV.
[X]:
[X]:
When connecting
to a
a 4:3
4:3 screen
screen TV.
TV.
• This will work when the AVWhen
cableconnecting
(supplied) istoconnected.
•• This
will
work
when
the
AV
cable
(supplied)
is
connected.
This will work when the AV cable (supplied) is connected.
Osnovne funkcije
M [Rotate
[RotateDisp.]
Disp.]
M
Disp.]
(Zakretanje
M [Rotate
[Rotate
Disp.]
prikaza)
This mode allows you to display pictures vertically if they were
recorded
holding
the
vertically.
This
mode
allows
you
to
pictures
vertically
if
This
mode
allows
youcamera
to display
display
pictures
vertically
if they
they were
were
Ovaj
načinholding
rada omogućuje
prikaz
fotografija
u okomitom
recorded
the
camera
vertically.
recorded
holding
the
camera
vertically.
položaju
su snimljene u okomitom položaju fotoaparata.
[
] ako
([On]):
[[Rotate pictures
]] ([On]):
LCD display
soTV
that
they are
([On]):
([On]):on a TV and the
Zakrenite
slike na
prijamniku
displayed
vertically.
Rotate
pictures
on
a
TV
and
the
LCD
display
so
that
they
i
LCD
zaslonu
tako
da
budu
Rotate pictures on a TV and the LCD display so that they are
are
displayed
vertically.
prikazane okomito.
displayed
vertically.
[
] ([External
Only]):
([External
Only]):
Only]):
Zakrenite
samo na vertically.
TV
only
the picture
on a TV
so that sliku
it is displayed
[[Rotate
]] ([External
([External
Only]):
prijamniku
tako
da bude prikazana
Rotate
Rotate
only the
the picture
picture on
on a
a TV
TV so
so that
that it
it is
is displayed
displayed vertically.
vertically.
[OFF] only
[OFF]
okomito.
[OFF]
[OFF]
• Refer to P37 for information
about how to play back pictures.
••Informacije
ofor
reprodukciji
slika
na
32.
str.
Whento
you
play
back
pictures
on potražite
a how
PC, they
cannot
be
displayed in the rotated direction unless
P37
information
about
to
back
pictures.
• Refer
Refer
to
P37
for
information
about
howExif.
to play
play
back
pictures.
the OS
or software
ispictures
compatible
with
Exif
is aće
file
format
forinstill
pictures
which
allows
When
you
play
back
on
a
PC,
they
cannot
be
displayed
rotated
direction
unless
•••Kada
fotografije
reproducirate
na
računalu,
one
se
prikazivati
zakrenute
samo
ako
When
you
play
back
pictures
on
a
PC,
they
cannot
be
displayed
in the
the
rotated
direction
unless
recording
information
etc.
to be added.
It was
by
“JEITA
(Japan
Electronics
and
the
OS
or
software
is
compatible
with
Exif.
Exif
is
a
file
format
for
still
pictures
which
allows
su
operacijski
sustav
ili softver
kompatibilni
sestablished
formatom
Exif.
Exif
je
format
datoteka
za
the
OS
or
software
is
compatible
with
Exif.
Exif
is
a
file
format
for
still
pictures
which
allows
Information
Technology
Industries
Association)”.
recording
information
etc.
to
be
added.
It
was
established
by
“JEITA
(Japan
Electronics
and
fotografije
koji
omogućuje
dodavanje
informacija
o
snimanju
itd.
Proizvela
ga
je
tvrtka
recording
information
etc.
to
be
added.
It
was
established
by
“JEITA
(Japan
Electronics
and
• Information
It may not be
possible toIndustries
rotate pictures
that have been recorded with other equipment.
Technology
Association)”.
Information
Technology
Industries
Association)”.
(Japan
Electronics
andpictures
Information
Technology
Industries
The
display
ispossible
not
rotated
during
Multi
Playback.
••„JEITA
It
may
not
be
to
rotate
that
have
been
withAssociation)”.
other
It
may
not
be
possible
to
rotate
pictures
that
have
been recorded
recorded
other equipment.
equipment.
••Postoji
mogućnost
da zakretanje
fotografija
snimljenih
drugomwith
opremom
neće biti
The
display
is
not
rotated
during
Multi
Playback.
• The display is not rotated during Multi Playback.
moguće.
• Zaslon se ne zakreće za vrijeme indeksne reprodukcije.
Basic
[Version Disp.]
[Version
Disp.] (Verzija
programske
opreme)
ItPregled
is possible
to check
which version
firmware is on the camera.
inačice
programske
opremeoffotoaparata.
The built-in memory
or card
-Basic
51
- is formatted. Formatting
[Format]
irretrievably deletes
all- the data so check the data carefully
-- 51
51inačice
- version
It
is zaslonu
possible
to prikaz
check
which
ofprikazali
firmwarepodaci
is on the
camera.
[Version
Disp.]
• Pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
na
za
da bi se
o softveru
before
formatting.
uređaja.
Basic
• Use a battery with sufficient battery power when formatting. Do not turn the camera off during
Basic
formatting.
The
built-in memory
card is
formatted.
Formatting
It is possible
to checkorwhich
version
of firmware
is on the camera.
[Version Disp.]
Ugrađena
ili karticaTosuformat
formatirane.
Formatiranje
• If a [Format]
card has been inserted,
only thememorija
card
is formatted.
the built-in
remove
[Format]
irretrievably
deletes
all
the
data
so
check
the memory,
data
carefully
It is
possiblestoga
to check
which
version
of firmware is on the c
[Version Disp.]
the card.
nepovratno
briše sve
podatke,
ih pažljivo
provjerite
beforeonformatting.
(Formatiranje)
• If the
card has been formatted
a PC or other equipment, format it on the camera again.
prije formatiranja.
Thethe
built-in
memory
orthan
cardthe
is card.
formatted.
Formatting
•• It
may
take longer
format
built-in
memory
Use
a battery
with to
sufficient
battery
power
when
formatting.
Do not turn
the camera off during
[Format]
irretrievably
all the
data
so
check
the data
carefullyFormatting
If
you
cannot
format, contact
thedostatno
dealerdeletes
ornapunjene
your The
nearest
Service
Centre.
•• Prilikom
formatiranja
koristite
baterije.
Ne
isključujte
fotoaparat
built-in
memory
or card
is
formatted.
formatting.
before
• tijekom
If a cardformatiranja.
has been inserted,
only formatting.
the card is formatted.
To format
the built-in
memory,
remove
[Format]
irretrievably
deletes
all the
data so
check the data care
the[Language]
card.
before
formatting.
••~
Ako
je
karticawith
umetnuta,
samo
će power
se onawhen
formatirati.
Da
formatirali
ugrađenu
Set
the
language
displayed
on
thebiste
screen.
Use
a
battery
sufficient
battery
formatting.
Do
not
turn
the
camera
off
during
• If the card has been formatted on a PC or other equipment, format it on the camera again.
memoriju,
izvadite karticu.
• Use athe
battery
with
sufficient
battery
power
when formatting.
not turn the camera off
• If
Itformatting.
mayset
take
tolanguage
format
memory
than
the
card.
you
a longer
different
bybuilt-in
mistake,
select
[~]
from
the
menu
set theDo
desired
a card
has
been
inserted,
only
the
card
formatted.
To
format
the icons
built-in
memory,
remove
••••Ako
jecannot
kartica
formatirana
na
drugim
uređajima,
ponovno
jetoformatirajte
na
formatting.
IfIf you
format,
contact
theračunalu
dealer
oriliisyour
nearest
Service
Centre.
language.
the
card.
fotoaparatu.
• If a card has been inserted, only the card is formatted. To format the built-in memory, re
• If the card has been formatted
PC or other equipment, format it on the camera again.
thememorije
card.on amože
••Formatiranje
ugrađene
potrajati
dulje card.
od formatiranja kartice.
It may
take longer
to format
the
built-in
memory
~
[Language]
Set
the
language
displayed
on
the
screen.
•
If
the
card
has
been
formatted
on
PC
or other
equipment,
format
it on the camera ag
Displays
the
amount
ofthan
jitterthe
theaili
camera
hasovlaštenom
detected. ([Stabilizer
••Ako
ne možete
formatirati,
obratite
se
prodavatelju
najbližem
servisu.
If youjecannot
format,
contact
the
dealer
or
your
nearest
Service
Centre.
• ItDemo.])
may take longer to format the built-in memory
than the card.
• If you set a different language
by
mistake,
select
[~]
from
the
menu
icons
to
set
the
desired
• IfThe
you camera’s
cannot format,
contact
dealer orasyour
nearest
Service Centre.
features
arethe
displayed
slide
shows.
language.
[Language]
Postavljanje
jezikadisplayed
koji će seon
prikazivati
na zaslonu.
~ [Language]
Set theDemo])
language
the screen.
([Auto
(Jezik)
~ [Language]
Set
the
language
displayed
screen.
• If you set a different language
by mistake,
select
[~]
from
the menu
icons
to on
set the
the
desired
[Stabilizer
Displays
theDemo.]:
amount
of jitter
the camera
has
detected.
([Stabilizer
language.
of jitter
• Ako slučajno postavite
pogrešan
jezik,
iz language
ikona izbornika
odaberite
za postavljanje
Demo.])
• IfA
youAmount
set a different
by mistake,
select [[~]] from
the menu icons to set the de
B
of jitter
after correction
language.
TheAmount
camera’s
features
are displayed as slide shows.
željenog jezika.
DEMO [Demo Mode]
([Auto
Demo])
Displays
the amount of jitter the camera has detected. ([Stabilizer
Demo.])
[Stabilizer Demo.]: Displays the amount of jitter the camera has detected. ([Sta
The camera’s features
are displayed as slide shows.
Demo.])
A Amount of jitter
B
([Auto
Demo])
camera’s features areA
displayed
as slide shows.
B
Amount
of jitter afterThe
correction
DEMO [Demo Mode]
([Auto
Demo])
[Auto
Demo]:
[Stabilizer
Demo.]:
A[ON]
Amount of jitter- 44[Stabilizer
Demo.]:
B[OFF]
Amount of jitter afterAcorrection
Amount of jitter
DEMO [Demo Mode]
A B
Amount
of jitter
after
correction
• The Stabiliser function DEMO
is switched
between [On]Band
[Off] every
time
[MENU/SET]
is pressed
[Demo Mode]
during the [Stabilizer Demo.].
[Auto Demo]:
If you
cannot
format,
contact
the
dealer
your
nearest
Service
Centre.
• If• you
cannot
format,
contact
the
dealer
oror
your
nearest
Service
Centre.
~ [Language]
Set the language displayed on the screen.
[Language]
Set
the
language
displayed
on
the
screen.
• If~
you
set a different language
by
mistake, displayed
select
[~] on
from
thescreen.
menu
icons to set the desired
~
[Language]
Set
the
language
the
language.
If you
a different
language
mistake,
select
[~]
from
the
menu
icons
the
desired
• If• you
setset
a different
language
byby
mistake,
select
[~]
from
the
menu
icons
toto
setset
the
desired
Osnovne funkcije
language.
language.
Displays the amount of jitter the camera has detected. ([Stabilizer
Pokazuje količinu vibracija koju je fotoaparat uočio. ([Stabilizer
Demo.])
Displays
the
amount
jitter
the
camera
has
detected.
([Stabilizer
Demo.])
Displays
the
amount
ofof
jitter
the
camera
detected.
The
camera’s
features
are displayed
ashas
slide
shows. ([Stabilizer
Demo.])
Prikaz
značajki fotoaparata na zaslonu kao „Slide Show”
Demo.])
([Auto
Demo]) features are displayed as slide shows.
The
camera’s
(Prikaz
u nizu).
The
camera’s
features are displayed as slide shows.
([Auto
Demo])
([Auto
Demo])
([Auto
Demo])
[Stabilizer
Demo.]:
A Amount of jitter
DEMO [Demo
[DemoMode]
Mode]
(Prikaz
[Demo
Mode]
DEMO
[Demo
Mode]
DEMO
[Stabilizer
Demo.]
(Prikaz stabilizatora):
[Stabilizerof
Demo.]:
[Stabilizer
B AmountDemo.]:
jitter after correction
Amount
jitter
Količina
vibracija
AAAmount
ofof
jitter
Amount
jitter
after
correction
BBAmount
ofof
jitter
after
correction
Količina
vibracija
nakon
podešavanja
funkcija)
A B
AABB
[Auto Demo]:
[Auto
(Automatski prikaz
[ON] Demo]
[Auto
Demo]:
[Auto
Demo]:
funkcija):
[OFF]
[ON]
[ON]
[ON]
[OFF] between [On] and [Off] every time [MENU/SET] is pressed
• The Stabiliser function is [OFF]
switched
[OFF]
during the [Stabilizer Demo.].
•
The
Stabiliser
function
is
switched
between
[On]
and
[Off]
every time
[MENU/SET]
pressed
•••The
Stabiliser
function
isuključuje
switched se
between
[On]
and
[Off]
[MENU/SET]
is is
pressed
[Stabilizer
Demo.]
is an
approximation.
Funkcija
stabilizatora
i isključuje
svaki
putevery
kadatime
tijekom
prikaza [Stabilizer
during
the
[Stabilizer
Demo.].
the
[Stabilizer
Demo.].
•during
[Auto
Demo]
is
not
output
to
the
television.
pritisnete
•Demo.]
[Stabilizer
Demo.]
is
approximation.
• [Stabilizer
Demo.]
is[MENU/SET].
anan
approximation.
reprodukcije
funkcija
[Stabilizer
•Tijekom
[Auto
Demo]
not
output
the
television.Demo.] ne može se prikazivati.
••[Auto
Demo]
is is
not
output
toto
the
television.
• [Stabilizer Demo.] je približna vrijednost.
• Funkcija [AUTO DEMO] ne prikazuje se na TV prijamniku.
- 52 - 52- - 52
- 45 -
F No display E Available recording time
No display
G No display F
(Recording
guideline)¢1
G No display (Recording guideline)¢1
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
G
About
the
LCD Monitor
About
the
LCD zaslon
About
the LCD
LCD Monitor
Monitor
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
F
G
Press
[DISP.]
to
Press
[DISP.]
to change.
change.
Dodirnite
[DISP.]
za promjenu.
Press
[DISP.]
to change.
Press
[DISPLAY]
change.
A
LCD
monitor
LCD the
monitor
upside-down A
A and
right waytoup
B and
efore Use
LCDthe
zaslon
LCD
monitor
•A
When
menu
appears,
the
button
not
•1
When
menu screen
screen
appears,
the [DISP.]
[DISP.]
button is
isse
not
LCDthe
monitor
Kada
se
prikaže
zaslon
izbornika,
gumb
[DISP.]
•• activated.
When
the
appears,
[DISP.]
button
is notne
During
Playback
Zoom,
while
playing
back
activated. menu
Duringscreen
Playback
Zoom,the
while
playing
back
aktivira.
Tijekom
zumiranja
za vrijeme
reprodukcije,
in water, or after
washing
it,
water
may
remain
activated.
During
Playback
Zoom,
while
playing
back
When
the
menu
screen
appears,
the
[DISPLAY]
button
• motion
pictures
and
during
a
slide
show,
you
can
only
H
In
Playback
Mode
motion pictures and during a slide show, you can only is not
r a while and mayselect
cause
a drop
in
volume
reprodukcije
videozapisa
isound
tijekom
niza
activated.
During
Playback
while
playing
back
motion Mode
motion
pictures
and
during
aZoom,
slide
show,
you
only
In Playback
““Normal
display
H
““No
J
Hprikaza
Normal
display
Normal
display
H””oror
or
No display
display
J””.. can
select
Normal
display
Hsamo
” or
“No
display
J
”. select
select
pictures
and during
a slide
show,
you
only
E or G.display
Hrecording
slika, “možete
odabrati
„Normal
display
“Normal
Ican
Display
with
information¢1
¢2
amera from dropping.
I Display with recording information¢1
display
(uobičajeni prikaz) ili „No display J “No
(nema
prikaza).
¢2
cloth.
aining
button
I
J No display
In Recording Mode
A
display¢1
A
Normalsnimanja:
Tijekom
In
Recording
Mode
B
In
Recording
Mode
B
¢1
¢1
B Normal display
¢1
In
Mode
B
B Recording
Normal
display
Uobičajeni
prikaz
C
¢1
B
Normal
display
C Number
No display
C
C
of recordable
pictures
Broj
fotografija
koje
je
moguće
snimiti
¢1
¢1
¢1
C
Number
of
recordable
pictures
D Normal
display
No display
(Recording
guide line)
Uobičajeni
prikaz
¢1
D
Normal
display
E
recording
time
Raspoloživo
vrijeme
snimanja
2 Available
Number of
recordable
E
recording
timepictures
F Available
No
display
Bez
prikaza
¢1
3
Available
recording
time
¢1
2
F
No
display
G No
(Recording
guideline)
G
Bezdisplay
prikaza
(mreža linija
za
G No display (Recording guideline)¢1
pomoć pri snimanju)
D
¢1
¢2
with a
na
d.
H
B
D
D
D
E
E
J
3
C
F
If G
the [Histogram] in [Setup] menu
G
F is set to [ON], histogram will be disp
G of the
F
¢1registered
If the [Histogram]
in[Face
[Setup]
menu is
is displayed
set to [ON],
histogra
Name
person in
Recog.]
when
[DIS
¢2 Name of the registered person in [Face Recog.] is displa
- 50 -
In Playback Mode
E
Normalreprodukcije
display
Tijekom
In
Playback
Mode
m dryer
¢1
In
Mode
F Playback
Display
with
recording
Normal
display
H
Uobičajeni
prikaz information¢1
Normal
display
¢2recording information¢1
H
Normal
display
I
Display
with
G Display
No
display
I
with
recording
information
Prikaz
s informacijama
o
snimanju
¢2recording information¢1
¢2
I No
Display
with
display
J
display
Bez
prikaza
, thinner, alcohol
orNo
cleanser,
soap or detergents.
J No display¢2
E
F
H
H
I
I
plets, open the side door, and wipe off any
sing a soft dry cloth. (P133)
or battery when the side door is opened without
umulate in the gap around the card/battery slot or
e any water off with a soft dry cloth.
camera when the side door is closed while it is still
G
J
J
¢1 If the [Histogram] in [Setup] menu is set to [ON], Histogram will be displayed.
■■Mreža
pomoćperson
pri snimanju
¢2
Name linija
of the za
registered
in [Face Recog.] is displayed when [DISPLAY] is pressed.
¢1
If the snimanja
[Histogram]
in se
[Setup]
menu
is setkao
to [ON],
histogram
will be displayed.
Tijekom
ova
funkcija
koristi
preporuka
za kompoziciju
slike
(kao balans).
¢1
If
the
[Histogram]
in
[Setup]
menu
is set Recog.]
to [ON],
histogram
will
be displayed.
¢2
Name
of
the
registered
person
in
is
displayed
when
[DISP.]
is
¢2
of the
registered Shot]
person(Panoramski
in [Face
[Face
Recog.]
is
displayed
when
[DISP.]
is pressed.
pressed.
•¢2
U Name
opcijama
[Panorama
snimak)
ili
[Photo
Frame]
(Okvir
za slike) u
Name of the registered person in [Face Recog.] is displayed when
[DISP.]
is pressed.
scenskom načinu rada linija se ne prikazuje.
-- 50
--- 50
50
46 -53
- 50 -
Recording
Applicable modes:
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
Using the Zoom
Korištenje
zuma
Using
Using
thethe
Zoom
Zoom
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
Applicable
modes:
modes:
Using the Optical Zoom/Using the Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)/
Using the Intelligent Zoom/Using the Digital Zoom
Using
Using
Optical
the
Optical
Zoom/Using
Zoom/Using
theoptičkog
Extra
the Extra
Optical
Optical
Zoom
Zoom
(EZ)/Using
(EZ)/Using
the the
Korištenje
optičkog
zuma/Ekstra
zuma
(EZ)/Inteligentnog
• the
[Clock
Set]........................................75
]........................................75
You
can
zoom
in[Motion
toZoom/Using
make
people
and
appear
closer or zoom out to record
Using
theZoom/Using
Picture]
Menu
.............76
on Picture] Menu
.............76
Intelligent
Intelligent
the
Digital
theobjects
Digital
Zoom
Zoom
zuma/Digitalnog
zuma
Others
Others
•• [Rec
[Clock
Set]........................................75
........................................75
landscapes
in wide
angle.
Quality]
.....................................76
y]
.....................................76
Možete
zum
da
biste
postigli
da
seoperate
ljudi
i objekti
bližima
ilirecord
ga
smanjiti
Using
the
[Motion
Picture]
Menu
.............76
Picture]
Menu
.............76
You
can
You
zoom
can
zoom
in
to in
make
to
make
people
people
andorefekt
objects
and
appear
closer
orčine
zoom
or
zoom
out to
out
to to
record
Setting
the
number
of
pixels
to
10M
lessobjects
willappear
thecloser
Extra
Optical
Zoom
take
•uvećati
[Continuous
AF]
................................76
sonAF]
................................76
Others
Others
za širokokutno
snimanje
pejzaža.
• pictures
[Rec
.....................................76
y] .....................................76
landscapes
landscapes
in Quality]
wide
in
wide
angle.
angle.
Screen Display ......................................110
Screen
Displayquality.
......................................110
zoomed
without
affecting
•the
[Continuous
AF]
s AF] ................................76
Setting
Setting
number
thebroja
number
of
pixels
of................................76
pixels
to
toM10M
or
or less
willekstra
operate
will operate
the Extra
the Extra
Optical
Optical
Zoom
Zoom
to take
toslike
take
Postavljanjem
piksela
na
10
ili less
manje
optički
zum
snimat
će
zumirane
Cautions
for
Use....................................112
Cautions
for10M
Use....................................112
Playback/Editing
ayback/Editing
Screen
Display
......................................110
Screen
Display
......................................110
zoomed
zoomed
pictures
pictures
without
without
affecting
affecting
quality.
quality.
bez smanjenja
kvalitete.
Message
Display
...................................117
Message
Display
...................................117
Cautions
for Use....................................112
Cautions
for Use....................................112
To make subjects
appear
closer
use (Tele)
Troubleshooting.....................................119
Troubleshooting.....................................119
Playback/Editing
ayback/Editing
Message Display ...................................117
Message
Display
...................................117
Various methods
of playback
..................77
ds of playback ..................77
Za približavanje
objekata
koristite
(Tele)
•and
Please note that the actual controls and
• Please
notecloser
that
the
actual
controlsTroubleshooting.....................................119
Rotate
zoom
lever
towards
Tele.
To make
To make
subjects
subjects
appear
appear
closer
use
(Tele)
use
(Tele)
Troubleshooting.....................................119
•the
[Slide
Show]
.....................................78
w] .....................................78
components,
menu
items, and other components, menu items, and other
Various
methods
of ..................................80
playback
..................77
ds
of ..................................80
playback ..................77
• za
[Filtering
Play]
lay]
Ručicu
zum
zakrenite
prema
Tele.
information
•and
Please
thatyour
the digital
actual camera
controlsmay
and differ
information
for
your
digital
camera
differnote for
•lever
Please
notetowards
that
the
actual
controlsmay
Rotate
Rotate
zoom
theShow]
zoom
lever
towards
Tele.
Tele.
••the
[Slide
.....................................78
w]
.....................................78
[Calendar]
........................................81
To
make
subjects
appear
further
away
use
(Wide)
........................................81
from those in menu
the illustrations
screens
components,
items, andand
other
from
those in menu
the illustrations
screens
components,
items, andand
other
• [Filtering
Play]
..................................80
lay]
..................................80
Having
Fun with
Recorded
Pictures........82
h
Recorded
Pictures........82
information
digital
camera
may differ
provided
thisyour
manual.
When
operation
or
information
your
digital
camera
may
differ
provided
in for
thisfunkciju
manual.
When
operation
or in for
Za udaljavanje
objekata
koristite
(Wide)
Rotate
zoom
lever
towards
Wide.
[Calendar]
........................................81
........................................81
To make
To •make
subjects
subjects
appear
appear
further
further
away
use or
(Wide)
use
(Wide)
•the
[Auto
Retouch]
.................................82
uch]
.................................82
otherthose
information
is more or less
same
from
in the illustrations
andthe
screens
other
information
is away
more
less
the
same
from
those
in the
illustrations
and
screens
Having
Fun
with
Recorded
Pictures........82
h
Recorded
Pictures........82
[Beauty
(DMC-FS45)..........83
etouch] (DMC-FS45)..........83
Ručicu• za
zum Retouch]
okrenite
prema
Wide.
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
used asor
provided
this manual.
Whenare
operation
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
used
asor in
provided
in
this manual.
Whenare
operation
Rotate
Rotate
zoom
the
zoom
lever
lever
towards
towards
Wide.
Wide.
• the
[Auto
Retouch]
.................................82
uch]
Using
the
[Playback]
Menu
back].................................82
Menu .....................85
other
information
more or less
the same
examples
for the is
instructions
provided
in this
other
information
more or less
the same
examples
for.....................85
the is
instructions
provided
in this
∫
of
zooms
[Beauty
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)..........83
touch]
(DMC-FS45)..........83
[Upload
Set]
.....................................85
et]
.....................................85
■■Types
Vrste••zumiranja
slike
manual.
models, (DMC-SZ1) are used as
manual.
between
models, (DMC-SZ1) are usedbetween
as
Using
the [Playback]
Menufor.....................85
back]
Menu .....................85
• [Text
Stamp].....................................87
p].....................................87
• examples
The
operations,
functions
that
for theprocedures,
instructions
provided
in this
• examples
The Optical
operations,
functions
that
theprocedures,
instructions or
provided
inExtra
this
Feature
Zoom
Optical
Zoom
(EZ) or
∫ Types
∫ Types
zooms
of zooms
•• of
[Upload
Set]manual.
.....................................85
t] .....................................85
manual.
differ among models are indicated separately,
differ
among models are indicated separately,
[Video
Divide]
...................................89
de]
...................................89
Značajka
Optički
zum
Ekstra
optički
zum (EZ)
•• [Text
Stamp].....................................87
together
with
theprocedures,
relevant
model
number.that
p].....................................87
• The
operations,
or functions
together
with theprocedures,
relevant model
number.
• The
operations,
or functions
that
Maximum
[Resize]
............................................90
.........................................90
¢1
10k
21.1k
Feature
Optical
Optical
Zoom
Zoom
ExtraExtra
Optical
Optical
Zoom
Zoom
(EZ)
(EZ) separately,
differ
models
are
indicated
differ
among
models are Recording
indicated separately,
magnification
•Feature
Divide]
...................................89
de]
...................................89
• [Video
[Cropping]
........................................91
........................................91
e.g.: among
(DMC-SZ1)
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
∫ Types
of zooms
together with
the
relevant model number.
together
with
the relevant model number.
• [Resize]
............................................90
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
........................................90
.........................................92
Picture • [Favorite] ..........................................92
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
10X
21,1X*
¢11 ¢1
No deterioration
No(DMC-SZ1)
deterioration
•
[Cropping]
........................................91
........................................91
Maksimalno
•
[Print
Set]
.........................................93
.........................................93
10k
10k
22.5k
22.5k
e.g.:
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
quality
Maximum
Maximum
Feature
Optical Zoom
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
•
[Favorite]
..........................................92
........................................92
•
[Protect]............................................95
.........................................95
uvećanje
magnification
magnification
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
[Picture Size] (DMC-FS45)
with (DMC-FS45)
(P74) is
•• [Print
Set] .........................................93
........................................93
Maximum
[Copy]...............................................96
.........................................96
Conditions
None4k
1 ¢1
¢1¢1
9k
11,3X*
selected.
5k 5X
5k
11.3k
11.3k
• [Protect]............................................95
........................................95
magnification
•
[Copy]...............................................96
........................................96
Picture
Picture
Kvaliteta
slike the optical
Nema
umanjenja
kvalitete
Nema
umanjenja
kvalitete on
This
includes
The magnification
level
differs
depending
Picture
Connecting
toNozoom
other
equipment
ng to other ¢1
equipment
deterioration
Nomagnification.
deterioration
No
deterioration
No
deterioration
quality
qualitySize] setting.
[Picture
quality
No deterioration
No deterioration
Odabrano je [Picture Size]
[Picture
[Picture
Size]
Size]
withwith
with
(P64)
(P64)
is str.).
[Picture
Size]
(P81)
isis
(Veličina
slike)
sa magnification.
(64.
Conditions
Conditions
None
None
Playing
Back
Pictures
on
a
ictures on a The
Conditions
None
zoom functions below can also be used to further
increase
the
zoom
selected.
selected.
selected.
TV Screen ...............................................97
.........................................97
*1 To
uključuje
uvećanje
optičkog
zuma.
Razina
ovisi level
o postavkama
stavke
Playing
Back
Pictures
onzoom
azoom
ictures
on aPictures
¢1
This
¢1
includes
Thisincludes
includes
the
optical
theoptical
optical
zoom
magnification.
magnification.
Theuvećanja
magnification
Themagnification
magnification
level
differs
differs
depending
depending
on on
on
Saving
the
Recorded
Still
Pictures
and
orded Still
and
¢1
This
the
magnification.
The
level
differs
depending
Feature
Intelligent
Zoom
Digital
Zoom
[Picture
Size].
TV
Screen
...............................................97
[Picture
[Picture
Size]
Size]
setting.
setting.
Motion
Pictures
.......................................98
s........................................97
.......................................98
[Picture
Size]
setting.
Maximum
Saving
theby
Recorded
Pictures
and
orded Still
and• Copy
inserting Still
the 2k
SD card into
serting
the Pictures
SD card
into
4k¢2
magnification
Motion
Pictures
.......................................98
The
zoom
The
zoom
functions
functions
below
below
also
canalso
also
be
used
beused
used
to further
further
increase
increase
zoom
thezoom
zoom
magnification.
magnification.
Funkcije
zuma
navedene
u can
nastavku
također
se
mogu
koristiti
zathe
dodatno
uvećanje
zuma.
the
recorder
......................................98
er.......................................98
......................................98
The
zoom
functions
below
can
be
totofurther
increase
the
magnification.
SD card
erting the
SD card
Copy by
theinserting
playbackthe
image
usinginto
ayback
image
usinginto•• Copy
Picture
The higher the magnification level, the
Zoom
in
while
limiting
deterioration
Feature
Feature
Intelligent
Intelligent
Zoom
Zoom
Digital
Digital
Zoom
Zoom
Feature
Intelligent Zoom
Digital Zoom
the
recorder
quality
greater the
deterioration.
an AV
cable ......................................98
......................................99
er ......................................98
......................................99
Značajka
Optički zum
Ekstra
optički zum (EZ)
•• Copy
the to
playback
image using
ayback
image using
Copying
a PC using
a PC using
Maximum
Maximum
¢2[Rec] menu
Maximum
¢2
[i.Resolution]
(P82)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
[Digital
Zoom]
(P82)
on
the
2k
2k
4k¢2
4k
2k
4k
an
AV cable ......................................99
enSTUDIO
......................................99
Conditions
magnification
magnification
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO
Maksimalno
” .....................100
magnification
2
is set to [i.ZOOM].” .....................100
is set to [ON].
2X
4X*
•
Copying
to
a
PC
using
a
PC
using
Connecting to a PC ...............................101
a PC ...............................101
uvećanje
Picture
Picture
TheThe
higher
Thehigher
higher
the the
magnification
themagnification
magnification
level,
level,
the the
the
Picture
level,
”or
.....................100
nSTUDIO
Zoom
Zoom
inpictures
while
while
limiting
limiting
deterioration
deterioration
¢2
This
2k magnification
when
[i.Resolution]
in [Rec] menu
isthe
setdeterioration.
to [i.ZOOM].
•is“PHOTOfunSTUDIO
Loading
still
l pictures ”or.....................100
Zoom
ininwhile
limiting
deterioration
quality
quality
greater
the
deterioration.
quality
greater
the
deterioration.
Zumirajte
uz ograničeno smanjenjegreater
Uvećanjem
zuma
umanjuje se
Connecting
to
a PC ...............................101
aures
PC ...............................101
motion
pictures
...............................102
...............................102
Kvaliteta slike
[i.Resolution]
[i.Resolution]
(P70)
(P70)
the
onthe
[Rec]
the[Rec]
[Rec]
menu
menu
[Digital
[Digital
Zoom]
Zoom]
(P70)
(P70)
on the
onthe
[Rec]
the[Rec]
[Rec]
menu
menu
kvalitete
kvaliteta
fotografije.
•• Loading
still
pictures
or
lhe
pictures
[i.Resolution]
(P88)
on
menu
[Digital
Zoom]
(P89)
on
menu
Uploading
the
images
toonsharing
imagesorto sharing
Conditions
Conditions
Conditions
set
toset
[i.ZOOM].
[i.ZOOM].
is set
toset
[ON].
[ON].
motion
pictures
ures
...............................102
isisset
toto...............................102
[i.ZOOM].
isisset
toto[ON].
sitesis................................................104
.......................................104
[i.Resolution]
(str.
70.)
u
izborniku
[Digital
Zoom]
(str.
70.)
u
izborniku
•is
Uploading
the images
to
sharing
he
images
to sharing
Printing
the
Pictures
..............................105
tures
..............................105
Uvjeti
¢2
This
¢2
This
2k
magnification
2kmagnification
magnification
when
when
[i.Resolution]
[i.Resolution]
in [Rec]
[Rec]
menu
menu
is postavljeno
set
toset
[i.ZOOM].
[i.ZOOM].
¢2
This
isis2k
when
[i.Resolution]
inin[Rec]
menu
isisset
toto[i.ZOOM].
[Rec]
postavljen
na
[i.ZOOM].
[Rec]
je na [ON].
................................................104
......................................104
• sites
Selecting
a single
picturejeand
single picture and
Printing
the
Pictures
..............................105
tures
..............................105
printing
it
.........................................106
.......................................106
*2 Radi
se o uvećanju
2X kada je [i.Resolution]
u izborniku [Rec] postavljeno na [i.ZOOM].
∫ Screen
display
•• Selecting
amultiple
single picture
single picture
Selecting
picturesand
and
multiple
picturesand
and
printing
.........................................106
......................................106
printing itthem
...................................106
m ...................................106
Optical
Zoom indication
•• Selecting
multiple
pictures and - 51 ultiple pictures andA Extra
Print
Settings...................................107
gs...................................107
B Optical
Zoom
range
printing
them
...................................106
m ...................................106
- 47- -47 C Intelligent
Zoom range
• Print Settings...................................107
gs...................................107
equipment
ng to other equipment
Uvjeti Connecting to otherNema
D Digital Zoom range
E Zoom magnification
Conditions
[i.Resolution] (P88) on the [Rec] menu
is set to [i.ZOOM].
[Digital Zoom] (P89) on the [Rec] menu
is set to [ON].
¢2 This is 2k magnification when [i.Resolution] in [Rec] menu is set to [i.ZOOM].
∫ Screen display
■■Prikaz zaslona
A
B
C
D
E
Recording
Snimanje
Extra
Opticalekstra
Zoom indication
Pokazivač
optičkog zuma
Optical
Zoom
rangezuma
Raspon
optičkog
Intelligent
Zoom range zuma
Raspon inteligentnog
Digital
Zoom
range zuma
Raspon
digitalnog
Zoom
magnification
Uvećanje
zuma
• When using the Zoom function, an estimate of the focus range will appear in
conjunction with the zoom display bar. [Example: 0.5 m (1.6 ft.) –¶]
Preparation
Playback
using
the Zoom
function,
estimate
of the focus
range
will pojavit
appear in
•∫When
Kada
se koristi
funkcija
zuma,an
zajedno
s trakom
prikaza
zuma
će se i
conjunction
with thefokusa.
zoom display
bar.0,5
(Example:
0.5 m (1.6 ft.) –¶)
procjena
raspona
[Primjer:
m
∞]
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
Note
Note
Napomena
indicated
zoom
magnification
an
approximation.
•• The
The
operating
times
and
numberis
recordable
pictures will differ according to the
Prikaz
uvećanja
zuma
približna
jeof
vrijednost.
• environment
“EZ” is an abbreviation
of “Extra Optical
Zoom”. It is possible to take more magnified pictures
and
the
operating
conditions.
• with
„EZ”the
je optical
kratica
za
„Extra
Optical
Zoom”
(Ekstra
optički
zum).
Optičkim zumom možete
Recording
Recording
For example, inzoom.
the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
snimiti
uvećanih
slika.
• The
lensviše
barrel
extends
or retracts according to the zoom position. Be sure not to interrupt the
recordable
pictures
isNote
reduced:
Note
¢ prekinete
the lens barrel
while
zoomovisno
lever
• motion
objektiva
seorizvlači
uvlači
o rotated.
položaju
zuma.
Pazite
da ne
–Kućište
At lowoftemperature
in
coldilithe
locations
such is
as
ski resorts
or at high
altitude
TheZoom,
indicated
indicated
zoom
zoommagnification
magnification
istripod
isan
anapproximation.
approximation.
••The
• When
using kućišta
the
Digital
we
recommend
using
and
theThe
Self-timer
(P57)
for taking
pomicanje
objektiva
dok
zakrećete
ručicua
zuma.in
¢ Residual
image
may
show
on
the LCD
display
when
use.
battery
performance
•
•
“EZ”
“EZ”
is
is
an
an
abbreviation
abbreviation
of
of
“Extra
“Extra
Optical
Optical
Zoom”.
Zoom”.
It
It
is
is
possible
possible
tototake
takemore
moremagnified
magnifiedpictur
pictu
will
decrease,
so
keep
the
camera
and spare
batteries warm
by placing
them iin a
• pictures.
Kod
korištenja
digitalnog
zuma,
za
snimanje
preporučujemo
korištenje
tronošca
with
with
the
the
optical
optical
zoom.
zoom.
• For warm
detailsplace
aboutsuch
usingas
theinside
zoomyour
whilecold
recording
motion
pictures,
refer
to
P30.
protection
gear or
clothing.
Performance
of
••When
When
using
using
the
theused
Digital
Digital
Zoom,
we
werecommend
recommend
using
usingaatripod
tripodand
andthe
theSelf-timer
Self-timer(P62)
(P62)for
fortak
ta
automatskog
okidača
(str.
53.).
Recording
Recording
• The
Extra Optical
cannot
be
inZoom,
thetofollowing
cases:
batteries
and Zoom
LCD
monitor
will restore
normal
when
the
temperature
to
pictures.
• –Detalje
o korištenju
za vrijeme
snimanja
videozapisa
potražite
na str.returns
30.
In [Motion
Deblur]pictures.
inzuma
Intelligent
Auto Mode
Note
Note
normal.
••For
For
details
details
about
about
using
usingthe
zoom
zoomwhile
while
recording
recordingmotion
motionpictures,
pictures,refer
refertotoP36.
P36.
In Macro
Zoom
Mode
• –Ekstra
optički
zum
nije
moguće
koristiti
uthe
sljedećim
slučajevima:
Extra
Extra
Optical
Optical
Zoom
cannot
cannotbe
beisused
in
inthe
thefollowing
followingcases:
cases:
– In
When
using
[LCD
Mode].
The
indicated
indicated
zoom
zoom
magnification
magnification
isused
an
anapproximation.
approximation.
••The
–
[High
Sens.]
or
[Photo
Frame]
in Zoom
Scene
Mode
u
načinu
rada
Makro
zum
–“EZ”
InIn
Macro
Macro
Zoom
Zoom
Mode
Mode
– When
When [Burst]
operations
such
as
flash
and
zoom
are
usedOptical
repeatedly.
•–“EZ”
is
isan
an
abbreviation
abbreviation
“Extra
“Extra
Optical
Zoom”.
Zoom”.ItItisispossible
possibletototake
takemore
moremagnified
magnifiedpictur
pictu
–
in •the
[Rec]
menu
is set
to [ofof
]u
-- u opcijama
[HighSens.]
iliSens.]
[PhotoFrame]
scenskom
radaafter properly charging
–with
–time
InIn[High
[High
Sens.]
ininScene
Scene
Mode
Mode
•–
When
operating
of
the
camera
becomes
extremely načinu
short even
with
the
the
optical
optical
zoom.
zoom.
Whenthe
recording
motion
pictures
–of
–When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
inDigital
inDigital
the
the
[Rec]
[Rec]
menu
menu
is
isset
set
toto[Recording
[Recording
]]]or
] ] and
the
battery,
theZoom
life••[Burst]
the using
battery
may
have
expired.
ana
new
battery.
When
When
using
the
Zoom,
Zoom,
we
weBuy
recommend
recommend
using
using
tripod
andthe
theSelf-timer
Self-timer(P62)
(P62)for
fortak
ta
-- kada
je opcija
u
izborniku
[Rec]
postavljena
ilior[a[atripod
• The
Intelligent
cannot
be the
used
in
the
following
cases:
–pictures.
–in
When
When
recording
recording
motion
pictures
pictures.
snimanja
videozapisa
–--Inkod
[Motion
Deblur]
Intelligent
Automotion
Mode pictures
Note
Note
The
The
Intelligent
Intelligent
Zoom
Zoom
cannot
be
beused
used
ininrecording
the
thefollowing
following
cases:
cases:
•nije
•For
For
details
details
about
about
using
using
the
thezoom
zoom
while
while
recording
motion
motion
pictures,
pictures,refer
refertotoP36.
P36.
In Macro Zoom
• –Inteligentni
zum Mode
moguće
koristiti
ucannot
sljedećim
situacijama:
- cannot
55 - be
–The
–In
InMacro
Macro
Zoom
Zoom
Mode
Mode
Extra
Extra
Optical
Zoom
Zoom
in
inthe
thefollowing
followingcases:
cases:
indicated
indicated
zoom
zoom
magnification
magnification
isused
isused
an
anapproximation.
approximation.
••The
–--Inu[Handheld
Night
Shot]
or Optical
[High
Sens.]
incannot
Scene be
Mode
načinu rada
Makro
zum
[High
[High
Sens.]
in
in
Scene
Scene
Mode
Mode Optical
–“EZ”
InIn
Macro
Macro
Zoom
Zoom
Mode
Mode
•the
•–“EZ”
isisan
anSens.]
abbreviation
abbreviation
OpticalZoom”.
Zoom”.ItItisispossible
possibletototake
takemore
moremagnified
magnifiedpictur
pictu
–--When
[Burst]
in Sens.]
[Rec]
menu
is set
to [ofof“Extra
]“Extra
u opciji
[High
u scenskom
načinu
rada
When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
in
in
the
the
[Rec]
[Rec]Mode
menu
menuisisset
settoto[ [
] ]or
or[ [ ] ]
–with
–In
In
[High
[High
Sens.]
Sens.]
in
in
Scene
Scene
Mode
with
the
the
optical
optical
zoom.
zoom.
• [Digital Zoom] cannot
be
used
in the
following
cases:
[Digital
[Digital
Zoom]
Zoom]
cannot
cannot
be
be
used
used
in
inthe
the
following
following
cases:
cases:
–When
–
When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
inDigital
inDigital
the
the
[Rec]
[Rec]
menu
menu
is
isset
set
toto[ [ using
]]]or
] ] and
je opcija
u
izborniku
[Rec]
postavljena
na
ilior[a[atripod
••[Burst]
When
using
using
the
the
Zoom,
Zoom,
we
we
recommend
recommend
using
tripod
andthe
theSelf-timer
Self-timer(P62)
(P62)for
fortak
ta
–--Inkada
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
InWhen
InIntelligent
Intelligent
Auto
Auto
Mode
Modepictures
–pictures.
–Mode
When
recording
recording
motion
motion
pictures
pictures.
• –Funkciju
[Digital
Zoom]
nije
moguće
koristiti
u sljedećim situacijama:
In Miniature
Effect
–For
–eautomatskom
In
Indetails
Miniature
Miniature
Effect
Effect
Mode
Mode
The
The
Intelligent
Intelligent
Zoom
Zoom
cannot
cannot
be
beused
used
ininrecording
the
the
following
cases:
cases:
••For
details
about
about
using
using
the
the
zoom
zoom
while
while
recording
motion
motion
pictures,
pictures,refer
refertotoP36.
P36.
–--Inu[Handheld
Night
Shot],
[High
Sens.]
and
[Photo
Frame]
in following
Scene
Mode
inteligentnom
načinu
rada
[High
[High
Sens.]
Sens.]
in
in
Scene
Scene
Mode
–The
–InIn
Macro
Macro
Zoom
Zoom
Mode
Mode
•The
Extra
Extra
Optical
Optical
Zoom
Zoom
cannot
be
beused
usedininthe
thefollowing
followingcases:
cases:
–--When
[Burst]
in •the
[Rec]
menu
is set
to [ cannot
]Mode
u načinu
rada
s––efektom
minijatura
When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
ininin
the
the
[Rec]
[Rec]Mode
menu
menuisisset
settoto[ [
] ]or
or[ [ ] ]
[High
[High
Sens.]
Sens.]
in
Scene
Scene
Mode
In
In
Macro
Macro
Zoom
Zoom
Mode
Mode
-- u opcijama [HighSens.]
iliSens.]
[PhotoFrame]
uMode
scenskom
načinu
When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
ininin
the
the
[Rec]
[Rec]Mode
menu
menu
isisset
settoto
[[
]rada
]or
or[ [ ] ]
––In
In
[High
[High
Sens.]
in
Scene
Scene
[Digital
Zoom]
cannot
cannot
be
beused
used
ininthe
the
following
following
cases:
-- kada je opcija••[Burst]
uZoom]
izborniku
[Rec]
postavljena
na
ilior[ [ ] ]
–[Digital
–When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
ininthe
the
[Rec]
[Rec]
menu
menu
is
isset
set
toto[ [ cases:
]]]or
InWhen
InIntelligent
Intelligent
Auto
Auto
Mode
Modepictures
––When
recording
recording
motion
motion
pictures
–The
–InInMiniature
Miniature
Effect
Mode
••The
Intelligent
IntelligentEffect
Zoom
ZoomMode
cannot
cannotbe
beused
usedininthe
thefollowing
followingcases:
cases:
[High
[HighSens.]
Sens.]
in
Scene
SceneMode
Mode
––InInMacro
Macro
Zoom
Zoomin
Mode
Mode
When
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
ininin
the
the
[Rec]
[Rec]Mode
menu
menuisisset
settoto[ [
] ]or
or[ [ ] ]
––In
In
[High
[High
Sens.]
Sens.]
in
Scene
Scene
Mode
––When
When[Burst]
[Burst]ininthe
the[Rec]
[Rec]menu
menuisisset
settoto[ [
] ]or
or[ [ ] ]
••[Digital
[DigitalZoom]
Zoom]cannot
cannotbe
beused
usedininthe
thefollowing
followingcases:
cases:
––InInIntelligent
IntelligentAuto
AutoMode
Mode
––InInMiniature
MiniatureEffect
EffectMode
Mode
––InIn[High
[HighSens.]
Sens.]ininScene
SceneMode
Mode
––When
When[Burst]
[Burst]ininthe
the[Rec]
[Rec]menu
menuisisset
settoto[ [
] ]or
or[ [ ] ]
-- 52
48 -
Applicable modes:
Applicable modes:
modes:
Applicable
Applicable modes:
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
Taking Pictures Using the Built-in Flash
Taking Pictures
Pictures Using the
the Built-in Flash
Flash
Taking
Taking Pictures Using
Using
the Built-in
Built-in Flash
A Photo flash
Snimanje
fotografija
pomoću
ugrađene
bljeskalice
Taking
Pictures
Using
thethe
Built-in
Flash
Taking
Pictures
Using
Built-in
Flash
A Photo
Photo
flash
Before Use
Do not
cover it with your fingers or other objects.
A
flash
A
Photo
flash

Do
not
cover
it withway
your
fingers
or other objects.

r by holding the camera
upside-downDo
APhoto
and
the
right
upfingers
B andor
Bljeskalica
not
itflash
with your
other objects.
A
flash
A cover
Photo


Ne not
pokrivajte
prstima
drugim
predmetima.
lightly a few times.
Do
itbljeskalicu
with
your your
fingers
oriliother
objects.
Docover
not cover
it with
fingers
or other
objects.
the camera at the beach or in water, or after washing it, water may remain
speaker and microphone for a while and may cause a drop in volume or sound
strap firmly to prevent the camera from dropping.
Switching
to
flash
setting
Switching
to the
the
appropriate
flashflash
setting
Switching
to appropriate
the appropriate
setting
Prebacivanje
na
postavku
bljeskalice
Switching
the
appropriate
flash
setting
to odgovarajuću
the
appropriate
flash
setting
Set
theSwitching
flash totomatch
the recording.
Set the
to match
the recording.
Setflash
the flash
to match
the recording.
Bljeskalicu
tako
odgovara
načinu snimanja.
Set
the
to match
theda
recording.
Setflash
thepodesite
flash
to match
the
recording.
[‡]
[‡]
[[[‡] ]]
[
]
Press
1
[‰].
Press
1
Press
1[[‰].
[‰].
Pritisnite
►
].
Press
Press
1 [‰].
[‰].
1
Press 1 [‰].
Press
3/4
to
select
the
item
and
then
press
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da
biste
i zatim
Press
3/4
to
the
item
and
then
press
Press
Press
3/4
3/4
to select
select
to select
theodabrali
the
itemitem
andstavku
and
thenthen
press
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to
select
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Recording
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Recording
Recording
Item
of
settings
Opis
Item
Description
settings
Recording
Item
Description
ofpostavki
settings
PressStavka
3/4
to select the item Description
and
then
press
Item
Item
Description
Description
of settings
of of
settings
Item
Description
of
settings
Recording
([Auto])
Item
Description
of
settings
The
flash
is
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
conditions
([Auto])
The
flash
is
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
[‡]
Press
3/4
to
select
the
item
and
then
press
Item
Description
of
settings
Bljeskalica
se
automatski
aktivira
kada
to uvjeti
[MENU/SET].
([Auto])
([Auto])
[‡] [‡]
([Auto])
([Auto])
Theis flash
The
flash
is automatically
is automatically
activated
activated
when
when
the
recording
the
recording
flash
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
conditions
Item The
Description
of
settings
¢1
make ititconditions
necessary.
1
conditions
necessary.
[‡]
([Auto])
The
flash
is
activated
when
recording
([iAuto])
¢1
snimanja
učine
potrebnim.
[MENU/SET].
([iAuto])*
[‡]
([Auto])
The
flash
ismake
automatically
activated
when the
the
recording
¢1¢1 ¢1make
make
make
itautomatically
necessary.
it itnecessary.
necessary.
[ ][ ] ([iAuto])
([Auto])
Item
Description
settings
The flash
is conditions
automatically
activated
when
theof
recording
conditions
[([iAuto])
]([iAuto])
([iAuto])
[‡] ([Auto]) ¢1
The
flash
ismake
automatically
activated when the recording
Recording
conditions
itit necessary.
conditions
make
necessary.
[[
] ¢1
([iAuto])¢1 make
The flash
is
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
conditions
it necessary.
([iAuto])
conditions
it necessary.
is flash
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
conditions
Bljeskalica
se
automatski
aktivira
kada
to uvjeti
[‡] ]] ([iAuto])
([Auto]) ¢1 The flash
The
flash
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
The
The
flash
is
automatically
isismake
automatically
activated
activated
when
when
the
recording
the
recording
[
([iAuto])
make
it
necessary.
ater drops on the camera with Item
a
Description
ofthe
settings
The
flash
is
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
itconditions
necessary.
conditions
make
it
necessary.
snimanja
učine
potrebnim.
¢1 make
conditions
make
make
it
necessary.
it
necessary.
The
flash
is
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
The
flash
is
automatically
activated
when
recording
conditions
[
] ([iAuto])
It
is
activated
once
before
the
actual
recording
to
reduce
the
flash
ismake
automatically
activated
the
recording
Itflash
isactivated
activated
once
before
the
actual
recording
toreduce
reduce the
conditions
ititactual
necessary.
is activated
once
the
recording
towhen
reduce
the
oth and dry the[ camera
a]
se
jednom
prije
samog
snimanja
dared
bi
se
¢2 It
isAktivira
activated
ItThe
is
once
once
before
before
the
actual
the
actual
recording
recording
to
reduce
tothe
conditions
make
necessary.
make
itItnecessary.
[ in([Auto])
[‡]
The
isbefore
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
]
([Auto/Red-Eye])
red-eye
phenomenon
(eyes
of
the
subject
appearing
in
¢2
conditions
necessary.
phenomenon
(eyes
of
the
subject
appearing
red the
in
The
flash
ismake
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
It
is
activated
once
before
the
actual
recording
to
[ ventilated.
] ([Auto/Red-Eye])
phenomenon
(eyes
ofitactual
the
subject
appearing
red
in
the
¢2 red-eye
red-eye
the
phenomenon
phenomenon
(eyes
(eyes
of
the
of
subject
the
subject
appearing
appearing
smanjio
efekt
crvenih
očiju
(oči
objekta
izgledaju
Itred-eye
isred-eye
activated
once
before
the
actual
recording
to reduce
reduce
the
It
is¢2activated
once
before
recording
to
reduce
the
¢2
conditions
make
itthe
necessary.
ea which is well
¢1
2 the
picture)
and
then
activated
again
for
the
actual
recording.
] ]]([Auto/Red-Eye])
] ([Auto/Red-Eye])
[ [ [[([Auto/Red-Eye])
] [([iAuto])
([Auto/Red-Eye])*
It
is
activated
once
before
the
actual
recording
to
reduce
the
¢2
the
and
activated
again
for
the
actual
recording.
conditions
make
itand
necessary.
red-eye
phenomenon
(eyes
ofappearing
the
subject
appearing
red in
in
picture)red
and
then
activated
again
for
theactivated
actual
recording.
inred
theinpicture)
picture)
theslici)
picture)
and
then
then
activated
again
again
forred
the
forin
actual
the
¢2
[([Auto/Red-Eye])
]
red-eye
phenomenon
(eyes
of
the
subject
appearing
red
[ it on] a([Auto/Red-Eye])
phenomenon
(eyes
ofthen
the
subject
theactual
crveno
na
i zatim
se
aktivira
još
jednom
za
¢2 red-eye
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in
low
lighting
mera by standing
dry
cloth.
red-eye
phenomenon
(eyes
ofactual
the
subject
appearing
red in
([Auto/Red-Eye])
•flash
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in reduce
low
It
is picture)
activated
once
before
the
recording
to
the
the
and
then
activated
again
for
the
actual
recording.
Use this
when
you
take
pictures
of
in
low
lighting
¢2 •picture)
recording.
recording.
The
is
automatically
activated
when
the
recording
the
picture)
and
then
activated
again
for
the
actual
recording.
and
then
activated
again
for
thepeople
actual
recording.
]
stvarno
snimanje.
conditions.
ncorporates drain design,[([Auto/Red-Eye])
draining
the
picture)
and
then
activated
again
for
the
actual
recording.
lighting
conditions.
phenomenon
(eyes
of of
the
subject
appearing
red in
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
low
¢2 • conditions.
• Use
• ••red-eye
Use
this
when
this
when
you
take
you
pictures
people
of
people
in
low
inin
conditions
make
itkoristite
necessary.
Use
this
when
youtake
take
pictures
of
people
inlow
low
Use this
you
take
pictures
of pictures
people
in
low
lighting
• when
Ovu
funkciju
uvijek
kada
snimate
ljude
u
([Auto/Red-Eye])
aps in the camera [ON/OFF]
button
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in
low
the
picture)
thenregardless
activated
again
thetoactual
recording.
The
flash
activated
every
time
of
the
recording
lighting
conditions.
lighting
conditions.
conditions.
Itis
activated
once
before
the actual
the
lighting
conditions.
conditions.
The
flashlošeg
is and
activated
every
time
regardless
ofreduce
the recording
The
flashlighting
isisuvjetima
activated
every
time
regardless
ofrecording
the for
recording
osvjetljenja.
[
]
button etc.
lighting
•conditions.
Use
thisconditions.
when
you
take
pictures
ofappearing
people inred
lowin
conditions.
red-eye
phenomenon
(eyes
of the
subject
[‰] dryer
conditions.
The
flash
is
activated
every
time
regardless
of
the
recording
([Forced
Flash
¢2On]) The
The
flash
The
flash
is
activated
is
activated
every
every
time
time
regardless
regardless
of
the
of
the
the camera with[‰]
hot
air
from
flash
is
activated
every
time
regardless
of
the
recording
The
flash
is
activated
every
time
regardless
of
the
recording
([Auto/Red-Eye])
[‰]
([Forced
Flash On])
conditions.
•• Use
this
when
your
subject
is
or
Bljeskalica
se
uvijek
neovisno
ounder
uvjetima
snimanja.
Flash
On])
the
picture)
and
thenaktivira,
activated
again
for
thefluorescent
actual
recording.
[‰]
The
flash
is
activated
every
time
regardless
the
recording
• lighting
Use
this
when
your
subject
back-lit
orofunder
Use
this
when
your
subject
is back-lit
back-lit
oris
under
fluorescent
conditions.
([Forced
Flash On])
recording
recording
conditions.
conditions.
Waterproof performance[‰]
will ([Forced
conditions.
conditions.
light.
[‰]
[‰]([Forced
([Forced
Flashuvijek
Flash
On])
On])
[‰]
([Forced
Flash
On])
[‰]
• •Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
inofunder
low
Ova
se
opcija
koristi
se
svjetlo
nalazi
izarecording
(Bljeskalica
fluorescent
light.
The
flash
iswhen
activated
every
time
regardless
the
Use
this
your
subject
back-lit
or
([Forced
Flash
On])
• Use
• ••conditions.
Use
this
when
this
when
your
your
subject
subject
iskada
back-lit
isis
back-lit
or fluorescent
under
or
e due to deformation.
• light.
Use this
when
your
subject
isuvijek
back-lit
or
under
Use
this
when
your
subject
is
back-lit
orunder
under
([Forced
Flash
On])
lighting
conditions.
[‰]
objekta
snimanja
ili
kod
fluorescentnog
osvjetljenja.
•picture
Use
this
when
your
subject
is
back-lit
or
under
you
take
a
with
a dark
background
landscape,
this
uključena)
light.
([Forced
Flash
On]) If
fluorescent
fluorescent
light.
e chemicals such as benzine,
thinner,
alcohol
cleanser,
soap
detergents.
light.
fluorescent
light.
Ifor
you
take
a conditions.
picture
with
dark
background
Iffluorescent
youor
take
aalight.
picture
with a dark landscape,
backgroundthis
landscape, this
fluorescent
light.
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is
activated
so
•feature
Use
this
when
your
subject
is
back-lit
or
under
([Forced Flash On]) feature
The
flash
is
activated
every
time
regardless
of
the
recording
feature
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is
activated
so
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is activated
If
you
take
a
picture
with
a
dark
background
landscape,
this
Ifdark
you
take
you
atake
picture
a
with
a
with
aabright.
dark
background
background
landscape,
landscape,
If you
take
aIfIfpicture
with
apicture
dark
background
landscape,
this
Ako
snimate
fotografiju
udark
čijoj
je pozadini
tamni
youtake
apicture
with
dark
background
landscape,
this
that
the
background
will
become
Simultaneously,
it
([Slow
fluorescent
light.
[‰]
conditions.
[droplets,
]Sync./
If
you
take
a
picture
with
a
dark
background
landscape,
this
at there are no[ water
open
the
side
door,
and
wipe
off
any
that
the
dark
background
will
become
bright.
Simultaneously,
it
([Slow
Sync./
so
that
the
dark
background
will
become
bright.
]
feature
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is
activated
this
feature
this
feature
will
slow
will
slow
the
shutter
the
shutter
speed
speed
when
when
the
flash
the
flash
is
is
feature
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is
activated
so
krajolik,
ova
opcija
smanjuje
brzinu
rada
zatvarača
feature
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is
activated
[
] Red-Eye])¢2
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
¢2
¢2
•
Use
this
when
your
subject
is
back-lit
or
under
[
]
feature
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
is
activated
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
Red-Eye])
([Forced
Flash
On])
Simultaneously,
it
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
If
you
take
a
picture
with
a
dark
background
landscape,
so
that
the
dark
background
will
become
bright.
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
([Slow
([Slow
Sync./
Sync./
activated
activated
so
that
so
the
that
dark
the
dark
background
background
will
become
willpozadina
become
bright.
bright.this
[
]
that
the
dark
background
will
become
bright.
Simultaneously,
it
([Slow
Sync./
lets or sand left
inside
using
a
soft
dry
cloth.
(P133)
so
that
the
dark
background
will
become
bright.
kada
se
aktivira
bljeskalica
tako
da
tamna
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in
front
of
a
dark
]¢2 Sync./
[
] [ [ [ ] ]Red-Eye])
¢2 •¢2
¢2
fluorescent
light.
([Slow
so
that
the
dark
will
become
bright.
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
ofred-eye
people
in
front
offlash
a in
dark
•is
Use
this
you
take
pictures
of
people
front
of a
feature
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
is
activated
Simultaneously,
it
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
¢2
Red-Eye])
Simultaneously,
Simultaneously,
itwhen
reduces
itbackground
reduces
the
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
phenomenon.
([Slow
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
Simultaneously,
it
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
postaje
svijetla.
Istovremeno
se
tom
funkcijom
plets may adhere to the Red-Eye])
card
or Sync./Red-Eye])
battery
when
side
door
opened
without
([Slow
background.
2 the
¢2
[
] Sync./Red-Eye])
Simultaneously,
ityou
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
Red-Eye])*
dark
background.
that
the
dark
background
will
become
bright.
Use
this
when
take
pictures
people
front
a
Sync./Red-Eye])
• Use
• •so
Use
this
when
this
when
you
take
you
take
pictures
of
people
people
inoffront
front
ofthisofof
• background.
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of pictures
people
inofof
front
ainin
dark
If
you
take
a
picture
with
a
dark
background
landscape,
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in
front
of
a
drying. Also, water may([Slow
accumulate
in the gap
around
the
card/battery
slot
or
smanjuje
efekt
crvenih
očiju.
¢2flash is not
The
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
•Simultaneously,
Use
this
when
take
pictures
of phenomenon.
people
front of a
ityou
reduces
the
red-eye
dark
background.
([Slowany
Sync./Red-Eye])
afeature
dark
a
dark
background.
background.
background.
will
slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
isin
activated
dark
background.
The
flash
is
not
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
al connector. Be sure to wipe
water
off
with
a
soft
dry
cloth.
The
flash
is
not
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
•
Opciju
koristite
kada
snimate
ljude
ispred
tamne
[Œ]
[Œ]
([Forced
Flash
Off])
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
in
places
where
the
use
of
dark
background.
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in
front
of
a
[ ([Forced
] camera
soisis
that
the
dark
background
become
bright.
[Œ]into
Flash
Off])
Useflash
this
when
you
take
inwill
places
where
the
use
of the use
droplets may seep
the
when
the•The
side
door
closed
while
itpictures
is
still
•permitted.
Use
this
when
you
pictures
in
places
where
The
flash
is
not
activated
any
recording
conditions.
The
flash
The
flash
is
not
is
activated
not
activated
intake
any
inin
recording
any
recording
conditions.
conditions.
not
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
pozadine.
The
flash
is
not
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
[Œ]
flash
is
not
dark
background.
([Forced
Flash
Off])¢2
[Œ]
Simultaneously,
it
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
flash
is
not
permitted.
The
flash
is
not
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
ng condensation[Œ]
or failure.
of
flash
is
not
permitted.
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
in
places
where
the
use
[Œ]
[Œ]
([Forced
([Forced
Flash
Flash
Off])
Off])
•
Use
•
Use
this
when
this
when
you
take
you
take
pictures
pictures
in
places
in
places
where
where
the
the
([Forced
Flash Off]) • Use this when
pictures
in places
where
the use
of the use
[Œ]
• Useyou
thistake
when
you take
pictures
in places
where
([Forced
Flash
Off])
Bljeskalica
se
neće
bezinpictures
obzira
napeople
uvjete
snimanja.
• not
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
in front
a use
¢1
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
set.
([Forced
Flash
Off])
•The
Use
when
you
take
in
places
whereofthe
flash
not
activated
any of
recording
conditions.
of
flash
is
not
permitted.
of
use
ofthis
flash
isis
not
isaktivirati
permitted.
not
permitted.
flash
isuse
permitted.
offlash
flash
is
not
permitted.
¢1 This
This ¢1
can
be ([Forced
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is
set.
[Œ]
Flash
Off])
([Forced
Flash
This
can
be Off])
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is set.
•dark
Ovu
funkciju
koristite
kada
želite
fotografirati
na the use
ofbackground.
flash
is
not
permitted.
¢2
The
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move
until
the
second
flash
is
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
in
places
where
¢2
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move
until
the
second
flash
is
(Bljeskalica
uvijek
¢1 ¢1
This
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is
set.
¢1 The
This
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is
set.
([Forced
Flash
Off])
can
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is
set.
¢2 This
The
flash
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move until
the subject.
second flash is
mjestima
na
kojima
dozvoljeno
korištenje
of flash
isactivated
not
permitted.
¢1
This
can be
beis
set
only
when
Intelligent
Mode
is nije
set.
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depends
on
the
brightness
of
The
flash
isAuto
not
in
any
recording
conditions.
Interval
until
thetwice.
second
flash
depends
onmove
the
brightness
of the
the
subject.
isključena)
¢2 activated.
The
¢2
flash
TheThe
flash
is
activated
is be
activated
twice.
The
subject
The
subject
should
should
not
not
move
until
until
the
second
the
second
flash
flash
is subject.
is is
can
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is set.
[Œ]¢1
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depends
on
the
brightness
of the
¢2
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
until
the
second
flash
bljeskalice.
¢2 This
The
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move
until
the
second
flash
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P84)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to
[ON],
[[ move
]] appears
on
the
flash
•
Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
in
places
where
the
useis
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P84)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to
[ON],
appears
on
the
flash
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depends
on
the
brightness
ofsubject.
the
subject.
¢1
This
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is
set.
¢2
The
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move
until
the
second
flash
is
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depends
on
the
brightness
of
the
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depends
on
the
brightness
of
the
subject.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to
[ON],
[
]
appears
on
the
flash
([Forced
Flash
Off])
second
flash
depends on the brightness of the subject.
icon. activated. Interval until the
of
flash
is
not
permitted.
icon.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P74)
(P74)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
isto
set
tonot
[ON],
the
flashis
activated.
Interval
until
the
flash
depends
on
the
brightness
ofonthe
¢2
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
until
flash
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P84)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
ismenu
set
[ON],
[ move
] [appears
onsecond
the
flash
*1 Može
seThe
postaviti
samo
kada
je
postavljen
inteligentni
automatski
način.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
on
the
[Rec]
is
set
to
[ON],
[[] appears
]]the
appears
on
the
icon.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
onsecond
the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to
[ON],
appears
onsubject.
the flash
flash
icon.
activated.
Interval
until
the
flash
depends
the
brightness
of the
[Red-Eye
(P92)
onsecond
the
[Rec]
menu
is
seton
tosve
[ON],
[ se
] appears
onsubject.
the flash
icon.
*2 Bljeskalica
dvaput.
Objekt
se
ne
smije
kretati
dok
bljeskalica
¢1 This
canse
be aktivira
setRemoval]
only when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is set.
icon.
icon.
Removal]
(P92)The
on
the
[Rec]
menu
isaktivacije
set
to [ON],
[the ]second
appears
on
icon.
ne
drugi
put. Vremenski
interval
doshould
drugenot
bljeskalice
ovisi
o the
¢2aktivira
The [Red-Eye
flash
is activated
twice.
subject
move
until
flash
is flash
icon.
svjetlini
predmeta
snimanja.
je [Red-Eye
Removal]
74.) u izborniku
activated.
Interval
until theKada
second
flash depends
on the(str.
brightness
of the subject.
- 57 pojavljuje
- set to [ON],
[Rec]
postavljen
na [ON],
naon
ikoni
se [[ ]].appears on the flash
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
the bljeskalice
[Rec] menu
is
57 -icon.
--- 53
53 -
-- 53
49- -49 -
Snimanje
Recording
■■Available
Raspoložive
postavke
bljeskalice
u načinu
∫
Flash
Settings
in Recording
Modesnimanja
Raspoložive
bljeskalice
ovise
o načinu
snimanja.
The
availablepostavke
flash settings
depend
on the
Recording
Mode.
(O: Dostupno,
●: Početna
postavka
(±:
Available, —: Nije
Not dostupno,
available, ¥:
Scene Mode
initialscenskog
setting) načina)
‡
*+:;
,
/ï
.
1í9
‰
Œ
±¢
—
—
—
±
±
±
±
—
±
±
¥
±
—
±
—
—
—
—
¥
¥
—
±
—
±
—
—
—
¥
±
—
±
Recording
—
¥
Description of settings
±
—
±
[‡]
The flash is automatically activated when the recording
¢ [
] is displayed.
conditions
make
it
necessary.
¢1
] . ([iAuto])
Prikazuje
se [ may
•* The
flash setting
change if the Recording Mode is changed. Set the flash setting again if
• necessary.
Postavka bljeskalice može se promijeniti ako The
se promijeni
način snimanja.
Ako when
je to the recording
flash is automatically
activated
conditions
make
it necessary.
• The
flash setting
is memorised
the camera
is turned off.
However,
the Scene Mode flash
potrebno,
ponovno
podesite even
načinif rada
bljeskalice.
Itse
isMode
activated
once
before
the actual
recording to reduce the
is reset
to
setting when
Scene
is changed.
• setting
Postavka
bljeskalice
pohranjuje
se čakthe
i kada
fotoaparat
isključi.
Međutim,
postavka
[ the ]initial
red-eye
phenomenon (eyes of the subject appearing red in
• Flash
will notu be
activated načinu
when ¢2
recording
motion
picture.
bljeskalice
scenskom
rada vraća
sethe
na
početne
postavke
ako
se
promijeni
([Auto/Red-Eye])
picture) and then activated again for the actual recording.
scenski način rada.
• Use this when you take pictures of people in low
• Bljeskalica se neće aktivirati pri snimanju videozapisa.
lighting conditions.
±
Item
¥
([Auto])
±
[‰]
([Forced Flash On])
The flash is activated every time regardless of the recording
conditions.
• Use this when your subject is back-lit or under
fluorescent light.
[
]
([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])¢2
If you take a picture with a dark background landscape, this
feature will slow the shutter speed when the flash is activated
so that the dark background will become bright.
Simultaneously, it reduces the red-eye phenomenon.
• Use this when you take pictures of people in front of a
dark background.
[Œ]
([Forced Flash Off])
The flash is not activated in any recording conditions.
• Use this when you take pictures in places where the use
of flash is not permitted.
¢1 This can be set only when Intelligent Auto Mode is set.
¢2 The flash is activated twice. The subject should not move until the second flash is
activated. Interval until the second flash depends on the brightness of the subject.
[Red-Eye Removal] (P92) on the [Rec] menu is set to [ON], [ ] appears on the flash
icon.
- 50 - 50 -
[Sensitivity]
other information is more or less the same
Troubleshooting.....................................119
between models, (DMC-SZ1) are used as
∫ Shutter
for controls
each
flash
• Please
note
the
actual
andinsetting
examples
forthat
thespeed
instructions
provided
this Recording
∫ The available
flash
range
components,
menu items,
and
other
manual.
Flash
speed
(Sec.)
Flash setting
Shutter speed (Sec.)
forsetting
your
digital Shutter
camera
may
differ
• information
The operations,
procedures,
or functions
that
Snimanje
Wide
Tele
from
in‡
the illustrations
and screens
differthose
among
models
are indicated
separately,
provided
in
When
operation
or
together
the
model
number.
■
Raspoloživi
raspon
bljeskalice
1 or 1/8 to 1/1300¢1
In with
[ ■this
]manual.
inrelevant
to 1/1300
30 1/60
cm
(0.98
feet)
to 4.4 m (14 feet)
1 m (3.3 feet)1 to
m to
(9.8
feet) ¢2
other information
is more
or less
the
same
or 31/4
1/1300
Recording
e.g.: [Sensitivity]
(DMC-SZ1)
between models,
‰ (DMC-SZ1) are used as
Œ
examples (DMC-FS45)
for the instructions provided in this
Item
De
Wide
Tele
Recording
∫
speed
for each
flash
setting
manual.
¢1Shutter
The shutter
speed
changes
depending
on the [Stabilizer] setting.
[‡] ([Auto])
The flash is automat
• The ¢2
operations,
procedures,
or
functions
that
When
[
]
in
[Sensitivity]
is
set.
Zasetting
[
] u Shutter speed Recording
ne
Flash
(Sec.)
setting
Shutter
¢1speed (Sec.) conditions make it
Item
Des
differ• among
models
are speed
indicated
separately,
([iAuto])
¢1,
2:[Sensitivity]
The
shutter
becomes
maximum of 1Flash
second
in[1,5
the]m
following
cases.
60 cm
do 5,6a m
do
2,9 m
together
with
the
relevant
modelStabiliser
number. is set to [OFF].
– When
the Optical Image
[‡]
([Auto])
The
flash
is
automatic
‡
Applicable
modes:
The
flash
is
automat
(Osjetljivost)
the camera has determined that there is very little jitter when1the
Optical
Image¢1
conditions
or 1/8
to 1/1300
¢1
e.g.: – When
(DMC-SZ1)
conditionsmake
makeit itnec
ne
[
] ([iAuto])
1/60
to 1/1300
¢2
Stabiliser
is
set
to
[ON].
1
or
1/4
to
1/1300
It is activated once b
(DMC-FS45)
[
]
The
flash
is
automatic
• In Intelligent
Auto Mode, shutter speed changes depending
‰
Πon the identified scene.
red-eye phenomenon
¢2Modes will beconditions
make it nec
• The shutter speed for [Sports], [Snow],Wide
[Beach & Surf], [Underwater]
and Scene
([Auto/Red-Eye])
Tele
the picture) and then
Recording
It
is activated once be
A
Photo
flash
¢1
The shutter
speed
changes depending on the [Stabilizer]
different
from above
table.
[ setting.
]
• Use this when you
red-eye phenomenon
¢2 When
is set.
The
available
range
Za [[
] in
u∫[Sensitivity]
¢2
Do not
cover
itflash
with your
fingers or other
objects.
lighting condition
([Auto/Red-Eye])
the picture) and then a
• ¢1,Note
2:[Sensitivity]
The shutter speed
becomes
maximum of 1 second in1,0
them
following
cases.
40 cm
do 5,6a m
do 2,1 m
Wide
Tele
The
flash
is activated
•
Use
this when
you
the the
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
set to the
[OFF].
Recording
•–
If When
you(Osjetljivost)
bring
Flash
too close
to anisobject,
object
may be distorted or discoloured by the
[‰]when the Optical Image
conditions.
lighting conditions
–
When
the
has
determined
that there is veryRecording
little jitter
heat
or
fromIn
the
Flash.
[ flash
] in
∫lighting
Thecamera
available
range
• (9.8
Use feet)
this when you
(0.98sufficient
feet) to 4.4
m([Forced
(14 not
feet)provide
mthe
(3.3
feet) to 3 m
Flash1 On])
Stabiliseraissubject
set to [Sensitivity]
[ON].
• Recording
from too close,30
orcm
without
flash
will
appropriate
The
flash is activated
Item
settings
fluorescent light.
■of
■Brzina
zatvarača
kod
svake
postavke
bljeskalice
• In
Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
shutter
speed
changes
onDescription
identifiedofscene.
level
exposure,
and may
result
in a picture
is too white
orthe
dark.
[‰]
Wide thatdepending
Tele
conditions.
• The
shutter
speed
for [Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
Surf],
[Underwater]
and
Scene
Modes
be• If
When
the [‡]
Flash
is([Auto])
being
charged,
the Flash
icon&flash
blinks
red,
and
you cannot
takewhen
a
picture
even
The
isRecording
automatically
activated
thewill
recording
youthis
takewhen
a picture
Use
your
([Forced
Flash
On])
In
[ above
]∫inShutter
Postavka
Postavka
speed
for each
flash
different
from
table.
when you
press
the
shutter
button
fully.
make
it necessary.
will slow
the s
30¢1
cm
(0.98
feet)
toconditions
4.4
m (14setting
feet)
1 m (3.3 feet)
to 3 mzatvarača
(9.8 feet) feature
fluorescent
light.
Brzina
zatvarača
(s)
Brzina
(s)
[
]
([iAuto])
[Sensitivity]
bljeskalice
bljeskalice
• If recording
a subject
without
the White Balance
may
properly
adjusted. so that the dark back
[ Description
] not be of
Item sufficient
settings
Switching
to the
appropriate
flash flash,
setting
If
you
take
a
picture
w
Flash
setting
Shutter
speed
(Sec.)
Flash
setting
Shutter
speed
(Sec.)
Theachieved
flash is automatically
activated
when¢2
the recording
• TheNote
effects of the flash may not be adequately
under
the following
conditions.
Simultaneously, it red
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
([Auto])
The
flash is automatically
activated when the recording
[‡] in the
will slow the sh
it necessary.
When
[Burst]
[Rec]
menu
isflash
set
tosetting
[conditions
• If–flash
you
bring
the Flash
too
close
to an
object,
the] objectmake
may be
distorted or discoloured by thefeature
Set the
toShutter
match
the
recording.
•
Use
this
when
you
‡
∫
speed
for
each
[ it before
]
make
necessary.
¢1
so1 that the
the dark
1 ili 1/8
do 1/1600*
¢1 backg
Itconditions
is activated
once
the actual
recording
to reduce
– When
the
speed
is too
]]from
([iAuto])
heat
or lighting
the Flash.
dark
background.
to
1/1300
[ [ shutter
1/60
do fast
1/1600
¢2 1 or 1/8
2
Simultaneously,
1/60
to
1/1300
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
1 ilithe
1/4appropriate
do appearing
1/1600*
red-eye
phenomenon
(eyes
of
the
subject
red
in ¢2 it redu
It may take
to charge
the
Flash or
ifspeed
you
repeat
taking
a Flash
picture.
Take
a picture
after
the
• Recording
atime
subject
from too
close,
without
sufficient
flash
will
not
provide
Flash
setting
Shutter
(Sec.)
setting
Shutter
speed
(Sec.)
1
or
1/4
to
1/1300
¢2
The flash is automatically activated when the recording
([Auto/Red-Eye])
is not you
activ
• The
Use flash
this when
thethat
picture)
and
then
activated again
[Œ]
access
disappears.
level
of indication
exposure,
and may‰result in a picture
is toomake
white
dark.
Press
1
[‰].
Πfor the actual recording.
conditions
itornecessary.
•dark
Usebackground.
this when you
‡is being charged,
Use
this when
you
take
pictures
of
people
in
low
The Red-Eye
Reduction
effect differs
people.
Also,
if
the
subject
is
far
away
from
the
• When
the Flash
the between
Flash•icon
blinks
red,
and
you
cannot
take
a
picture
even
([Forced
Flash
Off])
¢1
It is activated once before the actual
recording
to reduce
theis not perm
of flash
1 or 1/8
to 1/1300
[waszatvarača
]the
lighting
conditions.
camera
or press
not
looking
at
the
Flash,
the
effect
may not
be
when
shutter
button
fully.
*1 you
Brzina
se
ovisno
o postavama
funkcije
[Stabilizer].
¢1
The mijenja
shutter
speed
changes
depending
on evident.
the
[Stabilizer]
setting.
The
flash
1/60
to first
1/1300
¢2 red
phenomenon
(eyes
of the
appearing
inis not activa
[Œ]
1properly
orsubject
1/4 toadjusted.
1/1300
¢2sufficient flash,red-eye
• If recording
a je
subject
without
the
White
Balance
may
not
be
([Auto/Red-Eye])
•
Use
this
when
you
¢2 When
[
]]in
[Sensitivity]
is
set.
*2 Kada
podešeno
[
u
[Sensitivity].
¢1
This
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
ist
The
is activated
every
timeOff])
regardless
the recording
the flash
picture)
and([Forced
then
activated
again
for theofactual
recording.
‰ flash may not be adequately
Œ
Flash
• The•effects
of
the
under
the
following
of
flash
is not
perm
• ¢1,
2: The shutter
speedconditions.
maximum
of
1slučajevima:
second
inof
the
following
cases.
*1, 2:
Brzina
zatvarača
iznosi najviše
1achieved
sekundu
u sljedećim
[‰]
¢2
The
flash
isconditions.
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
•becomes
Use
thisawhen
you
take
pictures
people
in low
– When
[Burst]
inoptički
the
[Rec]
menu
is slike
set
topostavljen
[• Use
] this
–Flash
When
the
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
is[OFF].
set
to [OFF].
-¢1
- kada
je
stabilizator
when
your
subject
isset
back-lit
or under
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depend
lighting
conditions.
The
shutter
speed
changes
depending
onna
the
[Stabilizer]
setting.
([Forced
On])
¢1
This
can
be
onlywhen
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is s
– When
the shutter
is
fastsu vibracije
–speed
When
thetoo
camera
has
determined
that
there
is optički
very
little
jitter
the
Optical
Image
kada
fotoaparat
utvrdi
da
neznatne
kada
je
stabilizator
slike
fluorescent
light.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
on
thesubject
[Rec]
menu
is s
¢2
When
[
]
in
[Sensitivity]
is
set.
¢2 The
flashatime
is
activated
twice.
The
should
n
3/4
totoselect
the
item
and
then
press
The flash
is a
activated
every
regardless
of the
recording
•Press
It may take
time
charge
the
Flash
if
you
repeat
taking
picture.
Take
picture
after
the
Stabiliser
is
set
to
[ON].
postavljen
na [ON].
icon.
• ¢1,
2: Thedisappears.
shutter
speed becomes aIfconditions.
maximum
1 second
ina the
cases.
[‰]
you
take
aofpicture
with
darkfollowing
background
landscape,
this
activated.
Interval
until
the second
flash depends
access
indication
Preparation
[MENU/SET].
•
In
Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
shutter
speed
changes
depending
on
the
identified
scene.
• U–inteligentnom
automatskom
načinu
rada
brzina
zatvarača
mijenja
se
ovisno
o
When
the
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
is
set
to
[OFF].
feature
will slow
the
shutter
speed
when
the
flash
isthe
activated
• Use
this
when
subject
back-lit
or
under
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
on
[Rec]
menu
is se
([Forced
Flash
On]) speed
• The∫
Red-Eye
Reduction
effect
differs for
between
people.
Also,
ifyour
the
isisfar
away
from
the
• The
shutter
[Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
&subject
Surf],
[Underwater]
and
Scene
Modes
will be
Playback
prepoznatoj
–or
When
camera
has
that
there
very
little
when
the Optical
Image
[ was the
]not sceni.
so
that
theismay
dark
background
will become
bright.
fluorescent
light.
icon.
camera
looking at
thedetermined
first Flash,
the
effect
not
be jitter
evident.
different
from
above
table.
¢2
Stabiliser
is
set
to
[ON].
• U scenskom
načinu
rada
(Scene
Mode),
brzina
okidača
razlikovat
će
se
od
one
Simultaneously,
it reduces
the red-eye phenomenon.
([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])
time
Approx.
240
you
take adepending
picture with
dark
background
landscape, this
• In Playback
Intelligent
Auto Mode,
shutter speed
changes
onamin
the
identified
scene.
navedene
u gornjoj
tablici.
• IfUse
this when
you take
pictures
of people
in front of a
Notefor
feature
will&slow
the
shutter speed
theModes
flash iswill
activated
• The shutter speed
[Sports], [Snow],
[Beach
Surf],
[Underwater]
andwhen
Scene
be
dark background.
[
]
thattothe
background
become
bright.or discoloured by the
•
If you
bring
the Flash too so
close
an dark
object,
the objectwill
may
be distorted
different
from
above
table.
Note
Napomena
-3¢2
The
flash
is
not
activated
in
any
recording
conditions.
heat or lighting from the Flash.
Simultaneously, it reduces the red-eye phenomenon.
([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])
[Œ]
operating
times
and
number
ofpredmetima
pictures
will
differ
according
to
the
• The
Ne približavajte
bljeskalicu
previše
jer
može
doći
do flash
izobličenja
ili appropriate
•recordable
Use
this
you
pictures
inwill
where
the
use
•too
Use
thiswhen
when
youtake
take
pictures
ofplaces
people
in front
of
a
• Recording
a subject
from
close,
or
without
sufficient
notpredmeta
provide
the
Noteboje
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
([Forced
Flash
Off])
gubitka
zbog
topline
ili
svjetla
bljeskalice.
of
flash
not
permitted.
dark
background.
level
of exposure,
and
may
result
inisaobject
picture
thatbeisdistorted
too whiteorordiscoloured
dark.
•
If
you
bring
the
Flash
too
close
to
an
object,
the
may
by
the
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
• For
Snimanje
objekta
iz
prevelike
blizine
ili
bez
dovoljno
jake
bljeskalice
neće
osigurati
• When
thethe
Flash
is being charged,
the
Flash
icon blinks
red,recording
and you cannot
take a picture even
heat
or
lighting
from
Flash.
The flash
isMode
not activated
in any
conditions.
recordable
pictures
is
¢1
This
can
be
setreduced:
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
isiliset.
[Œ]
dovoljnu
razinu
ekspozicije
te slika
može
biti
prebijela
pretamna.
you
press
shutter
button
fully.
¢ the appropriate
• At
Recording
awhen
subject
from
toothe
close,
or
without
sufficient
flash
will
notaltitude
provide
• Use
this
when
you
take
pictures
in
places
where
low
temperature
or
in
cold
locations
such
as
ski
resorts
or
at
high
¢2
The
flash
is
activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move
until
the
second
flash
isuse
• –Kada
se
bljeskalica
puni,
ikona
bljeskalice
svijetli
crveno
i
snimanje
nije
moguće,
čak
ithe
• IfFlash
recording
a subject
without
the White
Balance may not be properly
adjusted.
([Forced
Off])may
level
of
exposure,
and
result
insecond
a LCD
picture
that
isflash,
too
white
orthe
dark.
of sufficient
flash
is depends
not
permitted.
¢
Residual
image
may
show
on
the
display
when
in
use.
The
battery
performance
activated.
Interval
until
the
flash
on
brightness
of
the
subject.
• The pritisne
effects
ofokidač.
the flashthe
may
not be
achieved
under the
following
conditions.
ako
se potpuno
• When
the Flash
is
being
charged,
Flash
iconadequately
blinks
red,
and
youbycannot
take
a picture
even
will
decrease,
so
keep
the
camera
and
spare
batteries
warm
placing
them
in
a
3[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
on
the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to
[ON],
[
]
appears
on
the
flash
– snima
When
[Burst]
in
the [Rec]
is set
topostoji
[ is set.
] mogućnost da balans bijele
• Ako
se you
objekt
bez
dovoljno
jake menu
bljeskalice,
¢1
Thispress
can
be
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
when
theset
shutter
button
fully.
warm
place
such
as inside
your
cold
protection
gear or clothing. Performance of
icon.
–
When
the
shutter
speed
isflash,
too
fast
boje
neće
bitiflash
podešen.
¢2
The
is activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not move
until
second
flash is
• If batteries
recording
a odgovarajuće
subject
without
sufficient
the
White
Balance
may
not
bethe
properly
adjusted.
60
and
LCD
monitor
will
restore
to
normal
when
the
temperature
returns
to
• Itofmay
take time
to
the Flash
if you
repeat
taking
a
picture.conditions.
Take
a picture
after the
• Učinci
bljeskalice
neće
biti
postignuti
uunder
sljedećim
uvjetima.
activated.
Interval
until
the
second
flash
depends
on
thefollowing
brightness
of the
subject.
• The
effects
the možda
flash
may
notcharge
be ispravno
adequately
achieved
the
normal.
access
indication
disappears.
[Red-Eye
(P92)
onset
the
-- –kada
je[Burst]
funkcija
[Burst]
postavljena
na
[[ ]] menu is set to [ON], [ ] appears on the flash
When
inRemoval]
the
[Rec]
menu
is
to[Rec]
– When
using
[LCD
Mode].
• The
Red-Eye
Reduction
effect differs between people. Also, if the subject is far away from the
icon.
jethe
brzina
zatvarača
–kada
When
shutter
speed
isprevelika
tooand
fastzoom
–--When
operations
such
as flash
arefirst
used
repeatedly.
or was
not Flash
looking
at the
Flash,
the
effect may
be evident.
• It may
take camera
time
to charge
the
if you
repeat
taking
a picture.
Takenot
a picture
after the
Ako
fotografije
snimate
jednu
za
drugom,
vrijeme
potrebno
zaeven
punjenje
bljeskalice
može
•• When
the operating
time of
the camera
becomes
extremely
short
after properly
charging
access
indication
disappears.
potrajati.
nestane
pokazatelj
nastavite
snimanjem.
the
battery,Nakon
the lifešto
of the
battery
may havepristupa,
expired. Buy
a new sa
battery.
• The Red-Eye
Reduction
between
if the subject
is far
away
• Uklanjanje
efekta
crveniheffect
očijudiffers
razlikuje
se odpeople.
osobe Also,
do osobe.
Jednako
tako,
akofrom
je the
camera
or was not
looking at theilifirst
the effect
maynije
not gledala
be evident.
osoba
udaljena
od fotoaparata
akoFlash,
kod prvog
bljeska
prema fotoaparatu,
Taking Pictures Using the Built-in Flash
efekt može izostati.
- 60 -
- 51 - 58 -
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
Applicable
modes:
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Applicable modes:
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
Recording
Taking
Close-up
Pictures
Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
Taking
Close-up
Pictures
([AF([AF
Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
Recording
Snimanje
fotografija
u Pictures
krupnom
planu
([AF Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
Taking
Taking
Close-up
Close-up
Pictures
([AF
([AF
Macro]/[Macro
Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
Zoom])
([AF
Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
This
mode
allows
to take
close-up
pictures
a subject,
when
taking
pictures
This
mode
allows
you you
to take
take
close-up
pictures
of a
a of
subject,
e.g. e.g.
when
taking
pictures
of of
This
mode
allows
you
to
close-up
pictures
of
subject,
e.g.
when
taking
pictures
of
Taking
Close-up
Pictures
([AF
Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
Applicable modes:
flowers.
OvajThis
način
radaallows
omogućuje
objekata
izbliza,
snimanje
cvijeća.
flowers.
This
mode
mode
allows
you you
to
to snimanje
take
close-up
close-up
pictures
pictures
of a
aof
subject,
aprimjerice
subject,
e.g.e.g.
when
when
taking
taking
pictures
pictures
of of
flowers.
This
mode
allows
you
to take
take
close-up
pictures
of
subject,
e.g.
when
taking
pictures
of
flowers.
flowers.
This
mode allows you to take close-up pictures of a subject, e.g. when taking pictures of
flowers.
([AF
Macro]/[Macro
Zoom])
Press
4 [[#].].
Pritisnite
▼
Press
4 [#].
flowers.
Taking Close-up Pictures
Press
Press
4This
[#].
4 mode
[#]. allows you to take close-up pictures of a subject, e.g. when taking pictures of
Press
4
[#].
Press 4flowers.
[#].
Press 4 [#].
Recording
Press
3/4
to select
the
and
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to select
select
theodabrali
itemitem
and
thenthen
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da
biste
stavku
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Item
Description
Press
Press
3/4
3/4
to select
to select
thethe
item
item
andand
then
then
press
press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
[‡]
([Auto])
The
flash
is
automatically
activ
Item
Description
of settings
Press 3/4
to select the item and then
press
[MENU/SET].
Item
Description
of
Item
Description
ofsettings
settings
Stavka
Opis
postavki
conditions make it necessary.
¢1
[ pictures
]Description
([iAuto])
ItemItem
Description
ofsettings
settings
ofclose
You
can
take
a
subject
as
close
5 cm
You
can
take
pictures
of
a of
subject
as
asas
5as
cm
Description
of
You
can
take
pictures
of
a
subject
assettings
close
5 cm
[ ] Item
]
[
Objekte
možete
snimati
s
udaljenosti
od
najmanje
5 cm
(0.16
feet)
from
the
lens
by
the
zoom
button
Description
of
settings
The
flash
is automatically activ
feet)
from
thethe
lens
bysubject
the
zoom
button
You
You
can
can
take
take
pictures
pictures
of
apressing
of
subject
apressing
subject
as
close
as
close
as
5as
cm
5 cm
Press(0.16
3/4
to
select
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
(0.16
feet)
from
the
lens
by
rotating
the
zoom
lever
[([AF ([AF
] Item
([AF
Macro])
You
can
take
pictures
of
a
as
close
as
5
cm
Macro])
Macro])
Macro])
od
objektiva
pritiskom
gumba
za
zumiranje
do
kraja
u make it necessary.
[[ [ ]] ([AF
conditions
upmost
to
Wide
(1k).
upmost
to
Wide
(1k).
(0.16
(0.16
feet)
feet)
from
from
the
lens
thea
lens
by
rotating
by rotating
thezoom
zoom
the
zoom
lever
lever
([AF
] ([AF
Macro])
Macro])
You
can
take
pictures
of
subject
as
close
as
5
cm
completely
to
Wide
(1k).
(0.16
feet)
from
the
lens
by
pressing
the
button
[
]
smjeru
Wide
It is activated once before the
([AF
Macro])
upmost
upmost
to
Wide
to[(1x).
Wide
(1k).
(1k).
] close
Use
this
setting
to
get
close
to
the
subject
and
then
further
(0.16
feet)
from
the
lens
by
pressing
the
zoom
button
upmost
tosetting
Wide
(1k).
Use
this
to
get
to to
the
subject
and
then
further
Item
Description
of
settings
Use
this
setting
to
get
close
the
subject
and
then
red-eye
phenomenon (eyes of
([AF Macro])
¢2
enlarge
when
taking
the
picture.
upmost
to
Wide
(1k).
([Auto/Red-Eye])
Koristite
ovu
postavku
da
biste
se
približili
objektu,
afurther
zatim
enlarge
when
taking
the
picture.
Use
Use
this
this
setting
setting
to
get
to
close
get
close
to
to
subject
the
subject
and
and
then
then
further
enlarge
when
taking
the
picture.
Use
this
setting
to
get
close
to
thethe
subject
and
then
the
picture)
and
You
can
take
pictures
of
a
subject
as
close
as then
5 cmactivated
[
] You
You
can
take
a
picture
with
the
Digital
Zoom
up
to
3kwhen
while
You
can
take
ataking
picture
with
the
Digital
Zoom
up•then
to
3k
while
dodatno
uvećajte
sliku
prilikom
snimanja
further
further
enlarge
enlarge
when
when
taking
taking
the
picture.
the
picture.
Use
this
take pic
Use
this
setting
get
close
tothe
the
subject
and
further
can
take
ato
picture
with
Digital
Zoom
up
to
3k
enlarge
when
the
picture.
[ ][ ]
(0.16
feet)
from
the
lens
byfotografije.
pressing
the
zoom you
button
maintaining
the
distance
to
the
subject
forZoom
the
extreme
Wide
([AF
Macro])
maintaining
the
distance
to
the
subject
for
the
extreme
Wide
lighting
conditions.
You
You
can
can
take
take
aupmost
picture
a
picture
with
with
the
Digital
the
Digital
Zoom
up
to
up
3k
to
3k
Možete
snimati
fotografije
sthe
digitalnim
zumom
do
3x
dok
[([Macro
] Zoom])
([Macro
Zoom])
enlarge
when
the
picture.
while
maintaining
the
distance
to
the
subject
for
the
You
can
take
ataking
picture
with
Digital
Zoom
up
to
3k
while
Zoom])
to
Wide
(1k).
[[ ][([Macro
position
[5
cm
(0.16
feet)].
] ] ([Macro
([Macro
Zoom])
Zoom])
position
[5
cm
feet)].
while
while
maintaining
maintaining
the
distance
the
distance
to
the
to
subject
thethe
subject
for
the
for
the
održavate
razmak
od
objekta
za
krajnji
Wide
položaj
[5 while
cm].
You
can
take
a(0.16
picture
with
the
Digital
Zoom
up
to 3k
extreme
Wide
position
[5the
cm
(0.16
feet)].
maintaining
the
distance
to
subject
for
Wide
The
flash
is activated
tim
[ ]
Use
this
setting
to get
close
toextreme
therecording.
subject
and thenevery
further
([Macro Zoom])• The
([Macro
Zoom])
•Kvaliteta
The
image
quality
poorer
than
during
normal
image
quality
is feet)].
poorer
than
during
normal
recording.
extreme
Wide
Wide
position
position
[5the
cm
[5
(0.16
cm
(0.16
feet)].
feet)].
[‰]
maintaining
the
distance
to
subject
fornormal
the
extreme
Wide
•extreme
conditions.
The
image
quality
is is
poorer
than
during
recording.
•
fotografija
bit
će
lošija
nego
kod
normalnog
position
[5
cm
(0.16
([Macro Zoom])
enlarge
when
taking
the
picture.
•
Zoom
range
will
be
displayed
in
blue.
(digital
zoom
range)
•position
Zoom
range
will
be
displayed
in
blue.
(digital
zoom
range)
• The
The
image
image
quality
isdisplayed
poorer
is poorer
than
than
during
during
normal
normal
recording.
recording.
• Use
this when your subjec
• Zoom
willquality
in
blue.
(Digital
zoom
range)
[5range
cm
(0.16
feet)].
([Forced
Flash
On])
• The
image
quality
isbe
poorer
than
during
normal
recording.
snimanja.
You
can
a picture
with
thezoom
Digital
Zoom
up to 3k while
• Zoom
• range
Zoom
range
range
will
be
will
displayed
betake
displayed
in
in(digital
blue.
(digital
(digital
zoom
range)
range)
fluorescent
light.
[OFF]
jblue.
[ ] • The
[OFF]
Zoom
will
beis
displayed
injblue.
zoom
range)
j
image
quality
poorer
than
during
normal
recording.
[OFF]
Preparation
• Raspon
zuma
bit
će
prikazan
plavom
bojom.
(digitalni
maintaining
the
distance
to
the
subject
for
the
extreme Wide
•
Zoom
range
will
be
displayed
in
blue.
(digital
zoom
range)
j j
([Macro Zoom])
[OFF]
[OFF]
If you take a picture with a dar
[OFF]
raspon zuma)
∫ Playback
position [5 cmj(0.16 feet)].
Note
Note
feature will slow the shutter sp
[OFF]
j
quality
normal
recording. w
[ • The
] image 240
We
recommend
a tripod
andSelf-timer.
the Self-timer.
•recommend
[OFF]
- minis poorer thansoduring
that the
dark background
usingusing
a tripod
and the
• WeNote
Playback
time
Approx.
Note
• Zoom
range
willat
be
displayed
inSimultaneously,
blue. (digital zoom
range) the
¢2
using
a the
tripod
the
• WeNote
•recommend
WeNote
recommend
setting
theand
flash
toSelf-timer.
[Œ]
when
youSync./Red-Eye])
take
pictures
at
close
range.
it reduces
setting
flash
to
[Œ]
when
you
take
pictures
close
range.
([Slow
WeNote
recommend
using
athe
tripod
and
the
Self-timer.
We
recommend
using
using
a
tripod
aflash
tripod
and
the
Self-timer.
the
••• We
••recommend
setting
toand
[Œ]
when
you
take
pictures
at focus
close
range.
Ifdistance
the
distance
between
the
camera
andSelf-timer.
the
subject
is beyond
the focus
range
ofcamera,
the
camera,
[OFF]
•
Use
this
when
you
take pic
j
If the
between
camera
and
the
subject
is
beyond
the
range
of
the
setting
the
flash
to the
[Œ]
when
you you
take
pictures
at focus
close
range.
recommend
using
athe
tripod
•• IfWe
Note
We
•Napomena
recommend
We
recommend
setting
setting
flash
theand
flash
to
[Œ]
toSelf-timer.
[Œ]
when
when
take
pictures
pictures
at
close
at close
range.
range.
the
distance
camera
and
the
subject
is
beyond
the
range
of the
camera,
the
picture
may
not
be
properly
focused
even
the
focus
indication
lights.
dark
background.
the
picture
maybetween
not
be
properly
focused
even
ifyou
theiftake
focus
indication
lights.
If
the
distance
between
camera
and
the
subject
is
beyond
the
focus
range
of
the
camera,
We
recommend
setting
the
flash
to
[Œ]
when
you
take
pictures
at
close
range.
Preporučuje
se
upotreba
tronošca
i
automatskog
okidača.
The
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to
the
••• the
If the
••picture
IfWhen
distance
the
distance
between
between
the
camera
the
camera
andthe
and
theeffective
subject
the
subject
is
beyond
isfocus
beyond
the
the
range
ofnarrowed.
the
ofnarrowed.
camera,
camera,
may
not
be
focused
even
if the
focus
indication
lights
up.range
a
subject
is properly
close
tocamera,
the
camera,
the
effective
range
isfocus
significantly
When
a subject
is close
to the
focus
range
isfocus
significantly
Note
The
flash
is not activated in an
the
picture
may
not
be
properly
focused
even
if
the
focus
indication
lights.
If
the
distance
between
the
camera
and
the
subject
is
beyond
theissnimate
focus
range
ofnarrowed.
thefocusing
camera,
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
the
picture
the
may
be
not
properly
be
properly
focused
focused
even
even
if[[Œ]
theif]the
focus
the
focus
indication
indication
lights.
lights.
Preporučujemo
postavljanje
bljeskalice
na
kada
objekte
izbliza.
•• When
a picture
subject
is
close
tobetween
the
camera,
the
effective
focus
range
significantly
Therefore,
if•not
the
distance
between
the
camera
the
subject
is
changed
after
on the
Therefore,
ifmay
the
distance
the
camera
and
is changed
after
focusing
onwhen
the
We
recommend
using
aeven
tripod
andand
thesubject
Self-timer.
•
Use
this
•• Therefore,
When
a
subject
is
close
to
the
camera,
the
effective
focus
range
is
significantly
narrowed.
the
picture
may
not
be
properly
focused
if
the
focus
indication
lights.
For
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
When
•
When
a
subject
a
subject
is
close
is
close
to
the
to
camera,
the
camera,
the
effective
the
effective
focus
focus
range
range
is
significantly
is
significantly
narrowed.
narrowed.
if the
distance
between
the
and
the[Œ]
subject
isyou
changed
after uređaja,
focusing
on
the you take pic
subject,
it may
become
difficult
to camera
focus
on
it again.
Ako
je
udaljenost
između
fotoaparata
i
objekta
manja
od
raspona
fokusa
slika
subject,
it
may
become
difficult
to
focus
on
it
again.
([Forced
Flash
Off])
•
We
recommend
setting
the
flash
to
when
take
pictures
at
close
range.
of
flash
is
notthe
permitted.
Therefore,
if
the
distance
between
the
camera
and
the
subject
is
changed
after
focusing
on
the
• subject,
When
a
subject
is
close
to
the
camera,
the
effective
focus
range
is
significantly
narrowed.
recordable
pictures
is
reduced:
Therefore,
ifMode
the
if distance
the
distance
between
the
camera
the
camera
and
the
subject
the
subject
is Therefore,
changed
is changed
after
after
focusing
focusing
onbetween
the
on
it may
become
difficult
to
itclose
again.
• Therefore,
Macro
priority
to
afocus
subject
toand
the
camera.
ifdistance
the
distance
• Macro
Mode
gives
priority
to abetween
subject
close
to
the
camera.
the
between
može
biti
nepravilno
fokusirana,
čak
ion
ako
pokazivač
fokusa
svijetli.
•distance
Ifgives
the
distance
between
the
camera
and
theTherefore,
subject
is ifbeyond
the
focus
¢focusing
subject,
it
may
become
to
focus
on
it
again.
Therefore,
if itthe
between
the
camera
and
the
is
after
onrange
the of the camera
Recording
Recording
–
Atcamera
low
or difficult
in
cold
locations
such
as
ski
resorts
or
atchanged
high
altitude
subject,
subject,
ittemperature
may
may
become
become
difficult
toisit
focus
to
focus
on
itraspon
on
again.
it to
again.
•• Macro
Mode
gives
priority
todifficult
afar,
subject
to
the
camera.
Therefore,
if the
distance
between
the
camera
and
the
subject
far,
itclose
takes
longer
tosubject
focus
on
it.
the
and
the
subject
is
takes
longer
focus
on
it.
¢1
This
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto
Mode
is set.
Kad
je
objekt
blizu
fotoaparata,
efektivni
fokusa
značajno
se
sužava.
Stoga,
the
picture
may
not
be
properly
focused
even
if
the
focus
indication
lights.
Macro
Mode
gives
priority
toisa
a to
subject
close
to
the
camera.
Therefore,
ifbattery
theif distance
distance
between
subject,
it may
become
difficult
to
onlonger
itthe
again.
¢••Residual
image
may
show
on
the
LCD
display
when
use.
The
performance
••• the
Macro
Macro
Mode
Mode
gives
gives
priority
priority
to
subject
aitfocus
subject
close
close
to
the
toThe
camera.
the
camera.
Therefore,
Therefore,
if
the
the
distance
between
between
camera
and
subject
takes
to
focus
on
it.
When
you
take
pictures
atfar,
close
range,
resolution
ofin
the
periphery
ofrange
theThe
picture
may
When
you
take
pictures
close
range,
the
resolution
of
the
periphery
of
the
picture
may
¢2
flash
is
activated
twice.
subject
should
not mov
•the
When
aatsubject
is
close
to
the
camera,
the
effective
focus
is
significantly
narrowed.
ako
se
udaljenost
između
fotoaparata
i
objekta
promijeni
nakon
izoštravanja
objekta,
the
camera
and
the
subject
is
far,
it
takes
longer
to
focus
on
it.
•• When
Macro
Mode
gives
priority
to
a
subject
close
to
the
camera.
Therefore,
if
the
distance
between
Note
the will
camera
the
camera
and
and
the
subject
the
subject
isanot
far,
isrange,
itfar,
takes
it the
takes
longer
longer
toactivated.
focus
tooffocus
on periphery
it.
on
it. by
decrease,
so
keep
camera
and
spare
batteries
warm
inflash
a after
you
take
pictures
at
close
resolution
the
ofplacing
thethe
picture
may
decrease
slightly.
This
isthe
adistance
malfunction.
decrease
slightly.
This
ismože
not
malfunction.
Interval
until
second
depends
ononthe
Therefore,
if the
between
the
camera
and the
subject
isthem
changed
focusing
th
•• decrease
When
you
take
pictures
at
close
range,
the
resolution
of
the
periphery
of
the
picture
may
ponovno
izoštravanje
biti
otežano.
the
camera
and
the
subject
is
far,
it
takes
longer
to
focus
on
it.
The
indicated
zoom
magnification
is
an
approximation.
The
indicated
zoom
magnification
is
an
approximation.
•
When
•
When
you
you
take
take
pictures
pictures
at
close
at
close
range,
range,
the
resolution
the
resolution
of
the
of
periphery
the
periphery
of
the
of
picture
the
picture
may
may
slightly.
This
is not
a
malfunction.
•warm
[Macro
Zoom]
cannot
be
set
infollowing
thecold
following
cases.
place
such
as
inside
your
protection
gear
clothing.
Performance
of menu is set to [ON
•• [Macro
Zoom]
cannot
be
set
in
the
cases.
[Red-Eye
(P92)
on
theako
[Rec]
subject,
itof
may
become
difficult
to
focus
on Removal]
itoragain.
decrease
slightly.
This
is
not
a
malfunction.
When
you
take
pictures
at
close
range,
the
resolution
of
the
periphery
of
the
picture
may
“EZ”
is
an
abbreviation
of
“Extra
Optical
Zoom”.
It
is
possible
to
take
more
magnified
pictures
•
“EZ”
is
an
abbreviation
“Extra
Optical
Zoom”.
It
is
possible
to
take
more
magnified
pictures
Makro
način
rada
daje
prioritet
objektu
koji
se
nalazi
blizu
fotoaparata.
Stoga,
je
decrease
decrease
slightly.
slightly.
This
This
is
not
is
a
not
malfunction.
a
malfunction.
• [Macro
cannot
bemonitor
set ingives
the
following
cases.
– InZoom]
Miniature
Effect
Mode
and
LCD
will
restoreto
toa normal
when
the
temperature
returns iftothe distance betwee
–
Inbatteries
Miniature
Effect
Mode
• Macro
Mode
priority
subject
close
to
the
camera.
Therefore,
icon.
•• –
[Macro
Zoom]
cannot
be
set
in
the
following
cases.
decrease
slightly.
This
isis
not
aset
with
the
optical
zoom.
with
the
optical
zoom.
udaljenost
između
fotoaparata
i objekta
velika,
vrijeme
izoštravanja
može
se produljiti.
[Macro
•normal.
[Macro
Zoom]
Zoom]
cannot
cannot
be
set
the
following
the
following
cases.
cases.
When
in
Miniature
Mode
– When
[AF
Mode]
set
tomalfunction.
] subject
[AF
Mode]
isEffect
set
tobe
[ in
][in
the
camera
and
the
is far,
it takes
longer
tothe
focus
on it. (P62)
In
Miniature
Effect
Mode
•• –
[Macro
Zoom]
cannot
be
set
in
the
following
cases.
When
using
the
Digital
Zoom,
we
recommend
using
a
tripod
and
the
Self-timer
(P62)
for taking
taking
•
When
using
the
Digital
Zoom,
we
recommend
using
a
tripod
and
Self-timer
for
–
When
–
When
in
Miniature
in
Miniature
Effect
Effect
Mode
Mode
Kad
izbliza,
razlučivost
slike može
se maloofsmanjiti.
Nije riječ
o picture may
[AF
Mode]
isis
set
–snimate
When
[Burst]
set
to[take
[ ] or] pictures
or][ at
]dijelova
[Burst]
is
set
to
[ to
[]rubnih
–
When
using
[LCD
Mode].
• When
you
close range,
the resolution
the periphery
of the
When
[AF
Mode]
is
set
to
–
In
Effect
Mode
pictures.
pictures.
–
When
–Miniature
When
[AF [AF
Mode]
is
set
is
to
set][[flash
to []] and] zoom are used repeatedly.
[Burst]
isMode]
set
to
[
kvaru.
–
When
operations
such
as
decrease
slightly.
This
isrecording
not a malfunction.
[Burst]
is
set
to
[
]
or
[
]
–
When
[AF
Mode]
is
set
to
[
]
For
details
about
using
the
zoom
while
recording
motion
pictures,
refer
to
P36.
•
For
details
about
using
the
zoom
while
motion
pictures,
refer
to
P36.
When
–
When
[Burst]
[Burst]
is set
istime
to
set[ of
to
[ ]moguće
or
[] or ][ koristiti
]
In
3D
Photo
Mode
[Macro
Zoom]
nije
sljedećim
situacijama.
•–
When
operating
the
camera
becomes
extremely
short
even after properly charging
• [Macro
cannot
be
set
inuthe
following
cases.
–Funkciju
[Burst]
is
set
to [ Zoom]
] or
[be
]used
The the
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be used
in the
the
following
cases:
• When
The
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
in
following
cases:
the
battery,
life
ofMode
the battery
may Mode
have
expired. Buy a new battery.
-- –kada
je uthe
načinu
rada
s efektom
minijatura
– In
Miniature
Effect
In Macro
Macro
Zoom
In
Zoom
Mode
–[AF
When
[AFMode
Mode]
is setna
to [[
]
-- –kada
je način
Mode]
postavljen
In [High
[High
Sens.]
in Scene
Scene
Mode
In
Sens.]
in
–in
[Burst]
is set
to na
[ to
When
[Burst]
inWhen
the
[Rec]
menu
is set
set
to [[ ] or]][or
or [[] ]]]
-- –kada
je[Burst]
funkcija
[Burst]
postavljena
ili
When
the
[Rec]
menu
is
When recording
recording motion
motion pictures
pictures
– When
The Intelligent
Intelligent Zoom
Zoom cannot
cannot be
be used
used in
in the
the following
following cases:
cases:
• The
In Macro
Macro Zoom
Zoom Mode
Mode
– In
In [High
[High Sens.]
Sens.] in
in Scene
Scene Mode
Mode
– In
When [Burst]
[Burst] in
in the
the [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu is
is set
set to
to [[
or [[ ]]
– When
]] or
61-cases:
[Digital Zoom]
Zoom] cannot
cannot be
be used
used in
in the
the following
following
cases:
• [Digital
- 56
-61 In Intelligent
Intelligent Auto
Auto Mode
Mode
– In
-- 52
-- 61- 52
In Miniature
Miniature Effect
Effect Mode
Mode
– In
61
In [High
[High Sens.]
Sens.] in
in Scene
Scene Mode
Mode
– In
When [Burst]
[Burst] in
in the
the [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu is
is set
set to
to [[
or [[ ]]
– When
]] or
- 61 -
2
3
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
Applicable
modes:
Applicable modes:
Applicable modes:
Applicable modes:
Applicable modes:
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Pictures
with
the
Self-timer
Snimanje
fotografija
pomoću
automatskog okidača
Taking
Pictures
with
the
Self-timer
Taking
Taking
Pictures
with
the
Self-timer
Taking Pictures with the Self-timer
Taking
Pictures
with
Taking
Pictures
with the
the Self-timer
Self-timer
Press
2 [[ë].]. with the Self-timer
Pritisnite
◄
Press
2
Press
2[ë].
[ë].
Taking
Pictures
Press 2 [ë].
Press
Press 2
2 [ë].
[ë].
Press 2 [ë].
Press
3/4
to
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
toselect
select
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da
biste
odabrali
stavku
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to select
select
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press 3/4 to select the item and then press [MENU/SET].
Press 3/4
to
select the item and then
press
[MENU/SET].
Description
ofofsettings
Stavka
Opis
postavki
Item
Item
Description
Description
of
of
settings
ItemItem
Description
ofsettings
settings
Item
Description
settings
Press 3/4
to
select the item and then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to
select
the
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Picture
is
taken
10
seconds
after
shutter
is
pressed.
Item
Description
of
settings
([10
sec.])
Picture
isistaken
1010
seconds
seconds
after
after
shutter
shutter
isispressed.
[[ [ ][] ] ([10
([10sec.])
Picture
istaken
taken
seconds
after
shutter
ispressed.
pressed.
] sec.])
Picture
is10
taken
10 seconds
after
shutter
is pressed.
([10sec.]) Picture
([10
sec.])
([10 s])
Fotografija se snima 10 sekundi nakon pritiska okidača.
Item
Description
of settings
Picture
10
seconds
after
shutter
pressed.
sec.])
Item
Description
of
settings
[
] ([10
Picture
is
taken
2 seconds
after
shutter
is
pressed.
Picture
istaken
taken
2seconds
seconds
after
shutter
ispressed.
pressed.
Picture
is2taken
2 seconds
after
shutter
is pressed.
Picture
Picture
isis
istaken
taken
2seconds
after
after
shutter
shutter
is
isis
pressed.
Fotografija
se
snima
2
sekundi
nakon
pritiska
okidača.
Picture
is
taken
10
seconds
after
shutter
pressed.
Item
Description
of
settings
([10
sec.])
]([10sec.])
([2([2sec.])
sec.]) •Picture
[[ [ ][]]] ([2
([2sec.])
using
a10
tripod,
etc.,
this
setting
is
a
convenient
way
to to
• When
When
using
atripod,
tripod,
etc.,
this
setting
ais
convenient
way
•Picture
When
a etc.,
tripod,
etc.,
this
setting
is
apressed.
convenient
way
•using
([2
sec.])
sec.])
When
using
aausing
tripod,
etc.,
this
this
setting
setting
isisis
aais
convenient
convenient
way
way
to
toto
•When
is
taken
seconds
after
shutter
is
is
taken
2
seconds
after
shutter
pressed.
•
Ako
koristite
tronožac
i
sl.,
ova
postavka
može
biti
avoid
the
jitter
caused
by
pressing
the
shutter
button.
avoid
the
jitter
caused
by
pressing
the
shutter
button.
avoid
the
jitter
caused
by
pressing
the
shutter
button.
Picture
is
taken
10
seconds
after
shutter
is
pressed.
[ [ ]] ([2
([10sec.])
avoid
avoid
the
the
jitter
jitter
caused
caused
by
by
pressing
pressing
the
the
shutter
shutter
button.
button.
s])
Picture
is
taken
2
seconds
after
shutter
is
pressed.
([2
sec.])
using
a tripod,
etc., thisafter
setting
is a convenient
way to
• When
Picture
is
taken
2
seconds
shutter
is
pressed.
prikladan
način daetc.,
se izbjegnu
vibracije
koje nastaju
[[ [OFF]
]][OFF]
([2([2sec.])
sec.])
j jshutter
[OFF]
using
a tripod,
this
setting
is shutter
a convenient
to to
• When
j
avoid
theusing
by
pressing
the
button.way
[OFF]
j
j
Picture
isjitter
taken
2 seconds
after
pressed.
When
acaused
tripod,
etc.,
this
setting
is
a is
convenient
way
• pritiskom
nacaused
okidač.
avoid
thethe
jitter
by
pressing
thethe
shutter
button.
[ [OFF]
]
([2sec.])
using
a tripod,
etc.,
this
isshutter
a convenient
• When
avoid
jitter
caused
by
pressing
button.way to
j setting
avoid the jitter caused by pressing
the shutter button.
[OFF]
j[OFF]
[OFF]
Press
the
button
halfway
to
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to focusj
Press
Press
the
theshutter
shutter
shutter
button
button
halfway
halfway
to
tofocus
focus
focus
j
[OFF]
and
then
press
it
to
the
then
press
it fully
to take
the
picture.
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus
and
andand
then
then
press
press
ititfully
fully
fully
to
totake
take
take
the
thepicture.
picture.
picture.
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus
Pritisnite
okidač
dopola
da
biste
fokusirali
and
then
press
it
fully
to
take
the
picture.
•Press
The
Self-timer
indicator
A
blinks
and
the
shutter
isis is
self-timer
indicator
A
blinks
and
the
shutter
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus
•
The
self-timer
indicator
A
blinks
and
the
shutter
••The
The self-timer indicator A blinks and the shutteris
Press
theafter
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus
and
then
it
fully
to
take
the
picture.
10
(or
seconds).
activated
after
10
seconds
2
seconds).
predmet
ipress
zatim
ga
pritisnite
do
kraja
dais
activated
activated
after
after
10
10seconds
seconds
(or22
2(or
seconds).
seconds).
and
then
press
itseconds
fully
to
take
the
picture.
•activated
The
self-timer
indicator
A (or
blinks
and
the
shutter
Before
then
press
fully
to
the
picture.
•and
The
self-timer
AUse
blinks
the shutter
is
activated
afterindicator
10 it
seconds
(ortake
2 and
seconds).
biste
snimili
fotografiju.
• The self-timer indicator A blinks and the shutter is
after
10
(or
Drain water by holding
the
camera
upside-down
and
thei(DMC-FS45)
right
way up B and
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
• activated
The
self-timer
indicator
A okidača
blinks
andAthe
shutter
is (DMC-FS45)
Pokazivač
automatskog
treperi
activated
after
10 seconds
seconds
(or 2
2 seconds).
seconds).
10 seconds
(orsekundi
2 seconds).
shaking it lightly activated
a few times.
okidač
seafter
aktivira
nakon 10
(ili 2 sekunde).
at the beach or in water, or after washing it,
water may remain
• After using the camera
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-FS45)
around the speaker and
microphone for a while and may cause a drop
in volume or sound
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-FS45)
distortion.
• Fasten the strap firmly to prevent the camera from dropping.
Preparation
Note
∫ Playback
Note
Note
Note
Note
•Note
When
you
press
the shutter
button
the subject
is automatically
focused
just
before
Note
•••When
When
you
youpress
press
the
theshutter
shutter
button
button
once
onceonce
fully,
fully,fully,
the
thesubject
subject
is
automatically
focused
focused
just
justbefore
before
When
When
you
press
you
press
the
shutter
the shutter
button
button
once
once
fully,
fully,
the
subject
the
subject
isisautomatically
automatically
is min
automatically
focused
focused
just
before
just
before
•Playback
time
Approx.
240
recording.
Inthe
dark
places,
the Self-timer
indicator
will is
blink
and
turn
on
brightly,
recording.
recording.
In
dark
dark
places,
places,
the
the
Self-timer
Self-timer
indicator
will
blink
blink
and
and
then
thenthen
may
maymay
turn
turn
on
onbrightly,
brightly,
you
press
shutter
button
once
fully,
the
subject
automatically
focused
just
before
• •When
Note
When
youIn
press
shutter
button
onceindicator
fully,
thewill
subject
is
automatically
focused
just
before
recording.
recording.
In
dark
In the
dark
places,
places,
the
Self-timer
the Self-timer
indicator
indicator
will
blink
will blink
and
then
and
then
may
may
turn
on
turn
brightly,
on
brightly,
operating
as
an
AF
Assist
Lamp
to
allow
the
camera
to
focus
on
the
subject.
operating
operating
as
as
an
an
AF
AF
Assist
Assist
Lamp
Lamp
to
to
allow
allow
the
the
camera
camera
to
to
focus
focus
on
on
the
the
subject.
subject.
recording.
In
dark
places,
the
Self-timer
indicator
will
blink
and
then
may
turn
on
brightly,
Note
• When
youas
press
the
shutter
button
once
fully,
subject
is
automatically
focused
just before
recording.
Inan
dark
places,
the
Self-timer
indicator
willtoblink
may
turn on brightly,
operating
operating
asAF
an
Assist
AF Assist
Lamp
Lamp
to allow
to allow
the camera
the camera
focus
toand
focus
onthen
the
onsubject.
the subject.
•recommend
We
recommend
using
abutton
tripod
when
recording
with
the
Self-timer.
Note
We
We
recommend
using
using
a
tripod
when
when
recording
recording
with
with
the
the
Self-timer.
as
Assist
Lamp
totoallow
the
to
focus
on
the
subject.
When
you
press
the
shutter
once
fully,
the
subject
isand
automatically
focused
just before
•••operating
recording.
In
dark
places,
the
Self-timer
indicator
will
blink
then
turn
on brightly,
operating
asan
anAF
AF
Assist
Lamp
allow
thecamera
camera
toSelf-timer.
focus
on
themay
subject.
Note
We
••recommend
We
recommend
using
using
aatripod
tripod
a tripod
when
when
recording
recording
with
the
with
Self-timer.
the
Self-timer.
Napomena
The
self-timer
cannot
be
set
when
recording
motion
pictures.
When
you
press
the
shutter
button
once
fully,
the
subject
is
automatically
focused
just
before
The
The
self-timer
self-timer
cannot
cannot
be
be
set
set
when
when
recording
recording
motion
motion
pictures.
pictures.
••••We
recommend
using
a
tripod
when
recording
with
the
Self-timer.
recording.
In
dark
places,
the
Self-timer
indicator
will
blink
and
then
may
turn
on
brightly,
operating
as ancannot
AF
Assist
Lamp
to
allow
the camera
to focus
on differ
the subject.
We• self-timer
recommend
using
a set
tripod
when
recording
with
the
Self-timer.
The
self-timer
cannot
be
be
when
set
when
recording
recording
motion
motion
pictures.
pictures.
The
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will
according
to the
Kad
jednom
pritisnete
okidač
do
kraja,
objekt
se
automatski
fokusira
neposredno
recording.
In an
dark
places,
the
Self-timer
indicator
willthe
blink
andon
then
may
turn
on brightly,prije
••••The
Self-timer
cannot
be
set
when
recording
motion
pictures.
operating
as
AF
Assist
Lamp
toconditions.
allow
the
camera
to
focus
the
subject.
We
using
abe
tripod
when
recording
with
Self-timer.
Therecommend
self-timer
cannot
set
when
recording
motion
pictures.
environment
and
the
operating
snimanja.
tamnim
mjestima
pokazivač
automatskog
i nakon
asNa
an
AF
Assist
Lamp
to recording
allow
the camera
to Self-timer.
focus
onokidača
the subject.
• operating
We
recommend
using
aće
tripod
when
recording
with
the
The
self-timer
cannot
be
set
when
motion
pictures.
For
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will shorten
and treperiti
the number
of
• We
using
a tripod
when
recording
withza
the
Self-timer.
The
self-timer
cannot
setkao
when
recording
motion
pictures.
togarecommend
bi mogao
zasvijetliti
pomoćno
svjetlo
auto.
fokus kako bi fotoaparat mogao
recordable
pictures
is be
reduced:
• The
self-timer
cannot
be
set
when
recording
motion
pictures.
¢
objekt. or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude
–fokusirati
At low temperature
¢ Residual image
may show
on the
LCD
displaypomoću
when inautomatskog
use. The battery
performance
• Preporučujemo
uporabu
tronošca
kod
snimanja
okidača.
will decrease,
sone
keep
these
camera
andprilikom
spare batteries
by placing them in a
• Automatski
okidač
može
postaviti
snimanjawarm
videozapisa.
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
Wipe off waterbatteries
drops onand
theLCD
camera
with a
monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
dry soft cloth normal.
and dry the camera in a
shaded area
whichusing
is well
ventilated.
– When
[LCD
Mode].
– When
such
as flash
by operations
standing it on
a dry
cloth.and zoom are used repeatedly.
• Dry the camera
• When the operating
time draining
of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
This unit incorporates
drain design,
- 62 -
-57
53
62
62
- -53
- Buy
- a new battery.
the in
battery,
the life[ON/OFF]
of the battery
may have --expired.
water in gaps
the camera
button
- 62 and zoom button etc.
-- 62
• Do not dry the camera with hot air from dryer
53 -or similar. Waterproof performance will
- 53 -
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Compensating
Exposure
Kompenzacija
ekspozicije
Compensating
thethe
Exposure
Use
when
you
cannot
achieve
appropriate
exposure
due
to difference
theudifference
Use
this this
function
when
youne
cannot
achieve
appropriate
exposure
due
to razlika
the
in in
Koristite
ovu function
funkciju
kada
možete
postići
prikladnu
ekspoziciju
zbog
svjetlini
brightness
between
the subject
the background.
brightness
between
the subject
and and
the background.
LookLook
at the
examples.
at following
the following
examples.
između
objekta
i pozadine.
Underexposed
Preslaba
ekspozicija
Underexposed
Properly
exposed
Pravilna
ekspozicija
Properly
exposed
Compensate
the exposure
Compensate
the
exposure
Kompenzirajte
ekspoziciju
towards
positive.
towards
positive.
prema
pozitivnoj
vrijednosti.
Overexposed
Prejaka
ekspozicija
Overexposed
Compensate
the exposure
Kompenzirajte
Compensate
theekspoziciju
exposure
towards
negative.
towards
negative.
prema negativnoj
vrijednosti
Pritišćite
▲
] until
dok
se
ne pojavi
[Exposure]
Press
3 [[È]
[Exposure]
appears.
Press
3 [È]
until
[Exposure]
appears.
(Ekspozicija).
Pritisnite
◄/►
da compensate
biste kompenzirali
ekspoziciju
i
Press
2/1
to
exposure
Press
2/1
to compensate
the the
exposure
andand
thenthen
press
[MENU/SET].
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
press
[MENU/SET].
Vrijednost
kompenzacije
ekspozicije
prikazuje
se
nascreen.
Preparation
• The
compensation
appears
on
the
•• The
exposure
compensation
valuevalue
appears
on the
screen.
The exposure
exposure
compensation
value
appears
on
the
screen.
zaslonu.
• Select
[0
EV]
to
to
the
exposure.
• Select
[0 EV]
return
to the
exposure.
Select
[0 to
EV]
to return
return
tooriginal
the original
original
exposure.
∫ Playback
• Odaberite [0 EV] za povratak na izvornu vrijednost
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
ekspozicije.
NoteNote
Note
•isEV
isabbreviation
an abbreviation
of [Exposure
Value],
a unit
indicating
the amount
of exposure.
• EVNote
an
of [Exposure
Value],
a unit
indicating
the amount
of exposure.
The The
EV EV
• EV
anisabbreviation
[Exposure
ashutter
unit
the amount
of exposure.
The EV
•ischanges
EV
an with
abbreviation
of
[Exposure
Value],
a indicating
unit
indicating
the amount
of exposure.
The EV
the of
aperture
value
or shutter
the
speed.
Note
changes
with
the aperture
value
or Value],
the
speed.
Napomena
changes
with
the
aperture
value
or
the
shutter
speed.
changes
with
the
aperture
value
or
the
shutter
speed.
• The
set exposure
value
is memorised
even
the
camera
is turned
off.
The
operating
times
and
number
of even
recordable
pictures
will
differ
to the
• The
set
exposure
is memorised
if theif camera
is turned
off. according
EV• je
akronim
odvalue
[Exposure
Value]
(Vrijednost
ekspozicije),
mjere
količine
ekspozicije.
•• The
set
exposure
isof
memorised
even
if the
camera
is turned
off.
The
set exposure
value
isofmemorised
even
the
camera
is turned
off.
compensation
range
the
exposure
williflimited
be
limited
depending
on brightness
the brightness
of the
environment
andvalue
the
operating
conditions.
The
compensation
range
the
exposure
will
be
depending
on the
of the
• The
compensation
range
of
the
exposure
will
be
limited
depending
on
the
brightness
of theof the
Vrijednost
ekspozicije
mijenja
se
zajedno
s
otvorom
blende
ili
brzinom
okidača.
•
The
compensation
range
of
the
exposure
will
be
limited
depending
on
the
brightness
subject. in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
For example,
subject.
subject.
subject.
• recordable
Odabrana pictures
ekspozicija
ostaje spremljena čak i kad se fotoaparat isključi.
is reduced:
At low temperature
or inograničen
cold locations
such as
ski resorts
or at high altitude¢
• –Raspon
kompenzacije
je ovisno
o svjetlini
objekta.
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
-- 58
54- -63
63
54 -
Creating still picture from motion picture
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
Mode:
Način
snimanja:
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be saved as a s
Picture size of the still picture to be created will differ depending on the
recorded motion picture.
Snimanje
slika koje
diorame
Record
pictures
thatizgledaju
look like kao
dioramas
(Miniature
Recording mode
(načinMode)
rada
s efektom
Effect
(Miniature
Effect
Mode) minijatura)
Aspect ratio
[1280k720/50p]
Picture size after c
0.9 M
Stvaranjem
područja
zamućena
i onihthat
koja
nisu,
će sewill
efekt
minijaturnog
By
creating areas
thatkoja
are su
blurred
and areas
are
not,postići
the picture
look
like that of a
16:9
modela. Videozapisi
se također
snimati
s [iFrame]
efektom
diorame
te se
njihova
miniature
model. Motion
picturesmogu
can also
be recorded
with
diorama
effects
that appear0.5to
M
be
played back
fast forward.
reprodukcija
činiinubrzanom.
4:3
[640k480/50p]
0.3M
1
Press
Slide
the
[MODE].
REC/PLAY
switch to
[!],the
and
press
[MODE].
Press
at
the location
to be saved as a s
Povucite
prekidač REC/PLAY
prema
[ then
]button
i zatim
pritisnite
[MODE].
the
playback.
Preparation
≥ It
is convenient
to use
Pause,
Playback and Frame-by
∫ Playback
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
odabrali
[Miniature
Effect]
(Efekt
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
select
[Miniature
Effect],
and
thenSlow-motion
press
[MENU/
Press
3/4/2/1
to
[Miniature
Effect],
and
then
press
[MENU/
≥[MENU/SET].
Date the motion picture was recorded will be registered as date of
SET].
minijature)
i
zatim
pritisnite
Playback
Approx. 240 min
SET]. time
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
Note
Napomena
Note
Repeat playback
•• Display
of the recording screen will be delayed more than usual and the screen will look as if
Note
The
operating
times
and number
of recordable
pictures
willjediffer
according
to će
these da
Prikaz
zaslona
za snimanje
imat će
veću zadršku
nego što
uobičajeno
i činit
frames are
dropping.
the operating
conditions.
• environment
of the and
recording
screen will
be delayed more than usual and the screen will look as if
kadrovi
• Display
No
soundpadaju.
is recorded in motion pictures.
For
example,
in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
frames
are dropping.
Na videozapisima
snima
zvuk.
•• Approximately
1/8 ofse
thenetime
period
is recorded.
for 8 starts
minutes,
resulting
Playback(Ifofyou
therecord
first scene
afterthe
playback
of the last scene finis
recordable
is reduced:
No
sound ispictures
recorded
in motion pictures.
picture
recording
will be approximately
1 minute
long.)
¢
•• motion
Snima
se
približno
vremena
8 minuta,
videozapis
koji
– At low temperature
or inproteklog
coldperiod
locations
such(Ako
as ski
resorts
or
at
altitude
Approximately
1/8 of 1/8
the
time
is recorded.
(Ifsnimate
you
record
forhigh
8 minutes,
the resulting
The
displayed
available
recording
time is approximately
8SETUP]
times. When
switching
to Recording
[VIDEO
[REPEAT
# [ON]
nastaje
trajatimage
će približno
1be
minutu).
¢ Residual
maywill
show
on the LCD display
when
in use.#The
batteryPLAY]
performance
motion
picture
recording
approximately
1: minute
long.)
Mode, please check the available recording time.
The
displayed
available
recording
time isand
approximately
8 times.
When
switching
to Recording
will
decrease,
so
keep
the
camera
spare
batteries
warm
by
placing
them
in a
Prikazano
dostupno
vrijeme
snimanja
približno
je
8
puta.
Kada
prebacujete
na
• When taking pictures of a large size, the screen may turn black after taking the picturenačin
because
Mode,
please
check
recording
time. indication
The
appears
on the
full screen views.
warm
place
suchthe
asavailable
inside
cold
protection
gear or
clothing.
Performance
of
snimanja,
provjerite
preostalo
vrijeme
snimanja.
signal
processing.
This
is not ayour
malfunction.
• of
When
taking pictures
ofmonitor
a large size,
screen
may
turnwhen
black
aftertemperature
taking
the picture
because
batteries
and
LCD
will the
restore
normal
the
returns
to playing back mot
≥ Allto
the
scenes
are played
backsnimanja
repeatedly.
(When
• Kada
snimate
slike
velike
veličine,
zaslon
se
može
zatamniti
nakon
fotografije
of signal
processing. This is not a malfunction.
normal.
zbog
obrade signala. Nije riječ o kvaru. the scenes on the selected date are played back repeatedly.)
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 49 -
- 67
55 -
Creating still picture from motion picture
Recording
Mode:
Način
snimanja:
Recording Mode:
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be saved as a s
Recording
Snimanje
Picture
size of the still picture to be created will differ depending on the
Recording
recorded motion picture.
Recording
Aspect
ratio koji
Picture size after c
Snimanje
fotografija
koje
odgovaraju
prizoru
Taking
pictures
that match
themode
scene being
Taking
pictures
that
match
the
scene
being
0.9
1
se snima (Scene
(Scenski
rada)
recorded
Mode)način[1280k720/50p]
16:9
recorded (Scene Mode)
0.5
[iFrame]
M
M
Kad odaberete
scenski
način
rada
odgovara
objektu
situaciji, fotoaparat
When
you select
a Scene
Mode
to koji
match
the subject
andi recording
situation, podešava
the camera
optimalne
uvjete
ekspozicije
i nijanse
bojethe
zathe
postizanje
željene
fotografije.
When
you
selectexposure
a Scene Mode
to match
subject
and
recording
situation,
the
camera
sets
the
optimal
and
hue
to obtain
desired
picture.
4:3
[640k480/50p]
0.3M
sets the optimal exposure and hue to obtain the desired picture.
Press
at
the location
to be saved as a s
Povucite
prekidač REC/PLAY
prema
[ then
]button
i zatim
pritisnite
[MODE].
Slide
Press
the
[MODE].
REC/PLAY
switch to
[!],the
and
press
[MODE].
Press [MODE].
the playback.
≥ It is convenient to use Pause, Slow-motion Playback and Frame-by
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
[Scene
Mode],
and then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
odabrali
[Scene
Mode]
(Scenski
način) i
≥ Date the
motionand
picture
was
recorded
will be registered as date of
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
[Scene
Mode],
then
press
[MENU/SET].
zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
Press 3/4/2/1 to select the Scene Mode and
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
the
Scene Mode
andnačin
Repeat
playback
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
odabrali
scenski
Preparation
then
press
[MENU/SET].
rada
i
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
∫ Playback
Playback time
Playback Approx.
of the first240
scene
minstarts after playback of the last scene finis
Note
: [VIDEO SETUP] # [REPEAT PLAY] # [ON]
Napomena
Note
change the Scene Mode, press [MENU/SET], select [Scene Mode] using 3/4/2/1, and
• To Note
To
change
the
Scene
Mode,
press
[MENU/SET],
select
[Scene
Mode]
3/4/2/1,
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will
differ using
according
to the and
••• The
Da
biste
promijenili
scenski
način,
pritisnite
[MENU/SET],
odaberite
[Scene
Mode]
then
press
[MENU/SET].
To change the Scene Mode, press [MENU/SET],
select
[Scene
Mode]
using
and
The
indication
appears
on
the 3/4/2/1,
full screen views.
then
press
[MENU/SET].
and thebe
conditions.
• environment
The
following
cannot
set
in Scene
Mode
as the camera adjusts automatically.
then
press▲/▼/◄/►,
[MENU/SET].
pomoću
aoperating
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
•• For
The
following
cannot
be
set
in
Scene
Mode
as
the
camera
adjusts
automatically.
≥
All
the
scenes
are
played
back
repeatedly.
(When
playing back mot
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
–
[Sensitivity]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[Color
Mode]
The
following
cannot
bepostaviti
set in Scene
Mode as načinu
the camera
automatically.
• recordable
Sljedeće
se
ne
može
u scenskom
radaadjusts
jer fotoaparat
automatski
–
[Sensitivity]
pictures is reduced:
the Mode]
scenes on the selected date are played back repeatedly.)
–podešava
[Sensitivity]/[i.Exposure]/[i.Resolution]/[Color
¢
postavke.
[i.Exposure]
– At
low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude
–-¢
-[i.Resolution]
[Sensitivity]
(Osjetljivost)
Residual image
may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
–--[Color
Mode] (Inteligentno
will decrease,
so keep thepodešavanje
camera and ekspozicije)
spare batteries warm by placing them in a
[i.Exposure]
warm place such
as insidepodešavanje
your cold protection
gear or clothing. Performance of
-- [i.Resolution]
(Inteligentno
razlučivosti)
batteries
and (Boja)
LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
-- [Color
Mode]
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 49 -
- 68
56 - 68 -
Snimanje
Recording
[Portrait](Portret)
[Portrait]
When
taking pictures
ofna
people
outdoors
the daytime,
thisomogućuje
mode allows
Kada slikate
ljude vani
danjem
svjetlu,during
ovaj vam
način rada
da you to
improve
the appearance
and make
skin tones
look healthier.
unaprijedite
izgled i da tonovi
kože their
izgledaju
zdravije.
∫
Portrait
Modeportreta
■■Technique
Tehnika zafor
način
snimanja
To
make thissnimanje:
mode more effective:
Učinkovitije
1 Zakrenite
Press andručicu
hold down
asTele.
far as possible to Tele.
zumathe
do zoom
kraja ubutton
smjeru
2 Približite
Move close
to the subject
to make
this mode more effective.
se objektu
radi boljeg
učinka.
Recording
[SoftSkin]
Skin](Blagi oblik)
[Soft
[Portrait]
When taking pictures of people outdoors during the daytime, this mode enables the texture
Kad snimate ljude na otvorenome tijekom dana, ovaj način snimanja omogućuje da
of
their taking
skin topictures
appear even
softeroutdoors
than withduring
[Portrait].
(It is effective
whenallows
taking you
pictures of
When
people
the daytime,
this [Portrait]
mode
teksture
njihove
kože of
ublažite
još više nego
s načinom
snimanja
(Ovaj je to
people
from
the
chest
up.)
improve
the
appearance
and
make
their
skin
tones
look
healthier.
način snimanja učinkovit kad snimate osobe od prsa naviše).
∫
Soft
SkinMode
Mode
∫
Technique
for
Portrait
■■Technique
Tehnika zafor
način
snimanja
Soft Skin
Preparation
To
make
this
mode
more
effective:
To
make
this
mode
more
effective:
Učinkovitije
snimanje:
∫
Playback
1
and
hold
as
far
1 Press
Press
andručicu
hold down
down
the
zoom
button
asTele.
far as
as possible
possible to
to Tele.
Tele.
Zakrenite
zumathe
dozoom
kraja button
u
smjeru
2
close
to
the
to
this
Playback
Approx.
240 min
2 Move
Move
close
to
the subject
subject
to make
make
this mode
mode more
more effective.
effective.
Približite
setime
objektu
radi boljeg
učinka.
Note
Napomena
Note
If[Soft
a part
of the background
etc. is a colour
close to pictures
skin colour,
partaccording
is also smoothed.
operating
times and
recordable
willthis
differ
to the
•••The
Ako
je Skin]
dio pozadine
i sl. number
boje kojaofsliči
boji
kože,
taj će dio
također
biti ublažen.
• environment
This mode may
notthe
be operating
effective when
there is insufficient brightness.
and
conditions.
•When
Ovajtaking
način pictures
može
bitiof
neučinkovit
ako
nema
dovoljno
svjetlosti.
people
outdoors
during
the
daytime,
this
mode
enables
the texture
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
of
their skinpictures
to appear
even softer than with [Portrait]. (It is effective when taking pictures of
recordable
is reduced:
people
the chestorup.)
[Scenery]
(Krajolik)
–[Scenery]
At lowfrom
temperature
in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢
Residual
image
may
show on
LCDlandscape.
display when in use. The battery performance
This allows you to take pictures
of the
a wide
Ovaj
način
rada
omogućuje
snimanje
širokih
krajolika.
∫
Technique
forscene
Soft
Skin
Mode
will
decrease,
so keep
the
camera
and spare
batteries
warm by placing them in a
warmthis
place
such
as inside
your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
To make
mode
more
effective:
batteries
monitor
will button
restoreas
tofar
normal
when the
temperature returns to
1 Press
andand
holdLCD
down
the zoom
as possible
to Tele.
normal.
2 Move
close to the subject to make this mode more effective.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
Note
• When
the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
If abattery,
part of the
etc. ismay
a colour
to skin
part is also smoothed.
•the
the background
life of the battery
haveclose
expired.
Buycolour,
a new this
battery.
• This mode may not be effective when there is insufficient brightness.
[Scenery]
This allows you to take pictures of a wide landscape.
-- 57
69 --
[Panorama Shot]
[Panorama
[PanoramaShot]
Shot]
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
Pictures
are recorded
whilesnimak)
moving the camera horizontally or vertically, and
[Panorama
Shot]continuously
(Panoramski
Recording
Pictures
Pictures
are
are
recorded
recorded
continuously
continuously
while
while
moving
moving
the
the
camera
camera
horizontally
horizontally
oror
vertically,
vertically,
and
and
Recording
Shot]
are [Panorama
combined to make
a single panorama picture.
are
are
combined
combined
toto
make
make
aa
single
single
panorama
panorama
picture.
picture.
Slike
seare
snimaju
uzastopno
dok vodoravno
ili okomito
pomičete
fotoaparat
te se
[Panorama
Shot]
Pictures
recorded
continuously
while moving
the camera
horizontally
or vertically,
and
[Panorama
Shot]panoramsku
kombiniraju
jednu
sliku. direction
1 are
Press
3/4utoto
select
the recording
and then press
combined
make
a
single
panorama
picture.
11
Press
Press
3/4
3/4
toto
select
select
the
the
recording
recording
direction
direction
and
and
then
then
press
press
Pictures
are
recorded
continuously
while
moving
the
camera
horizontally
or
vertically,
Pictures
are recorded
continuously
while smjer
moving
the camera
horizontally or vertically, and
and
1[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da
biste
odabrali
snimanja
i zatim
[MENU/SET].
1
Press
3/4
to
select
the recording
direction
and then
press
are
combined
to
make
a
single
panorama
picture.
are[MENU/SET].
combined
to
make
a
single
panorama
picture.
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
1 [MENU/SET].
Press 3/4
3/4 to
to select
select the
the recording
recording direction
direction and
and then
then press
press
1
Press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
2 After confirming the recording direction, press [MENU/SET].
222After
After
confirming
confirming
the
the
recording
recording
direction,
direction,
press
press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Nakon što potvrdite smjer snimanja, pritisnite [MENU/SET].
• A horizontal/vertical guide is displayed.
•A
•A
horizontal/vertical
horizontal/vertical
guide
guide
is is
displayed.
displayed.
• Prikazuje
se vodoravna/okomita
After
confirming
the recording
3 2 Press
the
shutter
button
halfwaydirection,
tolinija.
focus. press [MENU/SET].
333Press
Press
the
the
shutter
shutter
button
button
halfway
toto
focus.
focus.
•
A horizontal/vertical
guidehalfway
is
displayed.
Okidač
pritisnite
dopola
za
fokusiranje.
2
After
confirming
the
recording
direction,
press
2 Press
Afterthe
confirming
the
recording
press [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
43
shutter
button
fully
anddirection,
record
a picture
while moving the camera in a
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
focus.
444Press
Press
the
the
shutter
shutter
button
button
fully
fully
and
and
record
record
a picture
a picture
while
while
moving
moving
the
the
camera
camera
inin
aa
Pritisnite
okidač
do
kraja
i
snimite
dok
pomičete
fotoaparat
•A
A horizontal/vertical
horizontal/vertical
guide is
isselected
displayed.infotografiju
•
guide
displayed.
1
.
small
circle
in
the
direction
Step
4
Press
the
shutter
button
fully
and
record
a
picture
while
moving the camera in a
laganim
pokretom
u smjeru
odabranom
u 1.koraku.
3 small
Press
the kružnim
shutter
button
halfway
toinfocus.
focus.
1.1.
small
circle
circle
inin
the
the
direction
direction
selected
selected
in
Step
Step
3
Press
the
shutter
button
halfway
to
1.
small
circle
in thebutton
direction
selected
in Step
4Technique
Press
shutter
fully
and
Press the
the
shutter
button
fully
and record
record a
a picture
picture while
while moving
moving the
the camera
camera in
in a
a
∫4
for
Panorama
Shot
Mode
■Technique
■Tehnika
zafor
panoramske
snimke
∫∫
Technique
for
Panorama
Panorama
Shot
Shot
Mode
Mode
1..
small circle
circle in
in the
the direction
direction selected
selected in
in Step
Step 1
small
Snimanjefrom
slijeva
Recording
leftnadesno
to right
Recording
from
right
∫
for
Panorama
Shot
Recording
from
leftleft
toto
right
∫ Technique
Technique
for
Panorama
Shot Mode
Mode
Move
the camera
inpokretom
a single panning
Fotoaparat
pomičite
jednim
oko
8about
Trace a half-circle
with
the in
camera,
taking
Move
Move
the
the
camera
camera
in
aa
single
single
panning
panning
Recording from
from left
left to
to right
right
motion for about 8 seconds.
Recording
sekundi.
4 seconds.
motion
motion
for
for
about
about
8
8
seconds.
seconds.
•
Move
the
camera
at
a
constant
speed.
Trace
a
half-circle
with
the
camera,
taking
about
athe
half-circle
with
the at
camera,
taking
about
••Trace
Fotoaparat
pomičite
stalnom
brzinom.
Fotografije
Move
at
a
constant
• Pictures
•camera
Move
Move
the
the
camera
camera
at
a
constant
aspeed.
constant
speed.
speed.
may
not be
able
to be recorded
4Pictures
seconds.
4
seconds.
may
not
be
able
to
be
recorded
properly
se
možda
neće
moći
ispravno
snimiti
ako
Pictures
Pictures
may
may
not
not
bebe
able
able
toto
bebe
recorded
recorded
properly
if
the
camera
is
moved
too
fast if
•• the
Move
the
camera
constant
speed.
camera
is moved
too
fast orili
slow.
Move
theor
camera
atthe
athe
constant
speed.
properly
properly
ifat
ifa
camera
camera
is
is
moved
moved
too
too
fast
fast
pomičete
fotoaparat
prebrzo
presporo.
too
slow.
Pictures may
may
not
be able
able to
to be
be recorded
recorded properly
properly if
if
not
be
too
slow.
slow.
APictures
second
sekunda
Aoror
1too
second
the11camera
camera
is
moved
too
fast
or
slow.
the
is
moved
too
fast
or
slow.
AA2
1 seconds
second
1 second
B 22seconds
sekunde
B
A
BB3
2 seconds
seconds
2 seconds
C
33second
seconds
A 1
1
second
sekunde
C
B
B
C
C
2
CC3 seconds
3 seconds
2 seconds
seconds
3
3 seconds
seconds
D Move the camera in the recording direction without shaking it. If the camera shakes too
D much,
Move the
camera
in not
the recording
without
shaking
it. If the
camerapicture
shakesmay
too
pictures
may
be able todirection
be recorded,
or the
recorded
panorama
DDMove
Move
Move
the
the
camera
camera
in
in
the
recording
recording
without
without
shaking
shaking
it.
IfIfthe
Ifne
the
camera
camera
shakes
shakes
too
too
D
the
camera
in
the
recording
direction
without
shaking
it.ga
the
camera
shakes
too
pomičite
uthe
smjeru
pazeći
dait.it.
tresete.
Ako
se
much,
pictures
may
not
be
ablesnimanja,
to direction
bedirection
recorded,
or pritom
the
recorded
picture
may
become
narrower
(smaller).
D Fotoaparat
Move
the
camera
in
the
recording
direction
without
shaking
If panorama
the
camera
shakes
too
much,
much,
pictures
pictures
may
may
not
not
be
be
able
able
to
to
be
be
recorded,
recorded,
or
or
the
the
recorded
recorded
panorama
panorama
picture
picture
may
may
much,
pictures
may
not be
bemožda
ableedge
toneće
beofrecorded,
recorded,
or
thesnimiti
recorded
panorama
picture
may
previše
trese,
bitirange
moguće
ili edge
će
snimljena
become
narrower
(smaller)
E fotoaparat
Move
the
camera
towards
the
the
you
wish
to fotografije
record.
(The
of the
much,
pictures
may
not
able
to
be
or
the
recorded
panorama
picture
may
become
become
narrower
narrower
(smaller)
(smaller)
become
narrower
(smaller).
E panoramska
Move
the
camera
towards
the
edge
offrame)
the range you wish to record. (The edge of the
bitiin
uža
(manja).
range
willnarrower
notfotografija
be recorded
the
last
(smaller).
EEbecome
Move
Move
the
the
camera
camera
towards
towards
the
edge
edge
offrame)
of
the
the
range
range
you
you
wish
wish
toto
record.
record.
(The
(The
edge
edge
of of
the
the
E
Move
the
camera
towards
the
edge
of
the
range
you
wish
to
record.
(The
edge
of
the
range
will
not
be recorded
in the
the
last
E
Move
the
camera
towards
the
edge
of
the
range
you
wish
to
record.
(The
edge
of
the
Fotoaparat
pomičite
prema
rubu
raspona
koji želite
snimiti
(rub raspona
neće
se
range
range
will
will
not
not
be
be
recorded
recorded
in
in
the
the
last
last
frame)
frame)
rangethe
will shutter
not be
be recorded
recorded
in
the last
last
frame)
Press
button in
once
again
to end the still picture recording.
range
will
not
the
frame)
5 snimiti u posljednjem kadru).
5 Press
the shutter
button
onceby
again
to end
the stillstill
picture
recording.
•Press
Recording
can also
be ended
keeping
the
camera
while recording.
55
Press
the
the
shutter
shutter
button
button
once
once
again
again
toto
end
end
the
the
still
still
picture
picture
recording.
recording.
5 Press
Press the
the shutter
shutter button
button once
once again
again to
to end
end the
the still
still picture
picture recording.
recording.
5
• Recording
can
also be okidač
cancelled
keeping
the camera
still while
recording.
pritisnite
daby
biste
zaustavili
snimanje
fotografije.
• Recording
•Ponovno
Recording
can
can
also
also
bebe
cancelled
cancelled
byby
keeping
keeping
the
the
camera
camera
still
still
while
while
recording.
recording.
can
also
by
the
still
recording.
•• Recording
Recording
also be
be ended
ended
by keeping
keepingtako
the camera
camera
still while
while fotoaparat
recording. tijekom
Snimanje can
se također
može zaustaviti
da ne pomičete
snimanja.
-- 63
63
- 63-- - 58 - 70 -- 70
70 --
Preparation
∫ Playback
Playback time
Snimanje
Approx. 240 min
Note
Napomena
operating
times and
number of
pictures will differ according to the
• The
Položaj
zuma fiksno
je postavljen
narecordable
Wide.
and
the boje
operating
conditions.
• environment
Fokus, balans
bijele
i ekspozicija
fiksno su postavljeni na optimalne vrijednosti
For example, in the following cases,
the operating times will shorten and the number of
Recording
za prvu fotografiju.
posljedica
toga, ako se fokus ili svjetlina znatno promijene
recordable
pictures isKao
reduced:
¢
snimanja, cjelokupna
panoramska
možda
biti snimljena
s
–tijekom
At low temperature
or in cold locations
such fotografija
as ski resorts
or at neće
high altitude
Note odgovarajućim
fokusom
ili svjetlinom.
¢ Residual image
may show
on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
position
is fixed
toso
Wide.
• The zoom
willspajate
decrease,
keep the da
camera
warmfotografiju,
by placingobjekt
them in
• Kada
više
fotografija
biste and
dobilispare
jednubatteries
panoramsku
sea
• The focus,može
white
balance,
and exposure
are
fixed
at the
optimum
values
the first Performance
picture. As
warm
place
such
as ili
inside
your
cold
protection
orfor
clothing.
of
činiti
izobličenim
ponekad
spojevi
mogu
bitigear
vidljivi.
a result, if thebatteries
focus or brightness
changeswill
substantially
recording,
thetemperature
entire panorama
and
LCD monitor
restore
toduring
normal
when
the
returns
to
• Broj
piksela
snimanja
u suitable
vodoravnom
i okomitom
smjeru
panoramske
fotografije
razlikuje
picture may
not
be
recorded
at
the
focus
or
brightness.
se normal.
ovisno
o smjeru
snimanja
i brojuaspojenih
fotografija.
Maksimalan
broj
piksela
• When multiple
pictures
are
combined
to
create
single
panorama
picture,
the
subject
may
– When using [LCD Mode].
appear distorted
the
points
noticeable
in some
cases.
je uconnection
nastavku.
–prikazan
Whenoroperations
such as
flashmay
andbe
zoom
are used
repeatedly.
• The number
of recording
pixelstime
in the
horizontal
verticalextremely
directionsshort
of theeven
panorama
picture charging
• When
the operating
of the
cameraand
becomes
after properly
varies depending
on the
recording
andhave
the number
ofBuy
combined
pictures. The
the battery,
the
life of the direction
battery may
expired.
a new battery.
Smjer
snimanja
Vodoravna
razlučivost
Okomita
razlučivost
maximum number of pixels is shown below.
Vodoravno
Recording
direction
Okomito
Horizontal
8000
piksela
Horizontal
Resolution
8000 pixels1440 piksela
1080 piksela
Vertical Resolution
1080 pixels
8000 piksela
Vertical• Možda neće biti moguće načiniti
1440 pixels
8000
panoramsku fotografiju
ili pixels
slike neće biti ispravno
spojene ako snimate sljedeće objekte ili u uvjetima snimanja koji su navedeni u
• A panorama picture may not be able to be created, or the pictures may not be combined
nastavku.
properly when
recording the following subjects or under the recording conditions below.
Objekti
samo
jedne,colour
jednolične,
boje ilipattern
ponavljajućeg
što su nebo ili plaža)
– Subjects--with
a single,
uniform
or repetitive
(such as uzorka
the sky (kao
or a beach)
– Moving subjects
(person,
pet, car,
waves,
flowers
swaying
in thevalovi
breeze,
etc.) na vjetru itd.)
-- Kretanje
objekata
(osoba,
kućni
ljubimac,
vozilo,
ili cvijeće
– Subjects--where
thekod
colour
or patterns
in a
short
time (such
as što
an image
on
Objekti
kojih
se boja change
ili uzorak
brzo
mijenjaju
(kao
je slikaappearing
koja se pojavljuje
a display) na zaslonu)
– Dark places
-- with
Tamna
mjesta
– Locations
flickering
light sources such as fluorescent lights or candles
-- Mjesta s treperećim izvorima svjetlosti kao što su fluorescentne svjetiljke ili svijeće
■■Reprodukcija
∫ About playback
Zumiranje tijekom reprodukcije moguće je i za fotografije snimljene pomoću funkcije
Playback zoom can be performed even for pictures that were recorded using [Panorama
[Panorama Shot].
Shot].
akoduring
pritisnete
▲ tijekom
reprodukcije,
zaslon će se
automatski
pomicati u istom
Also, if 3Također,
is pressed
playback,
the screen
will automatically
scroll
in the same
tijekom reprodukcije.
direction smjeru
during recording.
Pokazivač
tijekom reprodukcije
je kao ▲/▼/◄/►.
The cursor
displayedprikazan
during playback
is the same isti
as 3/4/2/1.
3
¢
Start/Pause
▲
Početak/Pauza*
4
Stop ▼
Zaustavljanje
¢ You can
perform
frame-by-frame
forward/rewind
by pressing 1/2 during
pause.
* Za
vrijeme
pauze možete
prebacivati unaprijed/unatrag
kadarapo
kadar pritiskom na
►/◄.
- 18 -
- 59 -
Recording
Snimanje
Preparation
∫ Playback
[Sports] (Sportovi)
Playback time
[‡]
[
Item
([Auto])
] ([iAuto])¢1
Approx. 240 min
Description
The flash is automatically activ
conditions make it necessary.
The flash is automatically activ
Odaberite ovu opciju za snimanje sportskih prizora ili drugih događaja s brzim
pokretima.
conditions make it necessary.
It is activated once before the a
Note
Napomena
[
]
red-eye
¢2differ according
operating
times
and number
of recordable
pictures will
to thephenomenon (eyes of
• •The
Brzina
zatvarača
može
se usporiti
na 1 sekundu.
([Auto/Red-Eye])
the picture) and then activated
and the
operating
•environment
Ovaj način rada
prikladan
je zaconditions.
snimanje objekata na udaljenosti od 5 m •iliUse
više.
this when you take pict
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
lighting conditions.
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢The flash is activated every tim
¢ Residual
image(Noćni
may show
on the LCD display
when in use. The batteryconditions.
performance
[‰]
[Night
Portrait]
portret)
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare
batteries
warm by placing• them
in awhen your subject
Use this
([Forced
Flash On])
warm
place
as inside
your cold
protection
gearsor
clothing.
Performance
of light.
fluorescent
Ovaj
način
radasuch
omogućuje
snimanje
osobe
i pozadine
realnim
osvjetljenjem.
Preparation
batteries and LCD monitor will restore
to normal when the temperatureIfreturns
you taketoa picture with a dark
■Tehnika
normal. za način rada noćni portret
∫■Playback
feature will slow the shutter spe
When using
[LCD Mode].
•– Koristite
bljeskalicu.
(Možete podesiti na [[
]].)
so that the dark background wi
When
operations
such
as flash
andtijekom
zoom are
used
repeatedly.
Playback
timeda
Approx.
240 min ¢2
Simultaneously, it reduces the
•– Zamolite
osobu
ostane
mirna
fotografiranja.
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly
charging
• Use this
when you take pict
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
dark background.
Napomena
Note
operating times
and number
of irecordable
willzadiffer
according
the is not activated in an
• •The
Thetoflash
Preporučujemo
uporabu
tronošca
automatskog
okidača
fotografiranje.
[Œ] pictures
and the
operating
conditions.
• Use this when you take pict
•environment
Brzina zatvarača
može
se usporiti
do 8 sekundi.
([Forced
Flash
Off])
example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number
of is not permitted.
of flash
•For
Zatvarač
može ostati zatvoren (maks. 8 s) nakon slikanja zbog obrade signala.
Nije
recordable pictures is reduced:
¢
o temperature
kvaru.
can beorset
Intelligent Auto Mode is set.
– riječ
At low
or in cold locations such¢1
as This
ski resorts
at only
high when
altitude
¢2 The
flash
is
twice. The
subject should not move
•¢
Na
slici mogu
biti vidljive
smetnje
ako
snimate
nawhen
tamnim
mjestima.
Residual
image
may show
on the
LCD
display
in activated
use.
The battery
performance
activated.
Interval
until
the second
flash
will decrease, so keep the camera and
spare
batteries
warm by
placing
them in
a depends on the
Preparation
[Red-Eye
(P92)
on the [Rec]
warm place such as inside your cold protection
gearRemoval]
or clothing.
Performance
ofmenu is set to [ON
∫ Playback
icon. when the temperature returns to
batteries
and LCD
monitor
will restore to normal
[Night
Scenery]
(Noćni
krajolik)
normal.
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
Ova
vam
funkcija
snimanje živopisnih fotografija noćnih krajolika.
– When
using
[LCDomogućuje
Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
Note
Napomena
• When
the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
operating
times
andbattery
number
ofhave
willza
differ
according to the
• •The
the
battery,
the life
of the
may
expired.pictures
Buy
a new
battery.
Preporučujemo
uporabu
tronošca
irecordable
automatskog
okidača
fotografiranje.
and the
operating
conditions.
•environment
Brzina zatvarača
može
se usporiti
do 8 sekundi.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
•recordable
Zatvarač pictures
može ostati
zatvoren (maks. 8 s) nakon slikanja zbog obrade signala. Nije
is reduced:
o temperature
kvaru.
– riječ
At low
or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
•¢
Na
slici mogu
biti vidljive
smetnje
ako
snimate
nawhen
tamnim
mjestima.
Residual
image
may show
on the
LCD
display
in use.
The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries
and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
[Food]
(Hrana)
normal.
– When
using
[LCD
Mode]. vam slikanje hrane s prirodnim nijansama bez utjecaja
Ovaj
način
rada
omogućuje
– When operations
suchuas
flash and zoom
ambijentalnog
svijetla
restoranima
itd. are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 58 -
60 --- 18
Snimanje
[BABY1][BABY2] (Dijete1/Dijete2)
Ovaj način omogućuje snimanje djeteta sa zdravim tenom. Kada koristite bljeskalicu,
njezino je svjetlo slabije nego inače.
Moguće je postaviti različite datume rođendana i imena za [Baby1] i [Baby2]. Možete
odabrati da se podaci prikazuju za vrijeme reprodukcije ili ih možete otisnuti na
snimljenu fotografiju pomoću funkcije [Text Stamp] (Otisak teksta) (str. 87.).
■■Postavke datuma rođendana/imena
1 Pritisnite ▲/▼ da biste odabrali [Age] (Dob) ili [Name] (Ime) i zatim pritisnite
2
3
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite ▲/▼ da biste odabrali [SET] i zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
Unesite datum rođenja ili ime.
Rođendan: ◄/►: Odaberite stavke (godina/mjesec/dan).
▲/▼: Postavka
[MENU/SET]: Postavljanje
Ime:
Detalje o unosu znakova potražite u poglavlju “Unos teksta” na str. 63.
4
• Kad postavite datum rođendana ili ime, [Age] ili [Name] automatski su postavljeni
na [ON].
• Ako je odabrano [ON], a datum rođendana ili ime nisu upisani, automatski se
pojavljuje zaslon s postavkama.
Pritisnite ▼ sa biste odabrali [Exit] (Izlaz) i zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET] za
završetak.
Preparation
∫■Playback
■Poništavanje opcija [Age] i [Name]
Playback
time
Odaberite
postavku
[OFF] u 2. koraku.
Approx. 240 min
Note
Napomena
operating
times je
and
number
of recordable
will differ according
to the na
• •The
Dob
i ime moguće
ispisati
pomoću
softvera pictures
„PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
koji se nalazi
environment
and
the operating conditions.
isporučenom
CD-ROM-u.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
•recordable
Ako su [Age]
i [Name]
postavljeni na [OFF], čak i ako je jedan od njih unesen, dob i
pictures
is reduced:
neće
biti prikazani.
– ime
At low
temperature
or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
•¢
Brzina
zatvarača
se usporiti
1 sekundu.
Residual
image može
may show
on thena
LCD
display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 61 -
Snimanje
[Pet] (Kućni ljubimac)
Odaberite ovaj način snimanja kada želite snimati kućne ljubimce, poput psa ili mačke.
Možete postaviti datum rođendana i ime vašega kućnog ljubimca.
Informacije o načinima [Age] ili [Name] potražite pod [Baby1]/[Baby2] na str. 61.
[Sunset] (Zalazak sunca)
Odaberite ovaj način snimanja kada želite slikati zalazak sunca. Ova vam postavka
omogućuje snimanje živopisnih fotografija crvene boje sunca.
[High Sens.] (Visoka osjetlj.)
Ovaj način rada omogućuje smanjenje vibracija predmeta snimanja i omogućuje
snimanje takvih predmeta u tamnim prostorijama.
■■Veličina slike
Odaberite veličinu slike 3 M (4:3), 2,5 M (3:2), 2 M (16:9) ili 2,5 M (1:1).
[Glass Through] (Kroz staklo)
Preparation
∫ Playback
Ovaj je način idealan za snimanje fotografija prirode i ostalih krajolika kroz prozirno
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
staklo, kao u vozilima ili zgradama.
Napomena
Note
number ofpostoji
recordable
pictures
according
to the
• •The
Akooperating
je staklo times
prljavoand
ili prašnjavo,
mogućnost
dawill
će differ
fotoaparat
fokusirati
environment
and the operating conditions.
staklo.
example,fotografije
in the following
cases,
operating
times will
andobojeno.
the number
of se to
•For
Snimljene
možda
nećethe
izgledati
prirodno
akoshorten
je staklo
Kada
recordable pictures is reduced:
¢
dogodi,
promijenite
postavke
balansa
bijele
boje.
(str.
66.)
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
[Photo
Frame] so
(Fotografija
s okvirom)
will decrease,
keep the camera
and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your coldPreparation
protection gear or clothing. Performance of
fotografiju
s okvirom
∫Snimite
Playback
batteries
and LCD
monitoroko
willnje.
restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
■■Podešavanje
okvira
Playback
time Mode].
Approx. 240 min
– When
using
[LCD
Odaberite
jedan
od 6 vrsti okvira.
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When
the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
Note
Napomena
battery,
the life of the
battery
may
expired.pictures
Buy a new
The
operating
number
ofhave
recordable
willbattery.
differ according to the
• •the
Veličina slike times
fiksnoand
je postavljena
na 5 M (4:3).
environment and the operating conditions.
•For
Boja
okvira
prikazanog
na
zaslonu
i
boja
okvira
oko
stvarne
fotografije
mogu se
example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten
and the number
of
razlikovati,
ali ovoisnije
kvar.
recordable
pictures
reduced:
¢
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 62 -
Recording
Recording
SnimanjeRecording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
Entering
Text
Unos teksta
Entering
Text
Entering
Text
Entering
Text
ItIt
is
enter
and
names
and
the
travelodredišta
destinations
when
Kod
snimanjato
unijeti imena
djece
i kućnih
teofimena
putovanja
is possible
possible
tomožete
enter babies’
babies’
and pets’
pets’
names
andljubimaca
the names
locations
when
recording.
(Only
Entering
Text
Entering
Resuming
the previous
playback
Entering
Text Text
It is(Only
possible
to enter babies’
andnames
pets’symbols
names
the
locations
when recording.
recording.
alphabetical
characters
and
can
be entered.)
It
is possible
to enter
and
pets’
and theand
locations
when recording.
(Only (Only
(Mogu
se unijeti
samobabies’
abecedni
znakovi
i simboli).
(Only
(Only
alphabetical characters and symbols can be entered.)
alphabetical
characters
and
symbols
can
be
entered.)
It is possible
to
enter
babies’
and
pets’
names
and
the
locations
when
(Only
alphabetical
characters
and
symbols
be entered.)
If playback
of a scene
was
stopped
halfway,
the
can
be
resumed
from
where
it wasrecording.
It
possible
to
enter
babies’
and
pets’
names
and
the
locations
when
alphabetical
characters
andplayback
symbols
can
be can
entered.)
It is
is characters
possible
toand
enter
babies’
andbe
pets’
names
and
the
locations
when recording.
recording.
alphabetical
symbols
can
entered.)
stopped.
alphabetical characters and symbols can be entered.)
Display
entryza
screen.
Prikažitethe
zaslon
unos teksta.
You
display
the
entry
screen
via
Display•• Display
thecan
entry
screen.
Zaslon
za
unos
teksta
prikazuje
sethe
nafollowing
sljedećeoperations.
načine:
You
can
display
the
entry
screen
via
the
following
operations.
the
entry
screen.
You
can
display
the
screen
via
the
following
Display
the
entry
screen.
If playback of a motion picture
is •stopped,
appears
onentry
the[Pet]
thumbnail
view
of
the
stoppedoperations.
– [Name]
of
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
or
in Scene
Mode
thePLAY]
entry
screen.
Display
the
entry screen.
: [VIDEO SETUP]Display
# [RESUME
# [ON]
Display
the entry
screen.
• You
canthe
display
the
screen
via
theScene
following
operations.
-display
- [Name]
funkcija
uentry
izbornicima
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
iliMode
[Pet] u scenskom načinu rada
–
of[Name]
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
or [Pet]
in
• You can
entry
screen
via
the
following
operations.
– [Name]
of
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
[Pet]
in Mode
Scene
[Name]
in
[Face
Recog.]
•–
You
can
display
the
entry
screen
viaor
the
following
operations.
of
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
orScene
[Pet]
inMode
Scene
Mode
can
display
the
entry
screen
via
the
following
operations.
–
[Name]
in
[Face
Recog.]
--You
funkcija
[Location]
u[Pet]
[Travel
Date]
– [Name]•–
of
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
or
in
–
[Name]
in
[Face
Recog.]
[Travel
Date] or
–[Location]
[Name]inof
ofin
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
or [Pet]
[Pet] in
in Scene
Scene Mode
Mode
[Name]
[Face
Recog.]
[Name]
––
[Location]
in[Baby1]/[Baby2]
[Travel
– [Name]–
in
[Face
Recog.]
– [Location]
in Date]
[Travel Date]
[Title
Edit]
–
[Name]
inin[Face
[Face
Recog.]
[Location]
[Travel
Date]
≥ The memorised
resume position
is cleared
if you
turn off the unit or change the mode. (The
–
[Name]
in
Recog.]
– [Location]
in
[Travel
Date]
– [Location]
[Location]
in [Travel
[Travel Date]
Date]
setting of [RESUME PLAY]
does not change.)
–
in
scene.
Press Press
3/4/2/1
to select
text and
3/4/2/1
to select
textthen
andpress
then press
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
text
andpress
then
press
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
odabrali
tekst
i zatim
to to
select
and
then
ZoomingPress
in on3/4/2/1
a still
picture
during
playback
[MENU/SET]
register.
[MENU/SET]
totext
register.
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
text
and then
then press
press
[MENU/SET]
to register.
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
text
and
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET]
to register.
(Playback
zoom)
• [MENU/SET]
Move
the
cursor
to
[ ]na
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to switch
register.
•the
Move
theto
cursor
to [ then
] and
then[MENU/SET]
press [MENU/SET]
to switch
Pomaknite
pokazivač
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
to
• [MENU/SET]
Move
cursor
to
[register.
] and
press
to switch
• Move
thetocursor
to [ then
] and
press
[MENU/SET]
to switch
text
between
[A]
(capitals),
[a]then
(lower
case),
[1]
(numbers)
and
• Move the
cursor
[cursor
] and
press
[MENU/SET]
to (numbers)
switch
text
between
(lower
case),
[1]
(numbers)
and
between
[A]
(capitals),
[a] then
(lower
case),
[1]
and
da
biste
mijenjali
tekst
između
[A][a]
(velika
slova),
[a]to
(mala
••text
Move
the
to
[[[A] ]](capitals),
and
press
[MENU/SET]
switch
Move
the
cursor
to
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
[&]
(special
characters).
text between
[A]
(capitals),
[a]
(lower
case),
[1] case),
(numbers)
and to switch
[&]
(special
characters).
[&]
(special
characters).
text
between
[A]
(capitals),
[a]
(lower
[1]
(numbers)
and
slova),
[1]
(brojevi)
i
[&]
(posebni
znakovi).
text
between
[A]
(capitals),
[a]
(lower
case),
[1]
(numbers)
and
To
continuously
enter
the
same
character,
move
the
cursor
by
You can zoom in[&]
on(special
still•pictures
during
playback.
characters).
• Tothe
continuously
enter
thecharacter,
same
character,
move
the cursor by
•• To
same
character
again,
rotate
the zoom
lever
[&]
(special
characters).
continuously
enter
the
same
the
[&]enter
(special
characters).
pressing
[T]
on
zoom
button.
Da
biste
ponovno
unijeli
isti
znak,
zakrenite
ručicu
zumaby
• To continuously
enter
thethe
same
character,
move
themove
cursor
bycursor
pressing
[T]
on the
zoom
button.
[Z]
(T)
to
move
the
cursor.
••towards
To
continuously
enter
the
same
character,
move
the
cursor
by
pressing
[T]
on
the
zoom
button.
To
continuously
enter
the
same
character,
move
the
cursor
bytheto
•
The
following
operations
can
be
performed
by
moving
the
cursor
the item
and
[T]
on
zoom
button.
1 Move thepressing
zoom• lever
to
prema
[ [T]
]side.
(T)
da
bi
secan
pokazivač
pomaknuo.
• the
The
following
operations
can be
performed
by moving
cursor
to the
The
following
operations
be performed
by moving
the cursor
to
the item
anditem and
pressing
on
the
zoom
button.
pressing
[T]
on
the
zoom
button.
pressing
[MENU/SET]:
• The
operations
can
performed
bypomicanjem
movingbythe
cursor
to the
item
and
≥ You can zoom
to a following
maximum
of
4a.
(k1operations
#[MENU/SET]:
k2be
# k4)
pressing
• •pressing
Sljedeće
radnje
mogu
se
obavljati
pokazivača
na to
stavku
i pritiskom
[MENU/SET]:
The
following
can
be
performed
moving
the
cursor
the
item
The
following
operations can be performed by moving the cursor to the item and
and
pressing•–
[MENU/SET]:
–
[]]:
Enter
a
blank
– []]:
[]]:
Enter
a Enter
blank a blank
na
[MENU/SET]:
pressing
[MENU/SET]:
pressing
[MENU/SET]:
–
[]]:
Enter
a
blank
– [Delete]:
[Delete]:
Delete aaDelete
character
– []]: Enter
a
blank
–
[Delete]:
a
character
–
Delete
character
--–
Unos
–[Delete]:
[]]:
Enter
arazmaka
blank
–
Delete
a character
Enter
a
blank
–
[ [[]]:
]:]:Move
Move
the
entry
position
cursor to
to
the left
left
– [Delete]:
–
[a character
]:the
Move
entry position
cursor
to the left
–
]:
entry
position
cursor
the
–[[[Delete
[Delete]:
Delete
athe
character
–
]:
Move
the
entry
position
cursor
to
the
left
--–
[Delete]:
Brisanje
znaka
[Delete]:
Delete
a
character
–
]: Move
Move
the
entry
position
cursor
to
the right
right
– [ ]: Move
the
entry
position
cursor
the
leftto
–
[
]:
Move
the
entryto
position
cursor
to the right
–
[
]:
the
entry
position
cursor
the
–
[
]:
Move
the
entry
position
cursor
to
the
left
–
[
]:
Move
the
entry
position
cursor
to
the
right
–
[
]:
Move
the
entry
position
cursor
to
the
left
-- maximum
[ the
]: Pomicanje
pokazivača
početnog
položaja
ulijevo
– [ ]: Move
entryfollowing
cursor
to
the
The
following
characters
andcan
numbers
can
be
entered.
•A
ofposition
30 entry
characters
beright
entered.
(Maximum
of 9 characters when setting
•
The
characters
and
numbers
can be entered.
–
[
]:
Move
the
position
cursor
to
the
right
–
[
]:
Move
the
entry
position
cursor
to
the
right
• names
The
following
characters
and numbers
can be
entered.
-–-of
]: in
Pomicanje
početnog
položaja
udesno
2 Shift the• position
the
zoomed
[Face
Recog.])
The following
characters
and
numbers
can
be
A[ maximum
of
30 pokazivača
characters
can
beentered.
entered
(Maximum
of 9 characters
when setting
–
A
maximum
of
30
characters
can
be
entered
(Maximum
of 9 characters
when setting
••¢
The
following
characters
and
numbers
can
be
entered.
following
characters
and
numbers
can be for
entered.
–The
A
of
30
(Maximum
setting
A maximum
15
characters
cani be
entered
[ 9], characters
[ ],of[ 9],characters
[ when
] andsetting
[ when
] (Maximum
• Mogu
se30
unijeti
sljedeći
znakovi
brojevi.
names
in
[Face
Recog.]).
portion using
the
cursor
button.
– A maximum
of
characters
canRecog.]).
be entered
(Maximum
of
names
in
[Face
–
A
maximum
of
30
characters
can
be
entered
(Maximum
of
9
characters
when
setting
names
in
[Face
Recog.]).
–
A
maximum
of
30
characters
can
be
entered
(Maximum
of
9
characters
when
setting
of
6A
characters
when
names
[Face
Recog.]).
--indisplays
Možete
upisati
najviše
3015znakova
≥ The location of the
zoom
for
about
¢
maximum
of
15setting
characters
caninbe
entered
for [ ],for
[ ], [ ], ],
names
[Face
Recog.]).
¢
A maximum
of
characters
can be entered
[ [[ ], ]][ and
], [ [[ ] ]]and [ ]
names
in [Face
[Face
Recog.]).
A
maximum
characters
cansetting
be za
entered
],],[ [ [Recog.]).
], [and
],
and
in
Recog.]).
1 second when zooming
in¢
(zooming
out)
orofof
(Maximum
6 15
characters
when
in
*names
Možete
upisati
najviše
15beReturn
znakova
i [[—].
¢ A maximum
of
15
characters
can
entered
[names
], [for
],[ [[[Face
(Maximum
6 characters
setting
names
[Face
¢ A maximum
of 15of
characters
can when
befor
entered
for
], [in ]],
],[ Recog.]).
[ ] ] and [ ]
Press
3/4/2/1
move
the
cursor
to[Face
[Set]
and
of of
6tocharacters
when
setting
in
Recog.]).
¢ (Maximum
A of
maximum
15
characters
can
be entered
for
[[Face
], [then
], [ press
], [ ] and [
moving the displayed(Maximum
location.
6 characters
when
setting
names
innames
Recog.]).
Preparation
(Maximum
of
setting
names
Awhen
Displayed
[MENU/SET]
to end
text input.
(Maximum
of 6
6 characters
characters
when
settinglocation
namesofin
in [Face
[Face Recog.]).
Recog.]).
≥ The more picture is enlarged,
the
more its
∫ Playback
the zoom to [Set] and then press
quality deteriorates.
Press 3/4/2/1 to move the cursor
]
Press
3/4/2/1
move
the cursor
toand
[Set]
and
then
press
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da to
biste
pokazivač
do
opcije
[Set]
i
Press
3/4/2/1
to the
move
thepomakli
cursor
to
[Set]
then
press
Note
Press
3/4/2/1
to to
move
cursor
to
[Set]
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
end
input.
[MENU/SET]
totext
end
text
input.
Playback
time
Approx.
240
min
Press
3/4/2/1
to
move
the
cursor
to
[Set]
and
then press
press
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
da
biste
završili
s
unosom
teksta.
Text
can
be
scrolled
if
all
of
the
entered
text
does
not
fit
on
the
screen.
•
Press
3/4/2/1
to
move
the
cursor
to
[Set]
and
then
[MENU/SET]
to
end
text
input.
Zooming out
from the zoomed
still
picture
[MENU/SET]
to
end
text
input.
[MENU/SET]
to
end
text
input.
• It is to
displayed
in order of
location,
[Name] ([Baby1]/[Baby2], [Pet]), [Name] ([Face
[MENU/SET]
totitle,
end
Move the zoom leverNote
side to zoom out.
(k4
#text
k2 #input.
k1)
Note
Recog.]).
Note
can
be scrolled
if all of the
text does
not
fit on
the
Napomena
Note• Text
can be scrolled
if allentered
of the entered
text
does
not
fit screen.
on the screen.
• Text
Note
can
be ifscrolled
if and
all
ofnumber
the
entered
text
does
not
on
the
screen.
•• Text
The
operating
ofzaslon,
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to
the Recog.]).
Note
It
is
displayed
intimes
order
of
location,
[Name]
([Baby1]/[Baby2],
[Pet]),
[Name]
([Face Recog.]).
be
scrolled
all
oftekst
the
entered
text
does
not
fit
on([Baby1]/[Baby2],
the
• Text can
• •Ako
sav
upisani
ne
stane
na
tekst
sefitscreen.
može
pomicati.
•
It
is
displayed
in
order
of
location,
[Name]
[Pet]),
[Name]
([Face
Text
can
be
scrolled
if
all
of
the
entered
text
does
not
fit
on
the
screen.
• •It
is displayed
in location,
order
location,
[Name]text
([Baby1]/[Baby2],
[Pet]),
[Name]
([Face Recog.]).
environment
and
theifof
operating
conditions.
Text
can
be
scrolled
all
of
the
entered
does
not
fit
on
the
screen.
• It is displayed
in
order
of
[Name]
([Baby1]/[Baby2],
[Pet]),
[Name]
([Face
Recog.]).
• •For
Prikazuje
se
prema
redoslijedu
[Location]
(mjesto),
[Name]
(ime)
It
is
displayed
in
order
of
location,
[Name]
([Baby1]/[Baby2],
[Pet]),
[Name]
([Face
Recog.]).
following
cases,[Name]
the operating
times will shorten
and the([Face
number
of
• It isexample,
displayedininthe
order
of location,
([Baby1]/[Baby2],
[Pet]), [Name]
Recog.]).
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
- 50 – When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 73 63 - - 80 - 80
- 80 - --80
80 -- 80
Recording
Recording
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
Using
[Rec]
Menu
Using
thethe
[Rec]
Menu
Korištenje
izbornika
[Rec] (Snimanje)
Using
the
[Rec]
Menu
For details
on [Rec]
settings,
to P37.
For details
on [Rec]
menumenu
settings,
refer refer
to P37.
For
details
on [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu
settings,
refer
to P38.
P42.
Detalje
o postavkama
izbornika
[Rec]
potražite
For
details
on
settings,
refer
to
P42.na str. 37.
[Picture
Size]
[Picture
Size]
[Picture
(Veličina slike)
[Picture
Size]Size]
[Picture Size]
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
Set
the
number
of
pixels.
The
the
numbers
of
the
finer
the
of
the
Applicable
modes:
Set
the
number
of pixels.
The
higher
theveći,
numbers
pixels,
the
finerdetail
the
the
Set
the
number
of
pixels.
The
higher
the
numbers
of
pixels,
the
finer
the
detail
of
the
Postavljanje
broja
piksela.
Štohigher
je
broj
piksela
to pixels,
ćeof
detalji
fotografiji
bitidetail
jasniji,
Set the number of pixels.
The
higher
the
numbers
of
pixels,
thena
finer
the
detail
of
theof čak
pictures
will
appear
even
when
they
are
printed
onto
large
sheets.
the finer the detail
of
the
Set
the
number
of
pixels.
The
higher
the
numbers
of
pixels,
the
finer
the
detail
of
the
pictures
will
appear
even
when
they
are
printed
onto
large
sheets.
pictures
will
appear
even
when
they
are
printed
onto
large
sheets.
i ako se fotografije
u velikom
formatu.
pictures
will appearispisuju
even when
they are
printed onto large sheets.
sheets.
pictures will appear even when they are printed onto large sheets.
Settings
Picture
Size
Picture
Picture
Size
Picture
Size
Veličina
slikeSize
Settings
Picture
Size
[[[
4608k3456
[ ]]]
]
4608k3456
4608k3456
4608k3456
[[
¢
3648k2736
[ ] ]]¢
]¢ 4320k3240
3648k2736
3648k2736
[
[
]¢
3648k2736
[ ]]
]
2560k1920
[[
2560k1920
2560k1920
[
¢
2048k1536
[ ]]]¢
]¢ 2560k1920
[[
2048k1536
2048k1536
2048k1536
[
]¢ ]
[
640k480
[[
]]
640k480
640k480
[
]
640k480
[
]
4608k3072
[[
]]
4608k3072
4608k3072
[
4320k2880
[ ]]
]
4608k2592
[[
4608k2592
]
4608k2592
[
]
4320k2432
[ ]
]
3456k3456
[[
3456k3456
]
3456k3456
[
]
3232k3232
¢ item
This
itemne
cannot
bepodesiti
set in
the
Intelligent
Autoautomatskom
Mode.
¢
This
cannot
be
set
Auto
* Ova
stavka
može
u inteligentnom
načinu rada.
¢
Thisse
item
cannot
be
set in
in the
the Intelligent
Intelligent
Auto Mode.
Mode.
¢ This item cannot be set in the Intelligent Auto Mode.
X
:
Aspect
ratio
of
a
4:3
TV
X:
Aspect
ratio
of
a
4:3
TV
X :: Format
Aspectslike
ratio4:3
of TV
a 4:3
4:3
TV
prijamnika
X
Aspect
ratio
of
a
TV
Y
: Aspect
ratio
of mm
a 35film
mmcamera
film camera
Y
:
Aspect
ratio
of
a
35
Y :: Format
Aspectfotoaparata
ratio of
of a
a 35
35
mm film
filmod
camera
s filmom
35Preparation
mm
Y
Aspect
ratio
mm
camera
W
:
Aspect
ratio
of
a
high-definition
TV, etc.
W
: Aspect ratio of a high-definition TV, etc.
∫
Playback
W
:
Aspect
ratio
of
a
high-definition
TV,
etc.
Format
slike
HD
TV
prijamnika
W : Aspect ratio of a high-definition TV, etc.
:
Square
aspect
ratio
:
Square
aspect
ratio
Squaretime
aspect
ratio
Četvrtasti
format ratio
slike
Approx. 240 min
:: Playback
Square
aspect
Settings
Settings
Settings
Postavke
Note
Note
Napomena
Note
Note
•
In
specific
modes,
Extra
Optical
cannot
be used,
and
the
picture
size
[the
] is not
operating
times
and
number
ofZoom
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to
•• The
In
specific
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be
and
the
picture
size
for
[[ for
]] is
not
U
posebnim
načinima
rada
ne
može
se koristiti
ekstra
zum,
a veličina
slike
za
In specific modes,
modes,
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be used,
used,
andoptički
the
picture
size
for
is
not
displayed.
For
details
regarding
modes
inbe
which
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be] is
used,
refer to
• In
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
used,
and the
picture
size
for
not
environment
the
operating
conditions.
displayed.
For
details
regarding
modes
in
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be
refer
to
[ specific
seand
prikazati.
Detalje
o načinima
rada
u kojima
se
ekstra
optički
zum
ne
može
displayed.
For
details
regarding
modes
in which
which
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be [used,
used,
refer
to
e picture size for
]] isneće
notmodes,
P48. Forindetails
regarding
modes
which Extra
Optical
Zoom cannot
used, of
refer to
For
example,
following
cases,
theinoperating
times
will shorten
and thebe
number
P56.
P48.
P56.
Zoom cannot bedisplayed.
used,
refer
to thena
koristiti
potražite
str.
48.
• Pictures
may appear
mosaic
depending
the subject
and
the recording
conditions.
recordable
pictures
ismosaic
reduced:
•• P52.
Pictures
may
appear
depending
on
subject
and
the
recording
conditions.
Pictures
may
appear
mosaic
depending
on the
theon
subject
and
the
recording
conditions.
¢
•• Pictures
Slike
mogu
izgledati
poput
mozaika,
ovisno
o
objektu
i
uvjetima
snimanja.
may appear mosaic
depending
theas
subject
and the
recording
conditions.
– At low temperature
or in cold
locations on
such
ski resorts
or at
high altitude
e recording conditions.
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 64 - 64
81
64 --- 74
81
Recording
∫ The available flash range
Wide
In [
] in
[Sensitivity]
30 cm (0.98 feet) to 4.4 m (14 feet)
[Sensitivity]
[Sensitivity]
(Osjetljivost)
Snimanje
Recording
Tele
1 m (3.3 feet) to 3 m (9.8 feet)
Recording
∫ ShutterPrimjenjivi
speed
for načini
eachmodes:
flash
rada:setting
Applicable
[Sensitivity]
Ova
funkcija
omogućuje
podešavanje
optimalne
osjetljivosti
(ISO
This
allows
thespeed
Sensitivity
sensitivity)
be na
set.svjetlost
Setting
to a higher figure
Flash setting
Shutter
(Sec.)to light (ISO
Flash
setting to Shutter
speed (Sec.)
osjetljivost).
na veću
vrijednost
omogućuje
se the
snimanje
fotografija
i
enablesPodešavanjem
pictures to be taken
even
in dark places
without
resulting
picturesčak
coming
out
Applicable
modes:
‡
dark. prostorima,
u mračnim
bez straha da će fotografije ispasti tamne.
¢1
1
or
1/8
to
1/1300
This allows1/60
thetoSensitivity
figure
1/1300 to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher
¢2
1the
or resulting
1/4 to
Settings
Description
of1/1300
settings
enables pictures
to be taken even in dark places without
pictures coming out
‰
Œ
Postavke
Opis
postavki
dark.
The ISO sensitivity is adjusted according to the movement of the
] changes
([i.ISO]) depending
the
brightness.
ISOsubject
osjetljivost
podešava
se u of
skladu
s kretanjem objekta
¢1 The shutter[ speed
on theand
[Stabilizer]
setting.
Settings
Description
settings
• Maximum [1600]
¢2 When [
] in([i.ISO])
[Sensitivity] is set. i svjetlinom.
The ISO sensitivity
is in
adjusted
according
to the movement of the
• ¢1, 2: The shutter
of 1 second
the following
cases.
[100]speed becomes a maximum
• Maksimalno
[1600]
[ Optical
]
([i.ISO])
subject
and the brightness.
– When the
Image Stabiliser is set
to [OFF].
• Maximum
[1600]
[200] has determined that
[100]
– When the
camera
there is very
little jitter when the Optical Image
Stabiliser
is set
to [ON].
[100]
[400]
The ISO sensitivity is fixed to various settings.
[200]
• In Intelligent
Auto Mode, shutter speed changes depending on the identified scene.
[200]
[800]for [Sports], [Snow], [Beach & Surf], Recording
• The shutter
speed
and Scene
willpostavke
be
[400]
ISO osjetljivost[Underwater]
fiksno je postavljena
naModes
različite
different from
above
table. flash range
∫ The
available
[400]
The ISO sensitivity is fixed to various settings.
[1600]
[800]
Wide
Tele
Note [800]
[100]
[1600]
[1600]
• If you bring
the
too
In Flash
[
] in close to an object, the object may be distorted or discoloured by the
[1600]
30 cm (0.98 feet) to 4.4 m (14 feet)
heat or lighting
from the Flash.
Recording
location
[Sensitivity]
1 m (3.3 feet) to 3 m (9.8 feet)
When it isflash
light will
(outdoors)
When it is dark
• Recording a subject
from too close, or without sufficient
not provide the appropriate
(recommended)
[100]or dark.
[1600]
[1600]
level of exposure, and may result in a picture that is too[100]
white
Shutter
speed
Slow
Fast
∫ Shutter
speed
for the
each
flash
setting
• When theRecording
Flash
is being
charged,
Flash
icon
blinks red,
and you cannot take a picture even
location
Lokacija
snimanja
Kad je vani svijetlo
Kad jeit mrak
(outdoors)
When
is dark
when you(recommended)
press
the shutter button fully. When it is light Less
Noise
Increased
(preporučeno)
Shutter
speed
setting
Shutter
speed (Sec.)
• If recording
a Flash
subjectsetting
without sufficient
flash,
the (Sec.)
White BalanceFlash
may not
be properly
adjusted.
Recording
Shutter
speed
Slow
Fast Less
Increased
Jitter
of the
• The effects
of the
flash
maysubject
not be adequately achieved
conditions.
‡
Brzina
zatvarača
Sporounder the∫following
Brzo
The
available
flash
range
¢1
– When [Burst]
is set to [ ]
1 or
1/8 to 1/1300
Noise in the [Rec] menu
Less
Increased
1/60
– When the
shutter speed is too
fastto 1/1300
Buka
Manje
1 Pojačano
or 1/4 to 1/1300¢2Wide
∫
About
[
]
(Intelligent
ISO
sensitivity
control)
Jitter
of to
thecharge
Increased
• It may take
time
the Flash if you repeat taking
a picture. Take
the
‰subject
Πa picture afterLess
Podrhtavanje
objekta
Pojačano
Manjethe optimum ISO
access indication
In automatically
[
] in
Thedisappears.
camera
detects movement of the
subject and then
30sets
cm (0.98 feet) to 4.4 m (14 feet)
• The Red-Eye
effect
differs
between
if the
subject
far away
from
the
[Sensitivity]
¢1Reduction
The shutter
speed
changes
on the
[Stabilizer]
setting.
sensitivity
and
shutter
speed depending
topeople.
suit theAlso,
movement
of theissubject
and
brightness
of the
∫■Funkcija
About
(Intelligent
control)
camera ■
or
wasscene
not[looking
the
first
Flash,
the
may
not be evident.
¢2
When
[ ] minimise
[Sensitivity]
is
set.
theISO
jittersensitivity
of
theeffect
subject.
[to
]]atin
(Inteligentna
kontrola
ISO
osjetljivosti)
The
camera
detects
movement
ofobjekta
thewhen
subject
and
then
automatically
sets
the
optimum
ISO i
• ¢1,
2: The
shutter
speed
becomes
a maximum
of 1button
second
in the
following
cases.
• The
shutter
speed
is not
fixed
shutter
is pressed
halfway.
It osjetljivost
is continuously
Fotoaparat
prepoznaje
kretanje
i the
automatski
podešava
optimalnu
ISO
∫ Shutter
speed
for
each
flash setting
sensitivity
and
speed
to suit the
thethe
subject
and
brightness
of the
– When
the shutter
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
isofmovement
set
tosubject
[OFF].ofuntil
changing
toradi
match
the movement
the
shutter
button
is pressed
brzinu
zatvarača
prilagodbe
u odnosu
na
kretnje
objekta
i svjetline
prizora
kako fully.
bi se
Recording
– When
the camera
has determined
that there is very little
jittersetting
when the Optical
Image
scene
to minimise
the jitter
of the subject.
Flash
Shutter
speed (Sec.)
F
smanjile
vibracije.
Preparation
is setistonot
[ON].
• The Stabiliser
shutter
speed
fixed when the shutter
button is pressed halfway. It is continuously
Note
Note
‡
• Brzina
zatvarača
nije
fiksno
postavljena
kadauntil
se okidač
pritisne
Ona
se
•The
In•Intelligent
Auto
Mode,
changes
onbutton
thedopola.
identified
scene.
changing
to match
the
movement
ofspeed
thean
the shutter
is pressed
fully.
∫
For
the
focus
range
ofshutter
flash when
[subject
] is set,depending
refer
to P51.
indicated
zoom
magnification
is
approximation.
•Playback
shutter
speed
for [Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
&Itdo
Surf],
[Underwater]
and
will be
neprekidno
mijenja
sve
dok
okidač
ne pritisnete
da to
bi
odgovarala
kretnjama
1/60
toModes
1/1300
• The
ISO
sensitivity
is
set
under
the
following
conditions.
•• The
“EZ”
is an
abbreviation
ofautomatically
“Extra
Optical
Zoom”.
is kraja
possible
take
moreScene
magnified
pictures
different
from
above
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
Note
objekta.
–the
When
recording
motion pictures
with
optical
zoom.table.
‰
the– focus
ofisflash
when
to P60.
• For
When
[Burst]
set
to
[ we[ recommend
] or] [is set,
] refer
• When
usingrange
the Digital
Zoom,
using
a tripod and the Self-timer (P62) for taking
Note
• The
ISO
sensitivity is automatically set under the following
pictures.
Napomena
¢1conditions.
The shutter speed changes depending on the [
Note
•
If
you
bring
the
Flash
too
close
to
an
object,
the
object
may
be distorted
orP36.
discoloured by the
–• When
motion
pictures
For
details
about
using
the
zoom of
while
recording
motion
pictures,
to
¢2
When
[ refer
in [Sensitivity]
set.
operating
times
and
number
recordable
pictures
will differ
according
to
• The
Detalje
orecording
rasponu
fokusa
bljeskalice
kada
je podešena
postavka
]] potražite
nathe
str.is51.
heat
or
lighting
from
the
Flash.
–
When
[Burst]
in
the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to
[
]
or
[
]
•
The
Extra
Optical
Zoom
cannot
be
used
in
the
following
cases:
•
¢1,
2:
The
shutter
speed
becomes
a maximum of 1
and
the operating
conditions.
• environment
ISO
osjetljivost
automatski
se
postavlja
u
sljedećim
uvjetima.
•–Recording
a
subject
from
too
close,
or
without
sufficient
flash
will
not
provide
the
appropriate
In Macro Zoom
Mode
–white
When
the
Optical
Image Stabiliser
is set to [OFF].
For
example,
in the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the number
of
of
exposure,
and
may
result
in
a
picture
that
is
too
or
dark.
-- –level
kod
snimanja
videozapisa
In [Highpictures
Sens.] in
Scene Mode
–red,
When
the
camera
has
determined
that there is ver
recordable
isbeing
reduced:
•
When
the
Flash
is
charged,
the
Flash
icon
blinks
and
you
cannot
take
a
picture
even
je[Burst]
funkcija
[Burst]
postavljena
na
iliresorts
[ ] Stabiliser
–Kada
When
in the
[Rec]
menu
is setsuch
to [ as ski
] or
set to ¢
[ON].
–--At
low temperature
orshutter
in
cold
locations
or at highisaltitude
when
you
press
the
button
fully.
When recording
motion
pictures
• In
Intelligent
Mode,
shutter
speed changes dep
¢–IfResidual
may
show
on
the LCD
display
when
in
use. may
TheAuto
battery
performance
recordingimage
a subject
without
sufficient
flash,
the White
Balance
not
be
properly
adjusted.
••The
Zoom
cannot
used in
thespare
following
cases:
• The
shutter
speed
for conditions.
[Sports],
[Beach & Sur
willIntelligent
decrease,
soflash
keep
thebe
camera
and
batteries
warm
by
placing
them in [Snow],
a
•–The
effects
of
the
may
not
be
adequately
achieved
under
the
following
In Macro
Zoom
Mode
different
from above
table.
warm
place
such
as [Rec]
insidemenu
youriscold
protection
gear
or clothing.
Performance
of
–
When
[Burst]
in
the
set
to
[
]
– In [High Sens.] in Scene Mode
batteries
and
LCD monitor
willfast
restore to normal when the temperature returns to
When[Burst]
the
shutter
too
––When
in thespeed
[Rec] is
menu
is set to [
] or [ ] Note
•
Itnormal.
may take
time
to charge
the in
Flash
if you repeat
taking a picture. Take a picture after the
• [Digital
Zoom]
cannot
be used
the
following
cases:
60
• If you bring the Flash too close to an object, the obje
– When
using
[LCD
Mode].
access
indication
disappears.
– In Intelligent Auto Mode
heat
fromisthe
– •When
operations
suchMode
as effect
flash and
zoom
are used
repeatedly.
Red-Eye
Reduction
differs
between
people.
Also,orif lighting
the subject
far Flash.
away from the
–The
In Miniature
Effect
Recording
subject
from too
close, or without suffici
• When
operating
time
of the
short
after properly
charging
orSens.]
was not
looking
atcamera
the firstbecomes
Flash, theextremely
effect• may
not even
be aevident.
–camera
In the
[High
in
Scene
Mode
level
of exposure, and may result in a picture that is
the–battery,
the lifeinofthe
the[Rec]
battery
mayishave
Buy
When [Burst]
menu
set to-expired.
[65 -- ]65
or
[ -•aWhen
]new battery.
the Flash is being charged, the Flash icon blin
when you press the shutter button fully.
- 82 -
• If recording a subject without sufficient flash, the Wh
• The effects of the flash may not be adequately achie
Snimanje
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
[White Balance]
Applicable modes:
In sunlight, under incandesce
takes on a reddish or bluish t
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
to what is seen by the eye in
Applicable
modes:
In
sunlight,
under
incandescent
lights
or
in
other
such
conditions
where
the colour
of white
In
sunlight,
under
incandescent
or iniliother
suchsličnim
conditions
wheregdje
the bijela
colour
of white
Kod
sunčeve
svjetlosti,
umjetnelights
rasvjete
u drugim
uvjetima
boja
R
In
sunlight,
under
incandescent
lights
oritem
in other
conditions
where
colour
of
white
takes
on
a reddish
or bluish
tinge,
this
item such
adjusts
tocolour
the colour
ofthe
white
which
is closest
takes
on
a
reddish
or
bluish
tinge,
this
adjusts
to
the
of
white
which
is
closest
poprima crvene ili plave nijanse, ova opcija prilagođava bijelu boju tako da bude što Settings
takes
reddish
orby
bluish
tinge,
this itemwith
adjusts
to
colour
of whiteBalance]
which is closest
toonwhat
is seen
theineye
in accordance
withlight
thethe
light
source.
to what
isaseen
by the
eye
accordance
the
source.
[White
bliža
onome
štobyoko
skladu
s izvorom
[AWB]
to
what
is seen
thevidi
eyeu in
accordance
withsvjetla.
the light source.
A
Settings
Description
of settings
([Auto White Balance])
Settings
Description
ofApplicable
settings
modes:
Postavke
Opis
postavki
Settings
Description
ofIn
settings
([Auto White
sunlight, under
Automatic
adjustment
[V] incandescent lights or inW
[AWB]
Automatic
adjustment
[AWB]
Balance]) balans
[AWB]
([Automatski
Automatsko podešavanje
takes on a reddish
or bluish tinge, this item
[AWB]
Automatic adjustment
([Daylight])
([Auto White
Balance])
to what
isaseen
by
the eye in accordance
bijele
boje])
([Auto[V]
White
Balance])
([Daylight])
When
taking
pictures
outdoors
under
clear
sky
[Ð]
W
[V]
When taking pictures outdoors under a clear sky
[V]
Kada
sepictures
fotografije
snimaju
pod
vedrim
WhenWhen
taking
pictures
outdoors
underunder
a vani
clear
sky
[Ð]([Daylight])
([Cloudy])
taking
outdoors
aSettings
cloudy
sky
([Cloudy])
([Daylight])
nebom.
([Daylight])(Dnevna svjetlost)
([Shade])
pictures
outdoors
inathe
shade
[î]
[Ð] [î]
WhenWhen
takingtaking
pictures
outdoors
under
cloudy
sky
[AWB]
Automatic adW
[Ð]
When taking
pictures
outdoorssnimaju
under
a vani
cloudy
sky
([Cloudy])
(Oblačno)
fotografije
pod
oblačnim
([Shade])
([Cloudy])
([Auto
White
Balance])
[Ñ]
([Incandescent])
WhenKada
takingsepictures
under incandescent
lights
([Cloudy])
nebom.
[î] [Ò]
WhenValue
taking
outdoors
[V] shade [Ñ]
([White Set])
When takingW
setpictures
by using
[Ó]in the
[î]
When
taking
pictures
outdoorssnimaju
in the
shade
([Shade])
(Hlad)
Kada
se fotografije
vani u sjeni.
([Incandescent])
([Shade])
([Daylight])
[Ó] ([White Set Setting]) Set manually
([Shade])
[Ò] sa
([Incandescent]) (Umjetno
Kada
se fotografije
snimaju
rasvjetom
[Ñ]
When taking
pictures
under incandescent
[Ð] podlights
When takingV
[Ñ]
When taking
pictures
svjetlo sa žarnom niti)
žarnom
niti.under incandescent
([White Set])
([Incandescent])
Note
([Cloudy])lights
([Incandescent])
fluorescent
LEDset
lighting
fixture
etc.,
the appropriate
White[Ó]
Balance will vary
([White
Set]) lighting,
Vrijednost
postavljena
korištenjem
[Ò]• Under
Value
by
using
[Ó]
When takingS
depending on the lighting
type,set
so by
use
[AWB]
or [Ó]. [î]
Preparation
[Ò]
Value
using
[Ó]
([White
Setthe
Setting])
(Set
bijele
boje)
([White
Set])
([Shade])
•
The
White
Balance
setting
is
memorised
even
if
the
camera
is
turned
off.
(However,
White
∫([White
Playback
Set]) setting for a Scene Mode returns to [AWB] when the Scene Mode is changed.)
Balance
[Ó]
Set manually
([White Set Setting])
Ručno podešavanje [Ñ]
When taking
Note
• White Balance
is fixed toSet
[AWB]
in following conditions.
[Ó]
Playback
time seta
Approx. 240 min
manually
(Postavka
bijele boje)
([White Set
Setting])
([Incandescent])
• Under fluorescent lighting, LE
– [Scenery]/[Night
Portrait]/[Night Scenery]/[Food]/[Sunset] in
Scene Mode
[White
Balance]
[White
Balance]
[White
Balance]
(Balans bijele boje)
[White Balance]
([White Set Setting])
depending on the lighting type
[Ò]
Value
set by
Note
Note
• The White Balance
setting is m
Napomena
([White
Set])
Note
Under
fluorescent
lighting,
LED
lighting
fixturebijele
etc.,pictures
the
appropriate
White
Balance
vary
Balance
setting for a Scene M
operating
times
and number
of recordable
willće
differ
according
towill
the
•••The
Ovisno
o tipu osvjetljenja,
prikladan
balans
razlikovat
se
pod
fluorescentnim
•environment
Under
fluorescent
lighting,
LED so
lighting
fixtureor
etc.,
the appropriate
White Balance
willBalance
vary
depending
onand
the lighting
type,
use [AWB]
[Ó].
• White
isSet
fixed
to [AW
the
operating
conditions.
manually
osvjetljenjem,
LED
osvjetljenjem
itd.,[AWB]
stoga
koristite
[AWB]
[[Ó]
].(However,
depending
oninthe
type,
so use
•For
Theexample,
White Balance
setting
is cases,
memorised
evenor
if [Ó].
the
camera
is ili
turned
off.the
the
– [Scenery]/[Night
Portrait]/[N
thelighting
following
the operating
times
will shorten
and
number
of White
([White
Set
Setting])
••recordable
Postavka
balansa
bijele
boje
ostaje
pohranjena
čak
i
kad
isključite
fotoaparat.
(Međutim,
The
White
Balance
isMode
memorised
if the when
camera
turnedMode
off. (However,
the White
Balance
setting
for is
asetting
Scene
returnseven
to [AWB]
theisScene
is changed.)
pictures
reduced:
balansa
bijele
zainscenski
način
rada
vraćaju
naMode
[AWB]
kad se scenski
Balance
setting
a or
Scene
Mode
returns
to
[AWB]
when
the
is ¢
changed.)
•–postavke
White
isforfixed
to
[AWB]
following
conditions.
At lowBalance
temperature
in boje
cold
locations
such
as ski
resorts
orScene
atsehigh
altitude
Note
• način
White
Balance
is fixed
to show
[AWB]on
in Scenery]/[Food]/[Sunset]
following
–¢[Scenery]/[Night
Portrait]/[Night
in use.
Scene
Mode
Residual
image
may
the LCD conditions.
display when in
The
battery performance
rada
promijeni).
• Under
fluorescent
LED lighting fixt
– [Scenery]/[Night
Portrait]/[Night
Scenery]/[Food]/[Sunset]
inwarm
Scene
Mode
will decrease,
keepjethe
camera
and
spare batteries
by
placing
themlighting,
in a
• Balans
bijele bojeso
fiksno
postavljen
na [AWB]
u sljedećim
uvjetima.
depending
on the lighting
warm place suchPortrait]/[Night
as inside yourScenery]/[Food]/[Sunset]
cold protection gear or clothing.
Performance
of type, so use [AW
-- [Scenery]/[Night
u•scenskom
načinu rada
The White Balance
setting is memorised ev
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
Balance setting for a Scene Mode returns t
normal.
• White Balance is fixed to [AWB] in following
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly. – [Scenery]/[Night Portrait]/[Night Scenery]
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
-- 66
83---66 - 83 -
Recording
[White Balance]
Recording
Snimanje
∫ Auto White Balance
■■Automatsko Applicable
podešavanje
balansa bijele boje
modes:
Depending
on the conditions
prevailing
pictures are
taken, the pictures
may
take on
Ovisno o uvjetima
koji prevladavaju
kodwhen
fotografiranja,
poprimiti
crvene
In
sunlight,
under
incandescent
lights orsnimke
in othermogu
such
conditions
where
the colour of white
a reddish or bluish tinge. Furthermore,
when a multiple
number
of
light
sources are
being
ili plave nijanse.takes
Osimon
toga,
ako
se
koristi
više
izvora
svjetla
ili
ništa
nije
boje
približne
a reddish
or bluish
tinge,
this
itemWhite
adjusts
to the may
colour
white which is closest
used or there is nothing with
a colour
close to
white,
Auto
Balance
notoffunction
bijeloj, moguće je what
da automatsko
balansa bijele
boje
nećesource.
funkcionirati
is the
seen
bypodešavanje
the
eye in to
accordance
withthan
the light
properly. In this to
case, set
White
Balance
a mode other
[AWB].
pravilno. U takvim slučajevima balans bijele boje postavite na opciju različitu od [AWB].
1 Auto White Balance will
work within this range
Settings
Description of settings
1 Blue
Automatski
balans bijele
boje radit će u ovom rasponu.
2
sky
2
Plavo
nebo
[AWB]
Automatic adjustment
3 Cloudy sky (Rain)
3 Shade
Oblačno nebo
(kiša)
([Auto
White Balance])
4
4 Sunlight
Hlad
5
[V]
When taking pictures outdoors under a clear sky
5 White
Sunčevo
svjetlo light
6
fluorescent
([Daylight])
6 Incandescent
Bijela flourescentna
rasvjeta
7
light bulb
[Ð]
When taking pictures outdoors under a cloudy sky
7 Sunrise
Žarulja sa
8
andžarnom
sunsetniti
([Cloudy])
9
8 Candlelight
Izlazak i zalazak
sunca
KlKelvin
Colour
Temperature
9
Svjetlost
svijeće
[î]
When taking pictures outdoors in the shade
K = temperatura([Shade])
boje u kelvinima
[Ñ]
([Incandescent])
Ručno podešavanje
balansa
bijele boje
Setting
the White Balance
manually
When taking pictures under incandescent lights
Set
the White
Balance
value.bijele
Use boje.
to match
the
condition
when
Podesite
vrijednost
Koristite
gaset
zaby
ujednačavanje
sa stanjem kod
[Ò]balansa
Value
using taking
[Ó]photographs.
snimanja
fotografija.
([White
1
Select
[Ó]
andSet])
then press [MENU/SET].
2
1
2
Aim
the camera
at] iazatim
sheetpritisnite
of white paper
etc. so that the
Set manually
Odaberite
[[Ó]
[MENU/SET].
frame
in the
centreSet
is Setting])
filled
the white
object
only
and then
([White
Usmjerite
fotoaparat
u
bijelibypapir
ili neku
drugu
bijelu
press
[MENU/SET].
površinu
da bi okvir na sredini zaslona bio popunjen nekim
Note
White Balance
mayi zatim
not be pritisnite
set when the
subject is too bright or too
•bijelim
objektom
[MENU/SET].
• Under
lighting,
LED
lighting
etc., the appropriate White Balance will vary
Setbijele
the
White
Balance
again
after
adjusting
tofixture
appropriate
• dark.
Balans
bojefluorescent
možda neće
biti
postavljen
ako
je objekt
brightness. depending on the lighting type, so use [AWB] or [Ó].
presvijetao
ili
pretaman.
Ponovno
postavite
balans
bijele
boje
• Theafter
White
setting is memorised even if the
camera is turned off. (However, the White
• Exit the menu
it isBalance
set.
nakon što Balance
odaberete
odgovarajuću
setting
for a Scenesvjetlinu.
Mode returns to [AWB] when the Scene Mode is changed.)
• Nakon podešavanja
izađite
iz izbornika.
• White Balance
is fixed
to [AWB] in following conditions.
– [Scenery]/[Night Portrait]/[Night Scenery]/[Food]/[Sunset] in Scene Mode
- 83 -
67 - 84
position [5 cm (0.16 feet)].
a group photo, the•camera
canquality
still take
a clear
picture.
The image
is poorer
than
during normal recording.
•
Zoom
range
will
be
displayed
in
ecog.]
picture
information
can be attached to only theblue.
first (digital zoom range)
to [OFF]
on the
camera.
a
findsthe
a face
aPress
registered
face
to and
select the item and then press [MENU/SET].
] function which
j 3/4
automatically
when
faceresembling
image is registered.
exposure
automatically.
Even if the person is located towards
the
ee
secure recognition
of a person.
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
efso
time
toinselect
andFace
recognise
facial
thanRecording
work
with
the
Recognition
a line
a group
photo,
the distinctive
camera can
stillfeatures
take aItem
clear
picture.
Description of settings
[AF
Mode]
mend
using
a tripod
and
the
[AF
Mode]
[AF
Mode]
itially
sethas
to
[OFF]
on
theSelf-timer.
camera.
You can take pictures of a subjectRecording
as close as 5 cm
ormation
been
registered,
pictures taken [with
[Name]
set
[AF
Mode]
(Automatski
fokus)
]
mend
setting
the flashinto[Category
[Œ]when
whenSelection]
youface
take image
pictures
atregistered.
close range. (0.16 feet) from the lens by pressing the zoom button
turn
[ON]
automatically
the
is
by
Face
Recognition
([Filtering
Play]).
KEN
e
camera
detects
aand
registered
cewhen
between
the
camera
the
subject
is beyond
the focus range of the camera,
([AF Macro])
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
nformation
is changed
(P79),
Face
Recognition
Applicable
modes:
upmost to Wide (1k).
or
thenot
registered
face)
may
be
properly
even
if Recognition
the focus indication lights.[AF Mode]
ions
will
also
work
with
thethe
Face
ready
taken
will
notfocused
be
changed.
Recording
This
allows
focusing
method
that
suits
the positions
positions
and
number
of the
the
subjects
to
beto be
This
allows
the
focusing
method
thatfokusiranja
suits
the
positions
and number
ofsubjects
This
allows
the
focusing
method
that
suits
the
and
number
of
be
Ova
opcija
omogućuje
promjenu
načina
koji
odgovara
položaju
i the
broju
Use
this
setting
to
get
close
to subjects
the to
subject
and then fu
bject
is
close
to
the
camera,
the
effective
focus
range
is
significantly
narrowed.
ged, pictures recorded
before the change will not be
selected.
selected.
selected.
objekata
koje
je
potrebno
odabrati.
f
the
distance
between
the
camera
and
the
subject
is
changed
after
focusing
on
the
Applicable
modes:
enlarge
when
taking
the
picture.
nformation
([Filtering Play])
ein [Category
has Selection]
been registered)
[AF
Mode]
may
become
to perform
focus onthe
itwith
again.
You the
canfocusing
take a picture
with
the
Digital
up to
3k
This
method
that
suits
the Zoom
positions
and
n
of
the
pictures
taken,
[REPLACE]
KEN allows
chosen
fromdifficult
pictures
registered
Face Recognition
onding
when
detects
registered
[ inTherefore,
]
Settings
Description
ofthe
settings
Settings
Description
of distance
settings to the subject for the extreme
e givesname
priority
to a camera
subjectPostavke
close
to athe
camera.
if the distance
between
Settings
Description
of
settings
Opis
postavki
maintaining
Play]).
selected.
s [Filtering
been
set
for
the
registered
face)
([Macro
Zoom])Applicable modes:
and
the
subject
is
far,
it
takes
longer
to
focus
on
it.
the following cases.
The
cameraautomatically
automatically
detects
the
person’s
face.
(max.
position
[5 cmthe
(0.16
feet)].
The
camera
detects
the
person’s
face.
(max.
Fotoaparat
automatski
prepoznaje
ljudsko
lice.
(maks.
The
camera
detects
person’s
face.
(max.
displayed.
Precedence
for the
names
displayed
when
taking
pictures
attoclose
range,
the
resolution
of the
periphery
ofautomatically
the picture
may
([Face
This
allows
the
focusing
method
that
suits
thetopositions
and n
[[š]
([Face
Detection])
take
allow
setting
[š]] of
[AF
Mode]
[š]
15
areas)
The
focus
exposure
can
be
adjusted
fit
•and
image
quality
isthen
poorer
than
during
normal
recording
15
areas)
Settings
Description
of
15
područja)
Fokus
iThe
ekspozicija
mogu
se
podesiti
prema
[š]
15
areas)
ightly.
This
is
not
a
malfunction.
ding
to
the
order
of
registration.
Detection])
nd
age
(if
information
has
been
registered)
selected.
(Prepoznavanje
lica)
s
•
Zoom
range
will
be
displayed
in
blue.
(digital
zoom
rang
that
face
no
matter
what
portion
of
the
picture
it
is
in.
The
focus
and
exposure
can
then
be
adjusted
to
fit
that
face
([Face
Detection])
licu,
neovisno
koliki diocan
slikethen
onobe
zauzima.
m]
set([Face
in the
The
focus
and exposure
adjusted
to
fit
that
face
of cannot
picturesbe
chosen
fromfollowing
pictures cases.
registered with
Face
Recognition
Detection])
The camera automatically detect
no
matter
what
portion
oftothe
the
picture it
it subject.
is
in.
[OFF]
j će
re Effect
on]
(P98) Mode
in [Filtering Play]).
Focus
can
be[š]
adjusted
a specified
Focus
will keep
on
no
matter
what
portion
of
picture
is
in.
([AF
podesiti
na
određeni
objekt.
Fokus
Settings
Description
of
15 areas)
] Tracking])*
([AF Tracking])¢ Fokus se može
[[ ]] [ can
Fecog.]
Mode]picture
is set to
information
be
attached
to
only
the
first
following
the
subject
even
if
it
moves.
(Dynamic
tracking)
(Praćenje
nastaviti
pratiti
objekt
čak
i
ako
se
kreće.
(Dinamično
[
]
Focus
can
be
adjusted
to
a
specified
subject.
Focus
will
keep
people
are
displayed.
Precedence
for
the
names
displayed
when
taking
The
focus
and
exposure
can then
([Face
Detection])
[ ] or] [ ]
Focus can be adjusted to a specified subject.
Focus
willautomatically
keep
urst] is set to [
The
camera
detect
Note
¢
automatskog
fokusa)on
praćenje)
¢
mined according to
theTracking])
order
of registration.
following
the
subject
if
(Dynamic
tracking)
Up
to 23 points
for eacheven
AF area
can be focused.
This
is effective
([AF
no matter
what
portion of the pict
on
following
the
subject
if it
it moves.
moves.
(Dynamic
Recording
([AF
Tracking])
ee secure recognition
of a person.
a tripod
andeven
the Self-timer.
• We
15 areas) tracking)
¢ recommend using [š]
[ ] ([23-Area])
when
subject
is
the when
centre
of take
the
Moguthe
se
izoštriti
donot
23toin
točke
za svako
AF screen.
područje.
Ova
e time to select and recognise
distinctive
features
than
• Wefacial
recommend
setting
the
flash
[Œ]
you
pictures
at
close
range.
[([Face
The
focus
and
then
Upjeto
to 23
23 points
points
for] each
each
AFsearea
area
cansnimanja
be focused.
focused.
This
isadjusted
Focus
can
beis
to can
a specif
Detection])
Up
for
AF
can
be
This
prikladna
objekt
ne
nalazi
uexposure
(AFfunkcija
area
frame
will
bekad
same
as
image
aspect
ratio
setting.)
[[ ]] ([23-Area])* • If the distance
between
the
camera
and
thein
subject
is
beyond
the
focus
rangeofeven
ofthe
thepict
¢not
no
matter
what
portion
effective
when
the
subject
is
the
centre
of
the
screen.
on
following
the
subject
ifca
it
([AF
Tracking])
¢
de,
[Face Recog.]
picture
information
can
be
attached
tonot
only
the
effective
when
thefirst
subject
is not
in automatskog
the
centre
ofindication
the
screen.
(23
središtu
zaslona
(Okvir
područja
fokusa
bit
¢područja)
formation
has been
registered,
pictures
taken
with
[Name]
set
([23-Area])
the
picture
may
be
properly
focused
even
if
the
focus
lights.
([23-Area])
The
camera
focuses
on
the
subject
in
the
AF
area
on
the
centre
(AF
area
frame
will
be
same
as
image
aspect
ratio
setting.)
frame
will
becamera,
same
as
image
aspect
ratio
setting.)
[Ø]
([1-Area])
ćearea
istiPlay]).
kao
i [postavke
omjera
veličine
slike)
Preparation
by Face Recognition in
[Category
Selection]
]
Focus
can
be
adjusted
to
a
specif
• When([Filtering
a(AF
subject
is
close
to
the
the
effective
focus
range
is
significantly
narrowe
Up to 23 points for each AF area
of the screen.
not
guaranteeissecure
recognition
of a person.
[ between
]
information
changed
(P79), Face
Recognition
Therefore,
if camera
the distance
the¢subject
camera
and
the
is changed
aftereven
focusing
[Ø]
on
following
thethe
subject
if it
The
camera
focuses
on
the
subject
in
the
AFsubject
area on
on
the
∫
Playback
([AF Tracking])
effective
when
subject
is not
([1-Area])
Fotoaparat
fokusira
objekt
u području
automatskog
[Ø]
The
focuses
on
in
the
AF
area
the
¢the
ay
taketaken
more time
to select
and recognise
distinctive
facial
features
than
([23-Area])
ready
will([1-Area])
not
be
changed.
subject,
it
may
become
difficult
to
focus
on
it
again.
centre
of
the
screen.
¢
[
Ø
]
will
be
used
during
motion
picture
recording.
(1
područje)
fokusa
u
središtu
zaslona.
(AF
area
frame
will
be
same
as im
ction
which
finds
a
face
resembling
a
registered
face
and
centre
of
the
screen.
n.
([1-Area])
Up to 23
points forif the
each
AF area
nged,
pictures recorded
before the
willMode
not begives priority to Approx.
Playback
timechange
240
min
•
Macro
a
subject
close
to
the
camera.
Therefore,
distance
be
[ [Name]
]
sure
automatically.
Even
ifsnimanja
theregistered,
person
is pictures
located
towards
the
cognition
information
has ([Filtering
been
taken
seta
n
in [Category
Selection]
Play])
effective
the subject
not
The
camera
focuses
on
limited
narrow
area
in
screen.
* [Ù]
Tijekom
videozapisa
koristi
sesubject
[[Ø]
].is far,
the camera
and
thewith
it takes
longer
to focus
onthe
it.when
The
camera
focuses
on theissubje
¢
[Ù]
The
camera
focuses
on
a
limited
narrow
area
in
the
screen.
Note
ategorised
byphoto,
Face
Recognition
incan
[Category
Selection]
([Filtering
Play]).range, the resolution of the periphery
([23-Area])
[AF
a group
the
camera
take
a take
clearpictures
picture.
¢
ne
ofinthe
pictures
taken,
perform
the
[REPLACE]
in
• still
When
you
at close
of Mode]
the
pictureas
maim
¢
(AF area
frame
will
be same
centre
of the
screen.
([Spot])
([1-Area])
([Spot])
ecognition information
is changed
(P79),
Faceto
Recognition
focus setting
is fixed
[Ø] inThis
Miniature
Mode.
• The
Note
Napomena
decrease
slightly.
is not aEffect
malfunction.
61
ypictures
set to [OFF]
on
the
camera.
already
taken
notused
be
changed.
• [š]
cannot
be
set
with
[Panorama
Shot],
[Night
Scenery]
or
[Food]
inThe
Scene
Mode.
The
operating
times
and
of
recordable
differ
according
to
theApplicable
camera
focuses on modes:
the
subje
•¢
Postavka
fokusa
fiksno
jenumber
postavljena
narecording.
[[Ø]
] upictures
swill
efektom
minijature.
[Ù]
[[Ø
] will
will
be
motion
a limited
n the following
cases.
•during
[Macro
Zoom]picture
cannot
be
set
innačinu
the
following
cases.
¢
Ø
will
be be
used
during
motion
picture
recording.
ON]
automatically
the
face
is
ame
is
changed,
recorded
before
change
will
not
be
It][AF
cannot
set
to
[ the
inregistered.
the
following
conditions.
and
theimage
conditions.
¢
t allow
setting to
[š]] •when
of
Mode]
centre of
the
screen.
• environment
[pictures
se
ne
može
postaviti
u ]scenskim
načinima
[Panorama
Shot], [Night Scenery]
ili [Food]
([1-Area])
–operating
In
Miniature
Effect
Mode
[AF
Mode]
([Spot])
This
allows
the
focus
Recognition in •[Category
Play])
– InSelection]
[Panorama
incases,
Scene
Mode
For
example,
in the ([Filtering
following
the
operating
es
Note
U sljedećim
slučajevima
nije
moguće
postaviti
].] will shorten and the number of selected.
–Shot]
When
[AF
Mode]
is set to [times
will
also work
with
the–Face
Recognition
Note
information
pictures
perform
thein[REPLACE]
In taken,
[B&W]
or is
[SEPIA]
[Color is
Mode]
[Ù]
- of
75the
-The
The camera
focuses on a limited
recordable
pictures
reduced:
¢
will
picture recording.
–
When
[Burst]
setinto
[ [Ø]]Mode.
or [ be ]used during motion
u
načinu
[Panorama
Shot]
u
scenskom
načinu
rada
focus setting
setting
is fixed
fixed
to [Ø]
[Ø]
in Miniature
Miniature
Effect
Mode.
•
¢ Applicable modes:
The
focus
is
to
in
Effect
•
¢
2).
–-It- At
low
in cold
such
as
ski to
resorts
([Spot])
•
will
betemperature
fixed
to [š]
[š]ilior
when
the locations
[Face
Recog.]
is set
set
[ON].or at high altitude
u
načinu
[B&W]
[SEPIA]
u
[Color
Mode]
Recording
•
It
will
be
fixed
to
when
the
[Face
Recog.]
is
to
[ON].
ot be used in the following
cases.
Settingsme
This allows the focusing
¢isResidual
image
may
show
onfollowing
the LCDcases.
display
∫
[š]
Detection])
Notewhen in use. The battery performance
notAbout
possible
to ([Face
set
[š]
in the
the
iswill
not
possible
to
set
[š]
in
following
[Ø
]batteries
willsetting
be
used
during
motion
picture
recording.
KEN cases.
which
not allow
setting
to
[AF
Mode]
■•• ■ItIt–About
Funkcija
[[š]
]of([Face
Detection])
(Prepoznavanje
lica)
∫
[š]
g namedowhen
camera
detects
a([Face
registered
decrease,
so
keep
the
camera
and
warm
bydetects
them
in
a Effect Mode.
selected.
The
focus
is fixed
toplacing
[Ø] inthe
Miniature
•¢spare
The
following
AFDetection])
area
frames
are
displayed
when
the
camera
[Underwater]
–
[Underwater]
pictures
Sljedeći
okviri
područja
automatskog
fokusa
prikazuju
se to
kada
notion
set for
the registered
face)
warm
place
such
inside
cold
gear
or
clothing.
Performance
of is set to [ON].
The
following
AF
area
frames
areyour
displayed
when
the
camera
detects
the
•[Food]
It
will be
fixed
[š]
when the
[Face Recog.]
– In
In
[Panorama
Shot],as
[Night
Scenery]
andprotection
[Food]
in
Scene
Mode
faces.
[š]
–
[Panorama
Shot],
[Night
Scenery]
and
in
Scene
Mode
Note
fotoaparat
prepozna
ljudska
lica.
andto
LCD
monitor
willfollowing
restore•cases.
to
when to
the
returns cases.
to Settings
It isnormal
not possible
settemperature
[š] in the following
faces.
It is
isbatteries
not possible
possible
to
set
in the
the
following
cases.
Yellow:
•• It
not
set
[[
]] in
([Face
Detection])
The
focus
setting
is
fixed
to
[Ø]
in
Miniature
Effect
Mode.
•
Žuta:
normal.
–
[Underwater]
– In
In
[Panorama
Shot] in
inbutton
SceneisMode
Mode
e (if informationYellow:
has
been
registered)
–
[Panorama
Shot]
Scene
When
the shutter
pressed halfway,
the
frame
turns
green
when
• It– will
be fixed
toako
[š] slika
when
theScenery]
[Face Recog.]
is setintoScene
[ON]. Mod
Kad
je[B&W]
okidač
dopola,
će postati
boje
nije
Inzelene
[Panorama
Shot],
[Night
and [Food]
––
using
[LCD
Mode].
–When
In
[B&W]
orpritisnut
[SEPIA]
in [Color
[Color
Mode]
Preparation
ctures chosen from
pictures
registered
with
Faceokvir
Recognition
In
or
[SEPIA]
in
Mode]
the
camera
is
focused.
It
is
not
possible
set
When
theoperations
shutter button
is pressed
frame
turnsto
[š] cases.
Itthe
isused
not
possible
togreen
set [š]
[ when
]ininthe
thefollowing
following
cases.
fokusirana.
–Playback
When
such as
flash andhalfway,
zoom ••are
repeatedly.
98) in [Filtering ∫
Play]).
[
]
White:
–
the
camera
is focused.
– [Underwater]
In extremely
[Panoramashort
Shot]even
in Scene
Mode
([Face
Detection])
• When
the operating
time of the camera becomes
after properly
charging
Bijela:
¢
Tracking])
Displayed
when
more
than
onehave
face
is
Other
faces
that
are
the same
distance
le are displayed.
Precedence
forlife
the
displayed
when
taking
–
In
Shot],
[Night
Scenery]
and([AF
[Food]
in Scene Mod
–detected.
In [Panorama
[B&W]
[SEPIA]
in
[Color
Mode]
the
battery,
the
ofnames
the
battery
may
Buy
new
battery.
White:
Prikazuje
se ako
je
fotoaparat
prepoznao
višeexpired.
ljudskih
lica.aor
Ona
lica
koja
su na
jednakoj
Playback
time
Approx.
240
min
•
It
is
not
possible
to
set
[
]
in
the
following
cases.
according to theDisplayed
order
of
registration.
away
as
the
faces
within
the
yellow
AF
areas
are
also
brought
into
focus.
more
face
is detected.
faces that
are-također
the same
udaljenosti when
u odnosu
nathan
lica uone
žutom
okviru
područjaOther
automatskog
fokusa
se distance
fokusiraju.
- 61
[
] [ ]
– In [Panorama Shot]
in Scene
Mode
away as the faces within the yellow AF areas are also brought into focus.
¢ ¢
–
In
[B&W]
or
[SEPIA]
in
[Color
Mode]
Note
([23-Area])
([AF
Tracking])
Napomena
Note
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to
the
• The
ace Recog.] picture
information
can
be
attached
to
only
the
first
Ovisno
o
nekim
specifičnim
uvjetima
snimanja
koja
su
dolje
navedena,
uočavanje
• Under certain picture-taking conditions including the following cases, the face detection
Note
environment
operating
conditions.
ljudskog
lica and
možda
biti making
moguće.
Funkcija [AF
Mode]faces.
prebacuje
se nais[ switched
]] ([[Ø]
function
maythe
failneće
to work,
it impossible
to detect
[AF
Mode]
to] [ ]
Under
certain
picture-taking
conditions
including
following
cases,and
the the
facenumber
detection
For
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operatingthe
times
will shorten
of ([1-Area])
¢
arantee secure•recognition
of
a
person.
za vrijeme
snimanja
videozapisa).
([Ø]
while
motion
pictures
are
taken).
([23-Area])
function
may
fail to
work,
making
it impossible
to detect faces. [AF Mode] is switched to [ ]
recordable
pictures
is
reduced:
e more time- to
select
and
recognise
distinctive
facial
features
than
--- kada
lice
nije
okrenuto
prema
fotoaparatu
–
When
the
face
is
not
facing
the
camera
75
([Ø]
while
motion
pictures
are locations
taken). such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
–--Atkada
low
temperature
orisinatcold
[Ù]
je lice
pod
kutom
– When
the
anthe
angle
[Ø]
–--¢
When
the
face
isface
not
facing
camera
Residual
image
may
show
on
the
LCD
display
ion information has
been
registered,
pictures
taken
with
[Name]
set when in use. The battery performance
kada
je
lice
izrazito
svijetlo
ili
tamno
–
When
the
face
is
extremely
bright
or
dark
([Spot])¢
–--When
the
face
is so
at slab
an
angle
([1-Area])
will– decrease,
keep
the camera
and
spare batteries warm by placing them
in a
rised by Face Recognition
[Category
Selection]
([Filtering
Play]).
kada
jeinna
licima
kontrast
When
there
is
little
contrast
on
the
faces
–--When
the
face
is extremely
bright
or cold
dark
¢ [Ø] will be used d
ition information
is
changed
(P79),
Face
Recognition
kada
su
osobine
lica
sakrivene
sunčanih
warm
place
such
asfeatures
inside
your
protection
gearitd.
or clothing.
Performance
– When
the
facial
are iza
hidden
behindnaočala
sunglasses,
etc.
[Ù] of
–--When
there
is
little
contrast
on the
faces
res already taken
will
not
changed.
kada
je be
lice
na
zaslonu
maleno
batteries
and
LCD
monitor
will restore
to normal when the temperature returns to
75
–
When
the
face
appears
small
on
the
screen
–--When
the
are hidden
sunglasses, etc.
([Spot])¢ Note
s changed, pictures
recorded
before
the
change
will notbehind
be
kada
se facial
radi
ofeatures
brzom
pokretu
normal.
– When
there
is rapid
movement
–--When
the
face
appears
small
on the screen
gnition in [Category
Selection]
([Filtering
Play])
kada
objekt
snimanja
nije
čovjek
setting
is fm
– When
the
subject
is not a human being
–
using
[LCD
Mode].
¢ [Ø•]The
will focus
be used
during
–--When
When
there
is
rapid
movement
mation of the pictures
taken,
the
[REPLACE]
inzoom are used repeatedly.
kada
se perform
fotoaparat
trese
• It will be fixed to [š]
– When
the camera
shaking
–
operations
such
flash
and
–--When
When
the
subject
is notas
aishuman
being
kada
se
koristi
digitalni
zum
• It is not possible to se
–the
When
Digitalis
Zoom
is used
• When
time
of the
camera becomes extremely short even after properly Note
charging
When
theoperating
camera
shaking
sed in the following
cases.
•–
Ako
prepozna
objektmay
kojihave
nije expired.
ljudsko
lice,
promijenite
postavku
bilosettings
što – [Underwater]
•fotoaparat
If the
camera
registering
something
other than
face,
changeuthe
to
the
battery,
the
life
ofisthe
battery
Buysomeone’s
a new battery.
The focus
setting
is fixed to
•
–osim
When
Digital
Zoom
is
used
do not allow setting
to [something
[š]
of
[AF
Mode]
].
In [Panorama
Shott
than [š].
• It will be– fixed
to [š] when
– Taking pictures other
underwater
pictures
•
It
is
not
possible
to se
• It is not
• If the camera is registering something other than someone’s face, change the settings
to possible to set [š] i
– In [Panorama Shot
85
--- 68
– [Underwater]
85---68 something other than [š].
– In [B&W]
or [SEPIA
– In [Panorama
Shot],
[Nigh
• It is not possible to set [ ]
85
– In [Panorama Shot] in Sce
– In [B&W] or [SEPIA] in [C
cture with Face Recognition Function
ure with Face Recognition Function
subject, it may become difficult to focus on it again.
• Macro Mode gives priority to a subject close to the camera. Therefore, if the distance between
the camera and the subject is far, it takes longer to focus on it.
• When you take pictures at close range, the resolution of the periphery of the picture may
decrease slightly. This is not a malfunction.
• [Macro Zoom] cannot be set in the following Snimanje
cases.
Recording
– In Miniature Effect Mode
■
■
Postavljanje
funkcije
[
]
([AF
Tracking])
(AF praćenje)
∫
Setting
up
[
]
([AF
Tracking])
– When [AF Mode] is set to [ ]
–Align
Whenthe
[Burst]
is set
to
[ the
or
[tracking
]
Postavite
objekt
uwith
okvir
za]AF
praćenje
automatskog
fokusa
i 4
subject
frame, and then
press
Recordin
efore Use
pritisnite
▼ da
zaključali objekt.
to
lock onto
thebiste
subject.
upside-down A
A AF
and
the
way automatskog
up B and fokusa
[AF Mode]
Okvir
zaright
praćenje
tracking
frame
Područje
automatskog
bitwhen
će žute
boje kada
dođe do and
• AF
area will
be displayedfokusa
in yellow
a subject
is recognised,
Applicable
will automatically
adjust
continuously
followingprilagoditi
the subject’s
in water, or afterfocus
washing
it, waterobjekta
may remain
Preparation
prepoznavanja
i fokus
će se automatski
i pratiti modes:
(Dynamic
tracking).
r a while and may
cause aobjekta
drop
in volume
or sound
This allows the focusing method that suits the p
kretanje
(dinamično
praćenje).
∫movement
Playback
• AF tracking is cancelled when 4 is pressed again.
A
selected.
• Funkcija praćenja automatskog fokusa poništava se nakon
što
amera from dropping.
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
ponovno
pritisnete ▼.
Settings
Note
• Dynamic
tracking function may not work in the following cases:
Note
Napomena
- 61 - pictures will differ according to the The camera autom
–
When
the
subject
is and
too
small
operating
times
number
of recordable
•• The
Funkcija
dinamičnog
praćenja
može
biti neučinkovita
u sljedećim
slučajevima:
[š]
15 areas)
–
When
the
recording
location
is
too
dark
or bright
environment and the operating conditions.
-- When
kada the
je objekt
premalen
([Face
Detection])
–
subject
is
moving
too
fast
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of The focus and exp
-- When
kada the
je pictures
lokacija
nareduced:
kojoj
se snima
pretamna
ili presvjetla
no matter what por
–
background
has the
same or
similar colour
to the subject
recordable
is
--At
kada
se objekt
prebrzo
kreće
When
jitter
is occurring
––
low temperature
or in cold
locations such as ski resorts [or at] high altitude¢
Focus can be adjus
–
using
the zoom
Residual
image
may
on boje
the LCD
performance
--¢When
kada
je pozadina
iste show
ili slične
kao display
i objekt when in use. The battery
¢
on following the su
([AF
Tracking])
–
Taking
picture
underwater
will decrease,
so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
-- kada
dođe do podrhtavanja
• When
the place
lock fails,
the
AF
tracking
frame
will
turn red and
then
disappear.
Press 4 again.
warm
such
as
inside
your
cold
protection
gear
or
clothing.
Performance
of
Up to 23 points for
-- kada
koristite
zum
[ the
] or
• The
camera
records
pictures withwill
[AF Mode] to
as normal
[Ø] when
locked
Dynamic Tracking
not
and LCD
when
temperature
returnsistoeffective
when the
¢
• working.
Akobatteries
zaključavanje
ne monitor
uspije, okvir restore
praćenja automatskog
fokusa
postat
će
crvene
boje
i
([23-Area])
normal.
(AF area frame wil
Ponovno
–potom
When nestati.
using [LCD
Mode].pritisnite ▼.
• –Fotoaparat
snima such
fotografije
s načinom
kao [[Ø]] kada je zaključan ili kada
The camera focuse
When operations
as flash
and zoom[AF
are Mode]
used repeatedly.
[Face
Recog.]
dinamično
praćenjetime
ne of
radi.
• When
the
operating
the camera becomes extremely ([1-Area])
short even after properly charging
centre of the scree
battery,
of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
• the
Refer
to P75the
forlife
details.
a with a
[Ù]
The camera focuse
na
([Spot])¢
d.
¢ [Ø] will be used during motion picture recordin
cloth.
aining
button
Note
• The focus setting is fixed to [Ø] in Miniature Effe
• It will be fixed to [š] when the [Face Recog.] is s
• It is not possible to set [š] in the following cases.
– [Underwater]
– In [Panorama Shot], [Night Scenery] and [Food
• It is not possible to set [ ] in the following cases
– In [Panorama Shot] in Scene Mode
– In [B&W] or [SEPIA] in [Color Mode]
m dryer
e, thinner, alcohol or cleanser, soap or detergents.
oplets, open the side door, and wipe off any
sing a soft dry cloth. (P133)
or battery when the side door is opened without
cumulate in the gap around the card/battery slot or
e any water off with a soft dry cloth.
camera when the side door is closed while it is still
- 10 -
- 69 - 87 - 85
Snimanje
Recording
Recording
Recording
Recording
[i.Exposure]
[i.Exposure]
[i.Exposure]
(Inteligentno podešavanje ekspozicije)
[i.Exposure]
[i.Exposure]
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Preparation
i ekspozicija
bit
će automatski
prilagođeni
kada postoji
velika
razlika
svjetlini
Applicable
Applicable
modes:
Contrast
andmodes:
exposure
will be
automatically
when
there
is
a is
biga udifference
in in
Contrast
and
exposure
willadjusted
be adjusted
automatically
when
there
big
difference
∫Kontrast
Playback
između
pozadine
i exposure
objekta
dawill
bi be
učinili
objekt
stvarnijim.
brightness
between
the
background
andautomatically
subject,
to bring
the
image
to real
life.in
brightness
between
the
background
and
subject,
to
bring
the image
to real
Contrast
Contrast
and
and
exposure
will
be
adjusted
adjusted
automatically
when
when
there
there
is
is aaclose
big
bigclose
difference
difference
inlife.
Playback
time
Approx.
min
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
brightness
brightness
between
between
the
the background
background and
and subject,
subject,
to
to240
bring
bring
the
the image
image close
close to
to real
real life.
life.
Postavke:
[ON]
/ [OFF]
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
Settings:
Settings: [ON]/[OFF]
[ON]/[OFF]
Note
Note
Napomena
Note
• [ Note
] in the screen turns yellow when [i.Exposure] is in effect.
Note
operating
times
and number
of
recordable
will
differ
to [100]
the if the
• •The
in screen
screen
turns
when
[i.Exposure]
in[i.Exposure]
effect.
Oznaka
]the
na
zaslonu
postaje
žute
kad
jepictures
način
uključen.
when
the
[Sensitivity]
isyellow
set
toboje
[100],
[Sensitivity]
may
be setaccording
higher
than
•••[Even
[ • []] in
in the
screen
turns
turns
yellow
yellow
when
when
[i.Exposure]
[i.Exposure]
is
israda
in
inis
effect.
effect.
environment
the[Sensitivity]
operating
conditions.
• Even
when
the
[Sensitivity]
is to
set
to [100],
[Sensitivity]
beopcija
set
higher
than
[100]
if the
picture
isand
taken
with
[i.Exposure].
• Čak••Even
iEven
kad
je
opcija
(Osjetljivost)
postavljena
na may
[100],
[Sensitivity]
when
when
the
the
[Sensitivity]
[Sensitivity]
is
is
set
set
to
[100],
[100],
[Sensitivity]
[Sensitivity]
may
may
be
be
set
set
higher
higher
than
than
[100]
[100]
the
For example,
in the
cases,
theachieved
operatingdepending
times will shorten
and the number of ifif the
is following
taken
with
[i.Exposure].
• picture
Compensation
may
not be
on the conditions.
picture
is
is taken
taken
with
with
[i.Exposure].
[i.Exposure].
može
sepicture
postaviti
i effect
na
višu
vrijednost
od [100] ako je fotografija
snimljena s funkcijom
recordable
pictures
is
reduced:
• Compensation
effect
may
not
be achieved
depending
on conditions.
the
conditions.
••Compensation
Compensation
effect
effect
may
maylocations
not
not be
be achieved
achieved
depending
on
onat
the
the
conditions.
– [I.
At Exposure].
low
temperature or
in cold
such as depending
ski
resorts or
high
altitude¢
Residual
image
may
show
on
the
LCD
display
when
in
use.
The
battery performance
•¢
Ovisno
o
uvjetima,
možda
neće
biti
moguće
postići
efekt
kompenzacije.
[i.Resolution]
will decrease,
so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
[i.Resolution]
[i.Resolution]
[i.Resolution]
[i.Resolution]
(Inteligentno
podešavanje
razlučivosti)
warm place such
as inside your
cold protection
gear or clothing. Performance of
Applicable modes:
batteries
and LCDmodes:
monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
Applicable
Applicable
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:profile and resolution can be taken by using the Intelligent Resolution
Pictures
withmodes:
sharp
normal.
Pictures
with
sharp
profile
resolution
be taken
by using
the
Intelligent
Resolution
Technology.
Fotografije
s
oštrim
profilom
i razlučivošću
moguće
je taken
snimiti
pomoću
inteligentne
Pictures
Pictures
with
with sharp
sharp
profile
and
andand
resolution
resolution
can
cancan
be
be
taken
by
by
using
using
the
the
Intelligent
Intelligent
Resolution
Resolution
– When
using [LCD
Mode].profile
Technology.
– When
operations
such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
Technology.
Technology.
tehnologije
razlučivosti.
Settingstime of the camera becomes extremely
Description
settings
• When the operating
short of
even
after properly charging
Settings
Description
of
settings
Settings
Settings
Description
Description
of
of settings
settings
the battery,
the
life of the battery
may have is
expired.
Buy
a new battery.
[i.Resolution]
activated.
[ON]
Postavke
Opis postavki
[i.Resolution]is
activated.
[ON]
[i.Resolution]
[i.Resolution]
isisactivated.
activated.
[ON]
[ON]
[i.Resolution]
is
activated,
and zoom magnification increased to
[ON] [i.ZOOM]
Uključeno
je [i.Resolution].
[i.Resolution]
is
activated,
andzoom
zoom
magnification
increasedto
2[i.Resolution]
times whilePreparation
limiting
deterioration
of magnification
the
picture. increased
[i.Resolution]
is
is activated,
activated,
and
and
zoom
magnification
increased
toto
[i.ZOOM]
[i.ZOOM]
[i.ZOOM]
2times
times
whilelimiting
limiting
deterioration
ofthe
the
picture. 2 puta uz
[i.Resolution]
je while
aktivirano
te se
uvećanje zuma
povećava
2
2
times
while
limiting
deterioration
deterioration
of
of
the
picture.
picture.
[OFF]
—
∫[i.ZOOM]
Playback
ograničeno smanjenje kvalitete.
[OFF]
j
[OFF]
[OFF]
—
—
Playback time
Approx.
[OFF]
- 240 min
Note
Note
• Refer
to
P47
for
information
about
the
Intelligent
Zoom.
Note
Note
Note
• Refer
to P54
for information
about
the
Intelligent
Zoom.
Napomena
••Refer
Refer
to
to P47
P47
for
for information
information
about
about
the
the Intelligent
Intelligent
Zoom.
Zoom.
operating
times and number
of recordable
pictures will differ according to the
• The
Podatke o inteligentnom
zumu potražite
na str. 47.
environment
andZoom]
the operating conditions.
[Digital
For example,
in the
following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
[Digital
[Digital
Zoom]
Zoom]
[Digital
Zoom]
(Digitalni
recordable
pictures
is reduced: zum)
Applicable
modes:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
Applicable
Applicable
modes:
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
This
can
enlarge
subjects
even
than thewhen
Optical
Zoom,
Extra
Optical
Zoom, or
¢ Residual
image
may
show on
themore
LCD
display
in use.
The
battery
performance
Preparation
[i.ZOOM].
This
This
can
can enlarge
enlarge
subjects
subjects
even
even
more
more
than
than
the
the
Optical
Optical
Zoom,
Zoom,
Extra
Extra
Optical
Optical
Zoom,
or
will
decrease,
soobjekti
keep
the
camera
andčak
spare
batteries
warm
by
placing
themZoom,
in
a or
Ovom
se
funkcijom
mogu
uvećati
i više
nego
pomoću
optičkog
zuma,
ekstra
∫ Playback
Settings:
[i.ZOOM].
[i.ZOOM].
warm
place [ON]/[OFF]
as inside
your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
optičkog
zuma
isuch
funkcije
[i.ZOOM].
Settings:
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
[ON]/[OFF]
batteries
and
LCD monitor will restore to normal
when
the
temperature returns to
Playback
time
Approx.
240
min
Postavke:
[ON]
/ [OFF]
Note
normal.
• Refer
to[LCD
P47 for
details.
– When
using
Mode].
Note
Note
Note
Napomena
The
setting
issuch
fixed
to flash
[ON] and
in Macro
Mode.
– When
operations
as
zoomZoom
are used
repeatedly.
•••Refer
Refer
to
to P47
P47
for
for
details.
details.
operating
times
and
number
recordable
pictures short
will differ
to the
• •The
When
the
operating
time
the
camera
becomes
extremely
even according
after properly
charging
Detalje
str.of
47.
••The
Thepotražite
setting
setting
is
isna
fixed
fixed
to
to
[ON]
[ON]
in
inof
Macro
Macro
Zoom
Zoom Mode.
Mode.
the
operating
conditions.
the
theand
life
of the
battery
may
have
expired.postavljena
Buy a new na
battery.
•environment
U battery,
načinu rada
makro
zum,
postavka
je fiksno
[ON].
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 70 -- 70- 88
- -- 70
70 --
Settings: [ON]/[OFF]
Note
• Refer to P54 for details.
• The setting is fixed to [ON] in Macro ZoomSnimanje
Mode.
Recording
[Burst]
[Burst]
[Burst]
(Snimanje u nizu)
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
KadaPictures
pritisnete
fotografije
se while
snimaju
nizu.
areokidač,
taken
continuously
theushutter
button
is pressed.
Pictures
are taken
continuously
while
the shutter
button
is pressed.
Settings
Postavke
Settings
[˜]
[˜]
([Burst On])
([Burst On])
([Burst
On])
Recording
Description of settings
Opis postavki
Description
of settings
Burst speed
approx. 1.3 pictures/second
Brzina
snimanja u nizu approx.
približno
fotografije/sekundi
Burst speed
1.31,3
pictures/second
• You can take pictures until the capacity of the built-in memory or the card
You can
take pictures
until the
capacity
the built-in
memory or the card
•• Možete
snimati
fotografije
sve
dok seofkapacitet
ugrađene
is full.
is full.
• The burst
speed
memorije
ili kartice
nebecomes
popuni. slower halfway. The exact timing of this
The burst
speed
becomes
slower
halfway.
The
exact
timing
of this
depends
on the
type of sporija
card and
thepola
Picture
Size.
•• Brzina
snimanja
postaje
na
puta.
Točno
vrijeme
depends
on
the istype
of when
card and
the
• The
focus
fixed
the
firstPicture
picture Size.
is taken.
ovisi
o
vrsti
kartice
i
veličini
slike.
• The•focus
is fixed when White
the first
picture are
is taken.
The exposure
Balance
adjusted each time you take a
•• Fokus
se postavljaand
prilikom snimanja
prve
fotografije.
The exposure
picture. and White Balance are adjusted each time you take a
• Ekspozicija
i
balans
bijele
boje
podešavaju
se svakislower
put kada
picture.
• The Burst speed (pictures/second) may become
depending on
• snimite
The Burst
speed (pictures/second)
may
slower ifdepending
on
thefotografiju.
recording
environment, such
asbecome
in dark places,
the ISO sensitivity
is
the recording
such as inudark
places,može
if the se
ISOsmanjiti
sensitivity is
• Brzina
snimanja
u nizu (fotografija
sekundi)
high
etc.environment,
high etc.o uvjetima snimanja kao što su tamni prostori, visoka ISO
ovisno
Burst speed
approx. 10 pictures/second
osjetljivost itd.
nification is an approximation.
of recordable
f “Extra Optical Zoom”. It is possible to
takeNumber
more
magnified
pictures
max.10
100
pictures
Brzina
snimanja
u nizu
približno
fotografije/sekundi
pictures
Broj
koje
je taking
maks.Normal
100 fotografija
om, we recommend using a tripod and
the fotografija
(P62)
•Self-timer
This can be
set for
only
during
Picture Mode.
moguće
• Thesnimiti
picture size is fixed to 3M (4:3), 2.5M (3:2), 2M (16:9) or 2.5M (1:1).
e zoom while recording motion pictures, refer
to P36.
• The
Burst speed changes according to the recording conditions.
• Može
se number
postavitiofsamo
normalnom
načinu
annot be used in the following
• The
Burst urecording
pictures
are rada.
limited by the picture-taking
[
] cases:
• Veličina
slike fiksno
je postavljena
na 3 M
2,5used.
M (3:2), 2 M
conditions
and the
type and/or status
of (4:3),
the card
([Hi-Speed Burst])
e Mode
(16:9)
ili 2,5
M (1:1).
• The
number
of Burst recording pictures may increase when you use a
c] menu is set to [[
]]or [ ]
card
with fastuwriting
speed or
is formatted.
• Brzina
snimanja
nizu mijenja
secard
ovisno
o uvjetima snimanja.
pictures
• The focus,
zoom,
White Balance,
shutter
speed and
([Hi-Speed
• Maksimalan
broj
slikaexposure,
u nizu ograničen
je uvjetima
snimanja
te ISO
not be used in the following cases:
sensitivity
are
fixed
to
the
settings
for
the
first picture.
vrstom i/ili stanjem korištene kartice.
Burst]) (Brzo
• The ISO sensitivity
is automatically adjusted. However, the ISO
snimljenih
u nizu može se uvećati kad koristiteRecording
snimanje u nizu) • Broj fotografija
e Mode
sensitivity is increased to make the shutter speed become high-speed.
karticu
velike brzine
ili operating
formatiranu
karticu. it may take time to take the next
c] menuRecording
is set to [
] or [ ]
• Depending
on the
conditions,
Applicable
modes:
• Fokus,
zum,if ekspozicija,
balans
bijele
boje, brzina zatvarača i ISO
used in the following cases:
picture
you repeat
taking
a picture.
osjetljivost ostaju na postavkama prve snimke.
Taking Pictures Using the Built-in F
of recordable
es an approximation.
• ISONumber
osjetljivost
automatski se max.
namješta.
Međutim, ISO osjetljivost
5 pictures
picturespictures
eptical
ModeZoom”. It is possible to take moresemagnified
povećava
kako bi brzina okidača postala veća.
c] menu is set to [
] or [ ]
• Stillopictures
are
taken
continuously
with flash.
• Ovisno
uvjetima
rada,
potrebno
je određeno
vrijeme
snimanje
A
Photoza
flash
ecommend using a tripod and the Self-timer
for be
taking
• (P62)
This fotografije
can
set ako
only ponovno
during Normal
Picture
Mode.
sljedeće
snimate
fotografiju.
[ ]
Do
not
cover
your
fingers or o
• The picture size is fixed to 3M (4:3), 2.5M (3:2), 2M (16:9) itorwith
2.5M
(1:1).
([Flash Burst])
hile recording motion pictures,
refer to
P36.fotografija
Broj
je zoom,
maks.
5 fotografija
• Settings forkoje
focus,
exposure,
shutter speed, ISO sensitivity, flash
used in the following cases:
output
are fixed to the first picture.
moguće
snimiti
• Number of recordable pictures will be fixed to 5 pictures when the
• Fotografije
se is
snimaju
self-timer
used. kontinuirano uz bljeskalicu.
s set to [
] or [[ ]]
• Može
se flash
postaviti
samo
normalnom
• The
setting
is ufixed
- 89
- to [‰ ]. načinu rada.
([Flash Burst])
(Snimanje u nizu
uz bljeskalicu)
[OFF]
ed in the following cases:
s set to [
] or [
e following cases:
s set to [
]
] or [OFF]
[ ]
• Veličina slike fiksno je postavljena na 3 M (4:3), 2,5 M (3:2), 2 M
—
(16:9) ili 2,5 M (1:1).
Switching
the appropriate
• Postavke za fokus, zum,
ekspoziciju,tobrzinu
zatvarača, ISO flash setting
osjetljivost i jačinu bljeskalice
ostaju
na
postavkama
za prvu snimku.
Set the flash to match the recording.
• Broj fotografija koje je moguće snimiti bit će fiksno postavljen na 5
kad koristite automatski okidač.
Press
1 [[‰].
• Postavka bljeskalice podešena
je na
].
-
- 71 - 71 -
Press 3/4 to select the item and then press
[MENU/SET].
ote
[
]
([Auto/Red-Eye])¢2
Preparation
∫ Playback
Playback time
Recording
Snimanje
Approx. 240 min
Recording
red-eye phenomenon (eyes
the picture) and then activa
• Use this when you take p
lighting conditions.
The flash is activated every
[‰]
ndicated zoom magnification is Note
an approximation.
conditions.
Note
Napomena
is an abbreviation of “Extra•Optical
Zoom”.zoom
It is possible
to takeismore
magnified
pictures
• Use this when your subj
([Forced
Flash
On])
Thetimes
indicated
magnification
anpictures
approximation.
The
operating
and
number
of
recordable
will
differ
according
to
the
•
nizu se ne poništava kad isključite fotoaparat.
the optical zoom.Snimanje •u “EZ”
fluorescent
isthe
anoperating
abbreviation
of “Extra Optical Zoom”. It is possible to take more
magnifiedlight.
pictures
and
conditions.
n using the Digital
Zoom,
we recommend
using
a
tripod
and
the
Self-timer
(P62)
for
taking
• environment
Ako
snimate
fotografije
pomoću
ove
funkcije
na
ugrađenu
memoriju,
trebat
će
više
with
thefollowing
optical zoom.
If you
take a picture with a d
For
example,
in
the
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
res.
vremena
za
pohranjivanje.
•pictures
When using
the Digital Zoom, we recommend using a tripod and the Self-timer
(P62)
taking
feature will
slowfor
the
shutter
recordable
is reduced:
details about using
the zoomje
while
recording
motion
refer[ to P36.
¢
pictures.
] [PhotoFrame]
• –Postavka
podešena
[OFF]
upictures,
scenskom
(Fotografija
sosthat the dark background
Atcannot
low temperature
or
inna
cold
locations
such as načinu
ski resorts
or at high altitude
Extra Optical Zoom
be
used
in
the
following
cases:
¢2
• For
details
about
using
the LCD
zoomdisplay
while
recording
pictures,
refer
to P36.
Simultaneously,
it reduces t
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
okvirom).
¢ Residual
image
may
show
on the
when
in motion
use. The
battery
performance
Macro Zoom Mode
• The Extra
Optical
cannot
be
usedbatteries
the following
cases:
• Use
will
decrease,
so je
keep
theZoom
camera
and
spare
warm
placing
them
in this
a when you take p
• Broj
fotografija
koje
moguće
snimiti
bit će
fiksnoinpostavljen
naby
3 kad
koristite
High Sens.] in Scene
Mode
– In such
Macroas
Zoom
Mode
darkofbackground.
warm
place
inside
your
protection gear or clothing. Performance
en [Burst] in the [Rec]
menu
is
set
to(osim
[ Sens.]
]za
orin
]]). cold
automatski
okidač
[[ Scene
–
In
[High
Mode
batteries
and LCD fiksno
monitor
will restore to
normal
whenzathe
temperature
returns
to is not activated in
The
flash
en recording motion
pictures
• Postavka
bljeskalice
je
postavljena
na
[
]
(osim
[
]).
[Œ]to [
– When [Burst] in the [Rec] menu is set
] or [ ]
normal.
• Use this when you take p
ntelligent Zoom cannot
be used
in therecording
followingmotion
cases:pictures
– When
([Forced
Flash
Off])
of flash is not permitted.
– When using
[LCD
Mode]. Zoom cannot be used in the following cases:
Macro Zoom Mode
• The
Intelligent
– When
operations
suchZoom
as flash
and zoom are used repeatedly.
High Sens.] in Scene
Mode
– In Macro
Mode
¢1
This
can
be
set
only
when
Intelligent
Auto Mode is set.
the operating
of] the
becomes extremely short even after properly charging
en [Burst] in the• When
[Rec] menu
isIn
set
totime
[ Sens.]
orin[ camera
]
–
[High
Scene
Mode
¢2 Buy
The a
flash
is
activated twice. The subject should not m
life
of
the
battery
may
have
expired.
new
battery.
al Zoom] cannotthe
be battery,
used in the
following
cases:
– When [Burst] in the [Rec] menu is set activated.
to [
] orInterval
[ ] until the second flash depends on t
ntelligent Auto Mode
• [Digital Zoom] cannot be used in the following
cases:
[Red-Eye Removal] (P92) on the [Rec] menu is set to [
Miniature Effect Mode
– In Intelligent Auto Mode
icon.
High Sens.] in Scene Mode – In Miniature Effect Mode
en [Burst] in the [Rec] menu –
isIn
set
to [ Sens.]
] orin[ Scene
]
[High
Mode
– When [Burst] in the [Rec] menu is set to [
] or [ ]
- 58 -
- 18 - 56 -
- 72 -
- 56 -
Snimanje
Recording
[Color[Color
Mode]Mode]
(Boja)
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Sets various
colour
effects,
picture
brighter,
or applying
a
Postavljanje
različitih
efekta
boje,including
pri čemumaking
možetethe
sliku
učinitisharper,
oštrijom,
svjetlijom
ili
sepiaefekt
tone.sepije.
primijeniti
Settings
[STANDARD]
Postavke
¢1
[Happy]
[STANDARD]
¢2
1
[VIVID]
[Happy]*
2
[B&W]
[VIVID]*
[SEPIA]
[B&W]
Description of settings
This is the standardOpis
setting.
postavki
Image with
enhanced brightness and vividness.
Ovo je osnovna
postavka.
The
picture
becomes
sharper.
Slika povećane svjetline
i živosti.
The picture becomes black and white.
Slika je oštrija.
Theslika.
picture becomes sepia.
Crno-bijela
¢1 This can beSmeđi
set only
when Intelligent
Auto Mode is set.
[SEPIA]
pigment
slike (sepija).
¢2 This can be set only during Normal Picture Mode.
*1 Može se postaviti samo kada je postavljen inteligentni automatski način.
*2 Može se postaviti samo u normalnom načinu rada.
- 73 -- 73 -
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
Recording
Recording
[AFApplicable
Assist
Lamp]
[AF Assist
Lamp]
modes:
[AF
Assist
Lamp]
(Pomoćno svjetlo automatskog fokusa)
[AF Assist
Lamp]
Taking a Picture with Face Recognition Function
Recording
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
AF assist
lamp will
illuminate
the subject
when when
the shutter
buttonbutton
is pressed
halfway,
AF assist
lamp
will illuminate
the subject
the shutter
is pressed
halfway,
Pomoćno
svjetlo
automatskog
fokusa
osvijetlit
će objekt
kada
okidač
pritisnete
dopola
AFit assist
lamp
will
the
the
button
pressed
halfway,
making
easier
for the
to
focus
when
recording
inshutter
low in
light
(Larger
AF AF
making
it easier
for
the
camera
tosubject
focus
recording
low
lightisconditions.
(Larger
Face
Recognition
iscamera
ailluminate
function
which
findswhen
awhen
face
resembling
a conditions.
registered
face
and
Preparation
making
itfocus
easier
for
the
camera
to
focus
when
recording
in low is
light
conditions.
te će
fokusiranje
objekta
pri on
snimanju
na
slabom
svjetlu
biti person
jednostavnije
(ovisno
o (Larger
area
isarea
displayed
depending
theon
recording
conditions.)
is displayed
depending
the
recording
conditions.)
prioritises
and
exposure
automatically.
Even
if
the
located
towards
the AF
∫ Playback
areaor
ison
displayed
depending
the recording
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
back
the
end
of
a line
aongroup
photo,
theconditions.)
camerafokusa).
can still take a clear picture.
uvjetima
snimanja
prikazuje
sein
veće
područje
automatskog
Settings: [ON]/[OFF]
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
Postavke:
[ON]
/ [OFF]
[FaceNote
Recog.]
is initially set to [OFF] on the camera.
Note
Recog.]
will
[ON]
automatically
when the face image is registered.
• The[Face
effective
distance
of turn
the of
assist
lamp
islamp
a is a (DMC-SZ1)
• TheNote
effective
distance
the assist
(DMC-SZ1)
Note
Napomena
• maximum
The of
effective
distance1.5
of m
the1.5
assist
lamp
is a
maximum
approximately
(4.9
of approximately
mfeet).
(4.9
feet).
(DMC-SZ1)
•
The
following
functions
will
also
work
with
the
Face
Recognition
The
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will differ according to the
maximum
of
approximately
1.5
m
(4.9
feet).
Efektivna
udaljenost
pomoćnog
svjetla
•••When
you
do
not
want
to
use
the
AF
Assist
• When you do not want to use the AF Assist


function.
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
•
When
you
do
not
want
to
use
the
AF
Assist
Lamp
A
(e.g.
when
taking
pictures
of
animals
in
Lamp A (e.g.
when
taking
pictures of animals in
automatskog
fokusa
iznosi
maksimalno

For In
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
Recording
Mode
Lamp
A
(e.g.
when
taking
pictures
of
animals
in
dark
places),
set
the
[AF
Assist
Lamp]
to
[OFF].
dark1,5
places),
the [AF Assist Lamp] to [OFF].
otprilike
m. set
pictures
is
reduced:
KEN
dark
places),
set
the
[AF
Assist
Lamp]
to
[OFF].
Inrecordable
this
case,
it
will
become
more
difficult
to
focus
– In
Display
of
corresponding
name
when
camera
detects
a
registered
Before
Use it will become more difficult to focus
this
case,
¢
•on
Ako
ne
želite
koristiti
pomoćno
svjetlo
¢ (if
– At
temperature
or become
inbeen
cold set
locations
such
ski face)
resorts or at high altitude
In
this
case,
it will
more
difficult
toasfocus
thelow
subject.
name
has
for the
registered
face
on
the
subject.
by holding the• [AF
camera
upside-down
Ashow
and
the
right
way
up Bwhen
and in use. The battery performance
¢Assist
Residual
image
may
LCD
display
automatskog
fokusa
(npr.
kod
snimanja
on
the
subject.
Lamp]
isMode
fixed
[OFF]
in the
[Scenery],
• [AF
Assist
Lamp]
istofixed
toon
[OFF]
in [Scenery],
In
Playback
will
decrease,
so keep
the
camera
and
spare batteries warm by placing them in a
ghtly a few times.
• [Night
[AF
Assist
Lamp]
is and
fixed
toand
[OFF]
in
[Scenery],
životinja
naScenery],
tamnim
mjestima),
postavite
[AF
[Night
Scenery],
[Sunset],
[Glass
Through]
[Sunset],
[Glass
Through]
–
Display
of
name
and
age
(if
information
has
been
registered)
warm
such
as
inside
your
cold Through]
protection
gear
or clothing. Performance of
[Night
Scenery],
[Sunset],
[Glass
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
Scene
Mode.
he camera at the in
beach
orScene
inplace
water,
or
after
water
may
remain
Mode.
Assist
Lamp]
na
[OFF].
Upictures
tomand
ćeit,chosen
slučaju
– in
Selective
playback
ofwashing
from
pictureswhen
registered
with Face Recognition
(DMC-FS45)
in
Scene
Mode.
batteries
and
LCD
monitor
will
restore
to
normal
the temperature
returns to
peaker and microphone
for a while
and biti
mayotežano.
cause
aindrop
in volume
or sound
fokusiranje
objekta
([Category
Selection]
(P98)
[Filtering
Play]).


normal.
• Funkcija
[AF
Assist
Lamp]
fiksno
je

¢
offrom
up Mode].
to
3 people are displayed. Precedence for the names
displayed when taking
– When
using [LCD
trap firmly to prevent
theNames
camera
dropping.
nais[OFF]
scenskim
–postavljena
Whenpictures
operations
suchuas
flash
andnačinima
zoom
areorder
usedofrepeatedly.
determined
according
to the
registration.
[Scenery],
[Night Scenery],
[Glass extremely short even after properly charging
• When
the operating
time of the[Sunset]
camera ibecomes
the
battery,
Through].
Note the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
be attached to only the first
• During the Burst Mode, [Face Recog.] picture information canRecording
Recording
picture.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
[Red-Eye
Removal]
• [Face
Recog.]
does
not
guarantee
secure
recognition
a person.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
[Red-Eye
Removal]
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(Uklanjanje
efekta
crvenihofočiju)
• Face
Recognition
may take more time to select and recognise distinctive facial features than
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
regular
face
detection.
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
When
Red-Eye
Reduction
([
[ ], ])
selected,
DigitalDigital
Red-Eye
Correction
Whenwhen
Red-Eye
Reduction
([],information
[ ishas
]) been
is selected,
Red-Eye
is set
• Even
Face Recognition
registered,
pictures
takenCorrection
with is
[Name]
When
Red-Eye
Reduction
([
], [ Recognition
]) ([is
selected,
Digital
Red-Eye
Correction
is Correction
performed
whenever
the
flash
is
used.
The
camera
automatically
detects
red-eye
and
performed
the
flash
isReduction
used.
The
camera
automatically
detects
red-eye
and
[OFF]
will whenever
not
be
categorised
by
Face
in [[Category
Selection]
([Filtering
Play]).
Kadato
odaberete
uklanjanje
efekta
crvenih
očiju
]),
ispravljanje
When
Red-Eye
],
]) isdigitalno
selected,
Digital
Red-Eye
performed
whenever
the
flash
is
used.
The
camera
automatically
detects
red-eye
and
corrects
thewhen
picture.
• Even
Face
Recognition
information
is changed
(P79),
Face Recognition
corrects
the
picture.
Preparation
performed
whenever
the
flash
is
used.
The
camera
automatically
detects
red-eye a
efekta
crvenihthe
očiju
obavlja
se prialready
svakoj aktivaciji bljeskalice. Fotoaparat automatski
corrects
picture.
information
for
the
pictures
corrects
the picture.taken will not be changed.
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
∫ Playback
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
For
instance,
if the
is changed,
pictures recorded before the change will not be
prepoznaje
crvene
očiname
i ispravlja
fotografiju.
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
categorised
by Face
Recognition
in [Category Selection]
([Filtering
Playback
time
Approx. 240
min Play])
Note
Note
Postavke:
[ON]
/
[OFF]
• To
change
the name
information
taken,
perform
the [REPLACE]
in
Note
• Only
when
[AF
Mode]
is set of
to
[š]
Face
Detection
is active.
•available
Only
available
when
[AF Mode]
is the
set pictures
toand
[š]
and
Face
Detection
is active.
[Face
Rec
Edit] circumstances,
(P112).
• Under
Only
available
whenNote
[AFred-eye
Mode]
is set to
[š]
and
Face Detection is active.
• Under
certain
circumstances,
cannot
be
corrected.
•
certain
red-eye
cannot
be
corrected.
Napomena
•Note
[Face
Recog.]
cannot
beavailable
used inred-eye
the
following
cases.
• Only
when
[AF
Mode]
is set to [š] and Face Detection is active.
• Under
certain
circumstances,
cannot
be corrected.
er drops on the• The
camera
with
atimes
number
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
theje
–operating
Recording
Modes
do notof
allow
settingna
to
[š]],ofa [AF
Mode]
• Dostupno
samo
kad• and
jewhich
[AF
Mode]
postavljen
[red-eye
funkcija
pronalaženja
Under
certain
circumstances,
cannot
be
corrected. tolica
h and dry the camera
in
a
environment
and themotion
operating
conditions.
– When recording
pictures
uključena.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
which is well ventilated.
• U određenim
se okolnostima
efekt crvenih očiju ne može ispraviti.
pictures
is reduced:
[Stabilizer]
era by standing it recordable
on a dry cloth.
– At low
temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
orporates drain design,
draining
¢ Residual
image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
s in the camera [ON/OFF]
button
Applicable modes:
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
utton etc.
this mode,
jitterprotection
during picture
is detected,
and theofcamera automatica
automatic
place suchUsing
as inside
your cold
gear taking
or clothing.
Performance
e camera with hot airwarm
from dryer
compensates
the jitter,
enabling
jitter-free
images to returns
be taken.
batteries
and LCD
monitor will for
restore
to normal
when
the temperature
to
aterproof performance
will
When recording motion pictures, “Active Mode” (stabiliser for motion pictures) will
ue to deformation. normal.
automatically
function.
decreases the jitter of the image when recording motio
hemicals such as–benzine,
thinner,
alcohol
or cleanser,
soap orThis
detergents.
When using
[LCD
Mode].
pictures
while
etc.
– When operations such
as flash
andwalking,
zoom are
used repeatedly.
• Whendroplets,
the operating
the camera
becomes
extremely
there are no water
opentime
theofside
door, and
wipe off
any short even after properly charging
Settings:
the battery,
thea life
the cloth.
battery[ON]/[OFF]
may have expired. Buy a new battery.
ts or sand left inside
using
softofdry
(P133)
ts may adhere to the card or battery when Note
the side door is opened without
rying. Also, water may accumulate in the
gap around
the card/battery
slot or
• Stabiliser
is fixed
to [OFF] in [Panorama
Shot] in Scene Mode.
connector. Be sure to wipe any water off
with a motion
soft drypicture
cloth. recording, this setting is fixed to [ON] and “Active Mode” is enabl
• During
enab
oplets may seep into the camera when the
side
is closed
it is stillwhen [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA].
Note
thatdoor
“Active
Mode”while
is disabled
condensation or failure.
• In “Active Mode”, stronger
- 74- 75
-effect
74- -of the correction can be achieved at the wide end.
- not
74be- effective in the following cases.
• The stabiliser function may
Be careful of camera jitter when you press the shutter button.
– When there is a lot of jitter.
– When the zoom magnification is high.
Recording
Snimanje
[Stabilizer]
[Stabilizer] (Stabilizator)
Recording
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
[Stabilizer]
Using one
of these
modes,
jitter
during
picture taking
is detected,
the camera
Korištenjem
jednog
od ovih
načina
rada,
prepoznaju
se vibracije
tijekomand
snimanja
Preparation
automatically
compensates
jitter, enabling
jitter-free
images to
be taken.
i fotoaparat
automatskithe
kompenzira
vibracije,
omogućujući
snimanje
jasnih
Applicable
modes:
∫fotografija
Playback
Settings:
fotografija.
Using
one [ON]/[OFF]
of these modes, jitter during picture taking is detected, and the camera
Playback
time compensates the jitter, enabling
Approx.
240 min
automatically
jitter-free
images to be taken.
Postavke:
[ON] / [OFF]
Note [ON]/[OFF]
Settings:
Note
• Stabiliser is fixed to [OFF] in [Panorama Shot] in Scene Mode.
Napomena
• Stabiliser
will
beand
set
to [ON] while
recording
motion pictures.
operating
number
of recordable
pictures
will differ
according
to the
• •The
Stabilizator
jetimes
fiksno
postavljen
na
[OFF]
u scenskom
načinu
[Panorama
shot]
Note
• The
stabiliser
function
may conditions.
not be effective in the following cases.
environment
and
the
operating
(Panoramski
snimak).
• Stabiliser
isoffixed
to [OFF]
in
[Panorama
Shot]
in
Scene
Mode.and the number of
Be careful
camera
jitter
when
press
the
shutter
button.
example,
the
following
cases,
theyou
operating
times
will shorten
•For
Postavka
jeinfiksno
[ON]
pri snimanju
• Stabiliser
will is
be
while
recording
motionvideozapisa.
pictures.
– When
there
ispostavljena
aset
lottoof[ON]
jitter.na
recordable
pictures
reduced:
•– Funkcija
stabilizatora
bitinot
neučinkovita
uinsljedećim
• The
stabiliser
function
may
be
effective
the
following
cases.
– temperature
When
the zoom
magnification
is such
high.as ski
At low
or inmože
cold
locations
resorts
orslučajevima:
at high
altitude¢
Pazite
na
podrhtavanje
fotoaparata
kada
pritisnete
okidač.
Be
careful
of
camera
jitteron
when
press
the when
shutter
– In
Digital
Zoom
¢
Residual
image
mayrange.
show
the you
LCD
display
inbutton.
use. The battery performance
–decrease,
When
there
a lot the
of while
jitter.
-- will
kad
su vibracije
taking
pictures
following
a moving
subject.
soisprejake,
keep
camera
and spare
batteries
warm by placing them in a
– When
zoom
is high.
shutter
speed
becomes
slower
to take
pictures
indoorsPerformance
or in dark places.
-- warm
kod
velikog
uvećanja
zumom,
placethe
such
as magnification
inside
your
cold
protection
gear
or clothing.
of
–
In
Digital
Zoom
range.
-- batteries
u rasponu
digitalnog
zumawill restore to normal when the temperature returns to
and
LCD monitor
–
When taking pictures while following a moving subject.
-- normal.
kad snimate fotografije dok slijedite objekte koji se kreću,
– [Date
When the
shutter speed becomes slower to take pictures indoors or in dark places.
Stamp]
– -When
using
[LCD
Mode].
- kada
se smanji
brzina zatvarača za snimanje fotografija u unutarnjim prostorima ili
– When
operations
such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
na tamnim
mjestima.
modes:
• WhenApplicable
the
operating
time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
[Date
Stamp]
[Date
Stamp]
datuma)
the battery,
thetake
life(Otisak
ofa the
battery
may
have
a new battery.
You
can
picture
with
date
andexpired.
time ofBuy
recording.
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
Applicable
modes:
Settings
Description of settings
You
can
take
a
picture
with date
and
time
ofsnimanja.
recording.
Fotografije
sa
snimljenim
datumom
i vremenom
[W/O TIME]
Stamp
the
year,
month,
and day.
Settings
of settings
[WITH
TIME]
Stamp the year, month,Description
day,
hour,
and
minutes.
Postavke
Opis
postavki
[W/O
TIME]
Stamp the year, month, and day. —
[OFF]
[W/O TIME] (Bez vremena)
IspisujePreparation
godinu, mjesec i dan.
[WITH TIME]
Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
∫ Playback
[WITH TIME]
Note(S vremenom) Ispisuje godinu,mjesec, dan,—sat i minute.
[OFF]
for pictures recorded with
the [Date
Stamp] set cannot be deleted.
• Date information
Playback
time
Approx.
240- min
[OFF]
• When printing pictures with [Date Stamp] at a shop or with a printer, the date will be
Note on top of the other if you choose to print with the date.
printed
Note
Napomena
pictures
with the
Stamp]
set cannot be deleted.
• Date
If the information
time has not for
been
set, yourecorded
cannot stamp
with[Date
the date
information.
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will
toizbrisati.
the will be
• The
• When
printing
pictures
with
[Date
Stamp]
at a[Date
shop
or differ
with nije
aaccording
printer,
the
date
Informacije
o
datumu
snimljene
pomoću
funkcije
Stamp]
moguće
The setting
is fixed
to
[OFF]
in
the
following
cases.
and
the of
operating
conditions.
printed
on
top
the other
if you choose
with theilidate.
• environment
Prilikom
ispisa
fotografija
s pictures
otiskom
datumatou print
fotostudiju
pomoću pisača, ako
– When
recording
motion
For
example,
in the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and the number of
• If– the
time
has
not
been
set,
you
cannot
stamp
with
the
date information.
In [Panorama
Shot]
in
Scene
Mode
odaberete
ispis
datuma,
datumi
će
se ispisati
jedan
preko
drugoga.
recordable
pictures
reduced:
• The
setting
isisfixed
to [OFF]
in
the following
cases.
– When
using
[Burst].
• –Ako
vrijeme
nije
postavljeno,
ne
možete
ispisati
fotografiju
s
podacima
o ¢datumu.
At low
temperature
or inmotion
coldand
locations
suchcannot
as ski resorts
or at
high altitude
When
recording
pictures
• –[Text
[Cropping]
be set
for
pictures
recorded with [Date Stamp]
• Postavka
jeStamp],
fiksno [Resize],
postavljena
na
[OFF]
sljedećim
slučajevima.
¢ Residual
image
may
show
on
the
LCDudisplay
when
in use. The battery performance
–set.
In [Panorama
Shot]
in Scene
Mode
-- kod
snimanja
videozapisa
will
decrease,
so[Burst].
keep
the camera
andStamp]
spare set
batteries
warm
placing
them in
a onto the
When
using
• –Even
if you
take
a picture
with [Date
to [OFF],
it is by
possible
to stamp
dates
-- uwarm
načinu
[Panorama
Shot]
uyour
scenskom
načinu
rada
• [Text
Stamp],
[Resize],
and
[Cropping]
cannot
set the
for
recorded
with [Date
place
such
as using
inside
cold protection
gear
orpictures
clothing.
Performance
of Stamp]
recorded
pictures
[Text
Stamp]
(P87)
or be
setup
Date
print
(P94, 107).
-- pri
korištenju
[Burst] will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
set. andfukcije
batteries
LCD monitor
• Even
if you
take a [Resize]
picture with
[Date Stamp]
to [OFF],
it is possible
to snimljene
stamp dates
• Funkcije
[Text
Stamp],
i [Cropping]
nijeset
moguće
postaviti
za slike
s onto the
normal.
pictures
using Stamp].
[Text Stamp] (P87) or setup the Date print (P94, 107).
[Date
[Clock
Set]
–uključenom
Whenrecorded
usingfunkcijom
[LCD
Mode].
When
operations
such as flash
and
usedpostavljen
repeatedly.na [OFF], moguće je otisnuti
• –Čak
i ako
snimite fotografiju
dok
je zoom
[Date are
Stamp]
• the
Refer
to P19 for
details.
• When
operating
time
of the camera
becomes
extremely
short even
charging
datume
na
snimljene
fotografije
pomoću
funkcije
[Text Stamp]
(str. after
87.) properly
ili postavljanja
[Clock
Set]the battery
the
battery,
the life
ispisa
datuma
(str.of94.,
107.). may have expired. Buy a new battery.
• Refer to P19 for details.
[Clock Set] (Postavke sata)
• Detalje potražite na 19. str.
- 75 -- 75 - 75 -
Recording
Snimanje
Recording
Recording
Using
[Motion
Picture]
Menu (Videozapis)
Korištenje
izbornika
[Motion
Picture]
Using
the the
[Motion
Picture]
Menu
For
details
on
[Motion
Picture]
menu
settings,
refer
to
For
details
on [Motion
Picture]
menu
settings,
refer
to
P42.
Detalje
o postavkama
izbornika
[Motion
Picture]
potražite
naP37.
str. 37.
Using
the
[Motion
Picture]
Menu
U scenskom
načinu
rada
[Panorama
Shot]
izbornik
[Motion
Picture]
neće
se
prikazati.
In [Panorama
Shot]
in Scene
Mode,
the
[Motion
Picture]
will
be displayed.
For
details
onin
[Motion
Picture]
menu
settings,
refer
tomenu
P37.
In
[Panorama
Shot]
Scene
Mode,
the
[Motion
Picture]
menu
will
not
benot
displayed.
[Rec
Quality]
[RecInQuality]
Quality]
[Panorama
Shot] in Scene
Mode, the [Motion Picture] menu will not be displayed.
[Rec
(Kvaliteta
snimanja)
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
[Recmodes:
Quality]
Applicable
This sets
upsets
theup
picture
qualityquality
of motion
pictures.
This
the
picture
of motion
pictures.
Ovime
se postavlja
kvaliteta
videozapisa.
Applicable
modes:
This sets up the picture
quality
of motion
pictures.
Settings
Picture
size/Bit
rate rate
Settings
Picture
size/Bit
Postavke
Veličina slike/Brzina prijenosa
fps
fps
fps Aspect ratio
Aspect ratio
(kadrova u
Format slike
[HD] [HD]
1280k720
pixels/Approx.
10 Mbps
1280k720
pixels/Approx.
10 Mbps
Preparation
sekundi)
25
Settings
Picture size/Bit
rate
fps
25
∫
Playback
[VGA]
640k480
pixels/Approx.
4 Mbps
[VGA]
640k480
pixels/Approx.
4 Mbps
[HD] [HD]
1280 x1280k720
720 piksela/Približno
pixels/Approx.10
10Mb/s
Mbps
25
25
Playback time
Approx. 240 min
[VGA][VGA]
640 x 480
piksela/Približno
4 Mb/s,
640k480
pixels/Approx.
4 Mbps
Note Note
16:9
16:9
Aspect ratio
4:3
16:9
16:9
4:3
4:3
4:3
bit rate
• What
is bit rate
•isWhat
Note
Napomena
is This
theNote
volume
of dataof
fordata
a definite
period period
of time,ofand
theand
quality quality
becomes
higher higher
when the
is the
volume
for a
time,
becomes
The
operating
times
and number
ofdefinite
recordable
pictures
will the
differ according
to the when the
•• This
Što jenumber
brzina
prijenosa
number
gets bigger.
This
unit
is using
“VBR”
recording
method.
“VBR” “VBR”
is an abbreviation
of
gets
bigger.
This
unit
isthe
using
the “VBR”
recording
method.
is an abbreviation
of
environment
the
operating
conditions.
is and
bit
rate
• What
“Variable
Bit Rate”,
and the
bit the
ratebit
(volume
of dataoffordata
definite
period
of je
time)
is
changed
“Variable
Bit
Rate”,
rateoperating
(volume
forand
definite
period
of
time)
is
To je
količina
uand
određenom
vremenskom
razdoblju,
što
taj
broj
veći,
For
example,
inpodataka
the
following
cases,
will
shorten
and
the
number
ofchanged
This
is the
volume
of
data
for athe
definite
periodtimes
of time,
thea quality
becomes
higher
when the
automatically
on
the uređaj
subjectsubject
to record.
Therefore,
the recording
time isjetime
shortened
automatically
to“VBR”
record.
Therefore,
the recording
is shortened
povećava
sedepending
igets
kvaliteta.
Ovaj
koristi
metodu
snimanja
"VBR".
„VBR"
kratica
za
recordable
pictures
isdepending
reduced:
number
bigger.
This on
unitthe
is using
the
recording
method.
“VBR” is
an
abbreviation
of
when
awhen
subject
with fast
movement
is recorded.
subject
fastthe
movement
is recorded.
–„Variable
At low
temperature
orwith
in
cold
locations
as ski
at
highperiod
altitude
“Variable
Bit Rate”,
and
bit
ratesuch
(volume
of resorts
data
forordefinite
of¢time)podataka
is changed
Bita Rate"
(promjenjiva
brzina
prijenosa),
a brzina
prijenosa
(količina
Residual
image
may show
onthe
thesubject
LCD
display
when
in use.
Therecording
battery
performance
automatically
depending
on
to record.
the
time
u¢određenom
vremenskom
razdoblju)
automatski
se Therefore,
mijenja
ovisno
o objektu
kojiis shortened
a subject
withsnimanja
fast
is recorded.
willwhen
decrease,
so keep
themovement
camera
and
spare
batteries
warm
by koji
placing
them
in a
[Continuous
AF]
snimate.
Dakle,
vrijeme
skraćuje
se kad
se snima
objekt
se brzo
kreće.
[Continuous
AF]
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
Applicable
modes:
Applicable
modes:
[Continuous
AF]
normal.
[Continuous
AF]
(Uzastopni
automatski fokus)
It–will
continually
keep
on
focusing
on a subject
for which
the focus
When
using
[LCD
Mode].
It will
continually
keep
on focusing
on a subject
for which
the was
focusonce
wasset.
once set.
Applicable
modes:
Primjenjivi
načini
rada:
– When
operations
such
as flash and zoom
are used repeatedly.
Preparation
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
•∫When
operating
time
of the
becomes
extremely
short even
after properly
charging
Playback
It the
will
continually
keep
oncamera
focusing
a subject
for which
the focus
was once
set.
Trajno
nastavlja
objekt
za have
koji on
jeexpired.
jednom
postavljen
fokus.
theNote
battery,
the lifefokusirati
of the battery
may
Buy
a new battery.
Note
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
time
Approx.
240
• Postavke:
Set Playback
this
function
to/ [OFF]
[OFF]
you wish
fix the
on
the on
position
where where
you started
the
this
function
to if[OFF]
if youtowish
to focus
fix the
focus
themin
position
you started
the
• Set
[ON]
motionmotion
picture
recording.
recording.
Notepicture
• Set this function to [OFF] if you wish to fix the focus on the position where you started the
Note
Napomena
motionovu
picture
recording.
operating
times
andna
number
recordable
pictures
willfokus
differna
according
the
• •The
Postavite
funkciju
[OFF] of
ako
želite fiksno
postaviti
položaj utokojem
environment
the operating
conditions.
ste pokrenuliand
snimanje
videozapisa.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
76 -- 76 - 94
- 76 -
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Advanced (Playback)
Various methods
of playback
Deleting
scenes/still
You
can play back
the recorded pictures in various methods.
Metode
reprodukcije
Various
methods
of playback
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
pictures
Deleted
scenes/still
pictures
cannot be restored, so perform appropriate
Slikecan
se mogu
reproducirati
na razne
načine.
You
play back
the recorded
pictures
in various
methods.
Press
[(].
Press [(].
confirmation of the contents before proceeding with deletion.
Press
[(].
Povucite
prekidač REC/PLAY prema [
Press [MODE]. ¬ Change the mode to
]. i zatim pritisnite [MODE].
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/► da biste odabrali stavku i zatim
Press
[MODE].
Topritisnite
delete the scene or still pict
Press 3/4/2/1 to select item, and then press [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
being played back
• Following items can be selected.
• Following
items cansljedeće
be selected.
• Moguće
je odabrati
stavke.
Press the
button while scenes or st
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
item, and then press [MENU/SET].
[
] ([Normal Play]) (P37)
[
] ([Normal
([NormalPlay])
Play])(P37)
(Uobičajena reprodukcija)(str. 32.) pictures to be deleted are being played
• Following items can be selected.
[
] ([Slide
([SlideShow])
Show])(P96)
(Prikaz u nizu) (str. 78.)
[
] ([Normal Play]) (P37)
] ([Filtering
([FilteringPlay])
Play])(P98)
(Filtrirana reprodukcija) (str. 80.)
To delete scenes or still pictures from the thumbnail display
[
] ([Slide Show])∫
(P96)
([Calendar])(P99)
(Kalendar) (str. 81.)
[
] ([Calendar])
[
] ([Filtering Play]) (P98)
Press the
button while the thumbnail view screen is displa
[
[
]
1
([Calendar]) (P99)
2 Select [ALL SCENES] or [SELECT]
using the cursor button, then
press the ENTER button.
≥ All the scenes or still pictures displayed as
thumbnails will be deleted by selecting
[ALL SCENES].
(In case of playing back scenes or still pictures by date, all the scenes or still pict
the selected date will be deleted.)
≥ Protected scenes/still pictures cannot be deleted.
3
(When [SELECT] is selected in Step 2)
Select the scene/still picture to be deleted, then press the EN
button.
≥ The scene/still picture is selected and the
indication appears on the thumbnai
the ENTER button again to cancel the operation.
≥ Up to 99 scenes can be selected to be deleted.
4
(When [SELECT] is selected in Step 2)
Select [Delete], and press the ENTER button, or the
≥ To continuously delete other scenes/still pictures, repeat Steps 3-4.
When you stop deleting halfway
button.
Press the MENU button while deleting.
≥ The scenes or still pictures that have already been deleted when the deletion is c
cannot be restored.
- 95 -
77 - 95
- 53 -
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
[Slide Show]
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
[Slide
Show]
Playback/Editing
You
can play
back the pictures you have
taken
in synchronisation with music, and you can
do
inplay
sequence
while
leaving
fixed taken
interval
each ofwith
the music,
pictures.
Youthis
can
back the
pictures
youa have
in between
synchronisation
and you can
[Slide
Show]
[Slide
Show]
Furthermore,
you can
playleaving
back
pictures
grouped
together
or play back
show]
(Prikaz
slikathe
nizu)
do [Slide
this in sequence
while
aufixed
interval
between
eachby
of category,
the pictures.
only
those
pictures
you
have
set
as
favourites
as
a
slide
show.
You
can
play
back
the
pictures
you
have
taken
in
synchronisation
with
music,
and
you can
You
can playfotografije
back
pictures
youpictures
have taken
in synchronisation
with
music,
and back
can
Furthermore,
you
canthe
play
back reproducirati
the
grouped
together
by a
category,
or činiti
play
Snimljene
možete
zajedno
s connected
glazbom,
to
možete
iyou
u set
This
playback
method
ishave
recommended
when
you
have
the
camera
to a TV
do
this
in
sequence
while
leaving
a
fixed
interval
between
each
of
the
pictures.
do
this
in
sequence
while
leaving
a
fixed
interval
between
each
of
the
pictures.
only
those
pictures
you
set
as
favourites
as
a
slide
show.
nizu,
ostavljajući
odabrani
interval
između
svake
fotografije.
Osim
toga,
fotografije
to
view
the pictures
youis play
have
taken.
Furthermore,
you
back
the
grouped
together
category,
Furthermore,
you can
can
play
back
the pictures
pictures
grouped
together by
bythe
category,
ortoplay
play
back
This
playback
method
recommended
when you
have connected
cameraor
a TVback
set
možete reproducirati
u have
nizu grupirane
po kategorijama
ili reproducirati samo one
pictures
you
set
only
those
picturesyou
youhave
havetaken.
set as
as favourites
favourites as
as a
a slide
slide show.
show.
to only
viewthose
the pictures
fotografije
koje
ste označili
kao omiljene.
This
playback
method
is
recommended
when
you
have
connected
the
camera
to
a
TV
This playback method is recommended when you have connected the camera to a TV set
set
način
reprodukcije
preporučuje
se kada ste spojili fotoaparat na TV prijamnik radi
to
view
the
you
taken.
toOvaj
view
the pictures
pictures
you have
have
taken.
Select
the group
to play
back by pressing 3/4, and
pregleda snimljenih fotografija.
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Select
the group
to play back by pressing 3/4, and
• During
[Category
Selection],
press 3/4/2/1
to select
a da
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Odaberite
grupu
koju
želite
reproducirati
tako
Select
the
to
play
back
by
pressing
3/4,
and
category,
and group
then press
Refer
to P80 for
category
Select[Category
the
group
to [MENU/SET].
play
back
by
pressing
3/4,
and
• details.
During
Selection],
press
3/4/2/1
to
select
a
pritisnete
i zatim pritisnete [MENU/SET].
then
press
[MENU/SET].
then
press▲/▼
[MENU/SET].
category,
then press
[MENU/SET].
ReferSelection]
to P80 for pritisnite
category
• Tijekomand
odabira
kategorije
u [Category
•• During
[Category
Selection],
press
3/4/2/1
to
a
details.
During
[Category
Selection],
press
3/4/2/1
to select
select
a
▲/▼/◄/►
da
biste
odabrali
kategoriju
i
zatim
pritisnite
category,
and
then
[MENU/SET].
Refer
to
for
category,
and
then press
press
[MENU/SET].
Refer
to P98
P80
for category
category
Press
3
to
select
[Start]
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Detalje
o
kategorijama
potražite
na
str.
80.
details.
details.
Press 3 to select [Start] and then press [MENU/SET].
Press 4 to finish the slide show.
Pritisnite
▲select
da biste
odabrali
[Start]
i zatim
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
Press
3 to
[Start]
andslide
then
press
[MENU/SET].
•Press
Normal4
Playback
resumes
after the
to finish
the slide
show. show finishes.
• Normal Playback resumes after the slide show finishes.
∫ Operations
performed
during
slideprikaza
show
Pritisnite
▼finish
za završetak
Press
4 to
the slide
show. u nizu.
•• Reprodukcija
se
nastavlja
normalno
nakon
završi prikaz slika u nizu.
The
cursor
displayed
during
playback
is
the
same
as što
3/4/2/1.
∫
Operations
performed
during
slide
show
Normal Playback resumes after the slide
show
finishes.
The cursor displayed during playback is the same as 3/4/2/1.
■
■Radnje
dostupne tijekom prikaza slika u nizu
∫
3Operations
Play/Pauseperformed during slide show
Pokazivač
isti same
je kaoas
▲/▼/◄/►.
The
cursor prikazan
displayedtijekom
duringreprodukcije
playback is the
3/4/2/1.
3 Play/Pause
43
▲ Stop
Reprodukcija/Pauza
Play/Pause
3 Play/Pause
44
Stop
▼ Stop
Zaustavljanje
2 Back to previous picture¢ ¢
Back
to previous
picture
2
4 Stop
Povratak
na prethodnu
2◄ Back
to previous
picture¢ fotografiju*
¢
Ahead
next
picture
¢
11
to to
next
picture
► Ahead
Prelazak
na
sljedeću fotografiju*
¢
2 Back to previous picture
¢
1[W]Ahead
to next
picture
Reduce
volume
level
[W]
volumeglasnoće
level
[W]Reduce
Smanjenje
1 Ahead to next picture¢
[W] Reduce volume level
[T] Increase volume level
[T] Increase volume level
[T] Reduce
Povećanje
glasnoće
[W]
volume
level
[T] Increase volume level
Only
available
when
paused
playing
back
panorama
pictures.
¢ ¢Only
available
when
paused
or or
playing
back
panorama
pictures.
* [T]
Dostupno
samo
tijekom
pauze ili reprodukcije panoramskih slika.
Increase
volume
level
¢ Only available when paused or playing back panorama pictures.
¢ Only available when paused or playing back panorama pictures.
- 78 - 78 -
78 --- 96
78
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
∫
the slide prikaza
show settings
■■Changing
Promjena postavki
u nizu
You
can change
the settings
for Slide
Show
Playback
selecting
Na zaslonu
s izbornikom
za prikaz
slika
u nizu
možeteby
promijeniti
[Effect]
orza
[Setup]
on the slide
screen.
postavke
reprodukciju
slikashow
u nizumenu
tako da
odaberete [Effect] ili
ack/Editing
[Setup].
[Effect]
This
allows
you to select the screen effects or music effects when
[Effect]
(Efekt)
from oneomogućuje
picture to the
next.
w Playback by switching
selecting
Ova
vam funkcija
odabir
efekata zaslona ili glazbenih
screen.
[NATURAL],
[SWING],
[OFF],
[AUTO]
efekata kada[SLOW],
prebacujete
s jedne[URBAN],
fotografije
na drugu.
•[NATURAL],
When [URBAN]
has been
selected,
the picture
may [AUTO]
appear in black and white as a screen
[SLOW],
[SWING],
[URBAN],
[OFF],
• effect.
Kada
or music effects
whenodaberete funkciju [URBAN] (Urbano), moguće je da će snimka biti crno-bijela,
• [AUTO]
can be used only when [Category Selection] has been selected. The pictures are
što je efekt
zaslona.
played back with the recommended effects in each category.
Funkcija
[AUTO]
može
se koristiti
samo kada
je odabrana
funkcija
[Category Selection].
[OFF], [AUTO]•• Some
[Effect]
will not
operate
when playing
back pictures
displayed
vertically.
su reproducirane
re may appear [Setup]
inFotografije
black and white
as a screen s preporučenim efektima u svakoj kategoriji.
• Neki efekti iz izbornika [Effect] neće raditi tijekom okomite reprodukcije fotografija.
[Duration] or [Repeat] can be set.
election] has been
selected.
The pictures are
[Setup]
(Postavljanje)
n each category.
Settings
Description of settings
Moguće
je
postaviti
opcije [Duration] ili [Repeat].
back pictures displayed vertically.
[Duration]
[1SEC.]/[2SEC.]/[3SEC.]/[5SEC.]
[Repeat]
[ON]/[OFF]
Postavke
Opis postavki
[Duration] (Trajanje) [ON]/[OFF]
[1 S]/[2 S]/[3 S]/[5 S]
[Music]
Description of settings
[Repeat]
(Ponavljanje)
[ON] / [OFF]
EC.]/[5SEC.] • [Duration] can be set only when [OFF] has been selected as the [Effect] setting.
• When
playing
back
a
panorama
[Music] (Glazba)
[ON]picture,
/ [OFF]the [Duration] setting is disabled.
• [Music] cannot be selected when [OFF] has
been selected as the [Effect] setting.
Preparation
• Funkcija
[Duration] može se postaviti samo ako je funkcija [Effect] postavljena na [OFF].
∫
Playback
Note
• Pri reprodukciji panoramske fotografije postavka [Duration] (Trajanje) isključena je.
pictures
cannot be played back as a slide show.
When [ min
] (motion picture) is selected
een selected as• Motion
the [Effect]
setting.
Playback
time
• Funkcija
[Music]
može se odabrati samo ako jeApprox.
funkcija 240
[Effect] postavljena na [OFF].
[Duration] settinginis[Category
disabled. Selection], the first frames of the motion pictures are displayed as still pictures in a
show. setting.
been selected asslide
the [Effect]
Note
Napomena
operating
and prikazivati
number of urecordable
will differ
according
to the
•• The
Videozapisi
setimes
ne mogu
nizu. Kad pictures
je u [Category
Selection]
odabrano
and
theprvi
operating
slide show. Whenenvironment
]] (motion
picture)
is
selected
[[
(videozapisi),
kadroviconditions.
videozapisa prikazuju se kao slike tijekom reprodukcije
example,
e motion picturesFor
are
displayedinasthe
stillfollowing
pictures cases,
in a the operating times will shorten and the number of
u
nizu.
recordable
pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
79 - 97
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
[Filtering Play] (Filtrirana reprodukcija)
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
[Filtering Play]
Playback/Editing
Reproduciraju se slike sortirane po kategorijama
ili postavljene kao omiljene.
Playback/Editing
[Filtering
Play]
The
images sorted
into the category or images set as favourite are played back.
[Filtering
Play]
[Filtering
Play]
[Filtering
Play]into the category or imagesOpis
The
images sorted
set as
favourite are played back.
Postavke
postavki
Settings
Description
settings
The
images sorted
into
the category
or
images
set
as of
favourite
are
played back.
The
into
category
or
set
are
back.
The images
images sorted
sortedOvaj
into the
the
category
or images
images pretraživanje
set as
as favourite
favourite
are played
played
back.
način
rada omogućuje
fotografija
prema
načinu
Settings
Settings
Settings
Settings
[Category
[Category
Selection]
Selection]
(Odabir
[Category
[Category
Selection]
[Category
kategorije)
[Category
Playback/Editing Selection]
Selection]
Selection]
Description
This mode allows you to search
imagesof
bysettings
Scene Mode or other categories
Description
of
Description
of settings
settings
radamode
scene
ili drugim
(kao
što su
[Portrait],
[Scenery]
(such
as
[Portrait],
[Scenery]
or [Night
Scenery])
and
sort or
theother
pictures
intoili
Description
of
This
allows
you
tokategorijama
search
images
bysettings
Scene
Mode
categories
each
ofas
the
categories.
You
can
play
back
the
pictures
in pictures
each
This
mode
allows
you
to
search
images
by
Scene
other
categories
[Night
Scenery])
te
raspoređivanje
fotografija
uMode
svaku
od
kategorija.
(such
[Portrait],
[Scenery]
or then
[Night
Scenery])
and
sortor
the
into
This
mode
allows
you
to
search
images
by
Scene
Mode
or
other
categories
This
mode
allows you
tofotografije
search
images
by Scene
Mode
orthe
other
categories
category.
(such
as
[Portrait],
[Scenery]
or
[Night
Scenery])
and
sort
Možete
reproducirati
u svakoj
kategoriji.
each
of
the
categories.
You can
then
play
back
the
pictures
inpictures
each into
(such
as
[Portrait],
[Scenery]
or
Scenery])
and
sort
into
(suchof
asthe
[Portrait],
[Scenery]
or [Night
[Night
Scenery])
and
sort the
theinpictures
pictures
into
each
categories.
You
can
then
play
back
the
pictures
each
category.
each
of
the
You
can
then
play
back
each
of 3/4/2/1
the categories.
categories.
You
canbiste
then
play
back the
the pictures
pictures in
in each
each
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da
odabrali
category.
Press
to
select
the
category
category.
category.
kategoriju
i zatim
[MENU/SET]
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
tocategory
set.
Press
3/4/2/1
topritisnite
select the
Press 3/4/2/1 to select the category
to
select
the
category
da
potvrdili
izbor.
and
then
pressfor
[MENU/SET]
set.
•Press
Onlybiste
the3/4/2/1
category
which
pictures
have
been
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
theto
category
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
found
can
be
selected.
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
•and
Only
the
category
for
which
pictures
have
beensu
• Mogu se odabrati samo kategorije za
koje
•• found
Only
the
for
cancategory
beslike.
selected.
Only
the
category
for which
which pictures
pictures have
have been
been
pronađene
• Only
the
category
for
which
pictures
have
been
found can be selected.
s
Show Playback by selecting
found
can
be
selected.
You
can can
playbe
back
the pictures you have set as [Favorite] (P108).
enu screen. [Favorite]
found
selected.
[Favorite]
Možete
reproducirati
slike koje ste postavili kao [Favorite] (str. 92.).
[Favorite]
You can play back the pictures you have set as [Favorite] (P108).
(Omiljene
You
can
play
back
the
pictures
∫[Favorite]
About
the
categories
to
be
sorted
[Favorite]
You can
can play
play back
back the
the pictures
pictures you
you have
have set
set as
as [Favorite]
[Favorite] (P108).
(P108).
[Favorite]
You
you
have
set
as
[Favorite]
(P108).
fects or music effects
when
It∫snimke)
will
be sorted
as following
[Category Selection] is set.
About
the categories
towhen
be sorted
∫
About
the
categories
to
be
sorted
About
the
to
be
sorted
be sorted
as following
[Category Selection] is set.
∫
About
the categories
categories
to when
be
sorted
■It∫
■will
Kategorije
koje
se mogu
sortirati
AN], [OFF], [AUTO]
Recording
information
Scene Modes
It
will
be
sorted
as
following
when
[Category
Selection]
is
set.
It
will
be
sorted
as
following
when
[Category
Selection]
ise.g.
set.
It
will
be
sorted
as
following
when
[Category
Selection]
is
set.
Ako je postavljeno [Category Selection],
mogu
se sortirati
na sljedeći način.
¢ Recording information e.g. Scene Modes
picture may appear in black and white
a screen
[FaceasRecog.]
Recording information e.g. Scene Modes
¢ Recording information e.g. Scene Modes
[Face
Recog.]
Recording
information
e.g. Scene
Modes
[Portrait],
[i-Portrait],
[Soft
[Nightnpr.
Portrait],
[i-Night
Portrait],
ory Selection] has been*
selected. The
pictures
are¢
Informacije
o Skin],
snimanju,
scenski
načini
rada[Baby1]/
¢
[Face
Recog.]
¢
[Face
Recog.]
[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
ects in each category.
[Portrait],
[i-Portrait], [Soft Skin], [Night Portrait], [i-Night Portrait], [Baby1]/
[Face
Recog.]
*
[Portrait],
[i-Portrait],
[Soft
Skin],
[Night
Portrait],
[i-Night
Portrait],
[Baby1]/
[Portrait],
[i-Portrait],[Soft
[Soft
Skin],
[Night
Portrait],
[i-Night
ying back pictures displayed
vertically.
[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
[Portrait],
[i-Portrait],
Skin],
[Night
Portrait],
[i-Night
Portrait],
[Baby1]/
[Scenery],
[i-Scenery],
[Panorama
Shot],
[Sunset],
[i-Sunset]
,Portrait],
[Glass
*
[Portrait],
[i-Portrait],
*
[Baby2],
,
[Baby1]/[i-Baby]
[Baby2] [Soft Skin], [Night Portrait], [i-Night Portrait], [Baby1]/
*
[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
Through]
[Scenery],
[i-Scenery], [Panorama Shot], [Sunset], [i-Sunset] , [Glass
[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
,
[Scenery],
[i-Scenery],
[Panorama
Shot],
[Sunset],
[i-Sunset]
,, [Glass
Through]
[Scenery],
[i-Scenery],
[Panorama
Shot],
[Sunset],
[i-Sunset]
[Glass
[Night
Portrait],
[i-Night [Panorama
Portrait],
[Night
Scenery],
[i-Night
Scenery]
[Scenery],
[i-Scenery],
[Panorama
Shot],
[Sunset],
[i-Sunset],
[Glass
,
.
[Scenery],
[i-Scenery],
Shot],
[Sunset],
[i-Sunset]
, [Glass
,
Through]
,
Through]
Through]
[Night
Portrait],
[i-Night
Portrait],
[Night
Scenery],
[i-Night
Scenery]
Through]
.
Description ofsettings [Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
&
Surf]
[Night
.
[Night Portrait],
Portrait], [i-Night
[i-Night Portrait],
Portrait], [Night
[Night Scenery],
Scenery], [i-Night
[i-Night Scenery]
Scenery]
.
[Night
Portrait],
Scenery],
[i-Night
Scenery]
.
[NightPortrait],
Portrait],
[i-Night
[Night
Scenery],
[i-Night
Scenery]
[Sports],
[Snow],[i-Night
[Beach
&Portrait],
Surf] [Night
.]/[3SEC.]/[5SEC.]
[Baby1]/[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
Î
[Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
&
Surf]
[Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
&
Surf]
[Sports],
[Snow],
[Beach
&
Surf]
[Sports]
[Baby1]/[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
Î
[Pet]
í
[Baby1]/[Baby2], [i-Baby]
[i-Baby]
Î
[Baby1]/[Baby2],
Î
[Baby1]/[Baby2],
[i-Baby]
Î
[BABY1][BABY2]
(Dijete1/Dijete2)
[Pet]
í
[Food]
1
[Pet]
í
[Pet]
í
[Pet]
has been selected as the
[Effect] setting.
í
[Pet]
[Food]
1
[Food]
, the [Duration] setting is
disabled. [Underwater]
1
[Food]
1
[Food]
1[Effect] setting.
[Food]Date]
[Underwater]
has been selected as the
[Travel
[Underwater]
[Underwater]
[Underwater]
[Travel
Date]
Motion
[TravelPictures
Date]
[Travel
Date]
[Travel
Date]
Date]
Motion
Pictures
as a slide show.¢When
[ 3/4/2/1
] (motion[Travel
picture)
is selected
Press
to
select
the person to play back and then press [MENU/SET].
[Motion
Picture]
Motion
Pictures
Motion
Pictures
of the motion pictures
are displayed
as to
stillselect
pictures
a
Motion
Pictures
¢ Press
3/4/2/1
theinperson
to play back and then press [MENU/SET].
¢
3/4/2/1
to
select
the
person
to
¢ Press
Press
3/4/2/1
to
select
the
person
to play
play back
back and
and then
then press
press [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
¢ Press 3/4/2/1 to select the person to play back and then press [MENU/SET].
- 80 - 98 - 98 -- 98
98 --
4
5
6
7
Camera [ON/OFF] button (P24)
Microphone
Self-timer indicator (P62)/
AF Assist Lamp (P91)
Lens (P5, 134, 143)
1
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
[Calendar] (Kalendarski prikaz)
[Calendar]
You
can display
pictures
by recording
Fotografije
možete
reproducirati
premadate.
datumu snimanja.
8 LCD monitor (P53, 128, 133)
8 9
9 [MODE]
button3/4/2/1
(P27,
95) to select
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
za odabir
datuma
koji
će se
Press
the date
to be
played
10 Zoom back.
button
(P54)
reproducirati.
11 Strap eyelet
(P14) određenog mjeseca nije snimljena niti jedna
•• If
Ako
tijekom
there
were
pictures
during a month, that month is
• Be sure to
attach
thenostrap
whenrecorded
using the
fotografija,
taj se mjesec neće prikazati.
cameranot
to displayed.
ensure that you will not drop it.
12
13
14
15
16
10 11
12
13
Release lever (P19)
[LOCK] switch (P8, 19)
14
Press
to display
theslika
pictures
that were
Pritisnite
za prikaz
snimljenih
na
Side door
(P8,[MENU/SET]
19)[MENU/SET]
Preparation
recorded
on
the
selected
date.
[(] (Playback)
(P37)
odabranibutton
datum.
∫
Playback
[Q.MENU]
(P44)/[
(Delete/Cancel)
Pritisnite
za povratak
na zaslon
kalendara.
19 18 1716 15
•• Press
[ [ ] to ]return
to the calendar
screen.
button
(P40) time
Playback
Approx. 240 min
17 [DISPLAY] button (P53)
18 [MENU/SET] button (P42)
Note
Napomena
Note
operating
times
andpicture
number
of recordable
pictures
will differ
according
to
the
•• The
Datum
snimanja
odabrane
fotografije
nainzaslonu
reprodukcije
postaje
datum
koji
ste
The
recording
date
of the
selected
the playback
screen
becomes
the date
selected
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
odabrali
se zaslon
sis kalendarom
prvi put prikazao.
when
the kada
calendar
screen
first displayed.
example,
in the pictures
followingwith
cases,
the operating
times
will
shorten
and the
number
• For
IfAko
there
are multiple
the same
recording
date,
the
firstprikazana
picture
recorded
onofthat day
postoji
više fotografija
s istim
datumom
snimanja,
bit će
prva fotografija
recordable
pictures
is reduced:
is
displayed.
¢
snimljena
tog dana.or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude
At can
low temperature
•–
You
display the calendar
between January 2000 and December 2099.
• Možete
prikazati
kalendar
za razdoblje
između
siječnja
2000.
i The
prosinca
2099.
Residual
image
may
on the
the recording
LCD
display
battery
performance
• If¢
the
date is not
set in
theshow
camera,
datewhen
is set in
asuse.
the 1st
January,
2012.
will
decrease,
so
keep
the
sparesnimanja
batteries
warm
placing
them
a
•• IfAko
na
fotoaparatu
nije
podešen
datum
postavlja
se
na
1. siječnja
you take pictures after setting camera
thedatum,
traveland
destination
in [World
Time],bythe
pictures
are in2012.
place
such
your
cold protection
gear
or clothing.
• displayed
Akowarm
snimate
fotografije
nakon
podešavanja
odredišta
u Playback.
[World
Time],Performance
fotografije seofkod
by the
datesas
at inside
the travel
destination
in
Calendar
batteries and
LCDkalendaru
monitor will
restorepotodatumima
normal when
the temperature returns to
reprodukcije
prema
prikazuju
na odredištu.
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 12 -
81 - 99
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Having
Fun
Recorded
Pictures
Zabavljanje
sa snimljenim
Having
Fun with
with
Recorded fotografijama
Pictures
Others
Having
Fun with Recorded Pictures
Having
Fun with Recorded Pictures
[Auto
Retouch]
[Auto
Retouch]
retuširanje)Pictures
Having
Fun(Automatsko
with Recorded
[Auto
Retouch]
Screen Display
......................................110
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Cautions for
Use....................................112
[Auto
Retouch]
The
brightness
colour
the
taken
be
Svjetlinu
i bojuand
snimljenih
fotografija
moguće
podesiti.
[Auto
Retouch]
The
brightness
and
colour of
of
the pictures
pictures
takenjecan
can
be balanced.
balanced.
Message Display
...................................117
With
[Auto
Retouch],[Auto
a new
new
edited picture
picture
is created.
created.
Check that
thatstvara
there is
is
free
space
on the
the
• •With
Pomoću
funkcije
Retouch]
(Automatsko
retuširanje)
sefree
nova
uređena
[Auto
Retouch]
[Auto
Retouch],
a
edited
is
Check
there
space
on
•
Troubleshooting.....................................119
The
brightness
and
colour
of
the
pictures
taken
can
be
built-in
memory
or the
the
card.
The
brightness
and
colour
of the
picturesslobodnog
taken can prostora
be balanced.
balanced.
fotografija.
Provjerite
imate
li dovoljno
na ugrađenoj memoriji ili
built-in
memory
or
card.
Others
With
[Auto
Retouch],
a
new
edited
picture
is
created.
Check
that
there
is
free
space
on
•The
[Auto
Retouch]
cannot
be
used
if the
the
card’sistaken
Write-Protect
switch
is
set to
to
[LOCK].
brightness
and
colour
of
the
pictures
canCheck
be balanced.
With
[Auto
Retouch],
a be
new
edited
picture
created.
that is
there
is free
space on the
the
• [Auto
Retouch]
cannot
used
if
card’s
Write-Protect
switch
set
[LOCK].
kartici.
• Please note
that
the actual
controls
and
memory
or
the
card.
built-in
memory
or
the
card.
With
[Auto
Retouch],
a
new
edited
picture
is
created.
Check
that
there
is
free
space on
• built-in
components,
menu
items,
and
other
Funkcija
[Autocannot
Retouch]
ne može
se koristiti
ako je prekidač
kartice
za zaštitu
odthe
[Auto
Retouch]
be
used
if
the
card’s
Write-Protect
switch
is
set
to
[LOCK].
[Auto
Retouch]
cannot
be
used
if (Zaključano).
the card’s Write-Protect switch is set to [LOCK].
built-in
memory
or thena
card.
Screen
Display
......................................110
information
for
your
digital
camera
may
differ
pisanja
postavljen
[LOCK]
cannot
used if the card’s Write-Protect switch is set to [LOCK].
from those
in
theRetouch]
illustrations
and be
screens
Cautions
for[Auto
Use....................................112
providedDisplay
in this manual.
When operation or
Message
...................................117
other information is more or less the same
Troubleshooting.....................................119
between models, (DMC-SZ1) are used as
forthat
the the
instructions
provided
• examples
Please note
actual controls
andin this
manual.
components, menu items, and other
¢ for
These
pictures
are
examples
to show the effect.
• The
operations,
procedures,
or functions
that
information
your
digital camera
may differ
differ
among
are indicated
separately,
from those
the illustrations
andexamples
screens
¢ inmodels
These
pictures
are
to show the effect.
*in
Ove
slike
služe
kao
primjer or
zatoprikaz
efekta.
¢
These
pictures
are
examples
show the
effect.
(DMC-SZ1)
together
themanual.
relevant
model
number.
provided with
this
When
operation
Press
2/1
to
select
a picture,
and then press 3.
¢
These
pictures
are
examples
show the effect.
other information
is more or less the same to
(DMC-SZ1)
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
between models, (DMC-SZ1) are used as
2/1provided
to select
a picture, and then press 3.
examples(DMC-FS45)
for thePress
instructions
in this
Press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
◄/►
za odabir
slike, and
a zatim
Press
2/1
to
select
a
then
press
manual.
Press
2/1
to
select
a picture,
picture,
and
thenpritisnite
press 3.
3.▲.
Confirmation
is displayed.
It is executed when [Yes] is selected.
• The operations, •procedures,
or screen
functions
that
Press
differ among models
are [MENU/SET].
indicated separately,
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
together with Note
the•Press
relevant
model
number.
Confirmation
screen
is displayed. It is executed when [Yes] is selected.
Press
[MENU/SET].
•
Prikazuje
sescreen
zaslon
potvrdu.
[Yes],
provodi
zadana radnja.
Depending
on the picture,
noise
may
be emphasised
bywhen
[Auto
Retouch].
•(DMC-SZ1)
• Confirmation
isza
displayed.
ItOdabirom
is executed
[Yes]
is se
selected.
e.g.:
•
Confirmation
screen
is depending
displayed. on
It isthe
executed
•(DMC-FS45)
Effects
may be difficult to see
picture.when [Yes] is selected.
Note
(DMC-FS45)
It may
not be
to perform
[Auto
on pictures
have already been
Note
onpossible
the picture,
noise may
beRetouch]
emphasised
by [Autowhich
Retouch].
•• Depending
retouched.
Effects
mayon
bethe
difficult
to see
depending
on the picture.
Depending
picture,
noise
may be emphasised
by [Auto Retouch].
•(DMC-FS45)
[Auto
Retouch]
may notto
be
performed
on
pictures
recorded
with
other
equipment.
It
mayPress
not
bebe
possible
perform
Retouch]
on
pictures
which
have
•• Effects
may
difficult
toselect
see
depending
on
the
picture.
2/1
to
a[Auto
picture,
and
then
press
3.
Pritisnite
◄/►
za
odabir
slike,
acases:
zatim
pritisnite
▲. already been
[Auto
is not
possible
in the
following
retouched.
•• It
mayRetouch]
not be possible
to perform
[Auto
Retouch]
on pictures which have already been
Press
2/1
to select
a picture,
andrecorded
then press
3. equipment.
Motion
pictures
•–
[Auto
Retouch]
may not
be performed
on pictures
with other
retouched.
Pictures
taken
innot
[Panorama
Shot]
in
Scene
Mode
Retouch]
is
possible
in
the odabrali
following
cases:
Press
3/4
to
select
[Auto
Retouch],
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
daperformed
biste
stavku
[Auto
Retouch]
(Automatsko
•–
[Auto
may
not
be
on
pictures
recorded
with other
equipment.
Motion
pictures
•–
[Auto
Retouch]
is not ipossible
in
the following
cases:
retuširanje)
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to
select
[Auto
Retouch],
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Picturespictures
taken in [Panorama Shot] in Scene Mode
– Motion
Preparation
Press
3/4
to selectShot]
[ON],
and
then
– Pictures
taken
in [Panorama
in Scene
Mode press [MENU/SET].
∫ Playback
•Press
Confirmation
screen
is
displayed.
It is executed
when[MENU/SET].
[Yes]
is selected.
3/4
to
select
[ON],
and
then
Pritisnite
▲/▼da
biste
odabrali
[ON]press
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Prikazuje
zaslonisza
potvrdu.ItOdabirom
[Yes],
provodi
zadana radnja.
Playback
timesescreen
Approx.
min
•• Confirmation
displayed.
is executed
when240
[Yes]
is se
selected.
Note
• Depending
on the picture, noise may be emphasised by [Auto Retouch].
Note
Note
• Effects
may be difficult to see depending on the picture.
Napomena
•• Depending
on the
picture,
noise
may
be
emphasised
by [Auto
Retouch].
The
operating
times
and
number
ofRetouch]
recordable
will
differ
according
to the
may not
be possible
to perform
[Auto
Retouch]
onpictures
pictures
which
have
already been
•• It
Ovisno
o fotografiji,
funkcija
[Auto
naglasiti
smetnje.
Effects
may
beand
difficult
to see depending
on themože
picture.
environment
the operating
conditions.
retouched.
• It
Ovisno
o slici,
postoji
da
će
biti teško
primijetiti
efekte.
may
not
be possible
tomogućnost
perform
[Auto
Retouch]
on
pictures
which
have already
beenof
example,
inmay
the following
cases,
the
times
willwith
shorten
the number
• For
[Auto
Retouch]
not be performed
onoperating
pictures recorded
otherand
equipment.
•• retouched.
Možda
neće
biti
koristiti
[Auto
Retouch] na fotografijama koje su već
recordable
pictures
is possible
reduced:
[Auto
Retouch]
is moguće
not
in thefunkciju
following
cases:
• [Auto
Retouch]
may not
becold
performed
onsuch
pictures
recorded
–retuširane.
At
low
temperature
or in
locations
as ski
resorts with
or atother
high equipment.
altitude¢
Motion
pictures
• [Auto
Retouch]
is notmay
possible
thethe
following
cases: when in use. The battery performance
¢
Residual
image
showin
on
LCD
display
Pictures
taken
in [Panorama
Shot]
and
[Photo
Frame]
in Scene
Mode snimljenima drugim
•–
Postoji
mogućnost
da
funkcija
[Auto
Retouch]
neće
raditi
sa
slikama
– Motion
pictures so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
will decrease,
–uređajima.
Pictures taken in [Panorama Shot] and [Photo Frame] in Scene Mode
warm
place Retouch]
such as inside
your cold
protection
gear or
clothing. Performance of
• Funkciju [Auto
nije moguće
koristiti
u sljedećim
situacijama:
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
-- videozapisi
normal.
fotografije
u scenskim načinima rada [Panorama Shot] i [PhotoFrame]
–--When
using snimljene
[LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
- 82 -extremely short even after properly charging
• When the operating time of the camera becomes
100 - Buy a new battery.
the battery, the life of the battery may have--expired.
82 -
- 82 -
3-
- 100 - 100 -
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
[Beauty
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)
[Beauty
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)
[Beauty
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)
[Beauty portreta)
Retouch] (DMC-FS45)
[Beauty
Retouch]
(Retuširanje
[Beauty
Retouch]
(DMC-FS45)
Apply
effects
similartotothat
thatofofaesthetics
aestheticsorormakeup
makeuptotobrighten
brightenupupany
anyface.
face.
Apply
effects
similar
Apply effects
that
of aesthetics
makeup
to
brighten
uporany
face.
Apply
effects
similar
to
that
aesthetics
makeup
to brighten
up any face.
Primijeni
efektesimilar
koji sutoslični
estetičkima
ili or
šminku
da of
biCheck
se
uljepšalo
svako
lice.
•• With
[Beauty
Retouch],
new
edited
picture
created.
that
there
free
space
the
• With
Retouch],
aa
edited
picture
is is
Check
that
there
is is
free
onon
With[Beauty
[Beauty
Retouch],
anew
new
edited
picture
iscreated.
created.
Check
that
there
is
freespace
space
onthe
theli there is free sp
Apply
effects
similar
to
that
of
aesthetics
or
makeup
to
brighten
up
any
face.
•
With
[Beauty
Retouch],
a
new
edited
picture
is
created.
Check
that
• built-in
Pomoću
funkcije
[Beauty
Retouch]
stvara
se
nova
uređena
fotografija.
Provjerite
imate
built-in
memory
or
the
card.
memory
or
the
card.
built-in
memory
or the acard.
built-in
memory
or
the
card. Check
• With
[Beauty
Retouch],
new
edited
picture
isWrite-Protect
created.
that is
there
isto
free
space on the
[Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
be
used
if
the
card’s
Write-Protect
switch
is
set
[LOCK].
dovoljno
slobodnog
prostora
naifugrađenoj
memoriji
ili kartici.
[Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
be
used
switch
[Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
used
ifthe
thecard’s
card’s
Write-Protect
isset
settoWrite-Protect
to[LOCK].
[LOCK]. switch is set to [LOCK
[Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
be used switch
if the card’s
built-in
memory
or the
card.be
Funkcija
[Beauty
Retouch]
ne može se koristiti ako je prekidač kartice za zaštitu od
[Beauty Retouch] cannot be used if the card’s Write-Protect switch is set to [LOCK].
pisanjaPress
postavljen
2/1nato[LOCK]
select(Zaključano).
a picture, and then press 3.
Press
2/1
select
a
picture,
and
then
press
3.
Press
and
3.
Press2/1
2/1toto
toselect
selectaPress
apicture,
picture,
and
thenpress
press
3. and then press 3.
2/1
tothen
select
a picture,
Pritisnite
◄/►
za odabir
slike, and
a zatim
Press
2/1
to select
a picture,
thenpritisnite
press 3.▲.
Press
3/4
select
[Beauty
Retouch],
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
Retouch],
and
then
[MENU/SET].
Press3/4
3/4toto
toselect
select[Beauty
[Beauty
Retouch],
and
thenpress
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to select
[Beauty
Retouch],
and then press [MEN
Pritisnite
▲/▼da
biste
odabrali
[Beauty
Retouch]
i
Press 3/4 to select [Beauty Retouch], and then press [MENU/SET].
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
2/1
select
the
face
the
person
edit,
Press
ofof
toto
Press2/1
2/1toto
toselect
selectthe
theface
face
ofthe
the
person
toedit,
edit,of the person to edit,
Press
2/1
to person
select
the
face
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
and then
press
Press
2/1
to select
the
ofpress
the person
to edit,
Pritisnite
◄/►
za[MENU/SET].
odabir
lica
koju
želite
andface
thenosobe
[MENU/SET].
•• Only
with
arrow
can
beselected.
selected.
•and
Only
aa
with
anan
can
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Only
aperson
person
with
anarrow
arrow
canbe
selected.
urediti
i person
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
• Only
a be
person
with an arrow can be selected.
Možea se
odabrati
samo
osoba
na selected.
kojoj je strelica.
•• Only
person
with an
arrow
can be
Press
3/4
select
the
item,
and
then
press
1.
Press
and
press
Press3/4
3/4toto
toselect
selectthe
theitem,
item,
and
then
press
1. and then press 1.
Press
3/4
tothen
select
the1.
item,
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
stavku
i zatim1.
Press
3/4
to select
theodabrali
item, and
then press
pritisnite ►.
Select
effects
from
each
of
the
following
items.
Select
from
each
items.
Selecteffects
effects
from
eachof
ofthe
thefollowing
following
items.
Odaberite
efekt
iz svake
od
ovih
stavki. from
Select
effects
each of the following items.
Itemeach of the following items.Description
Descriptionofofsettings
settings
Select effects Item
from
Stavka
Opis postavki
Item
Item
([Aesthetic
Retouch])
([Aesthetic
Retouch])
([Aesthetic
([AestheticRetouch])
Retouch])
[
]
(Estetsko retuširanje)
([Aesthetic Retouch])
([Foundation])
([Foundation])
([Foundation]) (Temelj)
([Foundation])
[
]
([Foundation])
([Make
Up
Retouch])
([Make
Up
Retouch])
([Make
([MakeUp
UpRetouch])
Retouch])
[
]
(Retuširanje šminkom)
([Make Up Retouch])
Item
Description of settings Description of settings
Gives
skin
a
more
transparent
or
make
eyes
Description
of settings
Gives
skin
transparent
look,
eyes
Koži
daje
prozirni
izgled
ililook,
oči or
i azube
čini
Gives
skina
amore
more
transparent
look,
ormake
make
eyes
Gives
skin
more
transparent
look, or m
[ [[ ] ]]
and
teeth
look
whiter.
([Aesthetic
Retouch])
and
teeth
look
whiter.
and
teeth
look
whiter.
bjeljima.
Gives skin a more transparent
look,
or
make
eyes
and
teeth
look
whiter.
[
]
Adjust
skin
colour.
and
teeth
look
whiter.
[ [[ ] ]]
Adjust
skin
colour.
Adjust
skin
colour.
Prilagođava
boju kože.
([Foundation])
Adjust skin colour.
Add
colour
to
lips,
more
volume
to
faces
clarity
[
]
Adjust
skin
colour.
Add
colour
totolips,
more
volume
tolicima
oror
Add
colour
lips,
more
volume
tofaces
faces
orclarity
clarityvolume to face
Pojačava
boju
usana,
daje
[
]
Add
colour
to više
lips,
more
[ [ ] ]
to
eyes.Up Retouch])
([Make
to
eyes.
to
eyes.
volumena
ili more
jasnoće
očima.
Add colour
to lips,
volume
to faces or clarity
to
eyes.
[
]
to eyes.
Press3/4
3/4totoselect
selectthe
theeffect.
effect.
Press
Press 3/4 to selectPress
the effect.
3/4 to select the effect.
• Tocontinue
continue
toadd
add
different
effects,
press2,
2,and
andrepeat
repeatsteps
steps4 4and
Pritisnite
[▲/▼]
za
odabir
efekta.
•Press
To
toto
different
effects,
press
.5
3/4
select
the
effect.
• To continue
to add
different
press
2, different
and repeat
stepspress
4 and
and5
5..and repeat steps 4 and 5.
• Toeffects,
continue
to add
effects,
2,
biste nastavili
dodavati
različite
efekte,
pritisnite
◄ i ponovite
•• ToDa
continue
to add different
effects,
press
2, and
repeat steps
4 and 5. 4. i5. korak.
83
- --83
83- -- 83 -
- 83 -
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Nakonfinishing
što dovršite
slike, pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
After
theuređivanje
picture editing,
press [MENU/SET].
• Prikazuje se zaslon za potvrdu. Odaberete li [Yes], prikazat će se slike prije
• Confirmation screen is displayed. Selecting [Yes] displays images before application
aplikacije
i nakon aplikacije
Preparation
and
after application.
∫ Playback
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
[MENU/SET].
Playback/Editing
Playback
time
Approx.
240 minse zadana radnja.
• Prikazuje
se zaslon za potvrdu. Odabirom
[Yes], provodi
• Confirmation
screen
displayed.
It is executed
when
[Yes] is selected.
After
finishing
theispicture
editing,
press
[MENU/SET].
• Confirmation screen is displayed. Selecting [Yes] displays images before application
Napomena
Note
and
aftertimes
application.
operating
andbenumber
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to the
• The
[Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
used
onofpeople
who have
already
been
retouched,
two
or more
Funkcija
[Beauty
Retouch]
ne može
se primjenjivati
na ljudima
koji
su već or
retuširani
environment
and
conditions.
people
at
the
same
time.
To use [Beauty
Retouch]
for these
pictures,
save the
picture
first, then
ili na Press
dvoje ili[MENU/SET].
višethe
ljudioperating
istovremeno.
Da
biste i na
tim slikama
koristili
funkciju
[Beauty
For
example,
in the
following
the operating times will shorten and the number of
select
the person
to spremite
retouch. cases,
Retouch],
najprije
slike, a potom odaberite osobu koju želite retuširati.
recordable
pictures
reduced:
• Confirmation
screen
displayed.
is executed
is selected.
• The
brightness
and is
colour
ofispictures
youItare
checking when
before[Yes]
saving
may differ
to the actual
• picture
Svjetlina
i
boja
slike
koju
provjeravate
prije as
spremanja
razlikovati
– At lowthat
temperature
ski resortsmože
or at se
high
altitude¢ od stvarne
is saved. or in cold locations such
¢Note
Residual
may be
show
onwith
themotion
LCD display
in use.recorded
The battery
performance
slike
koja
je image
spremljena.
• [Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
used
pictureswhen
or pictures
with [Panorama
will
so
keep
and
spare
batteries
byiliplacing
them
Shot]
indecrease,
Scene
Mode.
Funkcija
[Beauty
Retouch]
necamera
može
se
koristiti
na
videozapisima
slikamaor
snimljenim
• [Beauty
Retouch]
cannot
bethe
used
on people
who
have
alreadywarm
been retouched,
two in
or a
moreu
warm
place
such
as
inside
your cold
gearpictures,
orwith
clothing.
Performance
ofthen
• people
[Beauty
may
notTo
be
performed
on protection
pictures
other
atRetouch]
the
same
time.
use
[Beauty
Retouch]
forrecorded
these
saveequipment.
the picture first,
scenskom
načinu
[Panorama
Shot].
•• select
Intended
retouching
may
not be will
possible
when
face
detection
not performed
properly.
batteries
and to
LCD
restore
to the
normal
when
returns
to
the
person
retouch.
Postoji
mogućnost
damonitor
funkcija
[Beauty
Retouch]
neće
raditithe
saistemperature
slikama
snimljenima
When
a subjectand
is wearing
glasses,
the
desired
retouch before
may not
be possible.
normal.
•• The
brightness
colour of
pictures
you
are checking
saving
may differ to the actual
drugim
uređajima.
• picture
When
athat
picture
is bright
due to reflected light from a flash or the sun, the retouching effect may
–
When
using
[LCD
Mode].
is saved.
Retuširanje
koje cannot
namjeravate
možda
neće
moguće
kada prepoznavanje
be
less pronounced.
When
operations
such as
and
arepictures
used
repeatedly.
•• –
[Beauty
Retouch]
beflash
usednapraviti
withzoom
motion
orbiti
pictures
recorded
with [Panorama
To
pictures
appropriate
for camera
[Beauty becomes
Retouch]:extremely short even after properly charging
licatake
nije
pravilno
izvedeno.
• When
operating
time of the
Shot]
inthe
Scene
Mode.
–
Record
a the
large,
frontal
of the
battery,
lifemay
of the
battery
mayface
have
Buy
aneće
newwith
battery.
• the
[Beauty
Retouch]
notview
beželjeno
performed
on expired.
pictures
recorded
other equipment.
Kada
objekt
nosi
naočale,
retuširanje
možda
biti
moguće.
–
Avoid
taking
pictures
in not
areflektirajućeg
very
dark place
•• Intended
retouching
may
be possible
when
thebljeskalice
face detection
is not efekt
performed
properly.
Kad
je slika
svjetla
zbog
svjetla
li sunca,
retuširanja
– Clearly
recordisthe
part you
intend the
to retouch
• When
abiti
subject
wearing
glasses,
desired retouch may not be possible.
može
slabije
izraženo.
Reallusion
is a trademark
of Reallusion
•• When
a picture
is bright due
to reflected Inc.
light from a flash or the sun, the retouching effect may
• be
Snimanje
fotografije prikladne za obrađivanje pomoću funkcije [Beauty Retouch]:
less pronounced.
-- Snimite
veliku,
prednju sliku
lica Retouch]:
• To
take pictures
appropriate
for [Beauty
–
a large,fotografiranje
frontal view ofna
the
face
-- Record
Izbjegavajte
vrlo
tamnom mjestu
–
pictures
in anamjeravate
very dark place
-- Avoid
Jasnotaking
snimite
dio koji
retuširati.
–
Clearly
record
the
part
you
intend
to
retouch
• Reallusion je zaštitni znak tvrtke Reallusion Inc.
• Reallusion is a trademark of Reallusion Inc.
- 84 -
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Korištenje
izbornika [Playback]
(Reprodukcija)
Using
the [Playback]
Menu
You
canpodesiti
set up pictures
be uploaded
to image
sites
and perform
like
Možete
slike zato
slanje
na web-mjesta
zasharing
dijeljenje
sadržaja
i ureditiactions
ih primjerice
cropping
recorded
pictures,
as wellteaspodesiti
set up the
protection
of recorded
images,
izrezivanjem
snimljenih
fotografija
zaštitu
snimljenih
fotografija
i sl. etc.
Using
Using the
the [Playback]
[Playback] Menu
Menu
• With
[Text funkcija
Stamp], [Resize]
or [Cropping],
a ili
new
edited picture
is se
created.
new picture cannot
Pomoću
[Text to
Stamp],
[Resize]
[Cropping]
stvara
nova,Aobrađena
You
can set ifup
pictures
be uploaded
imagememory
sharingorsites
and perform
actions like
be
created
there
is no
free
theto
the
card
so we
recommend
You
can set up
pictures
to bespace
uploaded
tobuilt-in
image ako
sharing
sites
and perform
actions
like
fotografija.
Nova
se
fotografija
neon
može
stvoriti
nema
slobodnog
prostora
na
cropping
recorded
pictures,
as
well
as
set
up
the
protection
of
recorded
etc.
checkingrecorded
that therepictures,
is free space
andas
then
editing
the
picture. of recorded images,
cropping
as
well
set
up
the
protection
images,
etc.
ugrađenoj memoriji ili kartici, stoga preporučujemo da prvo provjerite ima li dovoljno
• With
[Text Stamp],
[Resize]
or [Cropping],
a newfotografiju.
edited picture is created. A new picture cannot
slobodnog
prostora,
a nakon
toga obradite
be created if there is no free space on the built-in memory or the card so we recommend
[Uploadthat
Set]
checking
there is free space and then editing the picture.
It[Upload
is possible
to setup
the images
to be uploaded to the image sharing sites (Facebook/
Set]
(Postavke
slanja)
YouTube)
onSet]
this unit.
[Upload
[Upload
Set]
fotoaparatom
možetepictures
podesititoslike
za slanje
mjesta
za dijeljenje
sadržaja
• Ovim
You can
only upload motion
YouTube,
whilena
you
may upload
both motion
pictures
and
still pictures
to Facebook.
It(Facebook/YouTube).
is possible
to setup
the images to be uploaded to the image sharing sites (Facebook/
• •This
cannot
bese
done
to prenositi
the images
in the
built-in memory.
Copy thei videozapisi
images to a icard
Na YouTube
mogu
samo
videozapisi,
a na Facebook
YouTube)
on this
unit.
perform
[Upload
Set].
• (P113),
You
canand
onlythen
upload
motionthe
pictures
to YouTube,
while you may upload both motion pictures
fotografije.
stillnije
pictures
to Facebook.
•and
Ovo
moguće
za slike koje se nalaze u ugrađenoj memoriji. Kopirajte slike
• This
cannot
done
the
images
in [Playback]
the[Upload
built-in memory.
Selectbe
[Upload
onizvedite
the
menu. Copy
(P42)the images to a card
na karticu
(str.
96.),toaSet]
potom
Set].
(P96), and
(P113),
andthen
thenperform
performthe
the[Upload
[UploadSet].
Set].
Press 3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
or [MULTI]
and(P42)
then
Odaberite
[Upload
iz izbornika
[Playback].
(str. press
37.) [MENU/
Select
[Upload
Set]Set]
on
the
[Playback]
menu.
(P37)
SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabralior[SINGLE]
(Jedna)
[MULTI]
(Više) i
Press 3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
and
thenilipress
[MENU/
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
Select
the picture,
and then press
zatim
[MENU/SET].
SET]. pritisnite
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
[MENU/SET] to set.
• The setting is cancelled when
Select
the fotografiju,
picture,
andathen
press
Odaberite
zatim
[MENU/SET]
is pressed again.
[MENU/SET]
to set.
• Exit the menu
after
it is set.da biste je
pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
•[MULTI]
The setting
is cancelled when
postavili.
setting
[SINGLE]
(Jedna)
pressedako
again.
• [MENU/SET]
Postavka
se is
otkazuje
ponovno
Press
[DISPLAY]
to set (repeat),
and Press 2/1 to
• Exit the
menu after it is set.
pritisnete
then
press[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET] to set.
select the picture.
[MULTI]
setting
Nakon
podešavanja
izađite
izbornika.
setting
is cancelled
wheniz
[DISPLAY]
• The
Press
[DISPLAY]
to (repeat),
set (repeat),
[DISP.]
to set
andand
then Pritisnite
Press 2/1
to da
is pressed
again.
◄/►
Postavka
[MULTI]
•press
Confirmation
screento
is set.
displayed.
[MENU/SET]
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to set. It is
selectodabrali
the picture.
biste
sliku.
Pritisnite
[DISP.]
(ponovite)
te
when
[Yes] is selected.
The setting
[DISPLAY]
• executed
is cancelled
when [DISP.]
is
postavite
pritiskom
na
[MENU/SET].
Exit
the
menu
after
it
is
executed.
pressed
again.
is
pressed
again.
Postavka se screen
otkazuje
ako ponovno
•• Confirmation
is displayed.
It is
pritisnetewhen
[DISP.]
executed
[Yes] is selected.
the menu
after it is
• Exit
Prikazuje
se zaslon
zaexecuted.
potvrdu.
Odabirom [Yes] (Da), provodi se
zadana radnja. Po izvršenju izađite iz izbornika.
85 -- -101
--101
85 --
[MULTI]
(Više)
Press 3/4/2/1 to
select the pictures.
Press
3/4/2/1
to
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
select
theodabrali
pictures.
da biste
slike.
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
■■Pošaljite slike na web-mjesta za dijeljenje sadržaja
Kad podesite opciju [Upload Set], alat za slanje slika „LUMIX Image Uploader" ugrađen u
fotoaparat automatski se kopira na karticu.
Nakon spajanja fotoaparata na računalo, pošaljite datoteke (str. 102.). Detalje potražite
na str. 104.
■■Poništavanje svih postavki [Upload Set]
1 Odaberite [Upload Set] iz izbornika
[Playback].
Preparation
2 Playback
Pritisnite ▲/▼ da biste odabrali [CANCEL] i zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
∫
• Prikazuje se zaslon za potvrdu. Odabirom [Yes] (Da), provodi se zadana radnja.
Playback
time izađite iz izbornika.
Approx. 240 min
Po izvršenju
Napomena
Note
operating
timesda
and
of recordable
picturesopremom
will differneće
according
to the
• The
Postoji
mogućnost
senumber
fotografije
snimljene drugom
moći podesiti.
the operating
conditions.
• environment
Nije moguće and
podesiti
na karticama
kapaciteta manjeg od 512 MB.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 86 -
[TextStamp]
Stamp](otisnuti tekst)
[Text
[Text Stamp]
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
You
can
stamp
the recording
date/time,
name,
location or
travel date
onto
the recorded
[Text
Stamp]
Na
snimljene
fotografije
možete
otisnuti
datum/vrijeme
snimanja,
dob,
datum
putovanja
[Text
Stamp]
You
can stamp the recording date/time, name, location or travel date onto the recorded
pictures.
ili naslov.
can stamp
the location
recording
location
or travel date onto th
pictures.
You
can stamp the recordingYou
date/time,
name,
ordate/time,
travel datename,
onto the
recorded
pictures.
pictures.
Odaberite
[Text
Stamp]
u izborniku
[Playback].
(str. 37.)
Select
[Text
Stamp]
on the
[Playback]
menu. (P37)
Select [Text Stamp] on the [Playback] menu. (P37)
Select
[Text Stamp]
on(P37)
the [Playback] menu. (P42)
Select
[Text
Stamp]
on the
[Playback]
menu.
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
(Jedna)
[MULTI] (Više) i
Press
3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
or[SINGLE]
[MULTI] and
thenilipress
Press
3/4 to select
[SINGLE] or [MULTI] and then press
zatim pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Press 3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
or [MULTI]
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]and then press
Press
3/4 to select [SINGLE]
or [MULTI]
and
then press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET]. (Jedna)
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
[MENU/SET].
(Više)
Odaberite
zatim
Select
the fotografiju,
picture, andathen
press
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
pritisnite
[MENU/SET]
da
biste
je
[SINGLE]
[
Select
the picture,
[MENU/SET]
to set.and then press
[SINGLE]
Select
the picture,
and then press [MULTI]
postavili.
Select
the
picture,
and
then
press
[MENU/SET]
to
set.
• [‘] is displayed on pictures[MENU/SET]
already with
to set.
• [‘]
Na slikama
imaju otisnuti
datum
toveć
set.
date
or displayed
text koje
stamped.
•[MENU/SET]
is
on
pictures
already
with
on pictures already with
ili tekst
prikazuje
se pictures
oznaka• already
[[‘]].is displayed
date
or displayed
text
stamped.
•[MULTI]
[‘]
is
on
with
setting
date or text stamped.
date or text
stamped.
Postavka
[MULTI]
[MULTI]
setting
Press
[DISP.]
to set(Više)
(repeat), and then
[MULTI] setting
Postavite
pritiskom
naset.
[DISP.]
[MULTI]
setting
Press
[DISP.]
to setto
(repeat),
and then Pritisnite
press
[MENU/SET]
Pressto2/1
to da
Press
3/4/2/1
to
◄/►
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
Press
set
(repeat),
and
teispostavite
pritiskom
na
Press
[DISP.]
to
setto
(repeat),
and[DISPLAY]
then
press
[MENU/SET]
set.
Press
2/1
tosliku. Press
3/4/2/1
to
The setting
cancelled
when
[DISP.]
is biste
•(ponovite)
select
the
picture.
select
the
pictures.
odabrali
da
biste
odabrali
then press [MENU/SET] to set.
Press 2/1 to
pressed
again.
The setting
is cancelled
when [DISP.] is
•[MENU/SET].
press
[MENU/SET]
to set.
Press
to
Press
3/4/2/1
select 2/1
the picture.
select
the pictures.to
slike.
setting is cancelled when [DISPLAY] select the picture.
• The
Postavka
se
ponovno
pressed
again.
setting
is otkazuje
cancelledako
when
[DISP.] is
•• The
select the picture. select the pictures.
is pressed again.
pritisneteagain.
[DISP.]
pressed
Press 3
select t
Press 3/4 to select [Set], and then press [MENU/SET].
Press
3/4
to select
[Set],
and3/4
then
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
[Set]
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
topress
select
[Set],
and then
press [MENU/SET].
Press 3/4 to select [Set], and then press [MENU/SET].
Press 3/4 to select text stamp items, and then press [MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
za odabir
stavki
sitems,
otiskom
i zatim[MENU/SET].
pritisnite
Press
3/4
to select
text
stamp
andteksta
then
Press
3/4
to select
text press
stamp
items,
and then press [ME
Press
3/4
to
select
text
stamp
items,
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Playback/Editing
Press 3/4 to select the settings,
and then press [MENU/SET].
Press 3/4 to select the settings, and then press [MENU/SET].
Press
3/4▲/▼
totoselect
the
settings,
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
da biste
odabrali
postavke
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
select
the
settings,
andSetting
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Item 3/4
item
Item
Item
Item
Setting item
Stavka
[Shooting
Date]
[Shooting Date]
[Shooting Date]
[Shooting Date]
[Shooting
Date] (Datum
snimanja)
[Name]
[Name]
[Name]
[Name]
[Location]
[Name] (Ime)
[Location]
[Location]
[Travel Date]
[Location]
[Travel
Date]
[Location]
(Lokacija)
[Travel
Date]
[Travel Date]
(Datum
putovanja)
[Travel
Date]
Press [
].
Stamp the
year, month
[W/O TIME]:
Setting
item and day.
item and day.
Stamp
theSetting
year, month
[W/O TIME]:
Postavljanje
stavke
Stamp
the year, month,
day,day.
hour and minutes.
[WITH
TIME]:
month
and
[W/O
TIME]:
Stamp
the
year,
month
and
[W/O
TIME]:
Stamp
the
year,
month,
day,day.
hour
and minutes.
[WITH
TIME]:
[W/O
TIME]:
Ispisuje
godinu,
mjesec
i dan.
[OFF]
Stamp
the year,
month,
day, hour
and minutes.
[WITH
TIME]:
Stamp the year, month, day, hour and minutes.
[WITH
TIME]:
(Bez
vremena)
[OFF]
[
]
[OFF]
[WITH
TIME]
[OFF]
Ispisuje
godinu,
datum,
dan, sat
i minute.
[([Baby/Pet]):
]
Stamps
names
registered
in name
settings
for
([Face Recognition])
[ vremenom):
]:
(S
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
or [Pet] ininScene
Stamps
names registered
nameMode.
settings for
[([Baby/Pet]):
]
Name registered in Face Recognition will be
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
or [Pet] ininScene
[OFF]
Stamps
names registered
nameMode.
settings for
([Baby/Pet]):
stamped.
[OFF]
[Baby1]/[Baby2] or [Pet] in Scene Mode.
[OFF]
([Baby/Pet])
[ [ON]:]:
Stamps
the travel destination name set under
[OFF]
Ispisuje
imena
memorirana
u settings
postavkama
names
registered
in name
for
[Location].
the
travel
destination
name
set under
[ON]:
([Baby/Pet])
(Dijete/Stamps
[Baby1]/[Baby2]
ordestination
[Pet] [Baby1]/[Baby2]
in Scene
Mode.
imena
funkcija
ili [Pet]
[Location].
Stamps
thekod
travel
name
set under
Kućni
ljubimac)
[ON]:
[OFF]
u scenskom načinu rada.
[Location].
[OFF]
[OFF]
[OFF]
Stamps the travel date set under [Travel Date].
[ON]:
[OFF]
Stamps the
the travel
travel date
destination
name
set under
[ON]:
Stamps
set under
[Travel
Date].
[ON]:
[OFF]
[ON]:
Bilježi se odredište putovanja određeno kao
[Location].
Stamps
the
travel
date
set
under
[Travel
Date].
[ON]:
[OFF]
[OFF]
[Location].
[OFF]
[OFF]
[ON]:
Bilježi se datum putovanja određen kao
Stamps the travel date set under [Travel Date].
[ON]:
[Travel Date].
[OFF]
[OFF]
- 87 - 87 - 87 -
Press 3 to select [OK], and then press [MENU/SET].
- 103 -
• Be sure to attach the strap when using the
camera to ensure that[OFF]
you will not drop it.
12
13
12 Release lever (P19) [ON]:
Stamps the travel date set under [Travel Date].
Date]
13 [Travel
[LOCK]
switch (P8, 19)
[OFF]
14
14 Side door (P8, 19)
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
15 [(] (Playback) button (P37)
16 [Q.MENU]
(P44)/[
Pritisnite
19 18 1716 15
Press
[ [ ]. ]].(Delete/Cancel)
button (P40)
Preparation
17 [DISPLAY] button (P53)
Pritisnite
da
biste odabrali [OK] i zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
Playback
Press
3button
to▲select
18∫ [MENU/SET]
(P42) [OK], and then press [MENU/SET].
• Prikazuje se zaslon za potvrdu. Odabirom [Yes] (Da), provodi se zadana radnja.
• Confirmation
It is executed
when240
[Yes]
is selected.
Playback
time screen isizdisplayed.
Approx.
min
Po izvršenju
izbornika.
Exit
the menuizađite
after it is executed.
Note
Note
Napomena
• When you print pictures stamped with text, the date will be printed over the stamped text if you
times
and number
of recordable
pictures
will
according
to otisnutog
the
• The
Kadoperating
ispisujete
fotografije
nathe
kojima
otisnut
tekst,
datum
ćediffer
biti ispisan
preko
specify
printing of
the date at
photojeshop
or on
the printer.
and theispis
operating
conditions.
teksta
datuma
fotografskom
• environment
You
canako
set odredite
up to 50 pictures
at oneutime
in [MULTI].studiju ili na pisaču.
example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
• For
The
picture quality
may
deteriorate
when postaviti
text stamping
carried out.
Funkcijom
[MULTI]
odjednom
do 50is fotografija.
pictures
ismožete
reduced:
•• recordable
Depending
on the
printer
being used,
somebit
characters
may be cut at printing. Check before
Kad
ispisujete
tekst,
fotografija
ćeski
lošija.
–
At low
temperature
orkvaliteta
in cold locations
such as
resorts or at high altitude¢
printing.
• Ovisno
o pisaču
koji
koristite,
nekithe
bi LCD
znakovi
mogli
biti izrezani
tijekom
ispisa.
Provjerite
¢ Residual
image
may
show on
display
when
in use. The
battery
performance
• When
text is stamped onto the 0.3M pictures, it is difficult to read it.
will
decrease,
so keep
the camera
spareinbatteries
warm
by placing them in a
prije
ispisa.
• Text
and
dates cannot
be stamped
on theand
pictures
the following
cases.
warm
place
such as
your od
cold
gear or
clothing. Performance of
• –Kad
se tekst
ispisuje
nainside
fotografije
0,3protection
M, bit će teško
čitljiv.
Motion
pictures
batteries
andneće
monitor
willotisnuti
restore
toMode
normal when the temperature returns to
Pictures
taken
inLCD
[Panorama
Shot]
in Scene
• –Tekst
i datume
biti
moguće
na:
normal.recorded without setting the clock
–--Pictures
Videozapisi
– When
using
Pictures
with[LCD
date Mode].
or text stamped
--When
fotografije
snimljene as
u scenskom
načinu
operations
flash
and zoom
arerada
used[Panorama
repeatedly. Shot]
– Pictures
recordedsuch
with other
equipment
-- fotografije
snimljene
postavke
sata
• When
the operating
time bez
of the
camera becomes
extremely short even after properly charging
the
battery, theslife
of the battery
mayilihave
expired. Buy a new battery.
-- fotografije
otisnutim
datumom
tekstom
-- fotografije snimljene drugom opremom.
- 12 - 104 -
- 88 - 18 -
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
[VideoDivide]
Divide](Podjela videozapisa)
[Video
Playback/Editing
[Video Divide]
Recorded
picture
canse
bepodijeliti
divided in two. It is recommended for when you want to
Snimljeni motion
videozapis
može
na dva dijela. Ova se funkcija preporučuje kad
[Video
Divide]
divide
a part
you need
with
a part
you do
need.
Recorded
motion
picture
can
be divide
d innot
two.
It is recommended for when you want to
želite odijeliti dio koji trebate od dijela koji ne trebate.
It
cannot
beyou
restored
once
divide
a part
need
with
a divided.
part
you
need.
Nakon
što
videozapis
podijelite,
nedo
gaIt se
vratiti u izvorno
Recorded
motion
picture
can
be divide
dmože
innot
two.
is recommended
for stanje.
when you want to
It
cannot
be
restored
once
divided.
divide a part you need with a part you do not need.
It cannot
be restored
once
divided.
Odaberite
[Video
Divide]
(Podjela
videozapisa)
u izborniku
Select
[Video
Divide]
on the
[Playback]
menu. (P42)
[Playback]
(Reprodukcija).
37.)
[Video
Divide] on the(str.
[Playback]
menu. (P42)
Select
Press 2/1
toDivide]
select the
motion
picture menu.
to divide,
and then press
Select
[Video
on the
[Playback]
(P42)
[MENU/SET].
Press
2/1
to select
theodabrali
motion picture
to divide,
and podijeliti
then press
Pritisnite
◄/►
da biste
videozapis
koji želite
i
[MENU/SET].
zatim pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
2/1 to select
the motion picture to divide, and then press
[MENU/SET].
Press 3 at the location to divide.
▲the
na
mjestu
kojem
želite
podijeliti
Press
at
location
to
divide.
•Pritisnite
Motion3
picture
is played
backna
from
the same
location
when 3 is
pressed
again.
•videozapis.
Motion3
picture
is played
back to
from
the same location when 3 is
Press
at the
location
divide.
••
••
••
You
can again.
finely
the location
for mjesta
divisionkad
by pressing
Videozapis
seadjust
reproducira
s istog
ponovno2/1
pressed
Motion
picture
is
played
fromfor
thedivision
same location
when2/1
3 is
while
the
motion
picture
islocation
paused.
You
can
finely
adjust
theback
by pressing
pritisnete
▲.
pressed again.
motion
picture
is
paused.
while
the
Možete
podesiti
mjestaforpodjele
na 2/1
◄/►
You
can precizno
finely adjust
the location
divisionpritiskom
by pressing
dok jethe
videozapis
zaustavljen.
while
motion picture
is paused.
Press
4.
4. screen is displayed. It is executed when [Yes] is selected.
•Press
Confirmation
Exit
the4.
menu
after it is
is displayed.
executed. ItPreparation
Pritisnite
▼.screen
•Press
Confirmation
is executed when [Yes] is selected.
•• Motion
may itbeis
if the card
or battery
is removed
while processing
∫ Playback
Prikazuje
se zaslon
zalost
potvrdu.
Odabirom
[Yes]
(Da), provodi
se zadanathe
radnja.
Exit
thepicture
menu
after
executed.
•• Confirmation
is lost
displayed.
It is or
executed
when
[Yes] while
is selected.
dividing.
Motion
picturescreen
may be
if the card
battery is
removed
processing the
Po
izvršenju
izađite
iz
izbornika.
Exit
the
menu
after
it
is
executed.
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
dividing.
Videozapis
može
ako izvučete
ili bateriju
tijekom dijeljenja.
•• Motion
picture
maybiti
be izgubljen
lost if the card
or batterykarticu
is removed
while processing
the
Notedividing.
Note
Divide] may not be performed on motion pictures recorded with other equipment.
• [Video
Napomena
Note
operating
times
and
number
recordable
pictures
will differ
to the
•• The
Motion
pictures
cannot
be
divided
atofaon
location
tobiti
the
start
orwith
end
of theequipment.
motion
picture.
Postoji
mogućnost
da
funkcija
[Video
Divide]close
neće
moguća
na according
videozapisima
[Video
Divide]
may
not
be
performed
motion
pictures
recorded
other
Note
and the
operating
conditions.
•• environment
The
order
of images
will
change
motion
pictures
aretodivided.
Motion
pictures
cannot
be
dividedif at
a location
close
the start or end of the motion picture.
snimljenim
drugom
opremom.
inmay
theto
following
cases,
the
times
will
shorten
and
number
of
[Video
Divide]
not
bechange
performed
on operating
motion
pictures
recorded
with
other
equipment.
•• For
It
is example,
recommended
search
these
motion
pictures
by using
[Calendar]
orthe
[Category
Selection]
The
order
of images
will
ifnamotion
pictures
are
divided.
Videozapise
ne
možete
mjestu
blizu
početka
kraja
pictures
is search
reduced:
•• recordable
Motion
pictures
cannot
be dijeliti
divided
a location
close
theilistart
or videozapisa.
end or
of [Category
the motionSelection]
picture.
in
[Filtering
Play].
It isthe
recommended
to
theseatmotion
pictures
bytousing
[Calendar]
¢
At low
temperature
orshort
in
cold
locations
such
as ski
resorts
or at high altitude
Redoslijed
će awill
se
promijeniti
ako
podijelite
videozapise.
• –The
order
ofslika
images
change
if motion
pictures
are
divided.
Motion
pictures
with
recording
time
cannot
be
divided.
in¢the
[Filtering
Play].
image
show
on motion
thetime
LCD
display
when
use. Theor
battery
performance
isResidual
recommended
tomay
these
pictures
byfunkcija
usingin
[Calendar]
[Category
Selection]
Preporučujemo
traženje
tihrecording
videozapisa
pomoću
[Calendar]
ili
[Category
Motion
pictures
with
asearch
short
cannot
be
divided.
• It
in
the
Play].
will[Filtering
decrease,
so keep
the camera
Selection]
u izborniku
[Filtering
Play]. and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
• Motion
pictures
short
recording
time cannot
be divided.
warm
place with
sucha as
inside
cold
protection
gear or clothing. Performance of
• Kratki
videozapisi
ne mogu
seyour
dijeliti.
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
89 -- -105
- 105 - 105 -
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
[Resize](Promjena veličine)
[Resize]
[Resize]
To
allow
to
pages,
etc.,
size
To
allow easy
easy
posting
to web
websmanjuje
pages, attachment
attachment
to
email
etc., picture
picture
size (number
(number
of
Veličina
slika posting
(broj piksela)
se kako bi to
seemail
omogućilo
lako postavljanje
na of
pixels)
is
reduced.
pixels)
is reduced.
Internetske
stranice, u privitak elektronske pošte i sl.
Select
[Resize]
on
[Playback]
menu.
(P37)
Select
[Resize]
on the
the
[Playback]
menu. [Playback].
(P42)
Odaberite
funkciju
[Resize]
u izborniku
(str. 37.)
Press
3/4
to
[SINGLE]
or
[MULTI]
then
Pritisnite
da biste
odabrali
ili [MULTI]
i zatim
Press
3/4▲/▼
to select
select
[SINGLE]
or [SINGLE]
[MULTI] and
and
then press
press
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
Select
the
and
Select
the picture
picture
and isize.
size.
Odaberite
fotografiju
veličinu.
[SINGLE]
setting
Postavka
[SINGLE] (Jedna)
[SINGLE]
setting
1
Press
to
the
picture,
and
press
1
Pritisnite
◄/►
da biste
i zatim
1 Press 2/1
2/1
to select
select
theodabrali
picture, sliku
and then
then
press
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
2
2/1
to
the
size,
then
Pritisnite
◄/►
da biste
i zatim
22 Press
Press
2/1
to select
select
theodabrali
size, and
andveličinu
then press
press
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
displayed.
is
when
[Yes]
••• Confirmation
Prikazuje sescreen
zaslonis
potvrdu. It
[Yes]
(Da),
Confirmation
screen
isza
displayed.
ItOdabirom
is executed
executed
when
[Yes]
is
selected.
provodi
se zadana radnja.
is
selected.
Exit
the
menu
after
it
is
executed.
Exit
the menu izađite
after it isizexecuted.
Po izvršenju
izbornika.
[MULTI] setting
setting
[MULTI]
Postavka [MULTI] (Više)
1
3/4
to
the
size,
then
11 Press
Press
3/4
to select
select
theodabrali
size, and
andveličinu
then press
press
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
i zatim
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
2
3/4/2/1
to
the
picture,
and
press
22 Press
Press
3/4/2/1
to select
select
theodabrali
picture, sliku
and then
then
press
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
i zatim
[DISP.].
[DISPLAY].
pritisnite [DISPLAY].
this
step
picture,
and
press
••• Repeat
Repeat
thisponovite
step for
for each
each
picture,
and
press [MENU/SET]
[MENU/SET]
to
Taj korak
za svaku
sliku
i postavite
pritiskom to
set.
Preparation
set.
na [MENU/SET].
∫ Playback
•• Confirmation
screen is
displayed.
It is
when
[Yes]
displayed.
is executed
executed
when
[Yes]provodi se zadana
• Confirmation
Prikazuje sescreen
zaslonisza
potvrdu. ItOdabirom
[Yes]
(Da),
is
is selected.
selected.
Playback
time
Approx.
240
min
Exit
the
menu
after
it
is
executed.
radnja.
Po
izvršenju
izađite
iz
izbornika.
Exit the menu after it is executed.
Note
Note
Napomena
can
set
up
to
pictures
at
time
in
• You
You
can
set
up times
to 50
50
pictures
at one
oneof
time
in [MULTI].
[MULTI].
operating
andresized
number
recordable
will differ according to the
•• The
Opcijom
[MULTI]
možete
odjednom
postaviti
dopictures
50 fotografija.
The
picture
quality
of
the
picture
will
deteriorate.
•• environment
The
picturefotografije
quality
of kojoj
the
resized
picture
will veličina
deteriorate.
and the
operating
conditions.
Kvaliteta
je
promijenjena
smanjuje
se.
It
may
not
be
possible
to
resize
pictures
recorded
with
other
equipment.
• For
It may
not be in
possible
to resize
pictures
recorded with
equipment.
example,
the following
cases,
the operating
timesother
will shorten
and the number of
•• The
following
images
cannot
be
resized.
Postoji
mogućnost
da
neće
biti
moguće
mijenjati
veličinu
fotografija
snimljenih drugom
The following
images
be resized.
recordable
pictures
is cannot
reduced:
–
Motion
pictures
opremom.
Motion
pictures
––
At
low temperature
or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
Pictures taken
in
Shot]
in
Scene
Mode
–
taken
in [Panorama
[Panorama
Shot]
in LCD
Scene
Mode
•–
Sljedećim
snimkama
nije
moguće
promijeniti
veličinu.
¢Pictures
Residual
image
may
show
on the
display
when in use. The battery performance
–
Pictures
with
or text
–
with date
date
text stamped
stamped
will decrease,
soorkeep
the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
-- Pictures
videozapisi
warm place
such as u
inside
your cold
protection
gear or clothing.
-- fotografije
snimljene
scenskom
načinu
rada [Panorama
Shot] Performance of
batteries and
LCD monitor
will restore
to normal when the temperature returns to
-- fotografije
s otisnutim
datumom
ili tekstom
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
90 ---106
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
Playback/Editing
[Cropping]
(Obrezivanje slike)
[Cropping]
[Cropping]
[Cropping]
Možete
povećati
teand
onda
izrezati
važan
dio part
snimljene
fotografije.
You
can
enlarge
then
clip
important
part
recorded
picture.
You
can
enlarge
and
then
clip
thethe
important
of of
thethe
recorded
picture.
You can enlarge and then clip the important part of the recorded picture.
Select
[Cropping]
onuthe
[Playback]
menu. (P38)
Odaberite
[Cropping]
[Playback].
(str. 37.)
Select
[Cropping]
on
[Playback]
menu.
Select
[Cropping]
on the
theizborniku
[Playback]
menu. (P42)
(P42)
Press
2/1
toda
select
the
picture,
andi then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
2/1
to
the
picture,
and
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
◄/►
biste
zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Press
2/1
to select
select
theodabrali
picture, sliku
and then
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Use
the zoom
lever
Use
the
button
press
to
Upotrijebite
gumb
za and
zumiranje
i pritisnite ▲/▼/◄/►
daparts
bisteto
Use
the zoom
zoom
button
and
press 3/4/2/1
3/4/2/1
to select
select the
the
parts
to be
be
cropped.
cropped.
odabrali
dijelove koje ćete izrezati.
cropped.
Zoom
button
[T]:
Zoom
(T):Enlargement
Enlargement
Zoom
button
[T]:
Enlargement
Gumb
zalever
zumiranje
[T]: Uvećavanje
Zoom
button
[W]:
Zoom
lever
(W):Reduction
Reduction
Zoom
[W]:
Reduction
Gumbbutton
za zumiranje
[W]: Smanjivanje
3/4/2/1: Move
3/4/2/1:
▲/▼/◄/►: Move
Pomicanje
3/4/2/1:
Move
Press [MENU/SET].
Press
[MENU/SET].
Press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
Preparation
• Confirmation screen is displayed. It is executed when [Yes] is selected.
∫ Playback
• Confirmation
screen
It is executed when [Yes] is selected.
Exit the menu
afteris
it displayed.
ispotvrdu.
executed.
• Confirmation
isza
displayed.
It is executed
when
[Yes]
is selected.
Prikazuje
se screen
zaslon
[Yes]
(Da),
provodi
se zadana radnja.
Exit thetime
menu
after it is
executed. Odabirom
Playback
Approx. 240 min
Exit
the menuizađite
after it is
Po izvršenju
iz executed.
izbornika.
Note
Note
• The
picture quality of the cropped picture will deteriorate.
Note
Note
Napomena
picture
of the to
cropped
picturerecorded
will deteriorate.
• The
• It may
notquality
be times
possible
crop pictures
with
otherwill
equipment.
picture
quality
of the
cropped
picture
will deteriorate.
•• The
The
operating
and
number
ofsmanjiti.
recordable
pictures
differ according to the
may
not izrezane
be possible
tocannot
crop
pictures
recorded with
other equipment.
•• It
Kvaliteta
fotografije
će
se
The following
images
beconditions.
cropped.
It• may
not be possible
to
crop pictures
recorded with other equipment.
environment
and
the
operating
•• The
following
images
cannot
be
cropped.
Postoji
mogućnost
da
se
fotografije
snimljene
drugom
opremom
neće moći izrezati.
–example,
Motion
pictures
• The
following
images
cannot be
cropped.
For
in
the following
cases,
the operating times will shorten and the number of
– Motion
pictures
– Pictures
takennije
in
[Panorama
Shot] in Scene Mode
• recordable
Sljedeće
snimke
moguće
obrezati.
–
Motion
pictures
pictures
is
reduced:
– Pictures
taken in [Panorama Shot] in Scene Mode
–videozapisi
3D
Pictures
taken in [Panorama
Shot]
in Scene
Mode
--At
––
lowpictures
temperature
ortext
in cold
locations
such as
ski resorts or at high altitude¢
–
Pictures
with
date
or
stamped
–
Pictures
with
date
or
stamped
–
Pictures
with
date
orthe
text
stamped
¢
Residual
image
may
show
on thenačinu
LCDindisplay
whenpicture
in use.
The
battery
performance
-- fotografije
snimljene
utext
scenskom
rada
[Panorama
Shot]
• Information
regarding
Face
Recognition
the
original
will
notnot
bebe
copied
to to
images
• Information
regarding
Face Recognition
in
original
picture
copied
images
• Information
regarding
thethe
Face
thethe
original
picture
willwill
notplacing
be copied
to in
images
will undergone
decrease,
so keep
the Recognition
camera
andinspare
batteries
warm
by
them
a
having
[Cropping].
fotografije
s
otisnutim
datumom
ili
tekstom
having
undergone
[Cropping].
having
undergone
[Cropping].
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 91 - 102-- -- 107
107
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
[Favorite] (Omiljene snimke)
Playback/Editing
[Favorite]
Ako
je fotografijama dodana oznaka i označene su kao omiljene, možete učiniti
[Favorite]
sljedeće.
You can do the following if a mark has been added to pictures and they have been set as
• Reproducirati samo one fotografije podešene kao omiljene. ([Favorite] u [Filtering Play])
favourites.
Reproducirati
fotografije
su favourites.
postavljene([Favorite]
kao omiljene
samo kao
prikaz u slika u nizu.
• •Play
back only the
pictureskoje
set as
in [Filtering
Play])
Brisati
koje
nisu postavljene
kao
omiljene.
• •Play
backsve
thefotografije
pictures set
as favourites
only as a
Slide
Show. ([All Delete Except ])
(Brisanje
svih
osim)not set as favourites. ([All Delete Except Favorite])
• Delete
all the
pictures
(P37) [Playback] (str. 37.)
Select
[Favorite]
onsnimke
the [Playback]
menu.
(P42)
Odaberite
omiljene
[Favorite]
u izborniku
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
ili [MULTI]
i zatim
Press
3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
or[SINGLE]
[MULTI] and
then press
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[SINGLE]
[SINGLE]
[SINGLE]
(Jedna)
Select
the fotografiju,
picture, andathen
press
Odaberite
zatim
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[MULTI]
[MULTI]
[MULTI]
(Više)
Postavka
ponovno
• The
settingse
is otkazuje
cancelledako
when
[MENU/SET]
is pressed again.
pritisnete [MENU/SET].
•• Exit
the podešavanja
menu after it isizađite
set. iz izbornika.
Nakon
Press
2/1
Press
3/4/2/1to
Press
2/1
toto da Press
3/4/2/1
Pritisnite
◄/►
Pritisnite
select
thepicture.
picture.
select
to
select
the the
pictures.
biste the
odabrali
sliku. select
▲/▼/◄/►
da
pictures.
biste odabrali slike.
∫ Cancelling all the [Favorite] settings
■■Cancelling
Poništavanje
postavki
funkcije
(Omiljene snimke)
∫
allsvih
the [Favorite]
settings[FAVORITE]
1
Select [Favorite]
on the [Playback]
menu.
Odaberite
omiljene
[Favorite]
u izborniku
[Playback]
Preparation
1 Press
Select
[Favorite]
on snimke
the
[Playback]
menu.
2
3/4
to select
[CANCEL]
and
then
press [MENU/SET].
2 Playback
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabraliItand
[CANCEL]
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
∫
3/4
toscreen
select
then press
[MENU/SET].
•Press
Confirmation
is[CANCEL]
displayed.
is executed
when
[Yes]
is selected.
Prikazuje
sescreen
zaslon
potvrdu.ItOdabirom
[Yes]
(Da),
se zadana radnja.
the menu
after it is
isza
executed.
•• Exit
Confirmation
displayed.
is executed
when
[Yes]provodi
is selected.
Playback
time izađite
Approx. 240 min
Po izvršenju
izbornika.
Exit
the menu
after it isizexecuted.
Note
can set up to 999 pictures as favourites.
• YouNote
Napomena
may
notup
beto
able
setomiljenih
pictures
taken
with otherpictures
equipment
favourites.
You
can
set
999to
pictures
as favourites.
•• You
The
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
willas
differ
according to the
Možete
podesiti
do
999
fotografija.
•• environment
You
may notsnimljene
be
able
set pictures
taken with
otherse
equipment
aspostaviti
favourites.
and
thetooperating
conditions.
Fotografije
drugom
opremom
možda
neće moći
kao omiljene.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 92 92 ---108
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
[Print Set](Postavke ispisa)
[Print
[PrintSet]
Set]
DPOF
a system
thatomogućuje
allows the user
to select
which
pictures
DPOF“Digital
„DigitalPrint
PrintOrder
OrderFormat”
Format”is
je koji
korisniku
odabir
fotografija
DPOF
“Digital
Print
Order
Format”
issustav
a system
that allows the user
to select
which
pictures
to print, how many copies of each picture to print and whether or not to print the recording
ispis,how
broja
primjeraka
svake
hoće
fotografijama
ispisan
tozaprint,
many
copies of
eachfotografije
picture to te
print
andli na
whether
or not tobiti
print
the recording
date on the pictures when using a DPOF compatible photo printer or photo printing store.
datum
kadwhen
se koristi
kompatibilni
pisač
fotografija
se ispis
radi ustore.
date
on snimanja
the pictures
usingDPOF
a DPOF
compatible
photo
printer oriliphoto
printing
For details, ask at your photo printing store.
For
details, askstudiju.
at your photo
printing
store.
fotografskom
želite
saznati
više,toobratite
se svojem
fotografskom
studiju.
When
you want to useAko
a photo
printing
store
print pictures
recorded
on the built-in
When
you want
to use a photoizprinting
store
to print upictures
recorded on the built-in
Kad želite
ispisati
ugrađene
memorije
fotografskom
memory,
copy
themfotografije
to a card (P96)
and then
set the print
setting. studiju, presnimite ih
memory,
copy
a cardtoga
(P113)
and then
set theza
print
setting.
na karticu
(str.them
96.) to
i nakon
odaberite
postavke
ispis.
Select [Print Set] on the [Playback] menu. (P37)
Select
[Print
Set]Set]
on the
[Playback]
menu. (P42)
Odaberite
[Print
iz izbornika
[Playback].
(str. 37.)
Press 3/4 to select [SINGLE] or [MULTI] and then press [MENU/
Press
3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
or[SINGLE]
[MULTI] and
thenili
press
[MENU/
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
(Jedna)
[MULTI]
(Više) i
SET].
SET].
zatim pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
[SINGLE]
(Jedna)
[SINGLE]
[MULTI]
(Više)
[MULTI]
Press 2/1
to
Pritisnite
◄/►
Press
2/1
to da
selectodabrali
the picture.
biste
sliku.
select the picture.
Press
3/4/2/1
Pritisnite
▲/▼/◄/►
Press
3/4/2/1
to
to
the
daselect
biste odabrali
select the pictures.
pictures.
slike.
Select
the picture,
and then
press
Odaberite
fotografiju,
zatim
Select
the picture,
andathen
press
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Press
3/4 to set
the number
of broj
prints,
and theni press
Pritisnite▲/▼
da biste
postavili
primjeraka
zatim [MENU/SET]
pritisnite
Press 3/4 to set the number of prints, and then press [MENU/SET]
to
set.
[MENU/SET]
da
biste
potvrdili
izbor.
to set.
• When
[MULTI] has
been[MULTI],
selected,ponovite
repeat steps
3 and
each
picture.
(It is not(Nije
Ako odaberete
opciju
korake
3. i4
4.for
za
svaku
fotografiju.
• possible
When [MULTI]
stepsnumber
3 and
4of
for
each picture. (It is not
to usehas
the been
sameselected,
setting forrepeat
a multiple
pictures.)
moguće to
koristiti
iste
postavke
broj fotografija).
useafter
the
same
settingza
forveći
a multiple
number of pictures.)
• possible
Exit the menu
it is set.
Nakon
• Exit
the podešavanja
menu after it isizađite
set. iz izbornika.
∫
the [Print
Set]Set]
settings
■■Cancelling
Opoziv svihall
postavki
[Print
1 Select
[Print
Set]Set]
on the
[Playback]
menu.
Odaberite
[Print
iz izbornika
[Playback].
2 Press
3/4
to select
[CANCEL]
then press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabraliand
[CANCEL]
i zatim
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
•• Confirmation
displayed.
is executed
when
[Yes]provodi
is selected.
Prikazuje sescreen
zaslonisza
potvrdu.ItOdabirom
[Yes]
(Da),
se zadana radnja. Po
Exit
the menu
afterizitizbornika.
is executed.
izvršenju
izađite
93 ---109
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
■■Ispis datuma
Nakon odabira broja kopija, postavite/poništite ispis s datumom snimanja tako da
dotaknete [DISP.].
• Ovisno o fotografskom studiju ili pisaču,Preparation
postoji mogućnost da datum ne bude otisnut
i ako odaberete ispis datuma. Više informacija potražite u fotografskom studiju ili
∫čak
Playback
uputama za uporabu pisača.
Playback
Approx. datumom
240 min ili tekstom.
• Datum
se ne time
može ispisati na fotografijama s otisnutim
Note
Napomena
operating
timesod
and
number
of recordable
pictures will differ according to the
• The
Moguće
je podesiti
0 do
999 fotografija
za ispis.
theće
operating
conditions.
• environment
O vrsti pisačaand
ovisit
hoće li njegove
vlastite postavke za ispis datuma imati prednost
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
pa provjerite
je li toisslučaj.
recordable
pictures
reduced:
¢
• –Postoji
secold
postavke
ispisa
moći
koristiti
drugom
opremom.
U tom
At low mogućnost
temperature da
or in
locations
suchneće
as ski
resorts
or atshigh
altitude
slučaju
otkažite
i poništite
sveon
postavke.
¢ Residual
image
may show
the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease,
so keep
and
spare batteries
warm by placing them in a
• Postavku
ispisa [Print
Set]the
nijecamera
moguće
podesiti
za videozapise.
place such
as inside
cold protection
gear or
clothing.
Performance
• Akowarm
se datoteka
ne temelji
na your
standardu
DCF, postavke
ispisa
neće biti
moguće of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
postaviti.
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 94 -
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
Playback/Editing
[Protect]
[Protect](Zaštita)
[Protect]
You
protection
for pictures
doslučajno
not wantizbrisati.
to be deleted by mistake.
can set
Možete
zaštititi
fotografije
koje ne you
želite
Odaberite
[Protect]
(Zaštita)
iz izbornika
(str. 37.)
on the
[Playback]
menu. [Playback].
(P42)
Select
[Protect]
(P37)
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
ili [MULTI]
i zatim
3/4
to select
[SINGLE]
or[SINGLE]
[MULTI] and
then press
[MENU/
Press
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
SET].
Odaberite
fotografiju,
zatim
the picture,
andathen
press
Select
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
[SINGLE]
[SINGLE]
[SINGLE]
(Jedna)
[MULTI]
[MULTI]
[MULTI]
(Više)
Postavke
seare
poništavaju
ponovno
settings
cancelled ako
when
•• The
pritisnete [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET]
is pressed again.
•• Exit
the podešavanja
menu after it isizađite
set. iz izbornika.
Nakon
Press
2/1
toto da Press
3/4/2/1
Press
2/1
Press
3/4/2/1to
Pritisnite
◄/►
Pritisnite
select
the
picture.
select
the
picture.
select
the
pictures.
to
select
the
biste odabrali sliku. ▲/▼/◄/►
da biste
pictures.
odabrali slike.
∫
allsvih
the [Protect]
■■Cancelling
Poništavanje
postavki settings
funkcije [Protect]
1
Select
[Protect]
on the
[Playback]
menu. [Playback].
Preparation
∫ Cancelling
all[Protect]
the [Protect]
settings
Odaberite
(Zaštita)
iz izbornika
2
Press
3/4
to select
[CANCEL]
then press
[MENU/SET].
∫
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da
odabraliand
[CANCEL]
i zatim
pritisnite [MENU/SET].
1 Playback
Select
[Protect]
onbiste
the
[Playback]
menu.
displayed.
is executed
when
[Yes]provodi
is selected.
• Confirmation
Prikazuje
zaslon
potvrdu.ItOdabirom
[Yes]
(Da),
se zadana radnja.
2 •Press
3/4se
toscreen
selectisza
[CANCEL]
and
then press
[MENU/SET].
Playback
time after it is executed.
Approx. 240 min
the menu
Po izvršenju
izađiteisizdisplayed.
izbornika.It is executed when [Yes] is selected.
• Exit
Confirmation
screen
Exit the menu after it is executed.
Note
Note
Napomena
The
protect
setting
may
notnumber
be effective
on other equipment.
•• The
operating
times
and
of na
recordable
pictures will differ according to the
Note
•• Even
Postavke
možda
drugoj opremi.
if youzaštite
protect
picturesneće
in theraditi
built-in
memory
or a card, they will be deleted if the built-in
and the
conditions.
The
protect
setting
mayoperating
not be effective
on othermemoriji
equipment.
•• environment
Čak
i
ako
ste
zaštitili
fotografije
u
ugrađenoj
ili na
kartici, one
biti izbrisane
memory
or theincard
is formatted.
example,
thepictures
following
the operating
times
will
shorten
theće
number
• For
Even
if you protect
incases,
the built-in
memory or
a card,
they willand
be deleted
if theofbuilt-in
• recordable
Even
if you
do not protect
pictures
on a formatira.
card, they cannot be deleted when the card’s
ako
se
ugrađena
memorija
ili
kartica
pictures
is
reduced:
memory or the card is formatted.
¢
switch isorset
to [LOCK].
Čak
iifako
ne
fotografije
na
kartici,
one
se
ne mogu
kada
prekidač
–
At low
temperature
in pictures
cold
locations
suchthey
as ski
resorts
atizbrisati
highwhen
altitude
•• Write-Protect
Even
you
do zaštitite
not protect
on a
card,
cannot
beor
deleted
the je
card’s
¢ Residual image
may
show
on thepostavljen
LCD display
when in(Zaključavanje).
use. The battery performance
„Write-Protect”
(Zaštita
na [LOCK]
Write-Protect
switch
is setod
to pisanja)
[LOCK].
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
95 -----111
95
Playback/Editing
Reprodukcija/uređivanje
[Copy](Kopiranje)
[Copy]
Playback/Editing
You
can copyspremljene
the data ofuthe
picturesmemoriju
you havefotoaparata
taken from možete
the built-in
memory
to a card
Fotografije
ugrađenu
kopirati
na karticu
ili sor
[Copy]
from a card
to the built-in memory.
kartice u ugrađenu memoriju fotoaparata.
You can copy the data of the pictures you have taken from the built-in memory to a card or
from
a card
to[Copy]
theon
built-in
memory. iz izbornika
Odaberite
(Kopiranje)
[Playback] (str. 37.)
Select
[Copy]
the
[Playback]
menu. (P42)
Select
[Copy]
onthe
the
[Playback]
menu.
(P42)
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
odredište
kopiranja
i zatim pritisnite
Press
3/4
to
select
copy
destination
and
then press
[MENU/SET].
Press 3/4 to select the copy destination and then press
[
] ([IN>SD]):
in the built-in
memory
are copied
onto the
([IN→SD]): All the
Svipicture
podacidata
iz ugrađene
memorije
kopiraju
se odjednom
na
[MENU/SET].
Playback/Editing
cardkarticu.
at one time.
[Copy]
[] ([SD>IN]):
] ([IN>SD]):
All the
data
in thekopira
built-in
are
copied
onto the
OneJedna
picture
a timefotografija
is copied
from
the
card
to the
([SD→IN]):
poatpicture
jedna
sememory
s kartice
nabuilt-in
ugrađenu
card at one time.
memory.
memoriju.
You can copy the data of the pictures you have taken from the buil
Press One
2/1picture
to select
the
picture
and then
press
[MENU/SET].
] ([SD>IN]):
a
time
is copied
from
the card
to the built-in
[
Pritisnite
◄/►
da
biste
odabrali
i zatim
pritisnite
from
aat
card
to the
built-insliku
memory.
•
Confirmation screen is displayed.
It
is
executed
when
[Yes]
is
selected.
memory.
[MENU/SET].
Preparation
Exit the menu after it is executed.
Press 2/1 to select the picture and then press [MENU/SET].
Prikazuje
zaoff
potvrdu.
Odabirom
(Da), provodi
zadana radnja.
∫ Playback
• Do
not turnse
thezaslon
camera
at any point
during[Yes]
the[Copy]
copying
process.
on
the se
[Playback]
• Confirmation
is displayed.Select
It is executed
when
[Yes]
is
selected. menu. (P42)
Po izvršenju
izađitescreen
iz izbornika.
Playback Exit
timethe menu after it is executed. Approx. 240 min
Note
• Nemojte
kojem
za copying
vrijeme process.
postupka kopiranja.
• Doisključivati
not turn thefotoaparat
camera offniatuany
pointtrenutku
during
the
Press
3/4
to select
the copy
destination
and the
number)
as the picture
to be copied
in
• If a picture exists with the same name (folder number/file
theNote
copy destination when [
] is selected, a[MENU/SET].
new folder is created and the picture is copied.
Napomena
Note
If a picture
existstimes
with the
same
name
(folder
number/file
number)
as theaccording
picture to be
copied in
operating
and
number
of(broj
recordable
pictures
will differ
to the
•• The
Akocopy
postoji
fotografija
istog
naziva
mape/broj
datoteke)
kao fotografija
koja
se
picture
exists
with
same
name
(folder
number/file
as the picture
to be copied in
• If adestination
the
when
[ the
]conditions.
is selected,
is notnumber)
copied.
environment
and
the
operating
[thatsepicture
]new
([IN>SD]):
All the
picture
data
in is
the
built-in memo
the
copy
destination
when
[
]
is
selected,
a
folder
is
created
and
the
picture
copied.
kopira
kad
je
odabrana
opcija
[
],
stvara
nova
mapa
u
koju
se
kopira
fotografija.
• For
It may
take time
to copy
the picture
data.
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
cardasatthe
one
time. to be copied in
If
a
picture
exists
with
the
same
name
(folder
number/file
number)
picture
Ako postoji
fotografija
istog naziva
(brojwill
mape
/broj
datoteke)
kaothe
fotografija
koja se
• recordable
[Print
Set], [Protect]
orreduced:
[Favorite]
settings
not be
copied.
Perform
settings again
after
pictures
is
the
copy
destination
when [
] is selected, that picture is not copied.
¢ kopirana.
copying
is
finished.
]],([SD>IN]):
One
picture
at a time is copied from the
odredište
kad
je
odabrana
opcija
[[ ski resorts
ta fotografija
neće
biti
–kopira
At low
temperature
or
in copy
cold
locations
such
as
or at high
altitude
• Itna
may
take time
to
the picture
data.
memory.
¢ Residual
image
may potrebno
show
on the
LCD
display
when
in use.Perform
The
battery
performance
• Za
kopiranje
fotografija
je određeno
vrijeme.
• [Print Set],
[Protect]
or [Favorite]
settings
will
not
be copied.
the settings
again after
willcopying
decrease,
so keep
the camera
and spare
batteries
warm
by placing
in a the picture and th
Press
2/1them
to select
• Postavke
[Print
[Protect]
ili [Favorite]
neće se
kopirati.
Ponovno
podesite
postavke
is Set],
finished.
warm
place
such
as
inside
your
cold
protection
gear
or
clothing.
Performance
of
nakon što kopiranje završi.
• Confirmation screen is displayed. It is executed
when [Yes] is
[
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal
returns to
Exit thewhen
menuthe
aftertemperature
it is executed.
normal.
• Do not turn the camera off at any point during the copying pro
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are
used repeatedly.
Note
• When the operating time of the camera becomes
extremely
short
after
properly
exists with
theeven
same
name
(foldercharging
number/file number) as
• If a picture
the battery, the life of the battery may have
Buy a newwhen
battery.
theexpired.
copy destination
[
] is selected, a new folder is created
If a picture exists with the same name (folder number/file number) as
the copy destination when [
] is selected, that picture is not cop
• It may take time to copy the picture data.
• [Print Set], [Protect] or [Favorite] settings will not be copied. Perform
copying is finished.
96 -- -113
- 113 -
• Please note that the actual controls and
components,
menu
otherand
• Please
note that
theitems,
actualand
controls
information formenu
your items,
digital and
camera
may differ
components,
other
Connecting to
.....75information
to other
other equipment
equipment
from those in
illustrations
and screens
forthe
your
digital camera
may differConnecting
Connecting to
to other
other equipment
equipment
Connecting
.....76from
.....75
provided
in in
this
When
operation
or
those
themanual.
illustrations
and
screens
Others
Connecting stodrugom
other equipment
.....76provided
Povezivanje
opremom
other information
is moreWhen
or
less
the
same
in this manual.
operation
or
Others
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are the
used
as
.....76other
information
is
more or less
same
Connecting to other
equipment
Connecting to other equipment
Connecting
to other
equipment......................................110
examples
for
the
instructions
provided
in this
Screen
Display
.....76between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are
used as
Connecting to other
equipment
manual.
Connecting
to for
other
equipment
examples
for
the
instructions
provided in this
Screen
Display
......................................110
Cautions
Use....................................112
• manual.
The operations,
procedures,
or functions that
Cautions
for
Use....................................112
Message
Display
...................................117
Pictures
recorded
with
this
unit
can
Pictures
recorded
with
this
unit
can be
be played
played back
back on
on a
a TV
TV screen.
screen.
differoperations,
among
models
are indicated
separately,
• The
procedures,
or functions
that
Pictures
recorded
with
this
unit
Message
Display
...................................117
Troubleshooting.....................................119
(DMC-SZ1)
Pictures
recorded
with
this
unit can
can be
be played
played back
back on
on a
a TV
TV screen.
screen.
(DMC-SZ1)
together
with
the
relevant
model
number.
differ
among
models
are
indicated
separately,
.....77
(DMC-SZ1)
Fotografije
snimljene
ovim
uređajem
se reproducirati
zaslonu
televizijskog prijamnika.
Pictures
recorded
with
this
unit
canmogu
be played
back on anaTV
screen.
Troubleshooting.....................................119
•
Please
use
the
supplied
AV
cable.
(DMC-SZ1)
together
with
the
relevant
model
number.
•
Please
use
the
supplied
AV
cable.
•
Please
note
that
the
actual
controls
and
.....77
.....78e.g.:
••(DMC-SZ1)
Please
use
the
supplied
AV
cable.
(DMC-FS45)
Please
usethat
the the
supplied
AV
cable.
Preparations:
(DMC-FS45)
components,
menu
items,
and
other
•
Please
note
actual
controls
and
.....80e.g.:
(DMC-FS45)
.....78
•(DMC-SZ1)
Molimo,
koristite
isporučeni
AV (DMW-AVC1).
kabel.
(DMC-FS45)
Please
use
the
optional
AV
cable
information
for
your
digital
camera
may
differ
Please
use
the
optional
AV
cable
(DMW-AVC1).
••(DMC-FS45)
components,
menu
items,
and
other
Set
the [TV
Aspect].
(P51)
.....81
Please
use
the
optional
AV
cable
(DMW-AVC1).
••(DMC-FS45)
.....80
Please
use
the
optional
AV
cable
(DMW-AVC1).
from
those
in
illustrations
and
screens
information
for
your
digital
camera
may
differ
Turn
this unit
and the
TV off. AV kabel
Preparations:
.....82
.....81
Preparations:
•
Molimo,
koristite
opcionalni
(neisporučen).
provided
in in
this
Whenand
operation
Preparations:
from
those
themanual.
illustrations
screensor
Set
the
[TV
Aspect].
(P43)
Preparations:
.....82
Set
the
[TV
Aspect].
(P43)
Priprema:
other
information
is more
or less
the same
provided
in
this
manual.
When
operation
or
Set
the
[TV
Aspect].
(P43)
Turn
this
unit
and
the
TV
off. slike TV-a). (str. 43.)
Set
the
[TV
Aspect].
(P43)
.....83
.....82
Turn
this
unit
and
the
Postavite
[TV
Aspect]
(Omjer
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are the
used
as
other
information
is
more
oroff.
less
same
Turn
this
unit
and
the TV
TV
off.
Connect
the
camera
and
a TV.
Turn
this
unit
and
the
TV
off.
.....85
.....83
examples
for
the
instructions
provided
in this
Isključite
fotoaparat
i TV
prijamnik.
between
models,
(DMC-SZ1)
are
used as
Check
directions
of
the
connectors,
.....85
manual.•Connect
examples
for thethe
instructions
provided
in
the camera
camera and
and a
athis
TV. and plug them straight in or unplug them
Connect
the
TV.
straightprocedures,
out.
(Otherwise
the
connectors
be bend of shape, which will cause a
.....87
Connect
the
camera
a
TV.
• manual.
The operations,
or functions
that
.....85
Povežite
fotoaparat
sand
TV
prijamnikom.
Connect
the
camera
and
a
TV. andmay
•• malfunction.)
Check
the
directions
of
the
connectors,
plug
them
straight
in
or
unplug
them
straight
out.
differoperations,
among
models
are indicated
separately,
.....89
the
directions
of
the
connectors,
and
plug
them
straight
in
or
unplug
them
straight
.....87
• The
procedures,
or
functions
that
Provjerite
smjer
priključaka
te
ih
ravno
umetnite
ili izvadite
(u
suprotnom
se out.
••• Check
Check
the
directions
of
the
connectors,
and
plug
them
straight
in
or
them
(Otherwise
the
may
bend
out
of
shape,
which
may
malfunction.)
Do
not
use
any
other
cables
except
the
supplied
one.
Check
directions
ofAV
the
connectors,
and
plug
them
straight
incause
or unplug
unplug
them straight
straight out.
out.
together
with
thethe
relevant
model
number.
(Otherwise
the
connectors
may
bend
out
of
shape,
which
may
cause
malfunction.)
differ
among
models
areconnectors
indicated
separately,
.....90
.....89
priključci
mogu
izobličiti,
što
može
izazvati
kvar).
(Otherwise
the
connectors
may
bend
out
of
shape,
which
may
cause
malfunction.)
• (DMC-SZ1)
(Otherwise
the connectors
may bend out of shape, which may cause malfunction.)
(DMC-SZ1)
together
the relevant
model number.
.....91
.....90
e.g.: ••••with
(DMC-SZ1)
(DMC-SZ1)
Do
not
use
other
cables
the
supplied
(DMC-SZ1)
not
use any
any
other AV
AV
cables except
except
the
supplied one.
one.
.....92
.....91
Do
not
any
AV
except
the
e.g.: • Do
(DMC-SZ1)
Koristite
isključivo
isporučeni
kabel.
(DMC-FS45)
Do
not use
use
any other
other
AV cables
cablesAV
except
the supplied
supplied one.
one.
•• (DMC-FS45)
(DMC-FS45)
.....93
.....92
(DMC-FS45)
use
a
genuine
Panasonic
AV
cable
(DMW-AVC1:
optional).
(DMC-FS45)
•• Always
(DMC-FS45)
Always
use
a
genuine
Panasonic
AV
cable
(DMW-AVC1:
optional).
.....95
.....93
Always
use
a
genuine
Panasonic
AV
cable
(DMW-AVC1:
optional).
Uvijek koristite
originalni
Panasonicov
AV(DMW-AVC1:
kabel (DMW-AVC1,
Always
use a genuine
Panasonic
AV cable
optional).neobavezan).
Playing
Back
Pictures
on
a
TV
Screen
Playing
Back
Pictures
on
a
TV
Screen
Playing
Back
Pictures
on
a
TV
Screen
Playing
Back
Pictures
on
a
TV
Screen
Reprodukcija
fotografija
TV prijamnika
Playing
Back Pictures
onna
a zaslonu
TV Screen
.....96
.....95
.....96
ment
ment
A Yellow: to the video input socket
B White: to the audio input socket
A Yellow:
to
the
video
input
socket
Yellow:
to
the
video
input
socket
CA
cable
(supplied)
AAV
Yellow:
to
theaudio
video
input socket
socket
Žuta:
u to
utičnicu
videoulaza
B
White:
the
input
A
Yellow:
to
the
video
input
socket
White:
to
the
audio
input
socket
DB
Align
the
marks,
and
insert.
B
White:
to
the
audio
input
socket
Bijela:
u
utičnicu
audioulaza
B White: to the audio input socket
.....97
.....97
d
d.....98
o.....98
o.....98
.....98
.....99
.....99
...100
...101
...100
...101
...102
...102
...104
...105
...104
-...105
3...106
3...106
...106
...107
...106
...107
Advanced (Playback)
Deleting scenes/still pictur
C
AV
C
AV cable
cable
C AV
cable
kabel
D
Align
the
marks, and
insert.
C
AV cable
D
Align
the
and
D
Align
the marks,
marks,
andi insert.
insert.
Poravnajte
oznake
umetnite.
D Align the
marks,
and
insert.
Preparation
Deleted scenes/still pictures cannot be restored, so perfo
Turn
the
and
external
input.
Uključite
TVon
prijamnik
i odaberite
vanjski
Turn
the TV
TV
on
and select
select
externalconfirmation
input. ulaz.
Turn
the
TV
on
and
select
external
input.
of the contents before proceeding with dele
∫ Playback
Turn the TV on and select external input.
Playback
time
Approx.
240 min switch
Uključite
fotoaparat
i gurnite
prekidač
REC/PLAY
na [
Turn
the
camera
on and
then slide
the
REC/PLAY
].. [(].
to
¬ the
Change
the mode
to
Turn
the camera
on and
then slide
REC/PLAY
switch
to
[(].
Turn
press
[(].
the
REC/PLAY
Turn the
the camera
camera on
on and
and then
then slide
slide
the
REC/PLAY switch
switch to
to [(].
[(].
Note
Napomena
Note
Note
The
operating
times
and Size],
number
of recordable
pictures
willispod
differ
the
Ovisno
o postavci
[Picture
Size],
crne
se crte
mogu
pojaviti
iliaccording
iznad
te
stolijeve
iliTo delete the s
Note
••• Depending
on
the
[Picture
black
bands
may
be
displayed
on
the
top
and
bottom
or
Note
Depending
on
the
[Picture
Size],
black
bands
may
be
displayed
on
the
top
and
bottom
or the
the
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
desne
strane
fotografije.
•• left
Depending
on
the
[Picture
Size],
black
bands
may
be
displayed
on
the
top
and
bottom
and
right
of
the
pictures.
Depending
onofinthe
[Picture
Size],
black
bands
may times
be displayed
on the
top
and
bottomofor
or the
the
being played b
left
and
right
the
pictures.
For
example,
the
following
cases,
the
operating
will
shorten
and
the
number
Promijenite
način
zaslona
na
TVTV
prijamniku
akoisse
slika prikazuje
tako
dabottom
je odrezana
left
and right
right
of
the pictures.
pictures.
••• Change
the
screen
mode
on
your
if the
picture
displayed
with the
top or
cut off.
left
and
of
the
Change
the
screen
mode
on
TV
picture
is
butto
recordable
pictures
isareduced:
na dnu
ili
vrhu.
Change
thena
screen
mode
on your
your
TV if
if the
the
picture
is displayed
displayed with
with the
the top
top or
or ¢bottom
bottom cut
cut off.
off.Press the
••• When
you
play
back
picture
vertically,
it
may
be
blurry.
Change
the
screen
mode
on
your
TV
if
the
picture
is
displayed
with
the
top
or
bottom
cut
off.
When
you
play
back
a
vertically,
it
may
be
blurry.
–Kad
At low
temperature
orpicture
in coldthey
locations
such
as
ski
resorts
or at high
altitudeon the type of TV.
se
slika
okomito
reproducira,
mogla
bi
biti
nejasna.
pictures
to
be
dele
When
you
play
back
a
picture
vertically,
it
may
be
blurry.
••• When
pictures
are
displayed,
may
not
be
displayed
properly
depending
you
play
back
a picture
vertically,
it may
be blurry.
When
pictures
are
displayed,
they
may
not
displayed
properly
depending
on
the
type
of
¢ Residual
image
may
show
on
the
LCD
display
when
in use.
The
battery
performance
Prilikom
prikaza
možda
neće
bitibe
prikazane,
ovisno
o
vrsti
prijamnika.
When
pictures
arefotografije
displayed,
they
may
not
bepravilno
displayed
properly
depending
onTV
the
type
of TV.
TV.
••• You
can
view
pictures
on
TVs
in
other
countries
(regions)
which
use
the
NTSC
or
PAL
system
When
pictures
are
displayed,
they
may
not
be
displayed
properly
depending
on
the
type
of
TV.
You
can
view
pictures
on
TVs
in
other
countries
(regions)
which
use
the
NTSC
or
PAL
system
decrease,
soOut]
keep
the
camera
and
spare
batteries
warm
placing
Kadwill
postavite
[Video
Out]
u in
izborniku
[Setup],
fotografije
možete
pregledavati
nain
TVa
You
can
view
pictures
on
TVs
in
other countries
countries
(regions)
which
use by
the
NTSC or
orthem
PAL
system
you
set
[Video
in
the
[Setup]
menu.
•• when
You
can
view
pictures
on
TVs
other
(regions)
which
use
the
NTSC
PAL
system
when
you
set
Out]
in
the
[Setup]
menu.
prijamniku
ioutput
u[Video
drugim
zemljama
(regijama)
koje koriste
sustav
NTSC Performance
ili PAL.
warm
such
as
inside
your
cold
protection
gear
or clothing.
of
when
you
set
[Video
Out]
in
[Setup]
menu.
•• No
sound
is
from
the
camera
speakers.
when
you place
set
[Video
Out]
in the
the
[Setup]
menu.
No
sound
is
output
from
the
camera
speakers.
Nesound
čuje
se
zvučnika
fotoaparata.
batteries
and iz
LCD
monitor
willthe
restore
to ∫
normal
when the
temperature
returns
to
No
sound
is zvuk
output
from
the camera
camera
speakers.
To delete
scenes
or still
pictures
from the thu
••• Read
the
operating
instructions
for
TV.
No
is
output
from
the
speakers.
Read
the
operating
instructions
for
the
TV.
Pročitajte
upute zainstructions
uporabu TV
Read
the operating
operating
instructions
forprijamnika.
the TV.
TV.
normal.
•• Read
the
for
the
–
When
using [LCD
Mode]. can
The
recorded
still
pictures
be
played
back
on
a
TV
with
an SD
Memory
Card
slot.thumbnail view
Press
the
button
while
the
The
recorded
still
pictures
can
be
played
back
on
a
TV
with
SD
Card
Snimljene
fotografije
moguas
se flash
reproducirati
na TV
prijamniku
koji
imaan
utor
za Memory
SD memorijsku
karticu.
The
recorded
still
pictures
can
be
played
back
on
a
TV
with
an
SD
Memory
Card slot.
slot.
–
When
operations
such
andplayed
zoom
are
used
repeatedly.
on
the
TV
model,
pictures
may
not
be
displayed
on
the
full
screen.
•The
recorded
still
pictures
can
be
back
on
a
TV
with
an
SD
Memory
Card
slot.
Depending
on
the
TV
model,
pictures
may
not
be
displayed
on
the
full
screen.
•• Depending
•
Ovisno
o
modelu
TV
prijamnika,
postoji
mogućnost
da
fotografije
neće
biti
prikazane
na
cijelom
Depending
on the
the
TV
model,
pictures
may
not be
be
displayed
on the
the
fullconnect
screen.
• When
the
operating
time
of
the
camera
becomes
extremely
short
even
after
properly
charging
•• Motion
pictures
cannot
be
played
back.
To
play
back
motion
pictures,
the
camera
to
Depending
on
TV
model,
pictures
may
not
displayed
on
full
screen.
pictures
cannot
be played
back.
To
play
back
motion
pictures,
connect
the
to
Select
[ALL
SCENES]
orcamera
[SELECT]
zaslonu.
• Motion
Motion
pictures
cannot
played
back.
To
play
back
motion
pictures,
connect
the
camera
to
the
battery,
the
life
ofcable.
thebe
battery
may
have
Buy
a new
battery.
the
TV
with
the
AV
Motion
pictures
cannot
be
played
back.
To expired.
play
back
motion
pictures,
connect
the
camera
to
TV
with
the
AV
cable.
•• the
Videozapisi
se
ne
mogu
reproducirati.
Da
biste
reproducirali
videozapise,
fotoaparat
AV
kabelom
thesome
TV with
with
the AV
AV
cable. pictures cannot be played
using
the
cursor
button,
then
•• In
cases,
panorama
back.
Also,
auto-scroll
playback
of
the
TV
the
cable.
In
some
cases,
panorama
pictures
cannot
be
played
back.
Also,
auto-scroll
playback
of
spojite
s
TV
prijamnikom.
In some
some cases,
cases,
panorama
pictures
cannot be
be played
played
back.
Also,
auto-scroll
playback
of
pictures
may
not
work.
••• panorama
In
panorama
pictures
cannot
back.
Also,
auto-scroll
playback
of
press thefotografije.
ENTERAutomatsko
button. listanje
panorama
pictures
may
U nekim slučajevima
nećenot
bitiwork.
moguće reproducirati panoramske
panorama
pictures
may
not
work.
•• For
cards
compatible
with
refer to
the
operating instructions
of
the TV.
panorama
pictures
may
notplayback,
work.
For
cards
with
playback,
the
instructions
of
≥ operating
All the scenes
or still pictures
displayed as
panoramskih
fotografija
također
moždarefer
nećeto
raditi.
For
cards compatible
compatible
with
playback,
refer
to
the
operating
instructions
of the
the TV.
TV.
•• For
cards
compatible
with
playback,
refer
to
the
operating
instructions
of
the
TV.
1
2
-3-3-
• Detalje o karticama kompatibilnim s funkcijom reprodukcije
potražite u will
uputama
za uporabu
TV prijamnika.
thumbnails
be deleted
by selecting
-- 97
--- 97
97
97 --[ALL SCENES].
97 -(In
- -114
- case of playing back scenes or still pictures by date, all th
the selected date will be deleted.)
≥ Protected scenes/still pictures cannot be deleted.
3
(When [SELECT] is selected in Step 2)
Connecting to other equipment
Povezivanje
opremom
Connecting stodrugom
other equipment
Saving the Recorded Still Pictures and Motion
Spremanje
snimljenih
i videozapisa
Playing
Back
Pictures fotografija
on a TV Screen
Pictures
Connecting to other equipment
Pictures
recorded
with
thisi videozapisa
unitand
canmotion
be played
back
onother
a TV
screen.will
Methods
to export
still pictures
to
devices
vary
depending
on
Metode izvoza
fotografija
na pictures
druge
uređaje
razlikovat
će se
ovisno
o
the
file format
(JPEG
or MP4).
Here
are
a few suggestions.
formatu
datoteke
(JPEG
ili MP4).
Evo
nekoliko
prijedloga.
Preparations:
Set the [TV Aspect]. (P51)
Turn
this by
unitinserting
and the TVthe
off.SD card into the recorder
Copy
Kopiranje umetanjem SD memorijske kartice u snimač
Panasonic
devices
compatible
the
respective
file
Panasonicovi
uređaji
kompatibilni
određenim
formatom
Connect
the camera
andwith
a sTV.
format (such
as
aje
Blu-ray
Disc
recorder)
be used
datoteke
(kaothe
što
snimač
Blu-ray
diska)can
mogu
se to
• Check
directions of the connectors, and plug them straight in or unplug them
copy the
koristiti
zaimages.
kopiranje
slika. the connectors may be bend of shape, which will cause a
straight
out. (Otherwise
For details
on compatible
devices,potražite
refer to the
sites
Detalje
o kompatibilnim
uređajima
na support
niže navedenoj
malfunction.)
below.
• Do
use any other AV cables except the supplied one.
stranici
za not
podršku.
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
http://panasonic.jp/support/global/cs/dsc/
(ThisjeSite
is Englishsamo
only.)na engleskom jeziku)
(ovo
web-mjesto
¢
Some
compatible
devices
may
not be
in certain
countries državama
and regions.
* Neki se kompatibilni
uređaji
možda
nesold
prodaju
u određenim
i regijama.
• See the operating instructions for the recorder about the details about copying and playing
• back.
Detalje o kopiranju i reprodukciji potražite u uputama za uporabu snimača.
A
B
C
D
Yellow: to the video input socket
White: to the audio input socket
AV cable (supplied)
Align the marks, and insert.
Turn the TV on and select external input.
Turn the camera on and then press [(].
- 116 98 -- -114
Povezivanje s drugom opremom
Connecting
Connecting to
to other
other equipment
equipment
Kopiranje
reproducirane
pomoću
AV kabela
Copy the
the playback
playback
imageslike
using
an AV
AV cable
cable
Copy
image
using
an
Copy
back
unit
to
DVD
disc,
hard
disk,
or
using
Kopirajte
slikeplayed
reproducirane
ovom
na disc,
Blu-ray
disk,
DVD,
ili
Copy images
images
played
back with
withnathis
this
unituređaju
to Blu-ray
Blu-ray
disc,
DVD
disc,
hardtvrdi
disk,disk
or video
video
using
a Blu-ray
Blu-ray Disc
Disc
Recorder,
DVDDisk
recorder,
or video.
video.
a
Recorder,
DVD
recorder,
or
videokazetu
koristeći
Blu-ray
snimač,
DVD snimač ili videorekorder.
モヷチヰヶヵチバチュリヨリヵモロ
1
1
2
2
A
A
Yellow:
to the
the video
video
input socket
socket
Yellow:
to
input
Žuta: u utičnicu
videoulaza
White:
to
the
audio
input
socket
White:
the audio
input socket
Bijela: utoutičnicu
audioulaza
AV kabel
cable
AV
cable (supplied)
(isporučen)
Connect
this
unit
with the
recording
with an AV
AV kabela.
cable.
11
Priključite
ovaj
uređaj
na opremu
za equipment
snimanje pomoću
1 Connect
unit with
theunit.
recording equipment with an AV cable (supplied).
Start
the this
playback
of this
22
Započnite
reprodukciju
ovog uređaja.
Preparation
the recording
playback of
this unit.
3 Start
Start
the
recording
equipment.
32
Započnite
snimanjeon
nathe
opremi
za snimanje.
∫
3 Playback
Start the recording on the recording equipment.
•• When
the recording
(copying),
stop the zaustavite
playback onreprodukciju
this unit afterna
stopping
Kada ending
želite zaustaviti
snimanje
(kopiranje),
ovom the
•Playback
When
ending
therecording
recordingequipment.
(copying), stop theApprox.
playback
onmin
this unit after stopping the
recording
of the
time
240
uređaju
nakon
što
zaustavite
snimanje
na
opremi
za
snimanje.
recording of the recording equipment.
Note
Napomena
you play back motion pictures on 4:3 aspect ratio TV, you must set [TV Aspect] (P43) on
• When
Note
this
unit
to play
[4:3] back
before
starting
a copy.
The
will
beTV,
vertically
longset
if you
back
motion
operating
times
and
number
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
toAspect]
the
• The
Pri reprodukciji
videozapisa
na
TVofon
prijamniku
omjera
4:3,
morate
postaviti
[TV
When
you
motion
pictures
4:3image
aspect
ratio
you
must
[TV play
Aspect]
(P51)
on
pictures
copied
with
[16:9]
setting
on prije
a The
[4:3]kopiranja.
aspectwill
TV.
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
this
[4:3]
before
starting
copy.
image
be vertically
if youizdužena
play backako
motion
(str.unit
43.)to
na
ovom
uređaju
naa[4:3]
Slika
će biti long
okomito
• For
See
the
operating
instructions
for
the
recording
equipment
regarding
the
details
of
copying
and
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will
shorten
and
the
number
of
pictures
copiedvideozapise
with [16:9] setting
on as[4:3]
aspect TV.
reproducirate
kopirane
postavkom
[16:9] na TV prijamniku formata [4:3].
playing
recordable
picturesinstructions
is reduced:for the recording equipment regarding the details of copying and
the back.
operating
•• See
Detalje
o
kopiranju
i
reprodukciji
potražite
u
uputama
za or
uporabu
–
At
low
temperature
or
in
cold
locations
such
as
ski
resorts
at high opreme
altitude¢za snimanje.
playing back.
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 99
99 ---117
-
Povezivanje s drugom opremom
Connecting to other equipment
Kopiranje
naaračunalo
softvera „PHOTOfunSTUDIO"
Copying to
PC usingpomoću
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
Softver
„PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
na isporučenom
CD-ROM-u
The software
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
on the CD-ROM
može
se koristiti
spremanje
fotografija
i videozapisa
(supplied)
can bezaused
to savesvih
all the
still pictures
and motion
različitih
fotoaparatom
na računalo.
pictures formata
recordedsnimljenih
by the camera
in their various
formats to
your computer.
11
Install
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
to the PC. na računalo.
Instalirajte
softver „PHOTOfunSTUDIO"
•• Read
the separate
Operating
Instructions”
for da
more
information
about
software
Pročitajte
posebne“Basic
„Osnovne
upute
za uporabu"
biste
saznali više
o the
softveru
na
in the CD-ROM (supplied) and how to install it.
isporučenom CD-ROM-u i o tome kako ga instalirati.
camera
to PC.
22 Connect
Priključite
fotoaparat
na računalo.
•• For
details
on how tofotoaparata
connect thepotražite
camera, refer
to “Loading
still pictures
or motion
Detalje
o spajanju
u poglavlju
„Učitavanje
fotografija
ili
Preparation
pictures” (P120).
videozapisa”
(str.102.).
∫ Playback
the images
a PC using
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”.
33 Copy
Kopirajte
slike nato
računalo
pomoću
softvera „PHOTOfunSTUDIO".
••Playback
For details,
refer to the operating instructions of
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
(PDF).
time
Approx.
240 min
Detalje potražite
u uputama za uporabu softvera
„PHOTOfunSTUDIO"
(PDF).
Note
Napomena
• DoNote
not delete or move imported files or folders in Windows Explorer. When viewing in
operating
and
ofable
recordable
pictures
will
differ according
toTijekom
the
• The
Nemojte
brisatitimes
ni prebacivati
uvezene
datoteke
ili mape
u Windows
Explorer.
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”,
you number
will not
be
to play back
or edit.
environment
and„PHOTOfunSTUDIO"
the operating conditions.
pregleda u alatu
reprodukcija ili uređivanje neće biti moguće.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
recordable pictures is reduced:
– At low temperature or in cold locations such as ski resorts or at high altitude¢
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place such as inside your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 100 - 118 -
Povezivanje
opremom
Connecting stodrugom
other equipment
Povezivanjeto
s računalom
Connecting
a PC
You
can transfer
the pictures
in thekopirati
camerana
to računalo
a PC by connecting
the fotoaparata
camera andi the PC.
Fotografije
na fotoaparatu
možete
povezivanjem
Some PCs can read directly from the card removed from the camera. For details, refer to the
•računala.
instructions
your PC.
• operating
Neka računala
moguofučitati
slike izravno s kartice izvađene iz fotoaparata. Detalje
• If the computer being used does not support SDXC Memory Cards, a message
potražite
u
uputama
za
računala.
prompting you to formatuporabu
may appear.
(Doing so will cause recorded images to be erased
• so
Ako
koje
doračunalo
not choose
to koristite
format.) ne podržava memorijske kartice SDXC, možda će se
Ifpojaviti
the card
is not recognised,
refer
the below formatiranje
support site. (formatiranjem bi
poruka
koja će vas please
upozoriti
datoprovedete
http://panasonic.net/avc/sdcard/information/SDXC.html
se snimljeni prizori izbrisali stoga nemojte odabrati tu mogućnost).
• You
print
or mail the
pictures
you havena
imported.
Use ofuthe
Akocan
se easily
kartica
neout
prepozna,
pomoć
potražite
web-mjestu
nastavku.
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
bundled software on the CD-ROM (supplied) is a convenient way of
http://panasonic.net/avc/sdcard/information/SDXC.html
doing this.
Fotografije
koje prenesete
možeteInstructions”
jednostavno
ili slati e-poštom.
Korištenje
•• Read
the separate
“Basic Operating
forispisivati
more information
about the software
in the
softvera „PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
koji jeit.isporučen na CD-u praktičan je način za izvođenje
CD-ROM
(supplied) and how to install
ovih radnji.
∫
PC that can
be used
• Pročitajte
posebne
„Osnovne upute za uporabu" da biste saznali više o softveru na
The
unit can beCD-ROM-u
connected itoo any
PC
capable
of recognising a mass storage device.
isporučenom
tome
kako
ga instalirati.
support:
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows 2000/
■• ■Windows
Računala koja se mogu koristiti
Windows Me
Uređaj se može spojiti na svako računalo koje može prepoznati uređaj za pohranjivanje
• Mac support:
OS X v10.1 ~ v10.7
podataka.
• Windows podrška:
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows 2000/
Windows Me
• Mac podrška:
OS X v10.1 ~ v10.7
101 -- 119
Connecting to other equipment
Connecting stodrugom
other equipment
Povezivanje
opremom
Loading still pictures or motion pictures
Loading still
pictures ili
orvideozapisa
motion pictures
Učitavanje
fotografija
Preparations:
Preparations:
Priprema:
Turn on the camera and the PC. Connecting to other equipment
Turn
on the
camera
the
PC.
Uključite
fotoaparat
iand
računalo.
Remove
the
card before
using
the pictures in the built-in memory.
Loading
pictures
or fotografija
motion
pictures
Remove
the still
card
before
using
the
pictures
in the built-in
memory.memoriju.
Izvadite
karticu
prije
korištenja
snimljenih
na ugrađenu
Connect the computer and camera with the USB connection cable
Preparations:
Connect
theand
computer
and camera
with
the USB connection
Spojite
računalo
fotoaparat
pomoću
isporučenog
kabela zacable
(supplied).
Turn on
the camera
thei PC.
(supplied).
spajanje
USB-a.
Remove
the
card
before
using
the
pictures
in
the
built-in
memory.
• Check the directions of the connectors, and plug them straight in or unplug them
• straight
Provjerite
smjer
priključaka
te ih ravno
umetnite
ili of
izvadite
(u
suprotnom
se
out.directions
(Otherwise
the connectors,
connectors
may
bendthem
out
shape,in
which
may cause
• Check
the
of the
and plug
straight
or unplug
them
priključci
mogu
izobličiti,
može
izazvati
malfunction.)
Connect
the
computer
and
camera
theofUSB
connection
cable
straight
out.
(Otherwise
thešto
connectors
maywith
bekvar).
bend
shape,
which will cause
a
Koristite
kabel za
spajanje
Uporaba
• malfunction.)
Do
not useisključivo
any otherisporučeni
USB connection
cables
exceptUSB-a.
the supplied
one.drugih kabela,
(supplied).
Use
ofisporučenog
cables
supplied
USB
connection
cable
may one.
cause
osim
kabela
za
spajanje
USB-a,
može
prouzročiti
kvar.malfunction.
• Do
not
use anyother
otherthan
USBthe
connection
cables
except
the
supplied
of the
cables
other than
theconnectors,
supplied USB
cable may
cause
malfunction.
• Use
Check
directions
of the
andconnection
plug them straight
in or
unplug
them
straight out. (Otherwise the connectors may be bend of shape, which will cause a
malfunction.)
• Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one.
Use of cables other than the supplied USB connection cable may cause malfunction.
モヷチヰヶヵチバチュリヨリヵモロ
モヷチヰヶヵチバチュリヨリヵモロ
A USB connection cable (supplied)
B Align the marks, and insert.
Press
3/4cable
toUSB-a
select
[PC], and
connection
(supplied)
A USB
Kabel
za spajanje
(isporučen)
A Align
USB
connection
cable
(supplied)
the marks,
and insert.
B
Poravnajte
oznake
i umetnite.
B Align the marks, and insert.
then press [MENU/SET].
Operate the PC.
3/4
to
[PC],
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
[PC]
i zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
•Press
You can
save
theselect
images
intoodabrali
theand
PC by
dragging
and
dropping
the image,
or the folder
Press
3/4
tothat
select
[PC],like
and
then press
[MENU/SET].
with the
image
you would
to
transfer
onto a different
folder in the PC.
Preparation
Izvedite the
potrebne
∫ Playback
Note
Operate
PC. radnje na računalu.
with
sufficient
battery
power.
thedragging
remaining
battery
power
becomes
while u
• Use a•Operate
•battery
Slike
je
moguće
pohraniti
računalo
tako da and
povučete
i ispustite
slikulow
ili mapu
the
PC.images
You
can
save
the
intona
the
PCIf by
dropping
Playback time
Approx. 240
min the image, or the folder
the camera
and
the
PCthat
areyou
communicating,
the alarm
beeps.
kojoj
seimage
nalazi
koju
želite
u onto
neku
mapu
nain
računalu.
with
the
would
likeprebaciti
to transfer
adrugu
different
folder
the PC.
can
save
theslika
images
the
PC
by
dragging
dropping
the
image,
or thethe
folder
Refer•toYou
“Disconnecting
the
USB into
connection
cable
safely”and
(P121)
before
disconnecting
with
the
image
that
you
would
like
to
transfer
onto
a
different
folder
in
the PC.
Note
USB
connection cable. Otherwise, data may be destroyed.
Note
Napomena
Use
a battery
with
battery
power.
Ifturn
the the
remaining
power
becomes
low
Before
inserting
or sufficient
removing
a card/battery,
camerabattery
off and
disconnect
thetoUSB
operating
times
and number
of
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
thewhile
••• The
Koristite
dostatno
napunjene
baterije.
Ako
sealarm
baterija
isprazni
tijekom
razmjene
the
camera
and
the
PCoperating
are communicating,
the
beeps.
connection
cable.
Otherwise,
data
may be
destroyed.
Note
environment
and
the
conditions.
podataka
između
fotoaparata
i
računala,
pokazivač
statusa
će
treperiti
te
će
se
oglasiti
Refer
“Disconnecting
the USB
connection
safelywill
” (P121)
before
disconnecting
in
thesufficient
following
cases,
the operating
times
shorten
and the
numberlow
of the
Useexample,
a to
battery
with
battery
power.
If cable
the remaining
battery
power
becomes
while
• For
USB
connection
cable.
Otherwise,
data maythe
be destroyed.
alarm.
recordable
pictures
is
reduced:
the
camera
and the
PC
are communicating,
alarm beeps.
¢ što
• –Before
or removing
a card/battery,
turn
the
camera
off103.)
disconnect
the USB
Pročitajte
„Sigurno
odspajanje
USB
spojnog
prije
nego
odspojite
At low
temperature
or in
cold
locations
such
askabela”
skisafely
resorts
or
atand
high
altitude
“Disconnecting
the
USB
connection
cable
”(str.
(P103)
before
disconnecting
the
Refer
toinserting
connection
Otherwise,
may
be
destroyed.
¢ Residual
image
may
show
the LCD
display
when in use. The battery performance
USB
connection
cable.
Otherwise,
data
may
be uništiti.
destroyed.
USB
kabel.cable.
U
suprotnom
bi data
seon
podaci
mogli
will
decrease,
keep the
camera
warmfotoaparat
by placing
them
in a
inserting
or so
removing
a card,
turnand
the spare
camerabatteries
off and
disconnect
the USB
connection
•• Before
Prije
umetanja
ili
vađenja
memorijske
kartice/baterije
isključite
i odspojite
warm
such
as
inside
your coldbi
protection
oruništiti.
clothing. Performance of
cable.
Otherwise,
data
may
be
destroyed.
kabel
za place
spajanje
USB-a.
U suprotnom
se podacigear
mogli
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 102 102 -- 120
- 120 -
Connecting
other equipment
Povezivanje
stodrugom
Connecting
toopremom
other equipment
∫ Viewing
the contents
of the built-in
memory
or cardorusing
the
PCthe PC
∫ Viewing
the
contents
of the memorije
built-in
memory
card
using
■■Pregledavanje
sadržaja
ugrađene
ili kartice
upotrebom
računala
(folder
composition)
(folder
composition)
(sastav direktorija)
For Windows:
A Pogonska
driveA([Removable
Disk])
is displayed
in [Computer]
Sustav
Windows:
[Removable
Disk]
prikazuje
se u [Computer]
For
Windows:
drivejedinica
([Removable
Disk])
is displayed
in [Computer]
Sustav
Mac:
Pogonska
jedinica
[LUMIX],
[NO_NAME]
ili
prikazuje
For Mac:
[NO_NAME]
or [Untitled])
is [Untitled]
displayed
on theon the
For Mac: A driveA([LUMIX],
drive ([LUMIX],
[NO_NAME]
or [Untitled])
is displayed
se na
radnoj površini
desktop
desktop
Memory
•• Built-in
Ugrađena
memorija
• Built-in
Memory
•• Card
Kartica
• Card
DCIM:
Slike
DCIM: DCIM:
ImagesImages
100_PANA
numbernumber
100_PANA 1 Folder
Broj1mape
Folder
100_PANA
100_PANA
2 File
number
Broj2
datoteke
File number
P
P
3 JPG:
Still pictures
JPG:
Fotografije
3 JPG:
Still pictures
MP4:
MP4
Motion
picturespictures
MP4:MP4:
MP4 videozapisi
MP4 Motion
P
P
MISC:
DPOF
print
MISC:
DPOF
ispis
MISC:
DPOF print
P
Omiljene
snimke
P
Favourite
Favourite
101_PANA
AD_LUMIX:
Postavljanje
slanja
101_PANA
AD_LUMIX:
For UploadUpload
set
AD_LUMIX:
set
LUMIXUP.EXE
Alat za For
slanje
999_PANA
LUMIXUP.EXE
UploadUpload
tool tool
999_PANA
LUMIXUP.EXE
„LUMIX Image Uploader"
“LUMIX“LUMIX
Image Image
Uploader”
* Ne može se snimiti u ugrađenu
memoriju. Uploader”
AD_LUMIX
AD_LUMIX
¢ Cannot
be created
in the built-in
memory.
¢ Cannot
be created
in the built-in
memory.
A new A
folder
created
when pictures
are taken
the following
situations.
new isfolder
is created
when pictures
areintaken
the
following
fotografije
snime
u sljedećim
situacijama,
stvarainse
nova
mapa.situations.
Afterse[No.Reset]
(P50)
in(P50)
the
[Setup]
menu
has
been
•Kad
in the [Setup]
menu
hasexecuted
been executed
• After [No.Reset]
Kada•ase
umetne
kartica
s
istim
brojem
mape
(npr.
kada
se
fotografije
snime
drugim
• When
card
containing
a
folder
with
the
same
folder
number
has
been
inserted
(such
as
whenas when
When a card containing a folder with the same folder number has
been
inserted
(such
pictures
were
taken
maker of
camera)
modelom
fotoaparata)
pictures
wereusing
takenanother
using another
maker
of camera)
•• When
a picture
withfotografija
filewith
number
999 inside
folder
Ako unutar
mape
postoji
brojem
999the
•there
Whenis
there
is a picture
filesnumber
999
inside
the folder
∫
Disconnecting
the
USB
connection
cable
safely
■■Sigurno
odspajanje USB
∫ Disconnecting
the kabela
USB connection cable safely
Select
the ikonu
[ the
] icon
in
thealatnoj
task
displayed
onna
theračunalu
PC,the
and
Select
]] icon
in thetray
task
tray displayed
on
PC,
andclick
then
click
Odaberite
[[
na
traci
prikazanoj
ithen
zatim
kliknite
[Eject
[Eject
DMC-XXX]
(XXX
varies
by
model).
[Eject
DMC-XXX]
(XXX
varies
by
model).
DMC-XXX] (XXX se razlikuje ovisno o modelu).
• Depending
on youron
PC’s
settings,
this iconthis
may
notmay
be displayed.
• Depending
your
PC’s settings,
icon
not be
o is
postavkama
računala
ova[Access]
ikona možda
bitidisplayed.
prikazana.
•• IfOvisno
the icon
not
check that
is not neće
displayed
on the LCD
monitor
of the
• If the
icondisplayed,
is not displayed,
check that [Access]
is not displayed
on the
LCD monitor
• digital
Ako ikona
nije
prikazana,
prije
odspajanja
provjerite
je
li
na LCD zaslonu
fotoaparata of the
camera
before removing
the hardware.
digital camera
before removing
the hardware.
prikazana poruka [Access].
∫ Connection
in the PTP
Mode
∫ Connection
in the
PTP Mode
R
■■(Windows
Spajanje uRnačinu
R rada PTP
R
R Mac OS X only)
XP, Windows
VistaRVista
, Windows
7, and
XP, Windows
, Windows
7, and Mac OS X only)
(Windows
(samo
Windows®
XP,
Windows
Vista®,
Windows®
7 i Mac OS X)
Select Select
[PictBridge(PTP)]
when
connecting
USB
cable.
[PictBridge(PTP)] when connecting USB cable.
spajanja
USBbe
kabela
odaberite
[PictBridge(PTP)].
Data can
nowcan
benow
read
only
from
thefrom
cardthe
into
theinto
PC.the PC.
•Prilikom
read
only
card
• Data
Podaci
se sada
mogu
učitavati
samo
na
računalo.
• When
are
1000
moreorpictures
ons akartice
card,
pictures
may notmay
be imported
in the PTP
•there
When
there
areor1000
more
pictures
on athe
card,
the pictures
not be imported
in the PTP
• Mode.
Kad jeMode.
na kartici 1000 ili više fotografija, postoji mogućnost da se fotografije neće moći
• Motion
picture
cannot
be
played
back
in
PTP
Mode.
• Motion
picture
cannot
prenijeti
u načinu
rada
PTP.be played back in PTP Mode.
• Videozapisi se ne mogu reproducirati u načinu PTP.
103 -- 121 -- 121
Povezivanje s drugom opremom
Slanje slika na web-mjesta za dijeljenje sadržaja
Fotografije i videozapise možete poslati na web-mjesta za dijeljenje sadržaja (Facebook/
YouTube) pomoću isporučenog alata za slanje „LUMIX Image Uploader".
Nije nužno prebaciti slike na računalo ili instalirati zasebni softver na računalo jer slike
možete jednostavno poslati čak i kad ste van svog doma ili radnog mjesta dok god imate
računalo koje je spojeno na mrežu.
• Kompatibilno je samo s računalima s instaliranim operacijskim sustavom Windows XP/
Windows Vista /Windows 7.
• Detalje potražite u uputama za uporabu alata „LUMIX Image Uploader" (PDF).
Priprema:
Podesite slike koje želite poslati pomoću funkcije [Upload Set] (str. 85.).
Povežite računalo s internetom.
Izradite korisnički račun na web-mjestu za dijeljenje sadržaja koji ćete koristiti i pripremite
podatke za korisničku prijavu.
1
Dvaput kliknite na „LUMIXUP.EXE" da biste ga pokrenuli. (str. 103.)
• Ako je instaliran softver „PHOTOfunSTUDIO"
s isporučenog CD-a, alat za slanje
Preparation
„LUMIX Image Uploader" vjerojatno će se automatski pokrenuti.
∫ Playback
2 Odaberite odredište za slanje.
Approx. 240 min
•Playback
Slijedite time
upute prikazane na zaslonu računala.
Note
Napomena
operating
times and
number
of recordable
will
differ according
to YouTube
the
•• The
Radnju
nije moguće
zajamčiti
u slučaju
budućihpictures
promjena
specifikacija
servisa
environment
and theusluge
operating
conditions.
i Facebook. Sadržaj
ili prikaz
mogu biti promijenjeni bez prethodne najave.
For example, in the following cases, the operating times will shorten and the number of
(Usluga vrijedi
od 1.
studenog 2011.)
recordable
pictures
is reduced:
• –Nemojte
slati slike koje
zaštićene
pravima
ako altitude
vi niste¢nositelj tih
At low temperature
or insu
cold
locationsautorskim
such as ski
resorts osim
or at high
¢ Residual
image
may show
on theautorskih
LCD display
when in use. The battery performance
prava
ili imate
dopuštenje
nositelja
prava.
will decrease,
sosadržavati
keep the camera
and
spare batteries
warm identitet
by placing
them in a
• Fotografije
mogu
osobne
podatke
koji otkrivaju
pojedinca,
place
suchfotografije,
as inside your
cold protection
gear or clothing.
of
kaowarm
što su
naslov
vrijeme
i datum snimanja
te mjestoPerformance
na kojemu je
batteriessnimljena
and LCD monitor
will restore
to normal
when the
temperature
to
fotografija
ako fotoaparat
podržava
funkciju
GPS.
Provjeritereturns
te podatke
normal.
slanja slike za mjesta za dijeljenje slika.
–prije
When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 104 -
Connecting
other
Connecting sto
todrugom
other equipment
equipment
Povezivanje
opremom
Connecting to other equipment
Ispis fotografija
Printing
the Pictures
If
you
the
to
printer
supporting
PictBridge,
you
can
the
to
Spojite
li fotoaparat
na pisač
podržava
funkciju
PictBridge,
odabrati
fotografije
If
you connect
connect
the camera
camera
to a
akoji
printer
supporting
PictBridge,
youmožete
can select
select
the pictures
pictures
to
Connecting
to other equipment
be
printed
out
that
printing
be
the
LCD
za ispis
i pokrenuti
ga sa LCD
be
printed
out and
and instruct
instruct
thatzaslona
printing fotoaparata.
be started
started on
on
the camera’s
camera’s
LCD monitor.
monitor.
•• Some
printers
can
print
directly
from
the
card
removed
from
the
camera.
For
details,
refer
to
Neki pisači
mogu
ispisivati
slike
izravno
s kartice
izvađene
fotoaparata.
Detalje
Some
printers
can print
directly
from
the card
removed
from theizcamera.
For details,
refer to
the
operating
instructions
of
the
operating
instructions
of your
your printer.
printer.
potražite
u uputama
za uporabu
pisača.
If you connect the camera to a printer supporting PictBridge, you can select the pictures to
Preparations:
Priprema:
Preparations:
be
printed out and instruct that printing be started on the camera’s LCD monitor.
Turn
onprinters
the
camera
and
the printer.
printer.
fotoaparat
iand
pisač.
Turn
on
the
camera
the
•Uključite
Some
can print
directly
from the card removed from the camera. For details, refer to
Remove
the
card
before
printing
the
pictures
from the
built-in
memory.
Prije
ispisa
nalaze
na ugrađenoj
memoriji
izvadite
karticu. you can select the pictures
Remove
thefotografija
card
printing
thecamera
pictures
the
built-in
memory.
the operating
instructions
ofse
your
printer.
Ifbefore
youkoje
connect
the
to from
a printer
supporting
PictBridge,
Check
print
quality
and
other
settings
on
the
printer
before
printing
the
pictures.
Prije ispisa
podesite
kvalitetu
i ostale
postavke
naon
pisaču.
Check
print fotografija
quality
and
other
settings
onispisa
thethat
printer
before
printing
the
pictures.
be
printed
out
and
instruct
printing
be
started
the
camera’s LCD monitor.
Preparations:
•the
Some
printers
can print
directly
fromthe
the USB
card removed
from the
camera. For details, refer to
Turn on
the
camera
and
the
printer.
Connect
printer
and
camera
with
connection
Spojite pisač
i fotoaparat
pomoću
isporučenog
kabela za cable
spajanje
the operating
instructions
of your
printer.
Connect
printer
and
with
thebuilt-in
USB memory.
connection
cable
Remove
the card the
before
printing
thecamera
pictures
from
the
(supplied).
USB-a.
Check(supplied).
print quality
and other settings on the printer before printing the pictures.
Preparations:
Provjerite
smjer
priključaka
te
ih ravno
umetnite
ili izvadite
(Uorsuprotnom
se
•• Check
theTurn
directions
ofcamera
the connectors,
and
plug them
straight in
unplug them
on the
and
the printer.
• Check
the
directions
of the
connectors,
and plug
them
straight
inwhich
or unplug
them
priključci
mogu
izobličiti,
što
može
izazvati
probleme).
straight
out.
(Otherwise
the
connectors
may
bend
out
of
shape,
may
cause
Remove
the
card
before
printing
the
pictures
from
the
built-in
memory.
Connect
the
printer and
camera may
withbethe
USB
cable
out.
(Otherwise
the connectors
bent
out ofconnection
shape
which
will
cause
a
malfunction.)
• straight
Koristite
isključivo
kabel
zasettings
spajanje
Uporaba
drugih
kabela,
Check
printisporučeni
quality and
other
onUSB-a.
the printer
before
printing
the pictures.
(supplied).
• malfunction.)
Do
notisporučenog
use any otherkabela
USB connection
cables
except
theprouzročiti
supplied one.
osim
za spajanje
USB-a,
može
kvar.
• Do
use anyother
otherthan
USBthe
connection
cables
except the
supplied
Usenot
of cables
supplied USB
connection
cable
may one.
cause malfunction.
• Check
directions
of the
and
plugcamera
them straight
inthe
or
unplug
them
Use of the
cables
other
than
theconnectors,
supplied
USB
connection
cable
may
cause
malfunction.
Connect
the
printer
and
with
USB
connection
cable
Printing the Pictures
Printing the Pictures
モヷチヰヶヵチバチュリヨリヵモロ
straight out. (Otherwise
the connectors may be bent out of shape which will cause a
(supplied).
malfunction.)
• Do not use any other
USB
connection
except the supplied
• Check
the
directionscables
of the connectors,
and plugone.
them straight in or unplug them
Use of cables other
than the
USBthe
connection
cable
cause
straight
out.supplied
(Otherwise
connectors
maymay
be bent
outmalfunction.
of shape which will cause a
malfunction.)
• Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one.
Use of cables other than the supplied USB connection cable may cause malfunction.
モヷチヰヶヵチバチュリヨリヵモロ
A
A
B
B
USB
connection
(supplied)
Kabel
za spajanje
(isporučen)
Press
3/4cable
toUSB-a
select
[PictBridge(PTP)],
USB
connection
cable
(supplied)
Align
the
marks,
and
insert.
Poravnajte
oznake
i
umetnite.
Align the marks, and insert.
モヷチヰヶヵチバチュリヨリヵモロ
A USB connection cable (supplied)
B Align the marks, and insert.
and then press [MENU/SET].
Preparation
Note
A USB connection cable (supplied)
Playback
•∫Use
aPress
battery 3/4
with ▲/▼
sufficient
power.
If the[PictBridge(PTP)]
remaining
battery
becomes
low while
Pritisnite
dabattery
biste
odabrali
i zatim
pritisnite
to select
[PictBridge(PTP)],
and
thenpower
press
[MENU/SET].
B printer
Align the
and insert.
the camera
and the
aremarks,
connected,
the alarm beeps. If this happens during printing, stop
[MENU/SET].
Playback
time
Approx. 240 min
printing at once. If not printing, disconnect the USB connection cable.
• DoNote
not disconnect the USB cable while [å] (Cable disconnect prohibit icon) is displayed.
Note
Press
3/4
totype
select
[PictBridge(PTP)],
and then
• Use
anot
battery
with sufficient
battery
If the
remaining
battery power becomes
lowpress
while [MENU/SET]
(may
be displayed
depending
onpower.
the
of printer
used)
Note
Napomena
a battery
with
battery
power.
Ifturn
the
remaining
battery
power
becomes
low
while
••• Use
the
camera
and
the
printer
are
the
alarm
beeps.
thisand
happens
duringthe
printing,
stop
Before
inserting
or sufficient
removing
a connected,
card/battery,
the
cameraIf
off,
disconnect
USB
The
operating
times
and
number
of
recordable
pictures
will
differ
according
to
the
• printing
Koristite
napunjene
baterije. Ako
napona
ucable.
bateriji
premalen
the
camera
and
the
printer
are connected,
the
alarm
beeps.
If this
happenspostane
during printing,
stop
atdostatno
once.
If not
printing,
disconnect
theostatak
USB connection
connection
cable.
environment
and
the
operating
conditions.
Note
printing
at
once.
If
not
printing,
disconnect
the
USB
connection
cable.
kadnot
fotoaparat
i• računalo
razmjenjuju
podatke,
pokazivač
statusa
ćethe
treperiti
te power
će se becomes low while
• For
Do
disconnect
the
USB
cable
while
[å]
(Cable
disconnect
icon)
isnumber
displayed.
Motion
pictures
printed
out.
example,
in cannot
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
will shorten
and
of
Use
abe
battery
with
sufficient
battery
power.
If prohibit
the remaining
battery
• Do
not
disconnect
the
USB
cable
while
[å]
(Cable
disconnect
prohibit
icon)
is
displayed.
(may
notalarm.
bepictures
displayed
depending
on
typeare
of odmah
printer
used)
oglasiti
Dogodi
li se to
tijekom
ispisa,
zaustavite
ispis.
AkoIfispis
nije u during printing, st
recordable
is camera
reduced:
the
and
thethe
printer
connected,
alarm
beeps.
this happens
(may
not
be displayed
on
the
type
of
used)the
•–
Before
inserting
orkabel
removing
a card/battery,
turn
the
off,atUSB
and
USB
At low
temperature
ordepending
in
cold
locations
such
asprinter
ski camera
resorts
or
highdisconnect
altitude¢ the
tijeku,
odspojite
zaat
spajanje
USB-a.
printing
once.
If not
printing,
disconnect
the
connection
cable.
• Before
inserting
or
removing
a
card,
turn
the
camera
off,
and
disconnect
the
USB
connection
connection
cable.
¢ Residual
image
may
show
on
the
when
in] (Cable
use. The
batteryiskapčanja
performance
• DoUSB
not disconnect
the
USBdisplay
cableikona
while
disconnect
prohibit icon) is displayed.
Nemojte
iskopčati
kabel
dok
se LCD
prikazuje
[[å]
(Ikona
zabrane
•• cable.
Motion
cannot
be
printed
out. and
will pictures
decrease,
sone
keep
thedisplayed
camera
spare
batteries
warm
by placing
them in a
(may
not
be
depending
on
the
type
of
printer
used)
kabela)
(možda
se
može
prikazati
ovisno
o
vrsti
korištenog
pisača).
• Motion pictures cannot be printed out.
• Before
or removing
a card/battery,
the camera
off, and disconnect
the USB
warm place such
as inserting
inside your
cold protection
gear orturn
clothing.
Performance
of
• Prije umetanja iliconnection
vađenja memorijske
kartice/baterije isključite fotoaparat i odspojite
cable.
batteries and LCD monitor
will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
kabel
za
spajanje
USB-a.
• Motion pictures cannot be printed out.
normal.
• –Snimljene
videozapise
nije moguće ispisati.
When using
[LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have- expired.
105 - Buy a new battery.
105 -- 123
- 123 -
Connecting
todrugom
other equipment
equipment
Povezivanje
opremom
Connecting sto
other
Selecting
a single
single
picture
and printing
printing it
it
Selecting
a
and
Odabir
i ispis
jednepicture
fotografije
Pritisnite
◄/►
da biste
odabrali
sliku
i zatim
Press
2/1
to select
select
the
picture
and
then
press
Press
2/1
to
the
picture
and
then
press
Connecting
to other
equipment
[MENU/SET].
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Selecting a single picture and printing it
Press 2/1 to select the picture and then press
Pritisnite
▲select
da biste
odabrali
start]
i zatim
Press
3 to
to
select
[Print
start] [Print
and then
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Press
3
[Print
start]
and
press
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
Na str.
stavke
mogu
postaviti
prije
••• Refer
to
P125
for
which
can
be
before
starting
to
Refer
to 107.
P125pogledajte
for the
the items
items
whichkoje
can se
be set
set
before
starting
to
print
the
početka
ispisa.
print
the pictures.
pictures.
••• Disconnect
the
USB
connection
cable
after
printing.
Disconnect
the odspojite
USB connection
cable after printing.
Nakon ispisa
USB kabel.
Press 3 to select [Print start] and then press
[MENU/SET].
Selecting
multiple
pictures
Selecting
multiple
pictures and
and printing
printing them
them
Odabir
i ispis
višeforfotografija
• Refer
to P125
the items which can be set before starting to
print the pictures.
3.
•Press
Disconnect
the USB connection cable after printing.
Pritisnite
Press
3. ▲.
PictBridge
PictBridge
1/11
1/11
100 __ 0001
0001
100
Multi Print
Print
Multi
PictBridge
Select
Select
_
Single
100Select
0001
Single
Select
Print start
start
Print
Print
with
Print with Date
Date
Num.of prints
prints
Num.of
Paper
Size
Multi
Print
Paper
Size
Page
Page Layout
Layout Select
Cancel
Cancel
Single Select
Print start
Print with Date
Num.of prints
Paper Size
Page Layout
Cancel
Select
Select
Print
Print
1/11
OFF
OFF
1
1
Print
Set
Set
OFF
1
Select
Set
Press
3/4
to
an
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
Pritisnite
▲/▼
da biste
odabrali
i zatim
pritisnite [MENU/
Selecting
multiple
pictures
them
Press
3/4
to select
select
an and
itemprinting
and stavku
then
press
[MENU/SET].
SET].
Item
Description of
of settings
settings
Item
Description
Press
3.
Stavka
[Multi Select]
Select]
[Multi
Press 3/4
[Multi Select]
Item
[Select
[Select All]
All]
[Print
Set
[Print Set (DPOF)]
(DPOF)]
to
Multiple pictures
pictures are
are printed
printed at
at one
one time.
time.
Multiple
Opis
postavki
Press 3/4/2/1
3/4/2/1 to
to select
select the
the
pictures,
and then
then press
press [DISPLAY].
[DISPLAY].
•• Press
pictures,
and
(Whenan
[DISPLAY]
is
pressed
again,
the
setting
is cancelled.)
cancelled.)
select
item
and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
(When
[DISPLAY]
is
pressed
again,
is
Višestruke fotografije ispisujuthe
sesetting
istovremeno.
After the
the pictures
pictures have
have been
been selected,
selected, press
press [MENU/SET].
[MENU/SET].
•• After
• Pritisnite ▲/▼/◄/► da biste odabrali sliku i zatim
Description
of settings
Prints
the
pictures.
(Ako ponovno
pritisnete [DISP.],
Prints all
all pritisnite
the stored
stored[DISP.].
pictures.
podešavanje
će
se
poništiti).
Multiple
pictures
are
printed
at
one
time.
Prints
the
pictures
set
in
[Print
Set]
only.
(P109)
Prints the pictures set in [Print Set] only. (P109)
• Press •3/4/2/1
to selectfotografije,
the pictures,
and then
press [DISPLAY].
Kada odaberete
pritisnite
[MENU/SET].
[Multi Select]
[Favorite]
Prints
the
pictures
as
only.
[Favorite]
Prints
the[DISPLAY]
pictures set
set
as favourites
favourites
only.
(P108)
(When
is pressed
again,
the (P108)
setting is cancelled.)
[Select All] (Odaberi sve)
Ispis
svih spremljenih
fotografija.
• After the
pictures
have been selected,
press [MENU/SET].
[PrintPress
Set
Ispisuje
samo
fotografije
odabrane
u [Print Set]. (str. 93.)
[Select
All] (DPOF)]
Prints
all
thestart]
stored
pictures.
3 to select
[Print
and
then press
[MENU/SET].
Press 3 to select [Print start] and then press [MENU/SET].
[Print
(DPOF)]
Prints the
pictures
in [Print
Set]and
only.
(P109)
[Favorite]
(Omiljene
Ispis
samoset
onih
fotografija
koje
su the
postavljene
••Set
If
print
has
appeared,
select
[Yes],
print
pictures.
If the
the
print check
check screen
screen
has
appeared,
select
[Yes],
and
print
the
pictures. kao
•• Refer
the
which
can
set
before
to
snimke)
omiljene.
(str.
92.)
Refer to
to P125
P125 for
for Prints
the items
items
which
can
beas
set
before starting
starting
to print
print the
the pictures.
pictures.
[Favorite]
the
pictures
setbe
favourites
only. (P108)
•• Disconnect
Disconnect the
the USB
USB connection
connection cable
cable after
after printing.
printing.
Pritisnite
da biste
odabrali
[Print
start]
i zatim
pritisnite [MENU/
Press
3 to▲select
[Print
start] and
then
press
[MENU/SET].
•SET].
If the print check screen has appeared, select [Yes], and print the pictures.
•• Refer
to P125
forzaslon
the items
be set [Yes]
beforei ispišite
starting fotografiju.
to print the pictures.
Ako se
pojavio
za which
ispis, can
odaberite
•• Disconnect
thepogledajte
USB connection
printing.
Na 107. str.
stavkecable
koje after
se mogu
postaviti prije početka ispisa.
• Nakon ispisa odspojite USB spojni kabel.
106 ---- 124
124
Povezivanje s drugom opremom
Postavke ispisa
Connecting to other equipment
Print Settings
Select and set the items both on the screen in step 2 of the “Selec
Odaberite i postavite stavke kako
na zaslonu
u koraku
2. postupka
i ispis
picture
and printing
it” and
in step 3„Odabir
of the “Selecting
multiple pic
jedne fotografije”, tako i u koraku
3. „Odabir
i ispis više fotografija”.
them”
procedures.
• Kad želite ispisati fotografije na papiru
u formatu
koji ovaj
fotoaparat
ne size
podržava,
• Wheniliyou
want to print
pictures
in a paper
or a layout which is not su
then set the paper s
camera,
set [Paper
Size](Izgled
or [Page
Layout]na
to [{] and
podesite [Paper Size] (Veličina papira)
ili [Page
Layout]
stranice)
te zatim
printer. (For
details,
refer touthe
operating
podesite veličinu papira ili format the
na pisaču.
(detalje
potražite
uputama
za instructions
uporabu of the printer.)
• When [Print Set (DPOF)] has been selected, the [Print with Date] and [Num
pisača).
not displayed.
• Kad je odabrana opcija [Print Set (DPOF)], stavke [Print with Date] (Ispis s datumom) i
[Num. of Prints] (Broj primjeraka) nisu prikazane.
[Print with Date]
[Print With Date]
Item
[ON]
Stavka
[OFF]
Description of settings
Date is printed.
Opis
Date postavki
is not printed.
[ON]
Datum se
• Ifispisuje.
the printer does not support date printing, the date cannot be printed on
• Depending on the printer, the date print settings of the printer may take pre
Datum sethis
ne ispisuje.
is the case.
• When printing images with [Date Stamp] or [Text Stamp], please remembe
[Printon
with
to [OFF]
or the
will print on top.
• Ako pisač ne podržava ispis datuma,
se Date]
ne može
ispisati
na date
fotografiji.
• O vrsti pisača ovisit će hoće li njegove vlastite postavke za ispis datuma imati prednost
Note
Preparation
pa provjerite je li to slučaj.
When asking the photo shop to print the pictures
∫
Playback
• Kod ispisa slika s otisnutim datumom
ili tekstom
[Date
Stamp]
ili [Text
• By stamping
the(opcije
date using
[Date
Stamp]
(P93)Stamp]),
or [Text Stamp] (P103) or
postavku za ispis s datumom [Print
Date]
postavite
na [OFF] ilisetting
će se before
datumgoing
otisnuti
at with
the time
of the
[Print Set]
to a photo shop, th
Playback time
Approx.
240 (P109)
min
na vrhu.
printed at the photo shop.
[OFF]
Note
Napomena
[Num.of
prints]
operating times
recordable
pictures will differ according to the
• Thefotografije
Kad
dajeteand
nanumber
izradu uoffotografski
studio
environment and the operating conditions.
• For
Akoexample,
je datuminotisnut
pomoću
funkcije
[Date
(str.
75.)
ili [Text
Stamp]
(str.of87.)
You
set Stamp]
thetimes
number
of prints
up the
to
999.
the following
cases,
thecan
operating
will shorten
and
number
ili su odabrane
postavke
za ispis datuma pomoću funkcije [Print Set] (str. 93.) prije
recordable
pictures
is reduced:
¢
–odlaska
At low temperature
in cold datumi
locations
as ispisati
ski resorts
or at high altitude
u fotografskiorstudio,
sesuch
mogu
u fotografskom
studiju.
¢ Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
will decrease, so keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm place
such
as inside
your cold protection gear or clothing. Performance of
[Num.of
prints]
(Broj
primjeraka)
batteries and LCD monitor will restore to normal when the temperature returns to
normal.
Možete
odabrati do 999 primjeraka.
– When using [LCD Mode].
– When operations such as flash and zoom are used repeatedly.
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
the battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
- 107 -
- 125 -
Connecting to other equipment
Povezivanje s drugom opremom
[Paper
Size]
papira)
oth on the screen
in step
2 of(Veličina
the “Selecting
a single
d in step 3 of the “Selecting multiple pictures and printing
Stavka
Opis postavki
res in a paper size or a layout which is not supported by the
Page Layout] to [{] and then set the paper
size or the
layout
on prednost.
Postavke
pisača
imaju
to the operating instructions of the printer.)
[L/3.5"x5"]
89 mmprints]
x 127items
mm are
been selected, the
[Print with Date] and [Num.of
[2L/5"x7"]
127 mm x 178 mm
[POSTCARD]
100 mm x 148 mm
[16:9]
101,6 mm x 180,6 mm
[A4]
210 mm x 297 mm
[A3]
297 mm x 420 mm
[10 x 15 cm]
100 mm x 150 mm
Description of settings
ed.
rinted.
t date printing, the date cannot be printed on the picture.
[4"X6"]
mm xso
152,4
mm
date print settings
of the printer may take 101,6
precedence
check
if
[8"X10"]
203,2
Date Stamp] or [Text
Stamp], please remember
to mm
set x 254 mm
he date will print [LETTER]
on top.
216 mm x 279,4 mm
[CARD SIZE]
54 mm x 85,6 mm
p to print the pictures
• Veličine
pisač
podržava
neće se prikazati.
Date Stamp] (P93)
or [Textpapira
Stamp]koje
(P103)
or ne
setting
date printing
P109) setting before going to a photo shop, the dates can be
rints up to 999.
- 125 -
- 108 -
Connecting to other equipment
Povezivanje s drugom opremom
Connecting to
to other equipment
equipment
Connecting
Connecting to other
other equipment
[Page
Layout]
kojia se
može odabrati s ovim fotoaparatom)
ems both on the
screen
in step(Izgled
2 of thestranice
“Selecting
single
[Page Layout]
Layout] (Layouts
(Layouts for
for printing that
that can be
be set
set with
with this
this unit)
unit)
it” and in step [Page
3 of the “Selecting
multipleprinting
pictures andcan
printing
Stavka
Opis postavki
Item
Description
of settings
nt pictures in a paper size
or a layout which is not supported by
the
Item
Description
of settings
and
then
set
the
paper
size
or
the
layout
on
ize] or [Page Layout] to [{]
Postavke
pisača
imaju
prednost.
{
Settings on
on the
the printer
printer are
are prioritised.
prioritised.
{
Settings
s, refer to the operating instructions of the printer.)
á[Print with1
11
picture
with
no frame
frame
on
1 page
page
fotografija
na
jednoj
stranici
bez
okvira
OF)] has been selected, the
Date]
and
[Num.of
prints]
items
are
á
picture
with
no
on
1
Connecting
to other equipment
â
11picture
picture
with na
a frame
frame
onstranici
1 page
page s okvirom
fotografija
jednoj
â
1
with
a
on
1
[Page Layout] (Layouts for printing that can be set with this unit)
ã
2 pictures
on 1 page
fotografije
jednoj stranici
ã
22pictures
on 1napage
ä
4
pictures
on 1 page
Item
ä
44pictures
on 1napage
fotografije
jednoj stranici Description of settings
Connecting to other equipment
•• An
item
cannot
be
selected
if
the
printer
does
support
the
{
Settings
thenot
printer
are prioritised.
Description
settings
cannot beof
selected
if the
printer on
does
not
support
the page
page layout.
layout.
• An
Akoitem
pisač
ne podržava
prijelom
stranice,
opcija
se ne može
izabrati.
á for printing
1 picture
frame
on 1 page
thatwith
cannobe
set with
this unit)
is printed. [Page Layout] (Layouts
∫ Layout printing
∫ Layout printing
■■Format ispisa â
1 picture
page
is not printed. When printing a picture
several
timeswith
on a1frame
sheeton
of1paper
When
printing
a picture
severalputa
times
on
1 sheet
paper
Ispisivanje
fotografije
nekoliko
na
1 list
papira
Item
Description
ofofsettings
For example,
example,
if cannot
youã
want
to print
print
thethe
same
picture
4 times
times on
on 1 sheet
sheet of
of paper,
paper, set
2
pictures
on
1
page
For
if
you
want
to
the
same
picture
4
support date printing,
the
date
be
printed
on
picture.
Primjerice,
ako želite
ispisati
istu
fotografiju
na 4 puta na 1 list1papira,
postaviteset
{Layout]
onthen
the
printer
are prioritised.
[Page
toSettings
[ä] and
set
[Num.of
prints]
to if4 for the picture that you want to
nter, the date print
settings
of the
may
take
precedence
check
[Page
Layout]
to printer
[ä]
then
[Num.of
prints]
to 4 for
the
picture
that you
to
ä ]and
4set
pictures
on 1so
page
[Page
Layout]
na
[
i
zatim
postavite
[Num.
of
Prints]
na
4
za
fotografiju
kojuwant
želite
print.á
1 picture with no frame on 1 page
print.
ispisati.
s with [Date Stamp]
or [Text• An
Stamp],
please
remember
to
set
item cannot be selected if the
printer does not support the page layout.
Preparation
âprinting
1 picture with
a frame
page of paper
FF] or the date When
will print
on top. different
pictures
onon
11
sheet
When
printing
different
picturesna
on1 1list
sheet
of paper
Ispisivanje
različitih
fotografija
papira
∫
ForPlayback
example,
if you
want
toonprint
4 different
pictures
1 sheet
of paper,
set [Page Layout]
Layout
printing
ã ∫ako
2 pictures
page
Primjerice,
želite
ispisati
41 različite
fotografije
naon
papira,
postavite
For example,
if you
want
to print
4 different
pictures
on1 1list
sheet
of paper,
set [Page Layout]
to [ä]
and
then
set [Num.of
prints] several
to 1 for each
ofon
the1 4sheet
pictures.
When
printing
aon
picture
times
of paper
Playback
time
Approx.
240
min
ä
4
pictures
1
page
to
[ä]
and
then
set
[Num.of
prints]
to
1
for
each
of
the
4
pictures.
na
[
]
i
zatim
postavite
[Num.
of
Print]
na
1
za
svaku
od
4
fotografije.
to shop to print the pictures
For example, if you want to print the same picture 4 times on 1 sheet of paper, set
using [Date
Stamp]
(P93)
orbe
[Text
Stamp]
(P103)
or setting
date
printing
• An
itemNote
cannot
selected
if to
the
printer
does not
support
theprints]
page layout.
[Page
Layout]
[ä]
and
set
[Num.of
to 4 for the picture that you want to
Note
nt Set] (P109) setting
before
going
to a photo
shop,
thethen
dates
can
be printer
Napomena
•• The
camera
is
receiving
an
error
message
from
the
the
indication
lights
print.
The
camera
is
receiving
an
error
message
from
thepictures
printer when
when
the [¥]
[¥]
indicationto
hop.
operating
times
and
number
ofprinting,
recordable
willispisa
differ
according
• The
Fotoaparat
prima
poruku
o
pogrešci
od
pisača
kad
tijekom
pokazivač
[●lights
] the
svijetli
orange
during
printing.
After
finishing
make
sure
there
are
no
problems
with
the
∫ Layout
printing
orange
during
printing.
After
finishing
printing,
make
sure
there
are
no
problems
with
the
environment
and thezavršetka
operatingispisa
conditions.
printer.
narančasto.
Nakon
provjerite
postoje
li problemi s pisačem.
printer.
WhenFor
printing
a
picture
several
times
on
1
sheet
of
paper
When
printing
different
pictures
on
1printed
sheet
of
paper
example,
in
the
following
cases,
the
operating
times
willseveral
shorten
and the
number
ofthe
If
the
number
of
prints
is
high,
the
pictures
be
times.
In
this
case,
••• recordable
broja
kopija
fotografije
će
semay
ispisivati
poon
nekoliko
U tom
IfKod
the velikog
number
ofwant
prints
isprint
thesame
pictures
may
be
printed
several
times.
Inputa.
this
case,
the
For example,
ifFor
you
the
picture
4 times
on
1 sheet
paper,
example,
ifhigh,
you
want
tomay
print
4možda
different
pictures
1ofsheet
of set
paper,
set [Page Layout]
pictures
isto
reduced:
remaining
number
of
prints
indicated
differ
from
the
number
set.
¢
remaining
number
of
prints
indicated
may
differ
from
the
number
set.
slučaju,
preostali
broj
kopija
koji
je
naznačen
može
odstupati
od
zadanog
broja.
At low temperature
in cold
asto
ski14resorts
at the
highthat
[Page–Layout]
to [ä]
[ä] and
andorthen
then
setlocations
[Num.ofsuch
prints]
to
for each
theor
picture
you want to
to
set
[Num.of
prints]
for
of
4altitude
pictures.
ber of prints up to¢999.
Residual image may show on the LCD display when in use. The battery performance
print.
will decrease,
Noteso keep the camera and spare batteries warm by placing them in a
warm •place
suchpictures
as
your
cold
gearthe
orprinter
clothing.
Performance
of
The
camera
is inside
receiving
errorprotection
message
when
the [¥] indication
lights
When printing
different
on
1ansheet
of paper from
batteries
and
LCD
will
restore
to normal
when
temperature
to with the
orange
during
printing.
After
finishing
printing,
make
sure
there
noreturns
problems
For example,
if you
want
to monitor
print
4 different
pictures
on 1 sheet
ofthe
paper,
setare
[Page
Layout]
normal.
printer.
to [ä] and then
set [Num.of prints] to 1 for each of the 4 pictures.
– When using
[LCD
Mode].
• If the
number
of prints is high, the pictures may be printed several times. In this case, the
–
When
operations
such
as flash
and zoom
are used
repeatedly.
remaining
number
of prints
indicated
may differ
from the number set.
Note
• When the operating time of the camera becomes extremely short even after properly charging
• The the
camera is receiving an error message from the printer when the [¥] indication lights
battery, the life of the battery may have expired. Buy a new battery.
orange during printing. After finishing printing, make sure there are no problems with the
printer.
• If the number of prints is high, the pictures may be printed several times. In this case, the
remaining number of prints indicated may differ from the number set.
- 125 -
- 109 -- 127
127 --
Others
Ostalo
Others
Others
Others
Others
Others
Others
Prikaz zaslona
Screen
Display
Screen
Display
Display
∫Screen
In recording
Display
■
■Screen
Tijekom
snimanja
Screen
Display
Screen
Display
∫
In
recording
∫ Screen
In recording
recordingDisplay
∫
In
Others
Others
Others
Others
Others
Others
Others
∫
recording
∫∫In
InInrecording
recording
2
4 5 6 7 8 9
33 4
2 33
22
4455 566 677 788 998
2
777888999
1
3
2
1
3
26
2 3 444555666B&W
1
10
26
11
109
11
26
11
10
26
11
11
10
25
25
11
25
10
10
11
26
26
25
10
11
26 11
24
1111
24
12
24
11
12
11
24
25
25
11
12
25
23
23
12
23
13
24
23
13
24
12
12
24
22
13
22
3s
13
3s
12
22
3s
14
23
22
3s
23
14
21
23
13
13
14
21
13
2122
22
3s
21
Others
22
3s3s ISO
14
14
ISO
ISO F3.1
14
14
1/60
20
ISO
21
21
21
ISOISO
1919
15
18
17
20
ISO 16
1918
16 15
1515
18 17
17
20
19
16
18
20
20
1918
16 15
15
1817
1716
2019
18
Number
of
days
that
have
passed
since
Recording
Mode
19
16
15
18
17
20
111
Način
snimanja
19
Kompenzacija
(str. 54.)
18
Number
ofcompensation
daysekspozicije
that have
have(P54)
passed
since
1 Recording
Recording
Mode
19 Number
Exposure
18
of
days
that
passed
since
Mode
the
departure
date
(P46)
Recording
Quality
(P94)
222
Kvaliteta
snimanja
(str.
76.)
20
Broj
proteklih
dana
od
datuma
polaska
the
departure
date
(P46)
2
Recording
Quality
(P94)
20
(P76)
18
Number
of
days
that
have
passed
111 Recording
Mode
departure
date
(P46)
Quality
(P94)
18 the
Number
ofdays
days
that
havepassed
passedsince
since
Recording
Mode
18
Number
of
that
have
since
Recording
Mode
Location
(P46)
Picture
Size
(P81)
Location
(P46)date
Picture
Size
(P81)
Veličina
slike
(str. 64.)
(str.
40.)
the
(P40)
(P64)
222 Picture
Recording
Quality
(P94)
Location
(P46)
Size
(P81)
thedeparture
departure
date(P46)
(P46)
Recording
Quality
(P94)
the
departure
date
(P46)
Recording
Quality
(P94)
Name
(P73)
: :Backlight
Backlight
Compensation
(P30)
Name
(P73)
:
Compensation
(P30)
Kompenzacija
Položaj
(str.
40.)
(P40)
(P24)
Location
(P46)
Picture
Size
Name
(P73)
: Backlight
Compensation
(P30)
Location
(P46)
Picture
Size(P81)
(P81) pozadinskog
Location
(P46)
Picture
Size
(P81)
Age
(P73)
Focus
(P33)
8Backlight
2 3 4 33
7 : osvjetljenja
9
1
Age
(P73)
35 6Focus
Focus
(P33)
(P61)
Flash
Mode
(P49)
(str. 24.)
Ime
(str.
61.)
Name
(P73)
Compensation
(P30)
Age
(P73)
(P33)
Name
(P73)
:Backlight
Backlight
Compensation
(P30)
Name
(P73)
:
Compensation
(P30)
Current
date
and
time
4
Flash
Mode
(P57)
Current
date
and time
time
Flash
Mode
(P57)
(P61)
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P75)
344
Način
bljeskalice
(str. 49.)
Dob
(str.
61.)
Age
(P73)
333 Flash
Focus
(P33)
Current
date
and
Mode
(P57)
Age
(P73)
Focus
(P33)
Age
(P73)
Focus
(P33)
“:
World
Time
(P45)
5
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
“:
World
Time
(P45)
5
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
Current
date
and
time
: Jitter
alert
(P21)
4
Flash
Mode
(P57)
4
Optički
stabilizator
slike
(str.75.)
Trenutačni
datum
itime
vrijeme
“:
World
Time
(P45)
5
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
Current
date
and
time
4
Flash
Mode
(P57)
10
Current
date
and
4
Flash
Mode
(P57)
:: Jitter
alert
(P26)
11
Zoom
(P54):
W
T
Jitter
alert
(P26)
(P39)
White
Balance
(P66)
Zoom
(P54):
W
“:
World
Time
(P45)
5
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
:
Jitter
alert
(P26)
“:
World
Time
(P45)
5
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
Upozorenje
na
vibracije
(str.
21.)
:
Svjetsko
vrijeme
(str. 39.)
11
Zoom
(P54):TimeW(P45)
TT
“:
World
5
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
6
White
Balance
(P83)
6
White
Balance
(P83)
19
AF
Tracking
(P87)
Colour
Mode
(P73)
:
Jitter
alert
(P26)
6
White
Balance
(P83)
:
Jitter
alert
(P26)
(P47):
19 AF
AF
Tracking
(P87)
57 Podešavanje
Zoom
(P54):
WWW
TT T
Zoom
(P54):
: Jitter
alert
(P26)bijele boje
Colour
Mode
(P91)
12balansa
19
Tracking
(P87)
Zum
47.)
Zoom
(P54):
Colour
Mode
(P91)
:: (str.
AF
assist
lamp
(P91)
AF
Macro
Mode
(P52)
¢
666 Colour
White
Balance
(P83)
77
Mode
(P91)
White
Balance
(P83)
AFvrijeme
assist
lamp
(P91)
(str.
66.)
White
Balance
(P83)
21
Elapsed
recording
time
(P29):
8m30s
8
AF
Macro
Mode
(P61)
19
AF
Tracking
(P87)
:
AF
assist
lamp
(P91)
19
AF
Tracking
(P87)
21
Proteklo
snimanja
(str.
29.):
13
8
AF
Macro
Mode
(P61)
19
AF
Tracking
(P87)
20
Exposure
compensation
(P63)
: Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P52)
Colour
Mode
(P91)
Mode
(P61)
Colour
Mode
(P91)
20 Exposure
Exposure
compensation
(P63)
3s
68777 AF
Postavke
boje
(str.
73.) (P61)
Colour
Mode
(P91)
22
LCD
Mode
(P42)lamp
::Macro
Macro
Zoom
Mode
:
AF
assist
(P91)
20
compensation
(P63)
¢
:
AF
assist
lamp
(P91)
8
m
30
s
*
14
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)
:
AF
assist
lamp
(P91)
¢
21 Elapsed
Elapsed recording
recording time
time (P35):
(P35): 8m30s
888 AF
Battery
indication
(P12)
Mode
(P61)
: Macro
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)
AF
Macro
Mode
(P61)
21
8m30s¢
AF
Macro
Mode
(P61)
23
Date
Stamp
(P75)
79
Način
rada
AF
makro
(str.
52.)
Battery
indication
(P16)
20
Exposure
compensation
(P63)
21
recording
20 Elapsed
Exposure
compensation
(P63)8m30s
22
LCD
način
(str.
42.)time (P35):
9
Battery
indication
(P16)
20
Exposure
compensation
(P63)
22
LCD
Mode
(P48)
Burst
(P71)
:
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)
9
Battery
indication
(P16)
:
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)
¢
ISO
22
LCD
Mode
(P48)(P29)
:
Macro
Zoom
Mode
(P61)
24
Recording
state
10 Burst
(P89)
21
Elapsed
recording
time
(P35):
:
Način
rada
makro
zum
(str.
52.)
22
LCD
Mode
(P48)
21
Elapsed
recording
time
(P35):
8m30s
8m30s¢¢
Burst
(P89)
21 Otisak
Elapsed
recording
23
datuma
(str. time
75.) (P35): 8m30s
23
Date
Stamp
(P93)
10
Intelligent
Exposure
(P70)
999 Burst
Battery
indication
(P16)
(P89)
Battery
indication
(P16)
23
Date
Stamp
(P93)
Battery
indication
(P16)
25
Built-in
memory
(P16)
:
Auto
Bracket
(P64)
22
LCD
(P48)
23
Stamp
(P93)
811 Pokazivač
kapaciteta
baterije (str. 12.)
22 Date
LCDMode
Mode
(P48)
Auto
Bracket
(P64)
22
LCD
Mode
(P48)
24
Stanje
snimanja
(str. 29.)
24
Recording
state
(P35)
Focus
(P27)
10
Burst
(P89)
20 19 18 17 16
:: Auto
Bracket
(P64)
1015
Burst
(P89)
24
Recording
state
(P35)
10
Burst
(P89)
: Card
(P16)
(displayed
only during
11
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
23
Date
Stamp
(P93)
24
state
(P35)
23 Recording
Date
Stamp
(P93)
912
Snimanje
u
nizu (str.
71.)
11
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
23
Date
Stamp
(P93)
25
Built-in
memory
(P21)
25
Ugrađena
memorija
(str. 16.)
AF :area
(P27)
Auto
Bracket
(P64)
11
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
:
Auto
Bracket
(P64)
25
Built-in
memory
(P21)
: Auto
Bracket
(P64)
recording)
12
Histogram
(P49)
24
Recording
state
(P35)
memory
(P21)
24 Built-in
Recording
state
(P35)
10
Inteligentna
ekspozicija
(str.
70.) since 25
1211 Number
Histogram
(P49)
18
of Exposure
days
that
have
passed
24
Recording
state
(P35)
:: :Card
(P21)
(displayed
only
during
13
Self-timer
Mode
(P53)
Kartica
(str.
16.)
(vidljivo
11
Intelligent
(P88)
12
Histogram
(P49)
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
Card
(P21)
(displayed
onlysamo
during
11 the
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
13
AF
area
(P33)
25
Built-in
memory
(P21)
: Card
(P21)
(displayed
only
during
25 Number
Built-in
memory
(P21)pictures
26
of
recordable
(P18)
11
(str.
27.)
13
area
(P33)
departure
date (P46)
25
Built-in
memory
(P21)
recording)
14
AF
tracking
operation
(P69)
12
Histogram
(P49)
tijekom
snimanja)
13
area
(P33)
12 Fokus
Histogram
(P49)
recording)
12
Histogram
(P49)
:
Spot
AF
area
(P85)
¢
:
Card
(P21)
(displayed
only
recording)
:Card
Cardrecording
(P21)(displayed
(displayed
onlyduring
during
:
Spot
AF
area
(P85)
Location
(P46)
:
(P21)
only
during
12
AF
područje
(str.
27.)
Available
time
(P18,
13
AF
(P33)
15
speed
(P26)
: area
Spot
AF
area
(P85)
13 Shutter
AF
area
(P33)
26
Broj
fotografija
koje se pictures
mogu snimiti
26
Number
of
recordable
(P23)
13
AF
area
(P33)
26 Number
Number
of recordable
recordable
pictures
(P23)
14
Self-timer
Mode
(P62)
recording)
recording)
26
of
pictures
(P23)
14
Self-timer
Mode
(P62)
Name
(P73)
on (P30)
recording)
29):
13
Način
automatskog
okidača
(str. 53.)
R8m30s
:
Spot
AF
area
(P85)
16
Aperture
value
(P26)
14
Self-timer
Mode
(P62)
:
Spot
AF
area
(P85)
Available
recording
time
(str.
18.)
: (P73)
Spot
AF area
(P85)
Available
recording
time
15
Shutter
speed
(P32)
26
Number
of
pictures
(P23)
Available
recording
¢
1514Age
Shutter
speed
(P32)
¢
is an35):
abbreviation
for
minute
and
“s” for
26“m”
Number
ofrecordable
recordable
pictures
(P23)
14
Radnje
AF
praćenja
(str. 69.)
26
Number
of
recordable
pictures
(P23)
14
Self-timer
Mode
(P62)
17
ISO
sensitivity
(P65)
¢time
15
Shutter
speed
(P32)
Self-timer
Mode
(P62)
(P23,
R8m30s
Raspoloživo
vrijeme
snimanja
14 Current
Self-timer
Mode
(P62)
¢
(P23,
35):
16
Aperture
value
(P32)
R8m30s
Available
recording
time
second.
(P23,
35):
16
Aperture
value
(P32)
date
and
time
Available
recording
time
R8m30s
15
Brzina
zatvarača
(str.
26.)
Available
recording
time
15
Shutter
speed
(P32)
18
AF
Tracking
(P69)
16
value
(P32)
15 Aperture
Shutter
speed
(P32)
(str.
18.,
29.):
R
8
m
30
s
*
¢
15
Shutter
speed
(P32)
¢
17
ISO
sensitivity
(P82)
¢ “m”
“m”
is an
an35):
abbreviation
for minute
minute and
and “s”
“s” for
for
(P23,
17
ISO
sensitivity
(P82)
World
Time
(P45)
P92)
(P23,
35):R8m30s
¢
is
abbreviation
for
R8m30s¢
(P23,
16
Aperture
value
(P32)
:sensitivity
AF
assist
lamp
16
Otvor
blende
(str.
26.)(P74)
17
ISO
(P82)
R8m30s
16“:
Aperture
value
(P32)
¢
“m”
is
an 35):
abbreviation
for
minute and
“s” for
16
Aperture
value
(P32)
second.
*¢ "m"
jeiskratica
za minutu,
aminute
"s" je and
kratica
za
second.
Zoom
(P54):
W
T
17
sensitivity
(P82)
“m”
an
abbreviation
for
“s”
second.
17
ISO
sensitivity
(P82)
17
ISO
osjetljivost
(str.
65.)
¢
“m”
is
an
abbreviation
for
minute
and
“s”
for
17 ISO sensitivity (P82)
¢sekundu.
“m” is an abbreviation for minute and “s” for
for
second.
second.
18
praćenje (P87)
(str. 69.)
19 AF Tracking
second.
: AF
AFpomoćno
assist lamp
(P91)(str. 74.)
svjetlo
20 Exposure compensation (P63)
61)
21 Elapsed recording time (P35): 8m30s ¢
22 LCD Mode (P48)
23 Date Stamp (P93)
24 Recording state (P35)
25 Built-in memory (P21)
: Card (P21) (displayed only during
110 -- 110
recording)
128
26 Number of recordable pictures (P23)- 128 -- 128 Available recording time
-- -128
128-- 128
(P23, 35): R8m30s ¢
1
1
11
75
76
76
76
77
78
80
81
82
82
83
85
85
87
89
90
91
92
93
95
96
Others
Others
Ostalo
∫ In playback
■
■Tijekom reprodukcije
Screen Display
Others
∫ In recording
Others
1 2 3 4 5
1
2
6 7 8
9
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B&W
Screen Display ......................................110
19
100 _ 0001
Cautions for Use....................................112
18
26
113s
Message Display ...................................117
17
25
16
Troubleshooting.....................................119
24
15
23
• Please note that the actual controls and
22
3s
14
components, menu items, and other
21may differ
information for your digital camera
13
1
1/11
ISO
from those in the illustrations and screens
provided in this manual. When operation or
20 19 18 17
other11information
is more
less
the77.)
same
Playback
Modeor(P77)
Način
reprodukcije
(str.
between
(DMC-SZ1)
are used as
Protected
picture (P95)
221 models,
Zaštićena
fotografija
(str.
95.)
Recording
Mode provided in this
examples
for
the instructions
Favourite
(P92)
332 Omiljene
fotografije
(str. 92.)
Recording
Quality (P94)
manual.
4
Date/Text
stamped
display (P75, 87)
4
Prikaz
otisnutog
datuma/teksta
• The operations,
procedures,
or functions that
Picture
Size (P81)
5
Colour
Mode
(P73)
differ among
are indicated
separately,
(str.models
87.)
: 75.,
Backlight
Compensation
(P30)
6 After
Retouch
(P82)
together
theAuto
relevant
model
number.
53 with
Postavke
boje (str.
73.)
Focus
(P33)
7
e.g.: 64
75
8
96
810
97
8
10
11
9
12
10
nt
97
11
11
12
12
13
98
98
14
15
16
17
99
00
01
11
12
13
12
14
16
15 Retouch
13 Automatsko
Auto
(P82)
13
retuširanje
(str. 82.)
Beauty Retouch
indicator
(P83)
Kreativno
retuširanje
(str. 83.)
18 Motion
Number
of
days
that
have
passed since
picturevideozapisa
playback (P34)
Reprodukcija
(str. 34.)
the
departure
date
(P46)
Play
panorama
(P59)
Reprodukcija
panorame (str. 59.)
Locationof(P46)
14 Number
days that have passed since
14 Broj
proteklih
dana od datuma polaska
Name
(P73)
the departure date (P40)
(str.
Age40.)
(P73)date and time
Recorded
(DMC-FS45)
(DMC-SZ1)
Current
date
and
time
Flash automatskog
Mode (P57) retuširanja (str. 82.)
Nakon
Snimljeni
datum
i vrijeme
“:
World
Time
(P39)
After
Beauty
Retouch
(P83)
“: :World
Time
(P45) (str. 39.)
Optical
Image
Stabiliser
(P92)
(DMC-FS45)
Svjetsko
vrijeme
15
Power
LCD
(P42)
Picture Sizealert
(P64)
Nakon: Jitter
retuširanja(P26)
portreta (str. 83.)
15
(str. 42.)
Zoom LCD
(P54):
W (P103)
T
16 Power
Folder/File
number
Battery
indication
(P12)
White Balance
(P83)
Veličina
slike
(str.
64.)
16
mape/datoteke
(str. 103.)
17
Motion
picture(P87)
recording
time¢
19 Broj
AF Tracking
Picture
number
Colour Mode
(P91) baterije (str. 12.) 17 Vrijeme
Pokazivač
kapaciteta
snimanja
videozapisa*
(P34):
: AF
assist lamp
(P91)
8m30s
Total
pictures
AF Macro
Mode (P61)¢
Broj
slike
34.): 8 compensation
m 30 s (P76) (P63)
18
Recording
Quality
20 (str.
Exposure
Elapsed
playback
time
(P34):
8m30s
: Macro Zoom Mode (P61)
19
Built-in
memory
(P16)
21 Kvaliteta
Elapsed
recording
time76.)
(P35): 8m30s ¢
Ukupno
slika
18
snimanja
(str.
Number
of prints (P93)
Battery indication
(P16)
Cable
disconnection
warning
22 Ugrađena
LCD Mode
(P48) (str.
Proteklo
vrijeme
reprodukcije
19
memorija
16.) icon
Location
(P40)
Burst (P89)
(P105)
23 Ikona
Date upozorenja
Stamp (P93)na odspajanje kabela
(str.
m 30 s *(P64)
Recording
information
(P46)
:34.):
Auto8Bracket
¢
is105.)
an abbreviation
for minute and “s” for
24 “m”
Recording
state (P35)
Name
(P61)
Broj
primjeraka
(str. 93.)
(str.
Intelligent
Exposure
(P88)
25 second.
Built-in memory (P21)
Age
(P61)
Položaj
(str.
40.)
Histogram (P49)
* "m" je :kratica
za minutu,
a "s" only
je kratica
za
Card (P21)
(displayed
during
Informacije
o snimanju (str. 46.)
AF area (P33)
sekundu.
recording)
Ime: (str.
Spot61.)
AF area (P85)
26 Number of recordable pictures (P23)
Dob
(str. 61.)
Self-timer
Mode (P62)
Available recording time
Shutter speed (P32)
(P23, 35): R8m30s ¢
Aperture value (P32)
ISO sensitivity (P82)
¢ “m” is an abbreviation for minute and “s” for
second.
02
04
05
06
06
07
- 128 111 -- 111
-3-
10
10
11
Ostalo
Others
Cautions
for Use
Mjere opreza
pri uporabi
(Important) About
the waterproof/dustproof
and anti-shock performance of the
Optimalno
korištenje
fotoaparata
camera
Uređaj
držitehas
štoajewaterproof/dustproof
dalje moguće od elektromagnetske
mikrovalnih
• This camera
function equivalent toopreme
“IP68”. It(poput
is possible
to take
¢
pictures in
m (16 feet) depth
for 60
minutes.
pećnica,
TV5 prijamnika,
igraćih
konzola
itd.).
means koristite
that the camera
can be usediliunderwater
specified time in specified
pressure
in
• (This
Ako uređaj
na TV prijamniku
blizu njega,forelektromagnetsko
bi zračenje
moglo
accordance with the handling method established by Panasonic.)
štetno utjecati na sliku i zvuk.
• The camera has cleared a drop test from a height of 1.5 m (5 feet) onto 3 cm (0.1 feet) thick
¢
• plywood,
Uređaj nemojte
u blizini
mobitela 810F
jer bi Method
se mogle
pojaviti smetnje
s nepovoljnim
which iskoristiti
compliant
with “MIL-STD
516.5-Shock”.
utjecajem
nanot
sliku
i/ili zvuk.no destruction, no malfunction, or waterproofing in all conditions.
¢
This does
guarantee
• Jaka magnetska polja zvučnika ili velikih motora mogu prouzročiti oštećenje snimljenih
• Waterproofing
is not guaranteed if the unit is subject to an impact as a result of being hit or
podataka ili izobličenje
slika.
dropped etc. If an impact to the camera occurs, it should be inspected (subject to a fee) by a
• Panasonic’s
Elektromagnetska
štetno djelovati na uređaj
Servicezračenja
Centre tokoja
verifystvaraju
that themikroprocesori
waterproofing ismogu
still effective.
te može
do izobličenja
slikewhere
i/ili zvuka.
• Using
thedoći
camera
in environments
splashing with hot spring water, oil or alcohol is likely
occur
may cause
the water/dust
and impact
resistance
the camera
to
• to
Ako
na uređaj
nepovoljno
utječe resistance
elektromagnetska
oprema
te onofprestane
ispravno
deteriorate.
funkcionirati, isključite fotoaparat i izvadite bateriju ili iskopčajte prilagodnik
• Malfunction
caused by exposure to water due to mishandling by the customer will not be
(neobavezan).
Nakon toga ponovno umetnite bateriju ili ponovno spojite prilagodnik za
covered by the warranty.
izmjenični
napon
te uključite
uređaj. (excluding Hand Strap).
• Supplied accessories
are not waterproof
Nemojte
uređaj
radioodašiljača
ili Waterproof/Dustproof
vodova pod visokim naponom.
For morekoristiti
detail, refer
to blizu
“(Important)
About the
and
•Anti-shock
Snimanje uPerformance
blizini radioodašiljača
ili vodova
s visokim naponom moglo bi imati štetno
of the Camera”
(P6).
djelovanje na snimljene fotografije i/ili zvuk.
Uvijek koristite isporučene žice i kabele. Ako koristite dodatni pribor, koristite samo
kabele isporučene uz njega.
Nemojte produljivati kabele.
Nemojte prskati aparat insekticidima ili hlapljivim kemikalijama.
• To može oštetiti kućište aparata i izazvati guljenje boje.
• Nemojte držati gumene ili plastične predmete dulje u dodiru s fotoaparatom.
Zvučnik nije magnetski oklopljen. Nemojte držati zvučnik i magnetske kartice
(bankovne kartice, pokaze i sl.) blizu jedno drugome.
112 -- 130
Ostalo
Čišćenje
Prije čišćenja fotoaparata izvadite bateriju ili odspojite sprežnik (neobavezan) ili
isključite kabel za napajanje iz utičnice. Zatim obrišite fotoaparat mekom, suhom
krpom.
• Ako je fotoaparat jako zaprljan, prebrišite ga dobro iscijeđenom vlažnom krpom i nakon
toga prebrišite suhom.
• Za čišćenje fotoaparata nemojte koristiti otapala poput benzina, razrjeđivača, alkohola,
kuhinjskih deterdženata i slično jer ta sredstva mogu oštetiti kućište i izazvati guljenje
boje.
• Kad koristite kemijsku krpu, pridržavajte se uputa za njezinu uporabu.
LCD zaslon
• Nemojte prejako pritiskati LCD zaslon. Mogu se pojaviti neujednačene boje ili zaslon
može prestati raditi.
• Ako je fotoaparat hladan kad ga uključite, slika na LCD zaslonu u početku će biti blago
tamnija nego što je to uobičajeno. Međutim, slika će se vratiti na normalnu razinu
svjetline kad se poveća unutrašnja temperatura fotoaparata.
Kod izrade LCD zaslona korištena je tehnologija visoke preciznosti. Međutim, na
zaslonu se mogu pojaviti neke tamne ili svijetle točkice (crvene, plave ili zelene).
Nije riječ o kvaru. LCD zaslon ima više od 99,99% efektivnih piksela, dok ih je samo
0,01% neaktivno ili uvijek osvijetljeno. Takve točke neće biti snimljene na fotografije u
ugrađenoj memoriji ili na kartici.
Objektiv
• Objektiv nemojte prejako pritiskati.
• Fotoaparat nemojte ostavljati s objektivom okrenutim prema suncu jer bi sunčeve zrake
mogle prouzročiti kvar. Isto tako budite oprezni kad fotoaparat stavljate izvan ili blizu
prozora.
- 113 -
Ostalo
Baterija
Baterija je punjiva, litij-ionska. Njezina sposobnost napajanja temelji se na
kemijskoj reakciji do koje dolazi u njezinoj unutrašnjosti. Ta je reakcija osjetljiva na
temperaturu i okolinsku vlagu. Ako je temperatura previsoka ili preniska, vrijeme
rada baterije bit će kraće.
Uvijek izvadite bateriju nakon uporabe.
• Izvađenu bateriju spremite u plastičnu vrećicu i pohranite ili nosite tako da je udaljena
od metalnih predmeta (spajalica i sl.).
Ako vam baterija slučajno padne, provjerite jesu li njezino kućište i kontakti
oštećeni.
• Umetanje oštećene baterije oštetit će fotoaparat.
Kad izlazite, ponesite napunjene zamjenske baterije.
• Imajte na umu da se vrijeme rada baterije može skratiti na niskim temperaturama,
primjerice na skijalištu.
• Kada putujete, nemojte zaboraviti ponijeti AC prilagodnik (isporučen) i USB spojni kabel
(isporučen) da biste uvijek mogli napuniti bateriju u zemlji u koju putujete.
Odložite staru bateriju.
• Uporabni vijek baterije ograničen je.
• Nemojte bacati bateriju u vatru jer to može izazvati eksploziju.
Pazite da kontakti baterije ne dođu u doticaj s metalnim predmetima (poput ogrlica,
ukosnica itd.).
• To može izazvati kratki spoj ili pregrijavanje, a dodirnete li takvu bateriju, možete dobiti i
opekline.
Prilagodnik za izmjenični napon (isporučen)
• Koristite li prilagodnik za izmjenični napon (isporučen) blizu radijskog prijamnika, to
može omesti prijam.
• Prilagodnik za izmjenični napon (isporučen) držite 1 metar ili više od radijskih
prijamnika.
• Iz prilagodnika za izmjenični napon mogu se čuti šumovi kad je u uporabi. Nije riječ o
kvaru.
• Nakon uporabe uvijek odspojite kabel za napajanje iz zidne utičnice (ako ostane spojen,
i dalje će se trošiti vrlo mala količina struje).
- 114 -
Ostalo
Kartica
Nemojte ostavljati karticu na visokoj temperaturi, kod izvora elektromagnetskih
zračenja ili statičkog elektriciteta ili izloženu direktnom sunčevom svjetlu.
Nemojte savijati ili bacati karticu.
• Može se oštetiti, a snimljeni sadržaj može se obrisati ili oštetiti.
• Nakon uporabe i prilikom spremanja i nošenja karticu spremite u kutiju ili vrećicu.
• Pazite da u kontakte na poleđini kartice ne dospiju nečistoća, prašina ili voda te ih
nemojte dodirivati prstima.
Upozorenje kada karticu predajete trećoj osobi ili je odlažete
• Formatiranjem ili brisanjem pomoću fotoaparata ili računala samo se mijenjaju podaci o
upravljanju datotekama i ne brišu se u cijelosti podaci s memorijske kartice.
Preporučuje se fizički uništiti memorijsku karticu ili koristiti programe za brisanje
podataka s računala dostupne na tržištu da biste u potpunosti izbrisali podatke s
memorijske kartice prije njene predaje trećim osobama ili odlaganja.
Za upravljanje podacima s memorijske kartice odgovoran je korisnik.
Osobni podaci
Ako su postavke imena ili rođendana postavljene za [Baby1] / [Baby2] (dijete1/dijete2), ti
se osobni podaci čuvaju na fotoaparatu i snimaju na sliku.
Odricanje od pravne odgovornosti
• Podaci, uključujući osobne podatke, mogu se izmijeniti ili nestati zbog nepravilnog
rukovanja, statičkog elektriciteta, nezgode, kvara, popravka ili drugih oblika rukovanja.
Tvrtka Panasonic ne preuzima nikakvu odgovornost za bilo kakvu izravnu ili neizravnu
štetu nastalu izmjenom ili nestankom podataka ili osobnih podataka.
Prilikom traženja popravka, predaje trećim osobama ili zbrinjavanja
• Poništite sve postavke da biste zaštitili osobne podatke. (str. 43.)
• Ako na ugrađenoj memoriji ima spremljenih slika, po potrebi ih kopirajte na memorijsku
karticu (str. 96.) prije formatiranja ugrađene memorije (str. 44.).
• Izvadite memorijsku karticu iz fotoaparata kada tražite popravak.
• Ugrađena memorija i postavke mogu biti vraćene na tvorničke postavke prilikom
popravka fotoaparata.
• Obratite se prodavaču kod kojeg ste kupili fotoaparat ili najbližem servisnom centru ako
gore navedene radnje nisu moguće zbog kvara.
Prije predaje memorijske kartice trećim osobama ili prije odlaganja kartice,
pročitajte gornje poglavlje „Upozorenje kada karticu predajete trećoj osobi ili je
odlažete”.
- 115 -
Ostalo
Kad fotoaparat ne koristite na dulje vremensko razdoblje
• Spremite bateriju na hladno i suho mjesto s relativno stabilnom temperaturom:
[Preporučena temperatura: od 15 °C do 25 °C Preporučena vlaga: 40% do 60%
relativne vlažnosti]
• Uvijek izvadite bateriju i karticu iz fotoaparata.
• Ostane li baterija u fotoaparatu, postupno će se prazniti čak i ako je on isključen.
Ostavite li bateriju u fotoaparatu, prekomjerno će se prazniti i može postati
neupotrebljiva čak i ako je napunite.
• Kad spremate bateriju na dulje vrijeme, preporučujemo da je napunite jednom godišnje.
Izvadite bateriju iz fotoaparata i ponovno je spremite nakon što se sasvim isprazni.
• Kad spremate fotoaparat u ormar, preporučujemo da ga spremite s desikantom
Others
(silikatnim
gelom).
Screen Display
......................................110
Podaci
koji se odnose na fotografije
Cautions for Use....................................112
podaci se mogu oštetiti ili izgubiti ako se fotoaparat ošteti uslijed neprikladnog
Message Snimljeni
Display ...................................117
rukovanja. Tvrtka Panasonic odriče se odgovornosti za bilo kakve štete nastale zbog
Troubleshooting.....................................119
gubitka snimljenog materijala.
• Please note that the actual controls and
components, menu items, and other
information for your digital camera may differ
Tronošci
i stalciand screens
from those
in the illustrations
provided in this manual. When operation or
other information
is more
or less
the potpuno
same
• Pazite da
tronožac
bude
stabilan kad se na njega postavlja fotoaparat.
between models, (DMC-SZ1) are used as
•
Tijekom
korištenja
tronošca
stalka nećete moći izvaditi karticu ili bateriju.
examples for the instructions provided inilithis
manual.• Pazite da vijak na tronošcu ne bude pod kutom kad fotoaparat stavljate ili skidate sa
tronošca.
Ako koristite
pretjeranu
• The operations,
procedures,
or functions
that silu kod njegovog zatezanja, možete oštetiti vijak
differ among
models are indicated
separately,
na fotoaparatu.
Isto tako,
kućište fotoaparata i pločica s nazivnim podacima mogu se
together with
the ili
relevant
model
oštetiti
ogrepsti
ako number.
je fotoaparat pretjerano pritegnut na tronožac ili stalak.
e.g.:
(DMC-SZ1)
• Pozorno
pročitajte upute za uporabu tronošca ili stalka.
• (DMC-FS45)
Neki tronošci ili stalci mogli bi blokirati zvučnik pa će biti teže čuti zvuk rada itd.
- 116 -
Others
Ostalo
Message
Display
Prikaz poruka
U nekim slučajevima
na or
zaslonu
će se pojaviti
za potvrdu
ili screen
poruke in
o pogrešci.
Confirmation
messages
error messages
will poruke
be displayed
on the
some cases.
Glavne
poruke
objašnjene
su u nastavku
primjeri.
The
major
messages
are described
belowkao
as examples.
[This
is is
protected]
[Thispicture
picture
protected] (Ova je fotografija zaštićena)
> Delete the picture after cancelling the protect setting. (P111)
→→ Izbrišite fotografiju nakon poništenja postavki zaštite. (str. 95.)
[Some pictures cannot be deleted]/[This picture cannot be deleted]
bestandard
deleted]/[This
Picturespictures
not based cannot
on the DCF
cannot bepicture
deleted. cannot be deleted] (Neke
•[Some
se
ne mogu
izbrisati
/Ova
seon
fotografija
ne može izbrisati)
>fotografije
Format the card
after saving
necessary
data
a PC etc. (P52)
• Fotografije
koje
ne temelje
[Cannot
be set
onsethis
picture]na standardu DCF nije moguće izbrisati.
→→ Formatirajte karticu nakon što ste spremili potrebne podatke na računalo itd. (str. 44.)
• [Text Stamp] or [Print Set] cannot be set for pictures not based on the DCF standard.
[Cannot be set on this picture] (Ne može se postaviti na ovoj fotografiji)
[Built-in memory full]/[Memory card full]/[Not enough space on built-in memory]/
• Funkcije
[Text
Stamp]on
ili [Print
Set] ne mogu se podesiti za fotografije koje se ne
[Not
enough
memory
the card]
temelje
naspace
standardu
• There
is no
left onDCF.
the built-in memory or the card.
•[Built-in
When you copy pictures from the built-in memory to the card (batch copy), the pictures are
memory full]/[Memory card full]/[Not enough space on built-in
copied until the capacity of the card becomes full.
memory]/[Not enough memory on the card] (Ugrađena memorija puna/
Memorijska
kartica
dovoljno
u ugrađenoj memoriji/
[Some
pictures
cannotpuna/Nema
be copied]/[Copy
couldprostora
not be completed]
Thekartici)
following pictures cannot be copied.
•na
When prostora
a picture na
withugrađenoj
the same name
as the
picture to be copied exists in the copy
•–Nema
memoriji
ili kartici.
destination.
(Only
when copying
from a memorije
card to thena
built-in
memory.)
• Kada
kopirate
fotografije
iz ugrađene
karticu
(kopiranje svih fotografija),
– Files not based on the DCF standard.
fotografijepictures
se kopiraju
dok or
seedited
ne popuni
kapacitet
kartice.
• Moreover,
recorded
by other
equipment
may not be copied.
[Some pictures
cannot be copied]/[Copy
could not be completed] (Neke
[Built-In
Memory Error]/[Format
built-in memory?]
se fotografije ne mogu kopirati/Kopiranje se ne može dovršiti)
• This message will be displayed when you format the built-in memory on a PC.
•>
Sljedeće
moguon
sethe
kopirati.
Formatfotografije
the built-inne
memory
camera again. (P52) The data on the built-in memory
will be
-- Kad
nadeleted.
odredištu postoji fotografija istog imena kao i fotografija koju želite kopirati.
(Samo onda kada se kopira sa kartice na ugrađenu memoriju).
[Memory card error.
-- Datoteke koje se ne temelje na standardu DCF.
This card cannot be used in this camera.
• Osim toga postoji i mogućnost da se fotografije snimljene ili obrađene pomoću druge
Format this card?]
opreme neće moći kopirati.
• It is a format that cannot be used with this unit.
[Built-In
Memory
Error]
> Insert a
different card
and [Format
try again. built-in memory?] (Pogreška ugrađene
> ReformatFormatirati
on this unit (P52)
after saving
necessary data using a PC, etc. Data will be
memorije.
ugrađenu
memoriju?)
deleted.
• Ova poruka pojavit će se kada formatirate ugrađenu memoriju pomoću računala.
[Please
turn camera
off and
then on
again]/[System
Error]
→→ Ponovno
formatirajte
ugrađenu
memoriju
fotoaparata.
(str. 44.) Podaci na
memoriji
bit će izbrisani.
message will
be displayed
when the lens did not operate properly.
• Thisugrađenoj
> Turn the camera off and on. If the message persists, contact the dealer or your nearest
[Memory
error. This card cannot be used in this camera.
Servicecard
Centre.
Format this card?] (Greška memorijske kartice. Ova kartica se ne može
koristiti u ovom fotoaparatu. Formatirati memorijsku karticu?)
• Ne može se koristiti s ovim uređajem.
→→ Umetnite drugu karticu i pokušajte ponovno.
→→ Nakon spremanja potrebnih podataka na računalo itd. ponovno je formatirajte na
uređaju (str. 44.). Podaci će se izbrisati.
117 -- 138
Ostalo
[Please turn camera off and then on again]/[System error] (Isključite i ponovo
uključite fotoaparat / Sistemska greška)
Ova će se poruka pojaviti kada objektiv ne radi ispravno.
→→ Isključite fotoaparat pa ga ponovno uključite. Ako poruka ostane prikazana, obratite
se najbližem servisnom centru.
[Memory Card Error]/[Memory card parameter error]/[This memory card cannot be
used] (Pogreška memorijske kartice/ Pogreška u parametrima memorijske kartice/
Ova se memorijska kartica ne može koristiti)
→→ Upotrijebite memorijsku karticu kompatibilnu s ovim uređajem. (str. 16.)
-- SD memorijska kartica (8 MB do 2 GB)
-- SDHC memorijska kartica (4 GB do 32 GB)
-- SDXC memorijska kartica (48 GB, 64 GB)
[Insert SD card again] [Try another card] (Ponovno umetnite SD karticu /
Pokušajte s drugom karticom)
• Došlo je do pogreške prilikom pristupanja kartici.
→→ Ponovo umetnite karticu.
→→ Umetnite drugu karticu.
[Read Error/Write Error. (Greška u čitanju/Greška u upisu
Please check the card] (Molimo, provjerite karticu)
• Pojavila se pogreška tijekom čitanja podataka ili tijekom zapisivanja podataka.
→→ Isključite uređaj i zatim izvadite karticu. Ponovno umetnite karticu i uključite
fotoaparat te potom ponovno pokušajte s učitavanjem ili zapisivanjem podataka.
• Kartica je možda oštećena.
→→ Umetnite drugu karticu.
[Motion recording was cancelled due to the limitation of the writing speed of the card]
(Snimanje videozapisa je prekinuto zbog ograničenja brzine zapisivanja na karticu)
• Kod snimanja videozapisa preporučuje se upotreba kartica čiji je SD razred brzine (SD
Speed Class) označen kao „Klasa 4“ („Class 4“) ili viša.
• U slučaju da se snimanje zaustavi čak i kada koristite karticu brzine „Klasa 4“ ili više,
došlo je do smanjenja brzine zapisivanja podataka pa preporučujemo da napravite
sigurnosnu kopiju i nakon toga formatirate (str. 44.).
• Ovisno o vrsti kartice, snimanje videozapisa može se zaustaviti usred postupka.
[Cannot record due to incompatible format (NTSC/PAL) data on this card] (Snimanje
nije moguće zbog nekompatibilnog formata (NTSC/PAL) podataka na kartici)
→→ Formatirajte karticu nakon što ste spremili potrebne podatke na računalo itd. (str. 44.)
→→ Umetnite drugu karticu.
[A folder cannot be created] (Mapa se ne može izraditi)
• Mapa se ne može izraditi jer nema više slobodnih brojeva mapa koji bi se mogli koristiti.
→→ Formatirajte karticu nakon što ste spremili potrebne podatke na računalo itd. (str. 44.)
[Picture is displayed for 16:9 TV]/[Picture is displayed for 4:3 TV] (Slika je prikazana
za format TV prijamnika 16:9 /Slika je prikazana za format TV prijamnika 4:3)
• Odaberite [TV Aspect] u izborniku [Setup] ako želite promijeniti format slike na TV
prijamniku. (str. 43.)
• Ova se poruka pojavljuje i kad je USB kabel spojen samo na fotoaparat. U tom slučaju
spojite drugi kraj USB kabela na računalo ili pisač. (str. 102., 105.)
[This battery cannot be used] (Ova se baterija ne može koristiti)
• Uvijek koristite originalnu Panasonicovu bateriju. Ako se ova poruka pojavljuje čak i
ako koristite originalnu Panasonicovu bateriju, obratite se prodavatelju ili najbližem
ovlaštenom servisu.
• Ako je priključak za baterije prljav, očistite ga i uklonite sve što bi se moglo naći na njemu.
- 118 -
Ostalo
Others
Troubleshooting
U slučaju problema
Najprije
sljedeće
(str. 119. - (P140–151).
127.).
First,
try pokušajte
out the following
procedures
nenot
riješite
na taj
način,
pokušati
pomoću
funkcije
[Reset]
IfAko
the problem
problem is
resolved,
it may
bemožete
improved
by selecting
[Reset]
(P51)
on the
(str. 43.)menu.
u izborniku [Setup].
[Setup]
Baterija
i napajanje
Battery and
power source
The camera
cannot be
even
it is
turned
on.
Lampica
punjenja
seoperated
isključila,
ali when
uređaj
nije
napunjen.
The camera turns off immediately after it is turned on.
• To se događa kada punite uređaj na lokaciji na kojoj je temperatura ili jako visoka ili jako
niska.
• The
battery is exhausted. Charge the battery.
USB
kabel
povezivanje
(isporučen)
spojite na lokaciji na kojoj je
•→If→ you
leave
theza
camera
on, the battery
will beponovno
exhausted.
okoline
(i temperatura
baterije)
u rasponu
od etc.
10 °C
do 30 °C te ponovno
>temperatura
Turn the camera
off frequently
by using
the [Auto
Power Off]
(P50)
pokušajte puniti. [Kada je USB spojni kabel (isporučen) ponovno spojen nakon što je
baterija
potpunosti
napunjena, lampica za punjenje svijetlit će otprilike 15 sekundi.]
Side
doorudoes
not close.
Creating
picture
from
• Fotoaparat
Insert all the way
you
hear
a locking
and
it is locked bystill
the lever
while being
careful motion
neuntil
radi
čak
i kada
je sound
uključen.
about the direction
the battery isodmah
inserted.nakon
(P19) uključenja.
Fotoaparat
se isključuje
p
• Baterija je prazna. Napunite bateriju.
A single frame from the recorded motion picture can be save
Recording
• Ostavite
li fotoaparat uključenim, baterija će se
isprazniti.
Picture
size of the still picture to be created will differ dependi
→→ Često isključujte aparat pomoću načina rada
[Sleep motion
Mode] picture.
itd. (str. 42.)
recorded
The picture cannot be recorded.
Vrata kartice/baterije se ne zatvaraju.
Recording mode
Aspect ratio
• Is there any memory remaining on the built-in memory or the card?
•>
Umetnite
do kraja.
10.)necessary to increase available space in the memory.
Delete bateriju
the pictures
which (str.
are not
[1280k720/50p]
(P40)
16:9
• Snimanje
You may not be able to record for a short while after turning
the power on when using a large
[iFrame]
capacity card.
[640k480/50p]
Fotografija
ne može
snimiti.
The recordedse
picture
is whitish.
4:3
Picture siz
0.9 M
0.5 M
0.3M
Press the
button
at the location to be saved
• Je li prekidač za odabir [REC]/[PLAYBACK] podešen
na [
]?
(str. 22.)
• The picture can become whitish if there is dirt, e.g. fingerprints on the lens.
•>
Je liWhen
preostalo
memorije
na ugrađenoj
memoriji
ili kartici?
playback.
it is dirty,
lightly wipe
the surface
of the the
lens
with soft and dry cloth.
Izbrišite
slike da biste povećali slobodan
prostor na memoriji. (str. 35.)
•→Is→ the
insidenepotrebne
of the lens fogged?
≥ It is convenient to use Pause, Slow-motion Playback and F
•>
KadThere
koristite
karticu velikog
kapaciteta,
nećete
moći
kratko
vrijeme snimati kad
inner side
of the
lens
is fogged
” onbe registered as
is condensation.
Refer
to “Whenmožda
≥
Date
the
motion
picture(condensation)
was recorded will
uključite
P5 forfotoaparat.
what to do.
Snimljena fotografija je bjelkasta.
≥ Quality will be different from the normal still picture.
Repeat playback
• Fotografija može postati bjelkasta ako se na objektivu nalazi prljavština, npr. otisci prstiju.
→→ Ako je objektiv zaprljan, uključite fotoaparat, izvucite kućište objektiva i pažljivo
obrišite površinu objektiva mekanom suhom krpom.
Playback of the first scene starts after playback of the last sc
Snimljena fotografija je presvijetla ili pretamna.
: [VIDEO SETUP] # [REPEAT PLAY] # [ON]
→ Provjerite je li ekspozicija pravilno kompenzirana. (str. 54.)
The
indication appears on the full screen views.
Istovremeno se snima više fotografija.≥ All the scenes are played back repeatedly. (When playing b
the môda
scenesna
on[OFF].
the selected date are played back repeatedl
→ Podesite opciju [Burst] (str. 71.) u izborniku [Rec]
119 -- 140
Ostalo
Objekt snimanja nije pravilno izoštren.
Recording
∫ The available flash range
• Raspon fokusa ovisi o načinu snimanja.
→→ Podesite pravilan način rada za udaljenost
Others prema objektu snimanja.
Wide
• Objekt je izvan fokusa fotoaparata. (str. 27.)
The
subject
is
not
focused
properly.
In
[
]
in
• Fotoaparat podrhtava ili se objekt lagano pomiče. (str. 21.)
30 cm (0.98 feet) to 4.4 m (14 feet)
[Sensitivity]
• The focus range varies depending on the Recording Mode.
1m
Snimljena
Optički
slike nije učinkovit.
> Set to thefotografija
proper modejeformutna.
the distance
to thestabilizator
subject.
Shutter
speed forstoga
eachčvrsto
flashdržite
setting
• The
subject
is beyondsmanjuje
the focusse
range
the camera.
(P27) mjestima,
→
→ Brzina
zatvarača
kadofsnimate
na∫tamnim
• There is camera shake (jitter) or the subject is moving slightly. (P21)
fotoaparat objema rukama da biste snimili fotografiju.
(str. 21.) Shutter speed (Sec.)
Flash setting
→→ Kada snimate fotografije s manjom brzinom zatvarača,
koristite automatski okidač.
The recorded
picture is blurred. The Optical Image ‡
Stabiliser is not effective.
Recording
Recording
(str. 53.)
Flash s
to 1/1300
> The shutter speed becomes slower when pictures are taken in dark1/60
places
so hold the
camera
firmly with both hands to take the pictures. (P21)‰
Œ
oom
oom magnification
magnification
is
is
an
an
approximation.
approximation.
Snimljena
fotografija
izgleda
grubo.
Na
fotografiji
se
pojavljuje
šum.
WhenZoom”.
taking ItIt
pictures
at a to
slow
shutter
usepictures
the Self-timer. (P53)
reviation
eviation of
of “Extra
“Extra>
Optical
Optical
Zoom”.
is
is possible
possible
to take
take
more
more speed,
magnified
magnified
pictures
¢1spora?
The shutter speed changes depending on the [Stabil
• Je li ISO osjetljivost visoka ili je brzina zatvarača
zoom.
zoom.
¢2for
When
]].inStoga,
[Sensitivity]
set.
Digital
Digital Zoom,
Zoom, we
we(Pri
recommend
recommend
using
using aa tripod
tripod
and
andosjetljivost
the
the Self-timer
Self-timer
(P62)
(P62)
for
taking
isporuci
fotoaparata
ISO
podešena
jetaking
na [[the picture.
kada is
snimate
The
recorded
picture
looks
rough.
Noise
appears
• ¢1, 2:on
The shutter speed becomes a maximum of 1 secon
fotografije u zatvorenome i sl., pojavit će se smetnje.)
ut
ut using
using the
the zoom
zoom
while
recording
recording
motion
pictures,
refer
refer
to
P36.
P36. slow?– When the Optical Image Stabiliser is set to [OFF].
• Is→while
the
ISO
sensitivity
highpictures,
or the
shutter
speed
→
Smanjite
ISOmotion
osjetljivost.
(str.
65.)to
– When the
camera when
has determined
that there is very little
cal
al Zoom
Zoom cannot
cannot be
be used
used
in
in the
the following
following
cases:
cases:] when the camera is shipped.
(ISO
sensitivity
is
set
to
[
Therefore,
taking pictures
→→ Snimajte na svijetlim mjestima.
Stabiliser is set to [ON].
m
m Mode
Mode
indoors etc. noise will appear.)
• Jeste li postavili funkciju [High Sens.] u scenskom
rada
ili [Burst]
u izborniku
• In načinu
Intelligent
Auto
Mode, shutter
speed changes dependin
.]] in
in Scene
Scene Mode
Mode
> Decrease the ISO sensitivity. (P65)
• The shutter speed for [Sports], [Snow], [Beach & Surf], [Un
in
n the
the [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu
is
isTake
set
setna
to
topictures
[[
]] or
or
]]]? places.
[Rec]
ili
>
in [[bright
different
from above
table.
ng
ng motion
motion pictures
pictures
Ako jeyou
tako,
fotografija
blago
smanjuje
obrade
• Have
set razlučivost
[High Sens.]snimljenih
in Scene Mode,
or [Burst]
in se
[Rec]
menu tozbog
[
] or [ visoke
]? If so, the
Zoom
Zoom cannot
cannot be
be used
used
in
in the
theoffollowing
following
cases:
cases:
resolution
the
recorded
picture
of high sensitivity processing, but
osjetljivosti,
ali nije
riječ
o
kvaru.decreases slightly because
Note
m
m Mode
Mode
this is not a malfunction.
.]] in
in Scene
Scene Mode
ModeSvjetlina ili nijanse boje snimljene fotografije
• If you bring
the Flash
to an object, the object ma
razlikuju
se too
odclose
stvarnog
heat or lighting from the Flash.
in
n the
the [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu is
is set
set to
to [[
]] or
or [[ ]]
The
brightness
or the hue of the recorded picture
is
different
from
the
actual
cannot
annot be
be used
used in
inprizora.
the
the following
following
cases:
cases:
• Recording a subject from too close, or without sufficient fla
scene.
Auto
Auto Mode
Mode
level
exposure, andbrzine
may result
in a picture that is too wh
• Kada snimate pod fluorescentnim ili LED svjetlom
itd.,ofpovećavanje
zatvarača
• When
Flash is being charged, the Flash icon blinks red
Effect
ffect Mode
Mode
može recording
dovesti do
manjih
promjena
u svjetlini
i boji.
Ti etc.,
suthe
rezultati
karakteristika
izvoramay
• When
under
fluorescent
or LED
lighting
fixture
increasing
the shutter speed
.]] in
in Scene
Scene Mode
Mode
when you press the shutter button fully.
introduce
slight
changes
to brightness and colour. These are a result of the characteristics of
svjetla
itonisu
in
n the
the [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu
is
is set
set to
[[ znak
]] or
or [kvara.
[ ]]
• If recording a subject without sufficient flash, the White Ba
the light source and do not indicate a malfunction.
• The effects of the flash may not be adequately achieved u
– When
[Burst]okidača,
in the [Rec]na
menu
is set to [ ]
Prilikom
snimanja
fotografija
ili polovičnog
pritiska
LCD
When recording
pictures
or half-pressing
the –
shutter
button,
reddish
stripes
When the
shutter
speed is
too fastmay
zaslonu
mogle
bi monitor.
se pojaviti
crvene pruge.
Dio
ili
čitav
LCD
zaslon
appear on
the LCD
Alternatively,
part
or
all
of
the
LCD
monitor
may
• It may take time to charge the Flashturn
if you repeat taking a
access indication disappears.
a reddish
mogao
bicolour.
poprimiti crvenkastu boju.
• The Red-Eye Reduction effect differs between people. Als
•• This
Ovo isjeakarakteristika
se kada
objekt
na
sebi
camera
or was
notalooking at the first Flash, the effect may
characteristic CCD-a,
of CCDs,i pojavljuje
and it appears
when
the subject
has
ima
svijetli
dio.
Mogu
se
pojaviti
nejednakosti
u
okolnom areas,
području,
bright part. Some unevenness may occur in the surrounding
but
ali
se
ne
radi
o
kvaru.
this is not a malfunction.
ItOvo
is recorded
in motion u
pictures
but is not
on still pictures.
ostaje snimljeno
videozapisu,
alirecorded
ne i na fotografijama.
is recommended
you take
pictures zaslon
you take
not to
•• ItPreporučujemo
dathat
kodwhen
snimanja
fotografije
necare
izlažete
expose the screen to sunlight or any other source of strong light.
sunčevom svjetlu ili bilo kojem drugom izvoru jake svjetlosti.
- 120 - 60 -
Ostalo
Snimanje videozapisa zaustavlja se usred procesa.
• Kod snimanja videozapisa preporučuje se upotreba kartica čiji je SD razred brzine (SD
Speed Class) označen kao „Klasa 4“ („Class 4“) ili viša.
• Ovisno o vrsti kartice, snimanje videozapisa može se zaustaviti usred postupka.
→→ Ako se snimanje videozapisa zaustavi tijekom korištenja kartice označene kao „Klasa
4“ ili ako koristite karticu koja je formatirana na računalu ili drugoj opremi, brzina
upisivanja podataka može biti manja. U tom slučaju preporučujemo da napravite
sigurnosnu kopiju podataka i zatim formatirate (str. 44.) karticu u ovom uređaju.
Objekt se ne može zaključati.
(Nije dostupna funkcija praćenja automatskog fokusa)
• Postavite područje automatskog fokusa na karakterističnu boju objekta ako postoji dio
koje se razlikuje od okolne boje. (str. 69.)
Snimanje pomoću funkcije [Panorama Shot] zaustavlja se prije
završetka.
• Ako pomičete fotoaparat presporo, fotoaparat smatra da je pomicanje dovršeno te
prekida snimanje fotografije.
• Ako pretjerano tresete fotoaparat u smjeru snimanja, snimanje se prekida.
→→ Kada snimite s uključenom funkcijom [Panorama Shot], pomaknite fotoaparat tako da
pokušate pratiti mali krug paralelan sa smjerom snimanja pri brzini oko 8 sekundi po
okretaju (procjena).
Zvuk rada je tih.
• Zaklanjate li zvučnik prstom? (str. 8.)
- 121 -
Ostalo
LCD zaslon
LCD zaslon na trenutak postaje tamniji ili svjetliji.
• Ova se pojava pojavljuje kada pritisnete okidač dopola da biste podesili vrijednost
otvora blende i ne utječe na snimljene fotografije.
• Ova se pojava također pojavljuje prilikom promjene svjetline kada je fotoaparat zumiran
ili kada je fotoaparat pomaknut. Ovo je zbog automatskog otvaranja blende fotoaparata
i ne predstavlja kvar.
LCD zaslon treperi u zatvorenim prostorima.
• LCD zaslon mogao bi treperiti nekoliko sekundi nakon uključivanja uređaja. Ovom se
Recording
radnjom ispravlja treperenje koje nastaje zbog svjetla - flourescentnog svjetla, LED
svjetala itd., nije riječ o kvaru.
Item
Description o
[‡]
([Auto])
LCD zaslon je presvijetao ili pretaman.
[
] ([iAuto])¢1
• Je li način [LCD Mode] uključen? (str. 42.)
• Izvedite [LCD Display]. (str. 41.)
[
]
¢2 i zelene
Na LCD zaslonu pojavljuju se crne,([Auto/Red-Eye])
crvene, plave
• Nije riječ o kvaru.
Ovi pikseli ne utječu na snimljene fotografije.
The flash is automatically activat
conditions make it necessary.
The flash is automatically activat
conditions make it necessary.
It is activated once before the ac
red-eye phenomenon (eyes of th
točke.
the picture) and then activated a
• Use this when you take pictu
lighting conditions.
The flash is activated every time
conditions.
• Use this when your subject is
([Forced
Flash
On]) radi zadržavanja
• Na tamnim mjestima može doći do smetnji
na LCD
zaslonu
svjetline.light.
fluorescent
[‰]
Na LCD zaslonu pojavljuju se smetnje.
Ovo ne utječe na fotografije koje snimate.
If you take a picture with a dark b
feature will slow the shutter spee
[
]
so that the dark background will
Bljeskalica
Simultaneously, it reduces the re
([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])¢2
Note
• Use this when you take pictu
• The indicated zoom magnification is an approximation.
dark background.
seofnije
aktivirala.
• “EZ” is Bljeskalica
an abbreviation
“Extra
Optical Zoom”. It is possible to take more magnified pictures
The
flash is not activated in any
with the
optical
zoom.
• Je li postavka bljeskalice postavljena na [[Œ]]?
Recording
• Use
this when you take pictur
• When →
using the Digital Zoom, we recommend using a tripod
and the Self-timer (P62) for
taking
Promijenite postavke bljeskalice. (str. 49.)
([Forced
Flash
Off])
of flash is not permitted.
pictures.
Recording
Notenije moguće koristiti u sljedećim situacijama:
• Bljeskalicu
• For details
about using
the zoom while recording motion pictures, refer to P36.
The indicated
zoom
is an
approximation.
¢1
This
can be set only when Intelligent Auto Mode is set.
-- Optical
u•načinu
s efektom
minijature
55.)
• The Extra
Zoom
cannot
bemagnification
used in (str.
the following
cases:
•
“EZ”
is
an
abbreviation
of “Extra Optical
It isis
possible
to take
more
picturesnot move
¢2Zoom”.
The
flash
activated
twice.
Themagnified
subject should
-- uZoom
scenskim
[Scenery]/[Panorama
Shot]/[Night
Scenery]/[Sunset]/[Glass
– In Macro
Modenačinima
with in
the
optical
zoom.
activated. Interval until the second flash depends on the b
Through]
(str.
56.)
– In [High Sens.]
Scene
Mode
• When
using
the
Digital
Zoom,
using Removal]
a tripod and(P92)
the Self-timer
(P62)
for taking
on the [Rec]
menu
is set to [ON],
– When -[Burst]
in the
[Rec]
menu
is
set
to(osim
[ we recommend
]za
or [[ [Red-Eye
]]) (str.
- pripictures.
snimanju
u načinu
[Burst]
71.)
icon.
– When recording
motion pictures
•
For
details
about
using
the
zoom
while
recording
motion
pictures,
refer
to
P36.
• The Intelligent Zoom cannot be used in the following cases:
• The Mode
ExtrajeOptical
Zoom cannot
be used
in the following cases:
Bljeskalica
aktivirana
nekoliko
puta.
– In Macro
Zoom
– In in
Macro
Zoom
Mode
– In [High
Sens.]
Scene
Mode
• Bljeskalica
se aktivira
kad je odabrano uklanjanje efekta crvenih očiju (str. 49.).
– In
Sens.]
indvaput
Scene
– When
[Burst]
in [High
the [Rec]
menu
is set Mode
to [
] or [ ]
• Je
li [Burst]
71.)
izborniku
[Rec]
When(str.
[Burst]
inuin
the
[Rec]
menu
is postavljeno
set to [
]na
or [ ]]?
• [Digital Zoom]– cannot
be used
the
following
cases:
–
When
recording
motion
pictures
– In Intelligent Auto Mode
• The
Intelligent
– In Miniature
Effect
Mode Zoom cannot be used in the following cases:
– In in
Macro
Zoom
Mode
– In [High Sens.]
Scene
Mode
– In
Sens.]
in Scene
– When [Burst]
in [High
the [Rec]
menu
is set Mode
to [
] or [ ]
– When [Burst] in the [Rec] menu is set to [
] or [ ]
• [Digital Zoom] cannot be used in the following cases:
– In Intelligent Auto Mode
- 122 – In Miniature Effect Mode
– In [High Sens.] in Scene Mode
– When [Burst] in the [Rec] menu is set to [
] or [ ]
––When
When recording
recording in
in [Burst]
[Burst] (except
(except for
for [[
])]) (P89)
(P89)
Flash
Flash is
is activated
activated several
several times.
times.
••The
The flash
flash is
is activated
activated twice
twice when
when Red-Eye
Red-Eye Reduction
Reduction (P58)
(P58) has
has been
been se
se
Ostalo(P89)
••Has
Has [Burst]
[Burst]
(P89) in
in the
the [Rec]
[Rec] menu
menu been
been set
set to
to [[ ]?
]?
Reprodukcija
Playback
Playback
Advanced
(Playback)The
The
picture
picturese
being
being
played
played back
back
is
is rotated
rotated and
and displayed
displayed in
in an
an un
u
Fotografija koja
se reproducira
zakreće
i prikazuje
u neočekivanom
direction.
direction.
smjeru.
Deleting scenes/still pictures
]] or
or [[
].].].
ili
[Rotate
Disp.]
Disp.]
(P51)
(P51) is
is set
setna
to
to[[
• [Rotate Disp.] (Zakretanje prikaza)••[Rotate
(str.
44.)
postavljeno
je
Deleted scenes/still pictures cannot be restored, so perform appropriate
The
The picture
picture is
is not
not played
played back.
back.
Fotografija seconfirmation
ne reproducira.
of the The
contents
before
proceeding
withdisplayed.
deletion.
The
recorded
recorded
pictures
pictures
are
are not
not
displayed.
Snimljene fotografije nisu prikazane.
••Is
Is there
there aa picture
picture on
on the
the built-in
built-in memory
memory or
or the
the card?
card?
• Je li prekidač REC/PLAY
na
[ pictures
]?
32.)
¬ Changepostavljen
the mode
. (str. on
>
>toThe
The pictures
on the
the built-in
built-in memory
memory appear
appear when
when aa card
card is
is not
not inserte
inserte
• Postoji li fotografija na ugrađenoj memoriji
ili
kartici?
the
the card
card appears
appears when
when aa card
card is
is inserted.
inserted.
→→ Fotografije na ugrađenoj memoriji
pojavljuju
se
kad
kartica
nije
umetnuta.
Fotografije
••Is
Is this
this aa folder
folder or
or picture
picture which
which was
was processed
processed in
in the
the PC?
PC? IfIf itit is,
is, itit canno
canno
this
this unit.
unit.
To delete the scene or still picture
na kartici pojavljuju se kad je kartica
umetnuta.
>
> ItIt is
isna
recommended
recommended
to
to use
use
the
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
“PHOTOfunSTUDIO”
software in
in the
the C
C
• Radi li se o mapi ili slici koja je obrađena
računalu? Ako
je tothe
slučaj,
fotografija
se nesoftware
being
played
back
write
write pictures
pictures from
from PC
PC to
to card.
card.
može reproducirati na ovom fotoaparatu.
Press
the
button
while
scenes
or
still
••Has
Has [Filtering
[Filtering Play]
Play] been
been set
set for
for playback?
playback?
→→ Za prebacivanje slika sa računala>
naChange
karticuto
preporučujemo
koristiti
softverare being played back.
pictures
to be deleted
>
Change
to
[Normal
[Normal
Play].
Play]. (P95)
(P95)
„PHOTOfunSTUDIO" s isporučenog CD-a.
• Je li funkcija [Filtering Play] postavljena za reprodukciju?
→→ Promijenite u [Normal Play]. (str. 77)
∫ To delete scenes or still pictures from the thumbnail display
1 Pressprikazuje
the
button
while
thumbnail
view screen is displayed.
Broj mape i datoteke
se kao
[—] the
i zaslon
se zatamni.
2
• Radi li se o nestandardnoj fotografiji, fotografiji koja je obrađena na računalu ili fotografiji
Select [ALL
SCENES]
or [SELECT]
koja je snimljena digitalnim
fotoaparatom
drugog
proizvođača?
using
the cursor
button,ilithen
• Jeste li izvadili bateriju
odmah
nakon snimanja
ste snimali sa slabom baterijom?
press
the ENTER
button.
→→ Formatirajte karticu
da biste
izbrisali gore
spomenute fotografije. (str. 44.)
≥ All the scenes
or still pictures
displayed
as
(I ostale će fotografije
biti izbrisane
te ih neće
biti moguće
vratiti. Zato pažljivo
thumbnails
deleted by selecting
provjerite sadržaj
kartice will
prijebeformatiranja.)
[ALL SCENES].
(In case
playing
back scenes or still pictures by date, all the scenes or still pictures on
Zvuk reprodukcije
ili of
rada
je nizak.
the selected date will be deleted.)
• Zaklanja li nešto
zvučnik? scenes/still
(str. 8.)
≥ Protected
pictures cannot be deleted.
3 (When [SELECT]
is selected
in Step 2)su prikazane s datumima
Tijekom kalendarskog
pretraživanja
fotografije
Select
the
scene/still
picture
to be deleted, then press the ENTER
različitim od stvarnih datuma kad su bile snimljene.
-- 145
145 -button.
• Je li sat na fotoaparatu pravilno podešen? (str. 19.)
≥ The
scene/still
is selected
and the
indication
appears
on the
thumbnail. Press
• Kad su fotografije
obrađene
napicture
računalu
ili se reproduciraju
fotografije
snimljene
drugom
the
ENTER
button
again
to
cancel
the
operation.
opremom, prikazani datumi mogli bi se razlikovati od stvarnih datuma snimanja.
≥ Up to 99 scenes can be selected to be deleted.
4
(When [SELECT] is selected in Step 2)
Select [Delete], and press the ENTER button, or the
≥ To continuously delete other scenes/still pictures, repeat Steps 3-4.
When you stop deleting halfway
button.
Press the MENU button while deleting.
≥ The scenes or still pictures that have already been deleted when the deletion is cancelled
cannot be restored.
- 123 - 53 -
Item
[‡]
Applicable modes:
[
([Auto])
]
Description of settings
Recording
([iAuto])¢1
The flash is automatically activated when the recording
conditions make it necessary.
Ostalo
The flash is automatically activated when the recording
make it necessary.
Others
conditions
Taking Na
Pictures
the
Built-in
Flash
Itse
is activated
once before
the actual
snimljenoj
fotografiji
pojavljuju
bijele
okrugle
točke
sličnerecording to reduce the
[
]Using
red-eyeon
phenomenon
(eyes
of the subject appearing red in
White round
like soap
bubbles appear
the recorded
picture.
¢2
balonima
odspots
sapunice.
([Auto/Red-Eye])
the picture) and then activated again for the actual recording.
A Photo flash
• IfSnimite
li fotografiju
s bljeskalicom
tamnome
mjestu
iliwhite
u take pictures of people in low
• Useorthis
when
you
you take
a picture with
the flash in ana
dark
place
indoors,
Do not
cover
with
your caused
fingerslighting
or the
other
objects.
conditions.
round
spots may
appear
onitfotografiji
the
picture
by
flash
reflecting
off
zatvorenom
prostoru,
na
se mogu
pojaviti
bijele
okrugle
of
particles
of dust
in the air. This
is not
a malfunction.
točke,
a uzrok
je odbijanje
svjetla
bljeskalice
čestica
prašine
u time regardless of the recording
Theod
flash
is activated
every
A characteristic
of this is that the number of round
spots and their
[‰]
conditions.
zraku.
Nije
riječ
o
kvaru.
Karakteristika
ove
pojave
jest
da
se
broj
position differ in every picture.
Recording
Use this
when
your subject is back-lit or under
([Forced
Flash
On]) razlikuju na •svakoj
okruglih točki
i njihov
položaj
fotografiji.
fluorescent light.
[Red-Eye Removal]
If you take a picture with a dark background landscape, this
Crveni dio snimljene fotografije promijenio
je boju
u crnu.
feature will slow
the shutter
speed when the flash is activated
Red
part
of
the
recorded
image
has
changed
colour
to
black.bojom
modes:
[ Applicable
]
Switching• Ako
to the
appropriate
flash
setting
that the
darkokružena
background
will become
bright.
snimite
fotografiju
objekta
na kojem jesocrvena
boja
kože dok
se
itselected,
reduces
the
red-eye
phenomenon.
([Slow
Sync./Red-Eye])
When
Red-Eye
Reduction
], is
[ in operation,
])
Digital
Red-Eye
koristiti
uklanjanje
efekta
crvenih
]),isfunkcija
digitalne
Digital
Red-Eye
Correction
([ očiju],([([[ Simultaneously,
])
if you
take
a korekcije
picture
of aCorrection is
Set the flash •toWhen
match
the recording.
Use
this The
youpart
take
of detects
people
front Item
of
a
subject
with red
colourmožda
surrounded
by
a skin
colour,
red
may
be corrected
to in
performed
whenever
the
flash
is used.
camera
automatically
red-eye
and
efekta crvenih
očiju
će ispraviti
taj •tone
crveni
diowhen
i that
pretvoriti
ga
upictures
crni.
dark
background.
black
by
the
Digital
Red-Eye
Correction
function.
corrects
the
picture.
→→ Preporučuje se snimanje fotografije s postavkama bljeskalice podešenima na [[‡]], ([Auto])
> [‰].
It is recommended
to take a picture with the
Mode
set to [‡],
[Œ], or conditions.
TheFlash
flash
is notočiju
activated
in [‰]
anyor
recording
¢1
Press 1
[ [Red-Eye
] ili [[Œ]
] ili s postavkom
uklanjanja efekta
crvenih
[Red-Eye
Removal]
[ u where
] ([iAuto])
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
Removal] on
the [Rec] menu set
to [OFF].
(P84)you take pictures in places
• Use
this when
the use
([Forced
Flash Off])
izborniku
[Rec] postavljenom
na [OFF]. (str.
74.)
of flash is not permitted.
Note
[Thumbnail
is displayed]
appears
on
the screen.
¢1• This
can
be setwhen
only when
Intelligent
Mode
isFace
set. Detection is active.
Only
available
[AF Mode]
is setAuto
to [š]
and
Na zaslonu
se
pojavljuje
poruka
[Thumbnail
is
displayed]
(Prikazane
[ su] flash is
¢2•that
The
flash
is activated
twice.
The
subject
should
not
move
untilpictures
the second
Under
certain
circumstances,
red-eye
cannot
besuch
corrected.
• Is it a picture
has
been
recorded
with
other
equipment?
In
cases,
these
may
¢2
¢2
minijature).
activated.
Intervalpicture
until the
second flash depends on the brightness([Auto/Red-Eye])
of the subject.
be displayed with
a deteriorated
quality.
[Red-Eye
Removal]
(P92)
on
the [Rec]
menu
is settetose
[ON],
[ ] appears
Press• 3/4
select
the
item
and
then
press
Je li toto
fotografija
snimljena
drugom
opremom?
U tom
slučaju,
fotografije
mogu on the flash
[Stabilizer]
icon.
The sound
of
thekvaliteti.
recorded motion pictures sometimes breaks up.
[MENU/SET].
prikazati
u lošijoj
• This unit automatically
adjusts
the aperture during motion picture recording. At such times,
Applicable
modes:
[‰] the
sound may
break up.videozapisa
This is not a malfunction.
Zvuk
snimljenih
povremeno
se prekida.
Using this
mode, jitter during
picture taking
is detected, and the camera automatically
([Forced Flash On])
compensates
the jitter, otvor
enabling jitter-free
images
to be taken.
• Ovaj
fotoaparat
automatskifor
podešava
tijekom
snimanja
U
Motion
pictures
with
thispictures,
modelblende
cannot
be played
backvideozapisa.
on
Whenrecorded
recording
motion
“Active
Mode”
(stabiliser
for other
motion pictures) will
takvim
slučajevima
zvuk
može
puknuti.
Nije
riječ
o
kvaru.
equipment.automatically function. This decreases the jitter of the image when recording motion
]
pictures
while
walking, or
etc.
• Motion pictures
recorded
in [AVCHD]
[MP4] may be played back with poor picture or[ sound
Videozapisi
snimljeni
s ovim
modelom
mogu
sewith
reproducirati
na([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])¢
quality or playback
may not be
possible
even whenne
played
back
equipment compatible
Settings:
[ON]/[OFF]
with theseopremi.
formats. Also, the recording information may not be displayed properly.
drugoj
Note
• Čak i ako se koristi
kompatibilan MP4 uređaj za reprodukciju, kvaliteta slike ili zvuka
• Stabiliser ismože
fixed to
in Scene
Mode. Snimljeni
[Œ]
snimljenog videozapisa
biti[OFF]
loša in
ili [Panorama
ih neće bitiShot]
moguće
reproducirati.
• During
motionneće
picture
recording,
this setting
is fixed to [ON]
and “Active ([Forced
Mode” is Flash
enabled.
Off])
podaci također
se možda
ispravno
prikazivati
u određenim
slučajevima.
Note that “Active Mode” is disabled when [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA].
• In “Active Mode”, stronger effect of the correction can be achieved at the
¢1wide
Thisend.
can be set only
• The stabiliser function may not be effective in the following cases.
¢2 The flash is activat
Be careful of camera jitter when you press the shutter button.
activated. Interval u
– When there is a lot of jitter.
[Red-Eye Removal]
– When the zoom magnification is high.
icon.
– In Digital Zoom range.
– When taking pictures while following a moving subject.
– When the shutter speed becomes slower to take pictures indoors or in dark places.
- 58 - 57 -
- 124 - 141 -
Ostalo
TV prijamnik, računalo i pisač
Slika se ne pojavljuje na TV prijamniku.
• Je li fotoaparat pravilno spojen na TV prijamnik?
→→ Odaberite ulaz vanjske opreme na TV prijamniku.
Prikaz na zaslonu TV prijamnika različit je od prikaza na LCD zaslonu
fotoaparata.
• Ovisno o modelu TV prijamnika, fotografije mogu biti vodoravno ili okomito izdužene ili
mogu biti prikazane s odrezanim rubovima.
Videozapisi se ne mogu reproducirati na TV prijamniku.
• Pokušavate li reproducirati videozapis tako da izravno umećete karticu u utor za karticu
TV prijamnika?
→→ Spojite fotoaparat s TV prijamnikom putem AV kabela (isporučen) i nakon toga
reproducirajte fotografije na fotoaparatu. (str. 97.)
Na TV prijamniku nije prikazana cijela slika.
→ Provjerite postavke omjera slike TV prijamnika [TV Aspect]. (str. 43.)
Fotografija se ne može prenijeti kad je fotoaparat spojen na računalo.
• Je li fotoaparat pravilno spojen na računalo?
• Je li računalo prepoznalo fotoaparat?
→→ Prilikom spajanja odaberite [PC]. (str. 102.)
Računalo ne prepoznaje karticu. (Ugrađena memorija je prepoznata.)
→→ Odspojite USB kabel. Ponovno ga spojite nakon umetanja kartice u fotoaparat.
→→ Ako postoje dvije ili više USB priključnica na jednom računalu, pokušajte spojiti kabel
za spajanje USB-a na drugu USB priključnicu.
Računalo ne prepoznaje karticu. (Koristi se SDXC memorijska kartica)
→→ Provjerite je li računalo kompatibilno s SDXC memorijskim karticama.
http://panasonic.net/avc/sdcard/information/SDXC.html
→→ Pri spajanju će se možda prikazati poruka da formatirate karticu, ali nemojte je
formatirati.
→→ Ako poruka [Access] prikazana na LCD zaslonu ne nestane, odspojite USB kabel
nakon što isključite napajanje.
Došlo je do problema kod slanja datoteka na YouTube ili Facebook.
→→ Provjerite jesu li vaši podaci za prijavu (ID za prijavu, korisničko ime, adresa e-pošte
i lozinka) ispravni.
→→ Provjerite je li računalo spojeno na internet.
→→ Provjerite blokira li rezidentni softver kao što je antivirusni program ili vatrozid pristup
stranicama YouTube ili Facebook.
→→ Također provjerite YouTube ili Facebook stranicama.
- 125 -
Ostalo
Fotografija se ne može ispisati, a fotoaparat je spojen na pisač.
• Fotografije se ne mogu ispisati na pisaču koji ne podržava funkciju PictBridge.
→→ Prilikom spajanja odaberite [PictBridge(PTP)]. (str. 105.)
Rubovi fotografija izrezani su tijekom ispisa.
→→ Kad koristite pisač s funkcijom izrezivanja ili ispisa bez obruba, poništite ove funkcije
prije ispisa (detalje potražite u uputama za uporabu pisača).
→→ Kada naručujete ispis u fotografskom studiju, pitajte mogu li fotografije s formatom
16:9 biti ispisane.
Panoramska fotografija ne ispisuje se ispravno.
• Budući da se format panoramske fotografije razlikuje od uobičajnih fotografija, možda
neće uvijek biti moguće ispravno ih
ispisati.
Others
Others
→→ Koristite pisač koji podržava panoramske fotografije (Detalje potražite u uputama za
Others uporabu pisača). Others
→→ Preporučujemo uporabu softvera „PHOTOfunSTUDIO” na isporučenom CD-ROM-u
da biste
prilagodili
veličinu
fotografije
papira za
ispis.
[Requirements
for
Underwater
use]
is displayed
repeatedly
whenever
the power
[Requirements
forveličini
Underwater
use]
is displayed
repeatedly whenever the po
is turned on.
is turned on.
Ostalo after viewing
• Press [MENU/SET]
the [MENU/SET]
last screen (12/12).
For details,
refer
to P7.(12/12). For details, refer to P7.
• Press
after viewing
the last
screen
An unreadable
language
was
selected
Anjezik
unreadable
language
selected by mistake.
Greškom
je izabran
kojiby
nemistake.
možete was
pročitati.
> Press
select >
the Press
[Setup]
menu
icon [[ select
].
Then
[MENU/SET],
then press [MENU/SET], an
→→ [MENU/SET],
Pritisnite [MENU/SET],
odaberite
ikonu
] iz
izbornika
[Setup].
Zatim
pritisnite
[MENU/SET],
the press
[Setup]
menu icon
[ and
]. Then
select the
[~] icon to iset
the desired
language.
(P52)
todaset
the desired
(P52)(str. 44.)
select
the
[MENU/SET]
odaberite
ikonu
[ [~]] icon
icon
biste
postavililanguage.
željeni jezik.
A white
lamp sometimes
turns
on
when
the shutter
button
is when
pressed
A white
lampžaruljica
sometimes
turns
on
thehalfway.
shutter
button is pressed halfwa
Ponekad
se uključuje
crvena
kad
pritisnete
okidač
dopola.
• NaLamp
tamnim
mjestima
Pomoćno
svjetlo
svijetli
crveno
takothe
dafocusing.
je
• AF Assist
will turn
on white
in
the dark
place
toautomatski
assist
the focusing.
• AF
Assist
Lamp
willza
turn
on white
infokus
the dark
place
to assist
lakše izoštriti objekt
The AF Assist Lamp does not
on.
Theturn
AF Assist
Lamp does not turn on.
Pomoćno svjetlo za automatski fokus se ne uključuje.
• Is [AF Assist Lamp] on the [Rec]
menu
set to
[ON]?on(P91)
• Is [AF
Assist
Lamp]
the [Rec] menu set to [ON]? (P91)
Je li [AF
Assist
Lamp]
(Pomoćno
svjetlo
automatskog
fokusa)
u izborniku
• The AF• Assist
Lamp
does
not• turn
on
bright
places.
The
AF in
Assist
Lamp
does not turn on
in bright
places. [Rec]
podešeno na [ON]? (str. 74.)
• Pomoćno
svjetlowarm.
automatskog
fokusa
ne uključuje
The camera
becomes
The camera
becomes
warm.se na svijetlim mjestima.
• The surface
of the camera
may
become
warm
during
use.may
Thisbecome
does notwarm
affectduring
the performance
• The
surface
of the
camera
use. This does not affect the perfor
Fotoaparat
se zagrijava.
or quality of the camera.
or quality of the camera.
• Površina fotoaparata može se zagrijati tijekom uporabe. To ne utječe na rad ili kvalitetu
fotoaparata.
The lens
clicks.
The lens clicks.
• When the
brightness
changes• When
due
to the
zoom
or camera
movement,
theorlens
may click
and etc., the lens may clic
brightness
changes
due toetc.,
zoom
camera
movement,
Objektiv
proizvodi
zvuk
klika.
the picture on the screen may the
drastically
However,
picture is
not affected.
Thethe picture is not affected. T
picture change.
on the screen
maythe
drastically
change.
However,
seby
svjetlina
mijenja
zbog
zumiranja
iliautomatic
kretanja
fotoaparata
sound •isKada
caused
the automatic
adjustment
ofby
thethe
aperture.
This
is not a malfunction.
sound
is caused
adjustment
ofitd.,
theobjektiv
aperture.može
This is not a malfunction.
škljocnuti i fotografija na zaslonu može se značajno promijeniti. Međutim, nema utjecaja
nadoor
fotografiju.
Zvuk
seThe
čuje
uslijed
automatskog
podešavanja otvora blende. Nije riječ o
The side
will not
close.
side
door
will not close.
kvaru.
• Have foreign objects become•trapped?
Have foreign objects become trapped?
> Remove the foreign objects.
>(P8)
Remove the foreign objects. (P8)
Postavke
se[LOCK]
poništavaju.
• When closing,
do notsata
set the
switch
thenot
locked
side.
Doingswitch
so may
cause
damage
• When
closing,todo
set the
[LOCK]
to the
locked
side.or
Doing so may cause dam
leaks. • To se može dogoditi leaks.
ako ne koristite fotoaparat dulje vrijeme.
> Release
the lock.će(P19)
> Release
(P19) (Postavite sat). (str. 19.)
→→ Prikazat
se poruka
[Please the
set lock.
the clock]
- 126 -
Ostalo
Kad su fotografije snimljene pomoću zuma, lagano su izobličene te se
oko objekta pojavljuju boje koje nisu prisutne u stvarnosti.
• Moguće je da će objekt biti blago deformiran, ili da će se rubovi obojiti, ovisno o
povećanju zumiranja, zbog karakteristika objektiva, ali to nije neispravnost.
Zumiranje se trenutačno zaustavlja.
• Kada koristite ekstra optički zum, postupak zumiranja privremeno će se zaustaviti. Nije
riječ o kvaru.
Zum ne postiže najveće uvećanje.
• Je li fotoaparat namješten na način rada Makro zum? (str. 52.)
Maksimalni zum tijekom korištenja načina rada Makro zum je 3x digitalni zum.
Brojevi datoteka nisu snimljeni u nizu.
• Kad izvedete neki postupak nakon pokretanja određene funkcije, fotografije se mogu
snimati u mape s brojevima različitim od onih prije tog postupka.
Brojevi datoteka snimaju se s prethodno korištenim brojevima.
• Ako ste umetnuli ili izvadili bateriju bez isključivanja fotoaparata, brojevi mapa i datoteka
snimljenih fotografija neće se pohraniti u memoriju. Kad ponovno uključite fotoaparat te
snimite nove fotografije, one bi mogle biti spremljene pod brojevima koji su trebali biti
dodijeljeni ranijim fotografijama.
Kada ne koristite fotoaparat neko vrijeme, iznenada se pokreće prikaz
slika u nizu.
• Ovo je funkcija [Auto Demo] koja prikazuje sve mogućnosti vašeg fotoaparata. Pritisnite
gumb za vraćanje fotoaparata na izvorni zaslon.
- 127 -
Logotip
SDXC
zaštitni je of
znak
tvrtke
SD 3C, LLC.
••SDXC
Logo
is a trademark
SD-3C,
LLC.
••QuickTime
and
the QuickTime
logozaštitni
are trademarks
or registered
trademarks
QuickTime
i logotip
QuickTime
su znakovi
ili registrirani
zaštitni
ofznakovi
Apple Inc.,
used
under
license
therefrom.
tvrtke
Apple
Inc.,
korišteni
pod licencom.
••Mac
MacOS
OSzaštitni
are trademarks
of Apple
registered
in the U.S.
Macand
i Mac
su znakovi
tvrtkeInc.,
Apple
Inc., registrirani
u and
SAD-u
other countries.
i ostalim državama.
• Windows and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks
•ofWindows
Windows Vista
su zaštitni
znakovi
ili zaštitni
MicrosoftiCorporation
in theregistrirani
United States
and/or other
countries.
znakovi istvrtke
Microsoft
Corporation
• YouTube
a trademark
of Google
Inc. u SAD-u i/ili ostalim državama.
YouTube
zaštitni
znak tvrtke
Inc.
••This
productjeuses
“DynaFont”
fromGoogle
DynaComware
Corporation. DynaFont is a registered
of DynaComware
Taiwan"DynaFont"
Inc.
•trademark
Ovaj proizvod
koristi tehnologiju
tvrtke DynaComware. DynaFont je
• Other
names zaštićeni
of systems
and tvrtke
products
mentioned in Taiwan
these instructions
are usually the
registrirani
znak
DynaComware
Inc.
trademarks
trademarksnavedeni
of the manufacturers
who developed
theusystem
•registered
Ostali nazivi
sustavaori proizvoda
u ovim uputama
za uporabu
praviluorsu
product
concerned.
registrirani
zaštitni znakovi ili zaštitni znakovi proizvođača koji su razvili taj sustav ili
This
product is licensed under the AVC patent portfolio license for the personal and
proizvod.
non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode video in compliance with the AVC Standard
Ovaj
je proizvod licenciran preko licence AVC patent portfolio license za osobnu
(“AVC Video”) and/or (ii) decode AVC Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a
i nekomercijalnu
korisničku uporabu
za (i)was
kodiranje
videozapisa
u skladu
AVC
personal
and non-commercial
activity and/or
obtained
from a video
providers licensed
to
standardom
(„AVCNo
Video”)
dekodiranje
Video
kojiuse.
je kodiran
od
provide
AVC Video.
licensei/iliis (ii)
granted
or shall sadržaja
be impliedAVC
for any
other
Additional
strane korisnika
svrhu osobne
i nekomercijalne
upotrebe
i/ili dobiven od .strane
information
may beu obtained
from MPEG
LA, LLC. See
http://www.mpegla.com
davatelja videozapisa koji je licenciran za pružanje sadržaja AVC Video. Licenca se ne
izdaje niti podrazumijeva za druge oblike uporabe. Dodatne informacije možete dobiti
od tvrtke MPEG LA, LLC. Posjetite web-mjesto http://www.mpegla.com.